Content uploaded by Agnes Muhavani
Author content
All content in this area was uploaded by Agnes Muhavani on May 26, 2020
Content may be subject to copyright.
MAINSTREAMING ETHICS
IN HIGHER EDUCATION 4
OBIORA F. IKE, JUSTUS MBAE, CHIDIEBERE ONYIA (Eds.)
EDUCATION ETHICS
RESEARCH ETHICS IN ADMINISTRATION, FINANCE,
EDUCATION, ENVIRONMENT AND LAW
Vol. 1
Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Research Ethics in Administration, Finance,
Education, Environment and Law
Vol. 1
Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Research Ethics in Administration, Finance,
Education, Environment and Law
Vol. 1
Obiora F. Ike, Justus Mbae, Chidiebere Onyia (Eds.)
Globethics.net Education Ethics No. 4
Globethics.net Education Ethics
Director: Prof. Dr Obiora F. Ike, Executive Director of Globethics.net in Geneva
and Professor of Ethics at the Godfrey Okoye University Enugu/Nigeria.
Series Editors: Divya Singh, Director of Globethics.net Southern Africa. Chief
Academic Officer at Stadio Holdings
Christoph Stückelberger, President and Founder of Globethics.net, Executive
Director of Geneva Agape Foundation GAF, Professor of Ethics in Mos-
cow/Russia, Enugu/Nigeria, Beijing/China.
Globethics.net Education Ethics No. 4
Obiora F. Ike, Justus Mbae, Chidiebere Onyia (Eds.), Mainstreaming Ethics in
Higher Education: Research Ethics in Administration, Finance, Education,
Environment and Law Vol. 1
Geneva: Globethics.net, 2019
ISBN 978-2-88931-300-6 (online version)
ISBN 978-2-88931-301-3 (print version)
© 2019 Globethics.net
Managing Editor: Ignace Haaz
Assistant Editor: Samuel Davies
Globethics.net International Secretariat
150 route de Ferney
1211 Geneva 2, Switzerland
Website: www.globethics.net/publications
Email: publications@globethics.net
All web links in this text have been verified as of July 2019.
The electronic version of this book can be downloaded for free from the
Globethics.net website: www.globethics.net.
The electronic version of this book is licensed under the Creative Commons
Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License (CC BY-
NC-ND 4.0). See: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/. This
means that Globethics.net grants the right to download and print the electronic
version, to distribute and to transmit the work for free, under the following con-
ditions: Attribution: The user must attribute the bibliographical data as men-
tioned above and must make clear the license terms of this work; Non-
commercial. The user may not use this work for commercial purposes or sell it;
No derivative works: The user may not alter, transform, or build upon this work.
Nothing in this license impairs or restricts the author’s moral rights.
Globethics.net retains the right to waive any of the above conditions, especially
for reprint and sale in other continents and languages.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preface by the Editors ...................................................... 11
Obiora F. Ike / Justus Mbae / Chidiebere Onyia
Ethics Matters in Higher Education ...............................15
Justus Mbae
A Research Ethics and Administration
1 Governance of Colleges and Universities:
Evidence and Lessons from Global Practices ............ 25
Moses Wandera
2 Ethics and Management of University Academic
Staff: A Kenyan Perspective ....................................... 39
Jacinta Mary Adhiambo
3 Teaching Ethics with Special Reference
to Higher Education ..................................................... 67
Najjuma Oliver Babirye
B Research Ethics and Business, Finance
4 Ethics of Self-Reliance - A Challenge to the African
Church and People for Respect, Human Dignity
and Self-Worth ............................................................. 85
Obiora F. Ike
5 Ethics and Business..................................................... 109
Agnes Umutesi Muhavani
6 Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance ............... 133
Carolyne N. Mungai
7 Ethical Issues of Insider Trading .............................. 153
Esther Nkatha M’ithiria
8 The Role of Ethical Education in Building
Human Capital ........................................................... 177
Shijja Kevin Kuhumba
C Research Ethics and Education
9 Ethical Consideration in Curriculum
Implementation .......................................................... 205
Constantine Kangalawe & Sr Sarah Maina
10 The Indispensable Relationship between Ethics
and Education in the Process of Teaching
and Learning .............................................................. 221
John Mwai Theuri
11 Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit
for Future Leadership and Governance .................. 241
Aidan G. Msafiri
12 Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value
in the Praxis of Ethical Change ................................ 259
Ignace Haaz
13 Ethical Education for Transformation
of Schools and Universities ........................................ 291
Clement Majawa
14 Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision
of Doctoral Dissertation Writing in Selected
Public and Private Universities in Kenya ................ 331
Momanyi Marcella
15 Sustainable Behaviour ............................................... 355
Cecily Njoki
16 Ethical Issues Facing Teachers in the Management
of Inclusive Classroom in Sub Saharan Africa ....... 387
Elizabeth Nduku
17 Ethical Concerns in Ghost-writing .......................... 413
Herbert Makinda
D Research Ethics and Environment
18 Ethics and Environment ........................................... 429
Wandera Conrad
19 From Climate Change to Holistic Change .............. 459
Aidan Msafiri
20 Environmental Degradation ..................................... 475
Clement Majawa
21 Promotion of Environmental Ethics
in Theological Education ........................................... 505
Richard N. Rwiza
22 Education for Peace ................................................... 531
Tobias Dindi Ong’aria
E Research Ethics, Justice and Law
23 Professional Ethics ..................................................... 553
Alice Bitutu Mongare
24 The Responsibility of the Church to Promote
Social Justice and Ethical Values ............................. 589
Caroline Nzuya
25 Disregard for the Rule of Law and Ethics ............... 613
John Martin Owor
26 The Church Social Teaching on Human Dignity .... 629
Peter Mbaro
27 The Inherent Relationship between Ethics
and Philosophy as a Moral Guide for all Human
Behaviour .................................................................... 649
Simon Njuguna
28 Mentoring as a Tool for Integrating Ethics
in Higher Education ................................................... 669
Njeri Kang’ethe
29 Integrating Ethics into University Curricula
with Special Reference to Law .................................. 695
Ernest Beyaraza
30 Changing Mindsets with Transformational
Leadership .................................................................. 735
Chidiebere Onyia
Conclusion ....................................................................... 759
List of Contributions to Vol. 1 ....................................... 763
PREFACE BY THE EDITORS
INTEGRATING ETHICS IN HIGHER EDUCATION
Obiora F. Ike / Justus Mbae / Chidiebere Onyia
Responsible and transformational leadership at a time of global crisis
of values and orientation is possible. Recurrent crises in the education
sector challenge humanity to think deeper and critically in order to es-
tablish the correct diagnostics. There are solutions for the constant spin-
ning out of control and at a global level of the various forms of crisis
experienced by humanity at this time. These include sectors that deal
with the Finances, banking and economic, political and governance
structures, public sector and the private. There is crisis in housing,
health and well-being. The environmental and ecologically propelled
climatic challenges lead to crisis of sorts. And then one has to think of
crisis in the educational sectors, the spiritual domains and the entire ba-
sis of Trust which is humanities asset. People live in fear and populism
continues to create xenophobia in our one world – much of it promoted
by fake news and media propaganda. Transformational Leadership
styles when reflective in higher education can support the change in
mindset which is all about capacity of the next generation – youth and
future leaders through values-driven knowledge and education founded
on ethics to learn in order to practice properly for the common good.
This publication is the fruit of an international, inter-disciplinary
conference on mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education in Kenya and
in the Eastern African region that was jointly organized by the Catholic
12 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
University of Eastern Africa (CUEA) and Globethics.net East African
programme in 2018. While Higher Education is the obvious beneficiary
of the conference, research and current publications, the significance of
this work goes well beyond education. In order to appreciate this fact
and so as to see the kind of possible impact that this publication may
have especially in Africa, we only need to take another look at an earlier
conference that took place almost 60 years ago in Africa. In 1962,
UNESCO convened a conference for all African universities and insti-
tutes of higher learning. That Conference, which took place in Tanana-
rive, Madagascar, addressed matters of mutual interest and the nature of
the university in Africa. This meeting was concerned that the universi-
ties of newly independent African nations were not living up to their
African expectations. Having been established by the colonial powers,
they were specifically designed to serve the masters’ needs. When our
countries became independent, they continued running our universities
in the same way and for the same purposes that the colonialists had
done.
The 1962 UNESCO conference strongly encouraged African univer-
sities to adapt their teaching and research to address relevant African
challenges and problems. Given the history of colonialism in Africa and
the almost total annihilation of African culture, it is easy to understand
why universities were expected to help society re-discover its African
Identity, its lived philosophy of Umunne (solidarity of fraternity);
Umuada (sisterhood); Ubuntuism or African Communalism, and chart a
true path for development and progress (as opposed to mere economic
and material development). These are still among the most pressing
needs of the continent today. The Association of African Universities
(AAU), which was conceived at this meeting and which was officially
launched in 1967, stated its mission as:
”to identify and formulate a new philosophy of higher, particular-
ly university education for Africa, in the hope of evolving insti-
Preface 13
tutions that are not only built, owned and sited in Africa, but are
of Africa, drawing their inspiration from Africa, and intelligently
dedicated to her ideals and aspirations” 1.
For this reason, the conference called on all African universities to
undertake necessary reforms to make themselves more relevant and use-
ful to the African people and societies they serve. Today, almost sixty
years later, it is doubtful that the situation has changed much. We con-
tinue to teach our youth people things that make little sense in their Af-
rican culture. Nor can our universities be said to be outdoing themselves
in support of African developmental ideals. For example, even though
we have all heard of African Union’s Agenda 2063 and the ambitious
blue print for transforming the continent into a global economic power-
house, it is not clear what roles our African universities are playing to
help the continent realize this dream.
Higher education institutions can support the change of mindset of
academics who have a fixed mindset about integrating and living ethics
into their lifestyles and curriculum. This book which you have in your
hands addresses the results of research by many practitioners, teachers,
vice chancellors and ethicists from all fields of endeavor working par-
ticularly in East and West Africa to join their voice to the need for hon-
est dialogue and professional development for faculty work and teaching
related thinking and design. Understanding the role a transformational
leadership model can play in creating a sustainable culture where ethics
is not viewed as a Stand-Alone course taught by only those with the
academic qualification, but as integral part of a disciplinary curriculum.
Mainstreaming ethics into the culture of higher education will result
in students who are more ethically aware and conscious of this need and
bring it to bear into their decision making process. In addition a culture
1 Association of African Universities (AAU) (1969) Report of the Second Gen-
eral Conference of the Association of African Universities, Kinshasa, Zaire:
Lovanium University.
14 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
of ethical thinking positively affects the designing, planning and imple-
mentation of higher education processes. These start from the process of
admission, faculty and staff recruitment, staff interaction on directorates,
departments, directorates and faculties; promotion processes; discipli-
nary engagement and leadership selection. But above all, they include
the style of research and what is taught to students in the classroom.
As can be seen, the issues in question are mostly tied to values,
which include ethics and morals. The CUEA-GLOBETHICS.NET
collaboration, whose first fruits are contained in these publications, must
be understood as a significant and unique contribution that goes beyond
higher education to seek ways of understanding, re-constructing or even
reviving Africa’s value systems. Hopefully, this collaboration will grow
and spread. The first of the two volumes, which you have in your hands,
is a good attempt by African authors and intellectuals, thinkers and
teachers to share on a global scale their researched findings on how eth-
ics can be mainstreamed into higher education. Good reading for many
other institutions of higher education in the Eastern African region. Inte-
grating Ethics in higher Education (its timing, its motivation, general
approach and research) could not have come at a better time.
ETHICS MATTERS
IN HIGHER EDUCATION
AT THE WORKSHOP INTEGRATING
ETHICS IN HIGHER EDUCATION,
THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF EASTERN
AFRICA (CUEA), MARCH 2018
Justus Mbae
[…] Ladies and Gentlemen,
Good morning. We are delighted to have you here to participate and
share in this very important conference organized by Globethics.net in
collaboration with the Catholic University of Eastern Africa2. Thank
you for coming. I take cognizance of the fact that many of you travelled
long distances which serves to remind us all just how important our
work is in contributing to an ethical society. I welcome in a special way
our guest trainers from Globethics.net Foundation who have come all
2 Prof. Justus Mbae is an Associate Professor of Education and a champion of
Value-Based Education. He has published widely in the area of Education. He is
the immediate former Vice Chancellor of The Catholic University of Eastern
Africa where he served as Deputy Vice Chancellor, Academics Affairs and Di-
rector of the Institute for Regional Integration and Development (IRID). Prof.
Mbae also worked in the U.S. Embassy, Department of State and Cultural Af-
fairs Section, as the Cultural Affairs Specialist from 1993 to 2009. Prior to that
Prof. Mbae worked in Kenyatta University as a Lecturer, Senior Lecturer and
Head of Department-Department of Educational Foundations from 1982 to
1993.
16 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the way from Geneva, Switzerland and Arigatou International some of
whom have come from Sri-Lanka. It is indeed a pleasure to have you
with us and we anticipate learning a lot from your knowledge and expe-
rience. It therefore gives me great pleasure to extend to you all a very
warm welcome on behalf of The Catholic University of Eastern Africa
Management, staff and Students.
[…] Allow me to briefly give you a background of how we have
reached here. Globethics.net came into a cooperation agreement with
The Catholic University of Eastern Africa in March 2011. The regional
programme named Globethics.net East Africa (GE-EA) is hosted in the
Centre for Social Justice and Ethics (CSJE) and covers the East African
Economic Community countries namely; Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda,
Burundi and Rwanda. Many activities have taken place in the region
since then.
In June last year, as co-founders with Globethics.net Foundation and
other members we launched the Globethics.net Consortium for Ethics in
Higher Education in Geneva, Switzerland. The aim of this consortium is
to promote ethical governance and leadership in Higher Education. As a
matter of fact, the goal is to form a partnership with universities and
colleges, in order to support teaching and research in Ethics, creating a
framework of cooperation for equal opportunities and access to quality
education around the world. This is in line with the United Nations Sus-
tainable Development Goal (no. 4) as set by the UNESCO Framework
for Action 2030. In this regard, I invite in a special way my colleagues
Vice Chancellors to start thinking seriously about how we can partner to
form a consortium of universities around the subject of ethics in this
region.
[…] The theme of our workshop Integrating Ethics in Higher Edu-
cation is timely as we reaffirm that Universities play a key role in the
formation and imparting of values to the society. All the Universities in
the World and in particular The Catholic Universities have a role to play
Ethics Matters in Higher Education 17
in the provision of quality education which must not be devoid of ethics
and values. For a university to grow, it needs to recognize the integral,
constitutive role of ethics in the formation of a flourishing community.
This will not be easy unless the entire university community integrates
ethics in all her activities. On this note I wish to say that the agenda of
the workshop covers a very critical area.
To discuss issues of ethics really matters even before we speak of in-
tegrating ethics into higher education. Immanuel Kant is known to have
said, “In law a man is guilty when he violates the rights of others. In
ethics he is guilty if he only thinks of doing so.” Many times people act
with inclinations. This means, people act rightly so that something is
achieved or rather happens. According to Kant, this is a “hypothetical
imperative” or command and to act so is not to act ethically. In such a
situation, one is acting legally (what Kant refers to as “mere legality”),
that is, obeying the law because one is required to and not because the
act is good; hence, acting in accordance to duty but not from duty.
However, ethically, a person should act from duty. This means that
one should do “good” as a duty. Kant calls this a “categorical impera-
tive.” Therefore, to act ethically is to act according to the categorical
imperative. This simply means “doing ‘good’ because it ought to be
done.” As staff and students in institutions of higher learning we should
therefore really strive for the categorical imperative.
In the world today, many governments and educationists are greatly
concerned about the proliferation of societal ills such as corruption, vio-
lence, suicide, numerous forms of addiction, child abuse, terrorism, dis-
respect for one another just to mention but a few. All AMECEA coun-
tries have performed consistently below average (less than 90 out of
180) on the Global Corruption Perception Index by Transparency Inter-
national. Africa lost up to $1.4 trillion in illicit financial flows in 1980-
2009 alone, far exceeding money coming in over the same period and
seriously undermining the continent's development. Illicit financial
18 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
flows involve the transfer of money earned through corruption, bribes,
tax evasion, criminal activities and transactions involving contraband
goods. The current ten year assessment threatens to be more shocking.
Dr Willie Mutunga, the former Chief Justice of Kenya calls this kind of
situation a Bandit Economy where education and hard work no longer
pay, but shortcuts, manipulation and exploitation.
The situation is made worse by the fact that in some situations an en-
tire education system could be corrupted, so that universities sell cheap
diplomas and the best academics move abroad. The level of academic
integrity, such as the rules for reporting fraud, addressing misconduct
and dealing with whistle-blowers is in many times wanting. The extent
to which these rules are enforced is often influenced by extra education-
al considerations. It would seem for instance that if no case of plagia-
rism is recorded, it is more likely that there is no enforcement of the
plagiarism rules than that plagiarism has never occurred.
In other jurisdictions, doctoral students have filed legal complaints
against their supervisor’s failure to acknowledge the students’ contribu-
tion to grant proposals. Charges of plagiarism have been brought against
very senior academics across the globe. It would also seem apparent that
academic ethics is eroding because it is not taught and is often contained
in policy documents that are rarely enforced. When especially graduate
programs fail to emphasize ethics, the result is scepticism about the ne-
cessity of learning about ethics and about how to teach it.
In our own university we have had situations where at the time of re-
viewing academic programmes, the first units to be weeded out are the
ethical units. The Faculty of Law for instance was pressured by the
Council for Legal Education (CLE) to weed out as much as possible all
the units that were perceived by CLE as non-legal units. The result was
a dilemma for the Faculty. It had to choose between two undesirables:
To scrape the mandatory Christian Ethics from the Law programme or
merge it with Introduction to Bible. They did the latter and we are yet to
Ethics Matters in Higher Education 19
establish how well that is working in terms of forming the young people
in our hands.
In the circumstances, one cannot fail to conclude, at least in the inter-
im, that nihilist philosophies such as anti-foundationalism are gaining
currency within the academic environment itself and the regulatory
agencies. This is progressively contributing to the neglect of ethics in
education. An anti-foundationalist is one who does not believe that there
is some fundamental belief or principle which is the basic ground or
foundation of inquiry and knowledge. As the Catholic University of
Eastern Africa, we cannot afford to walk this path. It is not who we are.
Our History advises us otherwise.
The Peripatetic was the University in the classical times. This peripa-
tetic university carved out for us some basic principles. That the unex-
amined life is not worth living (Socrates) and that virtue is a habit con-
sciously chosen, lived and perfected (Aristotle).
The platonic allegory of the cave is the best illustration one can find
of what it means to be educated. It does not end with the educated per-
son. Education is not solely for the benefit of the individual. According
to Plato, the educated one is only worth that tag if they return to the cave
and liberate those they left in the cave. It is my submission, that if the
journey out of the cave was corrupt and full of shortcuts, then even the
process of liberating others from the cave will be corrupt. This only
serves to perpetuate an absurdity.
The Patristics made a good case for social ethics. By pronouncing
themselves on property, poverty, or usury, their teaching took the form
of a coherent, discrete body of doctrines that remain relevant to date. In
these our modern times, ethics links social justice to the structure of
society and puts the pair at the heart of political thought. In the ancient
world, social justice hardly played a role in ethics, which was rather
concerned with how the individual could achieve happiness.
20 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
To cure the societal ills mentioned above, many more think that in-
troducing value-based education will be able to counter the trend and
achieve a society of human beings who have high regard for:
• Life and Dignity of the Human Person,
• Call to Family, Community, and Participation,
• Rights and more importantly Responsibilities,
• Option for the Poor and Vulnerable,
• The Dignity of Work and the Rights of Workers,
• Solidarity, as well as
• Care for God's Creation.
It is recognised that higher institutions of learning play a critical role
in fostering students to not only be well educated but also to be value-
driven, first as citizens and then as leaders. In this regard, the responsi-
bility rests on all academic institutions of higher learning to ensure that
they abide by the highest ethical standards and that they build an ethos
on their institutions, among teachers, students and administrators that
inspires trust, credibility and hard work.
In the coming days, starting now, we are going to draw from the
wealth of knowledge and experience of our respected facilitators. The
goal of this workshop is inter alia to strengthen the ethical practices and
reputation of CUEA. This will be achieved by supporting efforts to inte-
grate more fully value-based decision making processes in governance,
management and daily practices of staff, management and leadership. It
is also geared towards strengthening the professional ethical awareness
and providing support to teaching staff to help them to be adequately
equipped to teach ethical values.
At the same time the workshop will be supporting students with tools
and resources to think and act according to ethical values. It also aims at
integrating ethical reflection and action in research, ensuring that re-
search goals are beneficial and that the means are not harmful. Finally, it
also aims at raising the awareness of policy makers and stakeholders in
Ethics Matters in Higher Education 21
Kenya about the need to integrate value-based policies in education and
in research.
This intervention is consistent with the vision of our founders. When
AMECEA founded the now Catholic University of Eastern Africa, they
must have had in mind transformation of society through evangelization.
Transformation begins first with individual and personal conversion. It
begins with an awareness ad intra, then a challenge to pursue conver-
sion ad extra. When in 2003, the Centre for Social Justice and Ethics
was founded in CUEA, the Bishops were affirming what they had al-
ways held that working for social transformation and liberating people
from all sorts of oppressive structures is an intrinsic component of the
gospel (Justicia in Mundo, 1971).
If CUEA is in the business of producing transformative leaders for
Church and society, then Ethics must be an intrinsic component. In a
sense we undertake to form the conscience of those we teach, challenge
them to liberate themselves from the warped value system that the socie-
ty so often presents and offer a more humane and ethical vision of socie-
ty.
But will the three - four years of university education make someone
ethical? ‘May be Yes’ and ‘May be Not.’ But one thing is certain, s/he
who comes through a university that lives what it preaches about ethics
cannot plead ignorance. Since moral responsibility does not accrue in
ignorance, what ethics in higher education does, is to remove the igno-
rance barrier and create a situation where individuals can be morally
responsible acting agents.
I, therefore, invite all of you take this opportunity to benefit from the
resource persons who are here present with us. In a special way I invite
those who will be trained as trainers to take the training seriously be-
cause going forward you will be required to cascade the training to the
other faculty members and students in the entire university and other
universities in the country and the region.
22 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
With these few remarks, it is my pleasure to declare this workshop
on Integrating Ethics in Higher Education officially open.
A
RESEARCH ETHICS
AND ADMINISTRATION
1
GOVERNANCE OF COLLEGES AND
UNIVERSITIES: EVIDENCE AND LESSONS
FROM GLOBAL PRACTICES
Moses Wandera
1.1 Abstract
Corporate governance has been defined as the system by which
companies are directed and controlled (Cadbury Report, 1992, OECD,
1999)3. Similarly it is used to refer to a set of mechanisms through
which outside investors protect themselves against expropriation by the
insiders, that is, through large controlling shareholders and managers. In
the United Kingdom, corporate governance code has defined it as being;
about what the board of a company does and how it sets the values of
the company. Internal audit function has been linked as a bridge on the
internal and external governance practices, since the internal auditors
execute governance related assurance, compliance assessment and con-
sulting services. While, the external governance involve the mimetic,
normative and coercive roles that maintain the legitimacy theory or in-
3 Moses Wandera is governance professional; certified secretary and also re-
search fellow at The Cooperative University of Kenya.
26 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
stitutional theory, based on acquiescence strategy, compromise strategy,
avoidance strategy, defiance strategy and manipulation strategy in the
enterprise resource planning (Hany, 2015). The study used legitimacy
theory with case surveys of global practices in corporate governance in
institutions. The study has reviewed gaps and challenges that can be
filled through proper governance.
1.2 Introduction
Good governance refers to the management of government in a man-
ner that is essentially free of abuse and corruption, and with due regard
for the rule of law. The governance of higher education in the 21st centu-
ry needs to develop a fusion of academic mission and executive capaci-
ty, rather than substitute one for the other (IMF/OECD, Hoffmann,
2011). In addition the principles of good governance in the institutions
of learning have involved; transparency, responsiveness, equitable and
inclusiveness, effective and efficient manner, following the rule of law,
participatory, consensus oriented and being accountable (ibid).
In OECD Countries, governance in higher education is linked to
quality as an appropriate state regulation, and it incorporates, planning
and policy leadership, structure and governance financing resource allo-
cation and subsidies, incentives (monetary and non-monetary, infor-
mation, communication and reporting, laws, ordinances, decrees and
soft law as well as modes and processes of policy implementation
(OCED, 2005, 2005 (b)).
The system of cooperate governance have been distinguished on the
basis of growth as European and American systems. The system further
can be categorized as bank-based that is, system in Japan, Germany and
Finland. Market-based systems have operated in United Kingdom and
the United States of America (USA). Further, the governance mecha-
nisms have been based on external basis and internal basis, that is, legis-
lation, nature of capital market, financial structure and the ownership
Governance of Colleges and Universities 27
structure. While the internal corporate governance has been incentive
schemes, reporting practices, hierarchy and organization structure as
well as the corporate culture. In addition articles and memorandum of
association and board of directors operate in between external and inter-
nal corporate governance.
The corporate governance mechanisms involving internal and exter-
nal governance have also been based upon economic development and
ownership concentration. This has involved the models; Anglo-Saxon
governance model and German-Japanese governance model. Further, the
Anglo-Saxon type is the capital market or stockholder model prevalent
in Germany and continental Europe which differs from the USA and the
UK in socio-economic, judicial and cultural dimensions (Palka, 2015).
In essence the internal mechanisms involve on board structure, composi-
tion and role, managerial incentives and ownership structure. The exter-
nal governance mechanisms will involve on market based and bank-
based in common law as well as civil law (Ibid).
Indonesia, models of governance in higher education institutions are
four (4), state-owned legal entity (SOLE), public service institution
(PSIS), public government institutions (PGIS) and private institutions
for instance in cluster I, the main features have included; level of control
(by respective authority), highest level of authority, highest level of au-
thority for academic issues, law and regulations, funding, strategic ob-
jectives, selection process for top administrators, selection of University
council, employee status, salary and incentive system, student enroll-
ment and tuition fees (ibid).
1.2.1 Statement of the Problem
External corporate mechanisms involve; legislation, nature of capital
market, financial structure and ownership structure as well as the inter-
nal governance structure involves; incentive schemes, reporting mecha-
nisms, hierarchy and organization, the structure and corporate culture.
This involves revolves around the board of directors and the articles of
28 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
incorporation (OECD, 1999, Igor and Chizu, 2010). The relevance can
be linked to the World Bank website acknowledgement that in adapting
principles of good corporate governance, companies in developing coun-
tries can often command higher valuations, improve their profitability
and gain better access to outside capital than their poorly governed
peers. Developing countries can attract more interest from local and
foreign investors and reduce their vulnerability to financial rises. There-
fore, an effective corporate governance will require both internal and
external measures in practice (Brown and Taylor, 2006). In Kenya cor-
porate governance practices in universities and colleges has been based
on the management that is the council or the board, the senate and the
management board and sometimes the board of trustees, however the
exists the dissimilarity on principles of good governor.
1.2.2 Objectives of the Study
The study sought to verify the following objectives;
• Explain global practices in corporate governance in colleges
and universities
• Describe the gaps in corporate Governance in Colleges and
Universities
• Design of the study was descriptive survey from global prac-
tices based on the contents available as disclosed from the con-
tents.
1.3 Theoretical Framework
These theory leans on the insights of the system oriented view of a
society as a whole. It is assumed in the system-oriented view that an
entity is influenced by or has been influenced over the society in which
it operates. Therefore it is their social, political and economic frame-
work, within which human life takes place from the perspective of the
Governance of Colleges and Universities 29
theory of political. The theory implies that society, politics and econom-
ic issues cannot be investigated meaningfully without considering the
political, social and institutional frameworks in which economic activi-
ties take place. An essential feature takes place. An essential feature of
political economy theory is to reorganize power conflicts that exist with
the society and various groups within society (further in Hannele and
Salme (2010)).
Legitimacy is then accomplished if society perceives the organiza-
tion to be operating in accordance with the prevailing norms and values.
However, legitimacy is a dynamic concept as the in question can change
over time and overtime clients might occur that adversely affected the
reputation of the organization, its legitimacy and perhaps even its exist-
ence. It means breaches of the social contact are perceived to lead to a
perception by society that an organization is not legitimate. In addition,
it is said if the society does not consider the organization legitimate, then
legitimacy gap exists, and the organization can use different strategies to
bridge the gap. The actions taken in such a situation will depend on the
management’s perception of the threats to legitimacy which can be the
media, hence the importance of an issue to the public, and thus the level
of pressure placed on corporations to remain legitimate or to regain le-
gitimacy is of an issue in the Media (Ibid).Legitimacy is also a resource
that an organization can influence or manipulate. However, organiza-
tions that are multinational, or desire to be need to consider their reputa-
tion in the entire county in question and indeed worldwide. If a legitima-
cy gap exists this card has irreversible economic effects on the corpora-
tion, for instance in the form of strikes and subsequent loss of customers
and revenues (ibid. Hannel and Salme, 2010).
It also means that understating the role of different stakeholders can
be seen as an important issues in maintaining the organization legitima-
cy and the right to existence, understood as the precondition for the or-
ganizations long-term success which depends on disclosures in its press
30 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
releases, annual report interim reports for the period under study as the-
se documents are considered to represent official and carefully consid-
ered corporate talk, more so if the organization in question is a public
organization with a high criteria for publicity. (Ibid)
1.3.1 Global Corporate Governance Practices
In the United Kingdom, corporate governance in church based higher
education institutions has been based on memorandum and articles of
association. The challenges however, have been based on nomination,
processes, and the foundation committee as well as the genuine occupa-
tional requirements (GoR) (Cucu, 2007). In Europe, higher education
governance is an issue that is strongly connected to the count of Eu-
rope’s key missions; protection of human rights, democracy and the rule
of law (Council of Europe, cited in Hoffmann, 2011). In the UK since
the white paper of year 2001, external corporate governance have in-
cluded; stakeholders, founders, investors and the communities in their
operations have, meant to achieve long-term financial sustainability of
the organization as the approach is relevant to the social enterprise sec-
tor given that raising financial resources and other forms of capital is a
challenge for social enterprises (Walter, 2015). In Greece voluntary
codes of governance have been developed by different types of issuers
as; stock exchange, government, directors’ association, mangers’ associ-
ation, professional association and investors’ association, this is later
incorporated into charter map comprising best practices for companies
listed on the Athens Stock Exchange. However, the Greek federation of
enterprises code contains 64 recommendations and do compiled, based
on 11 main categories as; role and responsibilities of the board, size and
composition of the board, role and profile of the chairman of the board,
duties and conduct of board members, nomination of board members,
functioning of the board, level and structure of remuneration, communi-
cation with shareholders as well as general meeting of shareholders
(Michail, 2014).
Governance of Colleges and Universities 31
In addition in the United States of America (USA), there exists, the
association of governing boards of universities and colleges, that was
founded in 1921 as the association of state universities and allied institu-
tions. In the 1960s, several important changes took place in the associa-
tion to like American council on education founded in 1918, the Ameri-
can council on education (ACE) is the major representative organization
for higher education in the USA, and has both National and private uni-
versities. There is also centre for higher education transformation
(CHET). This was founded in 1966, as a response to the need for capaci-
ty building. The centre has been committed to empower higher educa-
tion so that it may become an effective and influential player in trans-
formation of the higher education sector, through management and lead-
ership development, council capacity development, student services
management, networking (national and international), developing indi-
cators of transformation and diversity management (Naayiyana and
Hayward, 1999).
In Asia, Malaysia, University leaders are supposed to have the fol-
lowing characteristics; are reputable persons in their academic disci-
plines, have strong advocacy for the public interest and for disad-
vantages people in the community, have strong leadership as well as
have abroad perspective and are able to observe and to provide solutions
to social problems. Further in Philippines, there is no discrimination in
obtaining the post of university administrator, that is, any individual,
whether from within the higher education institution or elsewhere, who
possesses the qualifications as publicized by the governing board may
apply for a university presidency (ADB, 2012). In Thai University sec-
tor, information technology governance practices have enhanced man-
agement in nine areas that is, business strategy alignment, value crea-
tion, project investments, budget management, human resource man-
agement, user management, university social responsibility. The Green
I.T and quality assurance concerns (Kaliaya, 2015).
32 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
In the Middle East, development in the corporate governance codes
has been in seven (7) key committees as audit, nomination, remunera-
tion, corporate governance, risk management, executive and investments
(as in Baharain, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and UAE, Kuwait). For in-
stance in Tunisia, 1/3 of the board are supposed to be independent mem-
bers are supposed to be the minimum of the board, while in Jordan, two
members should be the minimum, while in Morocco, the minimum is
not specified in the codes (Nermean, 2015 ).
In Indonesia Islamic banks do disclose external and internal corpo-
rate governance principles. This is evident in the bank’s annual accounts
through; Shariah supervisory board, board of commissioners, board of
directors, board committees, internal control and external audit, risk
management, corporate governance implementation reporting (Salim,
2013).
Governance concerns in Anglophone Africa has been the desire for
good governance, for instance strengthening of existing internal govern-
ance structures and the creation of new ones if necessary, so as to make
them more sensitive to the needs of all the stakeholders. There has also
been the promotion of dialogue at both the formal and informal levels
between the various groups within universities. There has also been the
promotion of greater flow of information between staff and students on
one hand and administration on the other. Sources of conflict between
universities government has been on finance as a source of conflict,
government involvement in university affairs as a source of conflict, as
well as accountability to government and the wider society further,
good governance can be achieved through strengthening or creation if
none already exist or better bodies that oversee university dealings with
government for funds, planning among government other concerns, in-
creased contacts between government officers and members of the uni-
versity community, efforts should be made by the governments to fulfill
the financial needs of universities, besides restraining from interfering
Governance of Colleges and Universities 33
with the legally allowed level of university, besides efforts to be made
such that universities are more accountable to the government and the
wider society (Mworia, 1992).
In South Africa, effective governance in universities and colleges
just emphasized on values, and traditions that made academic environ-
ment effective; academic freedom, institutional independence and con-
sultation with stakeholders on appropriate decisions. The university
council is also deemed cooperate within the framework of the South
African constitution and of the public entities act. Governing council
have twelve responsibilities, especially on mission and purpose appoint-
ing the vice chancellor and other senior management officers, evaluating
and supporting the vice chancellor, ensuring good management, being
accountable for financial resources and institutional assets, ensuring that
there is a strategic plan, monitoring the transformation process, ensuring
student access and success, being responsible for ensuring good order
and a safe campus environment, preserving institutional autonomy, set-
ting up and serving on council committees and taking stock of the coun-
cils own performance (Naanyiana and Hayward, 1999).
In Tanzania, unfinished business in governance reform of the univer-
sity’s organizational structure has remained to be on the agenda over
time for instance and recent report on the organizational structure of
universities identified several problems inherent in the present structures
as; being excessively centralized, divided the workforce into two poten-
tially competing camps; one under the central government and other
from the community. It has also relied heavily on committees for deci-
sion making which has had a bad impact on efficient and effective man-
agement. There is also span of control for the offices of central and
community or local as it has become too wide by international standards
undermining their efficiency and effectiveness.
The proposed university bill for university count has been; member-
ship of the university council to be not less than ten and not more than
34 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
15. Eight of them, as chairman, vice-chancellor, two members of Na-
tional assembly, one member appointed by the minister in charge of
education, one member appointed by the minister in charge of educa-
tion, one member appointed by the minister in charge of finance and one
member appointed by government of Zanzibar. There is also commis-
sion of higher education, further the report had proposed a new organi-
zational structure designed to eliminate governance weaknesses, espe-
cially, with three (3) deputy vice chancellors responsible for teaching,
research and consultancy also planning, finance and development as
well as human resources management and general administration
(Mkude, Coksey and Levey, 2003).
Governance of Kenya Public Universities and Colleges has wanted
the major concern has been the origin of university expansion, as Kenya
had placed the role of education in promoting economic and social de-
velopment after the achievement of independence in 1963. This then
resulted in the expansion of the education system to provide qualified
persons for the growing economic and administrative institutions and to
undertake some reforms to reflect the aspirations of an independent state
(Court, 1974, Sifuna, 1987).
1.3.2 The Gaps in Corporate Governance in East Africa Colleges and
Universities
The role of Higher Education and tertiary institutions is meant to:
• Educate highly qualified graduates and responsible citizens
able to meet the needs of all sectors of human activity;
• Provide opportunities for higher learning and for learning
throughout life;
• Advance, create and disseminate knowledge through re-
search; help understand, interpret, preserve, enhance, promote
and disseminate national and regional, international and historic
cultures; help protect and enhance societal values;
Governance of Colleges and Universities 35
• Contribute to the development and improvement of education
at all levels.
The challenges in institutional governance are very many and in-
clude:
• Some of the universities and colleges are too hierarchical in
their leadership style, leading to inefficiencies.
• Poor communication and consultation between the different
levels and sectors resulting in strikes by staff and students that
could have been averted.
• Inadequate representation of stakeholders in key decision-
making processes.
• Political interference in the management of institutions that
frustrates meritocracy and rewards political loyalty in leadership
thereby derailing the quest for excellence.
• Lack of deliberate efforts to build the institutional leadership
in governance and management on an ongoing basis, with the sit-
uation being made worse by the rapid expansion without struc-
tures.
• Poor and inefficient systems and infrastructure leading to
overloads and delays in procurement, payment and other deci-
sion-making processes.
• Lack of a strong community because of difference and divi-
sions in many teams.
There is imbalance between academia and administrative staff,
where favoritism and segregation are experienced, creating conflicts
between administrative staff and academicians, often leaving academi-
cians feeling unappreciated, with too much demanded from them. Some-
36 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
times the systems and structures are too detailed to help emerging col-
leges to function (Anafe (2015)).
1.4 References
Anafe (2015): Governance of Universities and Colleges in Africa.
Emerging Best Practices Nairobi. African Network for Agriculture,
Agroforestry and Natural Resources Education. (Anafe).
Asia Development Bank (ADB) (2012): Administration and Governance
of Higher Education in Asia; patterns and implications, higher edu-
cation in dynamic Asia; Asia Development Bank.
Brown, I. D. and Layor, M. C. (2006): Corporate Governance and Firm
Valuation, Journal of Accounting and Public Policy, Vol. 25, No.
4, 409-434.
Cadbury Report (1992): Report of the Committee on the Financial As-
pects on Corporate Governance. Gee professional Publishing Ltd.
United Kingdom.
Council of Church Colleges and Universities Cucu (2007): A Guide to
Governance in Church Higher Education Institutions. London.
Available on www.ifhe.ac.uk
Court, D. and Ghai E. (ed.) (1974): Education, Society and Develop-
ment. New Perspectives from Kenya, Nairobi: Oxford University
Press.
Dingwert, K. and Pattberg P. (2006): Global Governance as a perspec-
tive on World Politics, Global Governance, vol. 12:198
Hart, J. and Spero, J.E. (2008), “Globalization and Global Governance
in the 21st Century”, Working Paper No 27, Project on globaliza-
tion and the national security state, Research Group in International
Security, Université de Montréal/McGill University.
Governance of Colleges and Universities 37
Hoffmann, F. (2011): Strengthening Universities, Enhancing Capacities-
Higher Education Management for Development, 28-29 Novem-
ber, Willy Brandt School of Public Policy.
Kallaya, J. P. (2015). Information Technology Governance Practices
based on Sufficiency Economy Philosophy in the Thai University
Sector, Information Technology and People, Vol. 28 Issue No. 1,
195-223.
Lewis, D. (2006), Global Government and the Quest for Justice, Vol. 1,
International and Regional Organizations, Oxford: Hart Publishing.
Michail, N. (2014). Recent Corporate Governance Development in
Greece: Corporate Governance, Vol. 14, issue 3, 281 – 299.
Mkude, D., Cooksey, B. and Levey, L. (2003): Higher Education in
Tanzania - A Case Study, Dar es Salaam: Boydell & Brewer Publ.,
Limited.
Mwiria, K. (1992): University Governance problems and prospects in
Anglophone Africa: Washington D.C. technical Department, Africa
Region. The World Bank.
Naayiyana, D.T and Hayward, F.M. (1999): Effective Governance. A
Guide for Council Members of Universities and Technikons. Cen-
tre for Higher Education Transformation, Rondebosch South Afri-
ca.
OECD. (1999): Principles of Corporate Governance, OECD, Paris.
OECD. (2005): Guidelines for quality provision in cross-border educa-
tion, Paris OECD/UNESCO
Palk, C. (2015): Divergence or Convergence Paradoxes in Corporate
Governance? Corporate Governance, Vol. 15, issue 5, 693-705.
Republic of Kenya (2012): The Universities Act, Nairobi Government
Printer.
38 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Rosenau, J. (1999): Towards an Ontology for Global Governance”. In
Martin Hewson and Timothy J. Sinclair (Eds), Approaches to
Global Governance Theory, Albany, State University of New York
Press.
Sifuna, D. (1987): The Governance of Kenya Public Universities. Nai-
robi, Education Research.
Stiglitz, J.E. (2004): “The future of Global Governance”, Initiative for
Policy Dialogue (IPD), IPD Working Paper.
Walter, M.O. (2015): Corporate Governance Practices and Outcomes in
Social Enterprises in the UK. International Journal of Public Sec-
tor Management, Vol. 28 Issue, 57-71.
2
ETHICS AND MANAGEMENT
OF UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC STAFF
A KENYAN PERSPECTIVE
Jacinta Mary Adhiambo
2.1 Abstract
Management of university academic staff in Kenya has become chal-
lenging amidst strikes, slowdowns and staff hopping from one institu-
tion to another in search of greener pasture which raise ethical dilem-
mas4. Cases have been cited where universities have been taken to court
in relation to some unethical decisions. Values of human dignity, integ-
rity, social justice, transparency and professionalism have been com-
promised in the management of academic staff. What has happened with
codes of conduct and ethics that exist in universities in Kenya? Why is it
that the contracts between the individuals and universities are not hon-
oured in some cases? The paper sets out to examine how ethics inter-
play in the procedures and practices in the planning, recruitment, moti-
vation, development, appraisal and exit of staff. It recommends that the
4 Jacinta Mary Adhiambo, PhD, Dean, Faculty of Education, The Catholic Uni-
versity of Eastern Africa (CUEA), Nairobi, Kenya.
40 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
solutions to the myriad ethical dilemmas lie on entrenching ethics in the
implementation of policies and procedures in the management of aca-
demic staff. Key Words: Ethics, management, academic staff, ethical
dilemmas
2.2 Introduction
Management of human resources in educational setting and more so
in universities in Kenya has attracted a number of debates and discus-
sion. In the local daily papers, universities are reported to have problems
linked to the way they manage the academic staff inclusive support staff.
The Commission of University Education in Kenya has guidelines and
standards on recruitment of academic staff to the different positions Pro-
fessors, senior lecturer down to tutorial fellows.5 Each university has the
human resources manual or handbook; others have code of ethics and
conduct to guide the management of the staff in the different processes
that affect them in the execution of duties after their placements as seen
in Kisii University,6 University of Nairobi,7 The Catholic University of
Eastern Africa,8 to mention but a few. The staff handbooks or manuals
stipulate processes such as recruitment, appointments, deployment, staff
performance appraisals, promotion, remunerations and allowances, staff
development and training or welfare, leave and holidays to mention but
a few. Are the processes carried out in fairness and consistency for the
5 Commission for University Education, Harmonized Criteria and Guidelines
for Appointment and Promotion of Academic Staff in Universities in Kenya.
Commission for University Education, 2014, 1.
6 Kisii University, Code of Conduct and Ethics, Kisii University Corruption
Prevention Committee, 2015.
7 University of Nairobi, Staff Handbook, Nairobi: University of Nairobi Press,
2006, 12-21.
8 The Catholic University of Eastern Africa, Human Resources Policies and
Procedures Manual, Nairobi, CUEA Press, 2017, 31-50.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 41
good of the academic staff and respective institutions? This paper wish-
es to interrogate ethics in the management of the mentioned areas.
The core business of most universities is curriculum implementation
which is spearheaded by the academic staff. The way the academic staff
are handled has great effect on how they will teach and supervise stu-
dents’ theses/ dissertations. Therefore, it is paramount that the man-
agement of these crucial human resources be interrogated in the light of
ethics in order to chart ways of ensuring the decisions made are ethical
and unethical issues that arise in their management are minimized for
the common the good of the interested parties: staff, students and uni-
versity management. The academic staff in universities in Kenya in-
cludes Professors, Senior Lecturers, Lecturers and tutorial fellows. They
are engaged to implement the programmes of studies in respective disci-
plines such as sciences, education, social sciences, technology, medi-
cine, law humanities, and languages among others.
Management of the academic staff in this article borrows the defini-
tion of Henry Fayol (1841- 1925) the founder of principles of manage-
ment and a contributor to the scientific management theory. To him
management involves forecasting and planning; organizing, command-
ing and controlling9. The definition is applied in the planning, recruit-
ment, promotion, development and training, appraisal, compensation
and separation/exit of academic staff at the universities in Kenya. For
these management processes to bear fruits without causing discomfort to
the academic staff, ethical decision making is a must.
In their contribution to the understanding of ethics and management
of organizations in general, Saremil Hamid and Behrad Moein, N., posit
that managers at different levels in organizations face ethical issues
9 Fayol, Henry, Principles of Management http://andrewmckay. yo-
lasite.com/resources/14%20Principles%20of%20Management.pdf retrieved on
25th November, 2018.
42 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
when they are planning, organizing, motivating or communicating10. At
times they are confronted with matters of right and wrong, fairness and
unfairness, and justice or lack of justice as they make decisions. A uni-
versity being an organization with its dynamics is not exempted from
ethical concerns in the management of the academic staff.
But one would ask, what is ethics? There are many definitions of
ethics such as Webster’s dictionary defines ethics as the ‘discipline deal-
ing with what is good and bad and with moral duty and obligation’11.
Ethics according to Lovin Robin, W., is ‘the study of our choices about
good life, both individually and in the whole picture of a good life that
choices taken together create’12. Ethics is derived from the Greek word
‘ethos’ to mean shared beliefs and practices of a people13. Gill Robin
maintains that the ‘knowledge of good and evil seems to be the aim of
all ethical reflection’14 and this knowledge is dependent on one’s belief
in God who is the origin. Daft Richard explains that ethics refers to
‘code of moral principles and values that govern the way a person or
group of people behave in relation to what is right or wrong’15. Thus
ethics help people to make decisions about the good life. In this case
therefore, the decisions that university management make on academic
staff ought to be for the good of the institution and the individual staff.
10 Saremil, Hamid / Behrad Moein Nezhad, Role of Ethics in Management of
Organization in International Journal of Current Life Sciences - Vol. 4, Issue,
11, November, 9952-9960, 9953.
11 Merriam-Webster Dict., https://www.merriam-Webster.com/dicionary
12 Lovin, Robin W., Christian Ethics: An Essential Guide, Nashville: Abingdon,
2000, 16.
13 Ibid., 16.
14 Gill, Robin, A Textbook of Christian Ethics, 2nd Ed., New York: T & T Clack.
A Continuum Imprint, 2005, 107.
15 Daft, Richard L., New Era of Management, 9th Ed., South- Western: Cengage
Learning, 2010, 130.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 43
Given the ethical issues that surround the management of staff in
general and academic in particular, Ongong’a Jude, J and Akaranga Ste-
phen, I., observed that universities recognize the significance of ethical
issues and decisions in the daily operations. They have experienced that
unethical decision or behaviour can create legal risks that could put the
institutions in unending law suits that could have financial implications
in the handling of cases against them16. This is why the proposal that
universities be ethically managed to attract loyalty, trust and commit-
ment for the benefit of the institutions and staff.
Therefore, the common good is the gist of ethics in the management
of academic staff as proposed in this expose. Ethics is essential in facili-
tating decision making because of the of values that each university in
Kenya places in their codes of ethics and conduct, human resources
handbooks, procedures and processes that affect the academic staff. Eth-
ics helps a great deal in making better decisions for the common good of
the institutions and the staff.
This article endeavours to discuss approaches to ethical decision
making as the theoretical underpinnings for managing the university
academic staff, the universal principles of ethics, the processes involved
in the management of the academic staff, ethical dilemmas that emerge
in the management of academic staff and conclusion. The methodology
is mainly literature review coupled with personal reflection on the issue.
The following section presents the theoretical framework for the discus-
sion on ethics and management of academic staff in universities in Ken-
ya.
16 Ongong’a, Jude J./ Akaranga, Stephen I., Work Ethics for Lecturers: An Ex-
ample of Nairobi and Kenyatta Universities, International Journal of Arts and
Commerce, www.ijac.org.uk, 2013, 8-22.
44 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
2.3 Theoretical Framework for Ethics and Management
of Academic Staff
There are many ethical theories which guide ethical decision making
at different levels. However, due to the scope of the paper, the discus-
sion is based on deontological, teleological, utilitarianism theories.
Fedler and Odera Oruka divide them also ‘egoism, deontology and utili-
tarianism’17. In ethical egoism, decision is based on the principle that
everyone should act so as to maximize his or her own benefit. The mo-
tive behind the decision being made is for self-interest. How is the deci-
sion or action going to benefit me as a person or an institution? The em-
phasis is on “Me, I and myself”. Let us take a case of recruitment of the
academic staff, the university advertises the positions to be filled and
interested candidates apply. Each of the interested parties takes a move
towards the process with the personal interest or benefit. Even at the
negotiation of the terms and conditions of services, the staff looks at
how much the university will take care of his/her needs and how the
placement makes him gain from the deal.
On the other hand, in deontology approach, all people have obliga-
tions that are not negotiable. The verb “deontology” is derived from
Greek word “deon”, meaning duty. The theory recognizes that there are
actions which are morally obligatory no matter what the consequences.
According to Ongong’a and Akiranga, the concept of duty is free of the
concept of good, and that actions are not justified by the consequences.18
17 Cf. Odera Oruka, Henry, Ethics, Nairobi: Nairobi University Press, 1990, 41-
47. Cf. also Fedler, Kyle D., Exploring Christian Ethics – Biblical foundations
for morality, Kentucky Westminister: John Knox Press, 2006, 15-17.
18 Work Ethics for Lecturers: An Example of Nairobi and Kenyatta Universities,
op. cit. 11.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 45
This theory as presented by Kaptein and Wempe puts emphasis on
rights, obligations and justice.19 Thus, one is able to claim the rights and
duties accompanying them. Deontological theories highlight duties that
must be observed irrespective of their consequences: thus legitimate
rights must be respected and unjust actions or behaviour forbidden. The
universal principles under deontology are: ‘Do unto others what you
would have them do unto you’ and ‘Don’t do to others what you would
not like done to yourself’. This is the famous golden rule. This implies
equal treatment for equal cases which results in justice. Ongong’a and
Akaranga argue that justice implies ‘equals ought to be treated equally’
and ‘unequals ought to be treated unequally,’20 thus the concept of fair-
ness.
In discussing rule-deontological theory, we cannot avoid to make
reference to Kant Immanuel who maintains that moral rules are based on
pure reasoning instead of intuition, conscience or the consequences of
action.21 This explains why Kaptein and Wempe comment that all the
moral rules can be traced to a general rule which Kant called the Cate-
gorical imperative, which states that the general principle should be uti-
lized to evaluate the concrete rules of action.22 As such if the procedures
and policies are in place to guide the planning or motivating the staff,
then they should not be flawed at any cost. The University Management
Board through the Human Resources Manager therefore ensures that the
procedures are followed consistently to comply with the procedural jus-
tice. Nevertheless there have been cases where some academic staffs
19 Kaptein, Muel / Wempe, Johan, Three General Theories of Ethics and the
Integrative Role of Integrity Theory, SSRN Electronic Journal 2002, DOI:
10.2139/ssrn.1940393, 10-11.
20 Work Ethics for Lecturers, ibid. 17.
21 Kant Immanuel, Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals (trans. & ed. M.
Gregor), Cambridge, UP, 1998, 34.
22 Three General Theories of Ethics and the Integrative Role of Integrity Theory,
op. cit. 14.
46 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
have complained that although their entry point was similar; their col-
leagues were placed in higher levels for reasons best known to the man-
agement. This already compromises the theory of justice: fairness in
handling a case of the equals unequally.
Another ethical theory is teleological approach. The word “teleolo-
gy” is derived from Greek “telos” or “teleos” meaning an end. Thus,
teleology refers to final causes. In ethics, teleology refers to the evalua-
tion of human conducts in relation to the ends it serves.23 The theory
posits that an action is good if the consequences are good and desirable
and bad if the consequences are bad. Thus the consequences become the
yardstick for judging outcomes or actions. Namagembe and Ntayi ob-
serve that in this theory actions are taken to be right or wrong only in
terms of their ability to bring about desired ends.24 Thus the manage-
ment guided by teleological position takes ethical decisions basing
themselves on the consequences of the processes be it motivation, com-
pensation, retention, promotion or separation. Does the promotion of an
academic staff in a given faculty bring desirable results to the university
or students? If it does, then do so as per the procedures that
the deontological advocates for. As such the theories should be applied
complementarily, thus avoiding issues of unfairness in the management
of the academic staff.
In addition, there is the theory of utilitarianism whose main pro-
ponent is Jeremy Bentham (1748- 1832). The word is derived from
“utility”, which has to do with the uses or benefits that one gets as a re-
sult of an action. Kaptein, Wempe and Oruka Odera opine that the crite-
rion of judging actions or deciding is the welfare of all/ society or the
23 Ibid., 2
24 Namagembe, Sheila/Ntayi, Joseph M. Individual Ethical Orientations, Ethical
Sensitivity and Professional Conduct of Academic Staff in Universities in
Uganda, International Journal of Economics and Management Sciences Vol. 1,
No. 6, 2012, 56-64 (57).
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 47
common good.25 Ongong’a and Akiranga maintain the decision is ethi-
cally correct if it yields the greatest good or benefit to the most people.26
The theory purports that actions ought to be judged on the basis on total
costs and benefits to the society. Consequently, any decision that bene-
fits the majority should be followed religiously.
Under the utilitarian theory we compare foreseen solutions and
so determine which choice is ethically suitable and beneficial for the
most people. In the case of the planning, recruiting, placing, developing,
compensating, appraising and retaining of the academic staff in universi-
ties in Kenya, is the good of the whole society the underlying reason?
The Management of the universities are challenged to bring the values
emanating from utilitarianism: common good, outward looking, benefits
for all to permeate in the management of the academic staff. For in-
stance, is the contract of an academic staff who has committed a scandal
be terminated or not? Does leaving the person in the university affect
many people? Is the going beneficial to the whole university? These are
some of the questions the management interrogates if ethics is to come
into play in the processes that affect the well being of the staff and the
entire university. The following section looks at the main management
processes which need to be permeated with ethics in the day to day op-
erations.
2.3.1 Management of Academic Staff
Management of academic staff in this article entails processes such
as planning, recruitment and selection, training and development, reten-
tion and appraisal of performance. These processes are based on four
principles of human resources management which, according to
25 Three General Theories of Ethics and the Integrative Role of Integrity Theory,
op. cit. 14. Also refer to Oruka Odera, H, Ethics, Nairobi: Nairobi University
Press, 1990, 41-47.
26 Work Ethics for Lecturers: An Example of Nairobi and Kenyatta Universities,
op. cit.
48 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Okumbe and Teklemariam, govern the human resources management27.
These include the following:
• Human resources are the most important assets that an organ-
ization has for its success.
• The success of any organization is easily achieved if the poli-
cies and procedures are closely linked with the achievement of
the organizational objectives and specific plans.
• The corporate culture and the values, organizational climate
and managerial behaviour that come from the culture have an in-
fluence on the achievement of excellence. This means that it is
the work of the manager to ensure that workers accept and adopt
the values.
• There is need for continuous effort to achieve integration such
that all members of the organization are involved and work to-
gether towards a common purpose/goal.
Looking at these principles in the light of the different ethical theo-
ries one realizes that the management of the institutions must keenly
ensure that values, organizational culture and the idea of common pur-
pose (good) are the centre of the management of the staff. The principles
therefore form the basis on how to implement all the processes that af-
fect the academic staff in the universities in Kenya. The section high-
lights the processes showing how ethics comes to play for the good of
the individuals and the entire university community.
27 Okumbe, Joshua, A. Human Resources Management: An Educational Per-
spective, Nairobi: Educational Development and Research Bureau, 2001, 3.
Teklemariam, Amanuel, Human Resource Management for Educational Practi-
tioners in Africa, Nairobi: CUEA Press, 2009, 7.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 49
2.4 Planning
The planning for the academic staff as the most important human re-
sources in the universities in Kenya is often the priority to the human
resource manager. Armstrong Michael defines human resource planning
as determining the ‘human resources required by the organization to
achieve its strategic goals’.28 He continues to say that the planning is
based on the belief that people are an organization’s most important
strategic resource.29 From this definition, planning for the academic staff
would mean finding out how many staff are needed in each university to
comply with the Commission for University Education lecturer-student
ratio of 1: 25. Academic staff planning is based on the belief that they
are important in dealing with core business of a university: teaching,
research and community engagement.
Planning for academic staff at the university needs both quantitative
and qualitative aspects, which means answering two basic questions:
first, how many people, and second, what sort of people? According
Teklemariam Amanuel, A., the planning is important in determining the
required man power in a location, retaining highly skilled staff, manag-
ing an effective downsizing program, preparing the next generation of
managers30. Thus the management is expected to determine the number
of academic staff to march the jobs required to be done for the achieve-
ment of educational objectives at the universities. This means that one
should find out exactly how many staff would be required in a given
situation at a particular time. Such a process enables the management to
avoid cases of ghost academic staff. This may result in unethical prac-
28 Armstrong, Michael, A Handbook for Human Resource Management Prac-
tice, London & Philadelphia: Kogan Page, 2006, 363.
29 Ibid.
30 Teklemariam, Amanuel, A. Human Resource Management for Educational
Practitioners in Africa, op. cit., 22.
50 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tice when the non- existing staff are included in the pay roll to benefit
some unscrupulous individuals.
2.5 Recruitment and Selection
Universities recruit academic staff that can handle students at differ-
ent levels: diploma, undergraduate and postgraduate. This therefore re-
quires that the process is well done to attract a variety of applicants.
Okumbe explains that recruitment is done after the manpower require-
ment has indicated that there is a need for new staff, or promotions of
those who are in the system31. To explain further the argument, Cascio
maintains that ‘recruitment is a big business’.32 If the recruitment is well
done, the right candidates apply and are short listed for the positions that
were advertised for. Once the pool of qualified candidates have been
reached, the screening begins, the few that meet the requirements are
short listed and called for interview which is the process of selection
which eventfully is followed by orientation and placement once the
right people have been selected for the jobs.33 The recruitment and se-
lection need to be done with integrity and in honesty to give the oppor-
tunity to those who merit recruiting and selecting for the departments
that need filling of the advertised positions. The two processes if not
done in an ethical manner can easily be manipulated by unscrupulous
management boards. There are cases where the advertisement is done,
many people apply but because some individuals were earmarked the
short listing is flawed, other applicants are disadvantaged. Thus the
principle of justice must guide the processes or else the wrong people
may be selected to the detriment of scholarship in the universities.
31 Okumbe, Joshua A., Human Resources Management: An Educational Per-
spective, Nairobi: Educational Development and Research Bureau, 2001, 57.
32 Cascio, Wayne F., Managing Human Resources: Productivity, Quality of
Work life, Profits, Eighth Edition, Boston: McGraw Hill, 2010, 199.
33 Cascio, Wayne F., Managing Human Resources, ibid. 201.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 51
2.6 Training and Development
Training implies the use of systematic and planned instruction activi-
ties to promote learning among the staff. It involves the use of formal
processes to impart knowledge and help employees in this case academ-
ic staff to acquire the skills necessary for them to perform their jobs as
expected.34 The main aim is to develop the staff to continuously equip
them with skills and knowledge needed for their job. Training pro-
grammes or events can be concerned with any of the following:
• Manual skills;
• Information Technological skills;
• Team leadership or supervisory training;
• Management training;
• Interpersonal skills, such as leadership, teambuilding, group dy-
namics,
• Personal skills such as assertiveness, coaching, communicating,
time management;
• Training in organizational procedures or practices such as induc-
tion, health and safety,
• Research and Publications
• Pedagogical skills, quality assurance issues and curriculum de-
velopment skills; and
• Assessment and evaluation skills to mention but a few depending
the Training Needs Assessment report.
The training and development should be organized in such a way
that the needs of every academic staff are taken care of. The ethical de-
cision making approaches must be put in place for the decisions to result
in the good of the university community at large. The utilitarian ap-
34 Loc.cit., 83.
52 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
proach ought to be the guiding principle to enhance the common good of
the students and the staff themselves.
2.7 Appraisal of Performance
Every organization values performance evaluation to gauge if the
staff meets targets to warrant the payment or increase of salary or any
bonus at the end of the year. This is why performance appraisal is one of
the processes that should be looked at in the management of the academ-
ic staff at the universities in Kenya. Performance appraisal according to
Okumbe is ‘ arriving at the judgements about an individual’s past or
present performance against the background of his/her work environ-
ment, and about future potential for an organization’.35 This process
would only benefit the individual academic staff if the judgement is
done following the principles of justice and transparency.
The appraisal is done objectively following the guiding principles
such as: appraisal is to facilitate change in individual behaviour in order
to achieve personal and university goals; getting factual information
about specific achievement as they relate to set goals; the method used is
sensitive in distinguishing effective performers from ineffective ones
and method used is easily understood36 by the supervisors and the aca-
demic staff. The person appraising needs to be guided by the teleologi-
cal theory so that the exercise benefits the staff being evaluated towards
the improvement of the operations of the university. The results of the
appraisal helps the university to look on how to help the non- perfor-
mance who are willing to improve while those who may affect the oper-
ations the university by non- performance would be asked to leave.
35 Okumbe, Joshua A., Human Resources Management: An Educational Per-
spective, Nairobi: Educational Development and Research Bureau, 2001, 97.
36 Ibid., 97- 98.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 53
2.8 Retention of Academic Staff
There is no university in Kenya that is not challenged by the issue of
staff turnover. Some staff may resign because they have found greener
pastures while others do so because they want to change their orienta-
tion. Whatever the case may be, the Human Resource Manager or em-
ployer should be aware of the reasons for resignation and look for possi-
ble solutions to ensure that the staff are retained. The retention of staff
depends so much on how the work environment is motivating to the
staff such that they feel that it would be a loss if they left the university.
What would be possible reasons for staff departure? These may include:
poor terms and conditions of service, low staff morale, unfulfilled ex-
pectations, dissatisfaction that may end up being unethical issues in
themselves.
In deciding to retain staff, care should be taken that it does not bring
unfairness where some negotiate for better terms and promoted while
their colleagues who have not considered resigning are left in their cur-
rent levels. To maintain the staff related issues such as compensation,
salary administration, benefits, safety and health programmes,37 among
others must be organized.
Compensation entails cash payments, indirect payments in form of
benefits, and other forms of incentives to motivate the staff to work to-
wards maximum output in the respective duties.38 Cascio posits that
compensation programme could include wages and salaries and benefits
such as health insurance, paid leaves, compassionate leaves, and em-
ployee staff development scheme, and pensions.39 In the Staff hand-
book of University of Nairobi and CUEA Staff manual echo the list and
37 Okumbe, Joshua A. Human Resources Management: An Educational Per-
spective, op. cit., 97- 98.
38 Ibid. 134-140.
39 Cascio, Wayne F., Managing Human Resources, 413. Also Daft, Richard L.,
New Era of Management, op. cit., 130.
54 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
add tuition waiver for members of family, provident fund, out of station
allowance, subsistence allowance, per diem40 among others. How does
the university gauge that one is justified to get a given benefit? This
requires that policies to this effect are put in place; evaluation of the job
is done so that there is equity in administering the different forms of
benefits or pay.
Connected to retention are to other issues such as promotion, griev-
ance and discipline and procedural justice and ethics41 in academic staff
relations. The promotion criteria for academic staff42 are well stipulated
in the Commission for University Education. Each staff is to be made
aware of the requirements so that as they apply for promotion they do
not feel that they are unjustly left out in the process. Care needs to be
taken not allow some kind of favouritism set in during the promotion
procedures. The guidelines must be followed to the letter.
On procedural justice and ethics in the academic staff relations, fair-
ness of the procedures used in the managing cases that affect the staff
must be consistent so that there is no element of biasness. Even when
due process is being applied, the university management ensures that it
is strictly followed: prior warning, opportunity for explanation of one-
self, timeliness observed, impersonality, consistency and right to ap-
peal43 given. The ways the processes and procedures are handled moti-
vate the academic staff to move on.
Furthermore, the administration of the benefits and promotion pro-
cess ought to be done faithfully in line with the principles of justice,
fidelity, non- maleficence and beneficence. There should be fairness,
40 University of Nairobi, Staff Handbook, Nairobi: University of Nariobi Press,
2006, 15. Also refer to The Catholic University of Eastern Africa, Human Re-
sources Policies and Procedures Manual, Nairobi, CUEA Press, 2018, 31-34.
41 Okumbe, Joshua A., Human Resources Management: An Educational Per-
spective, Nairobi: Educational Development and Research Bureau, 2001, 204.
42 Commision for University Education Kenya,
43 Op. cit. 209.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 55
equity, ensuring that everything is done to avoid causing harm to the
academic staff as they go about carrying their duties. The harm being
referred to includes emotional, psychological or socially.
2.9 Academic Staff Separations
Dealing with the human resources is at times quite tricky given that
people have different personalities. Even family or socio-cultural back-
ground of an individual poses a challenge at the place of work. This is
why some people may stay longer at one work place while another may
not be ready to continue. Some staff may be requested to leave while
others may decide to leave on their own. This is why it is also important
that even at the time of separations, the decisions taken on an academic
staff be guided by ethical decision making.
Separations according to Teklemariam and Okumbe include manda-
tory or voluntary retirement, redundancy, and resignation, termination of
service, dismissal and death.44 The university management may find it
easy to deal with voluntary and mandatory retirement or resignation by a
staff because the benefits are well stipulated in respective university
staff handbooks. However, it becomes a challenge if a staff is to be dis-
missed or contract terminated especially while the staff perceives that
due process is not followed, this can be disastrous if the staff opts to sue
the university. This is why ethics should be the guiding principle in all
the decisions that are taken when separation occurs.
44 Teklemariam, Amanuel A. Human Resource Management for Educational
Practitioners in Africa, 83. See again Okumbe, Joshua A., Human Resources
Management, 210-214.
56 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
2.10 Principles of Ethics and Management of Academic
Staff
Research highlights some ethical issues for universities that may jus-
tify the need to look at how the principles of ethics would be integrated
in the management processes. Silvia Puiu and Ogarca Radu enumerate:
fair treatment, academic freedom, competence, plagiarism, teacher-
student relationship, discrimination, conflict of interest, truth, honesty
and respect45. Such issues are also reported in Universities in Kenya,
this is why there is the introduction of code of ethics to most of the uni-
versities in Kenya to prevent occurrences.
It is observed by Koch that codes of ethics are based on ethical prin-
ciples but they in themselves are insufficient to guide our practice-due to
ethical conflict and dilemmas46. Ethical principles guide people depend-
ing on the context or profession that one is engaged in. The principles
include justice, autonomy, beneficence, fidelity and non- maleficence.
The Syracuse University explains that the five principles have guided
many professions.
2.10.1 Justice
Justice means being fair and that is why Daft asserts that justice ap-
proach to decision making is based on standards of equity, fairness and
impartiality.47 As such academic staffs who are similar in a decision that
is likely to affect them must be treated similarly. The principle is appli-
45 Puiu, Silvia/Ogarca, Radu F. Ethics Management in Higher Education System
of Romania, 2nd Global Conference on Business, Economics, Management and
Tourism, 30-31 october 2014, Prague, Czech Republic, Procedia Economics and
Finance 23, 2015, 599-603, 600.
46 Koch, Shane D., Ethics and Ethical Decision Making, Rehabilitation Institute
Illinois University at Carbondale, Slide share, retrieved on 26th October, 2018.
47 Daft, Richard L., New Era of Management, op. cit. 133.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 57
cable in all the processes of management of the academic staff in uni-
versities in Kenya. When promoting or appraising the staff, fairness
ought to be practised to ensure the guidelines are consistently followed
so that the staffs are treated against the same standards. If this is done no
complaints may arise that their colleagues are judged differently. Deon-
tological approach must form the basis of fair treatment removing any
trace of partiality in the process.
The fair deal msut also be practiced in the training and development
of the staff. Let us take the scenario where there are a number of staff in
need of development through staff development arrangement, there
should be modality in the way the training needs are identified and pri-
orities set. This ensures that each staff benefits from the scheme without
discriminating any staff. This implies that justice needs to influence all
the processes such as remuneration and allowances, motivation, promo-
tion, leave and holidays. To ensure fairness in the appraisal of the staff,
every staff is subjected to the same tool for appraisal/ evaluation. Justice
therefore presupposes objectivity in the way the academic staff is evalu-
ated.
The promotion criteria that the Commission of University Education,
Kenya spelt out and adapted by individual universities promote fairness
in the deal. However, there is need to caution the managers that there are
cases where some of the set down rules may not apply. In such cases,
then the decision should be based on utilitarian approach so that it bene-
fits most people in the university. The dilemmas must be resolved.
2.10.2 Autonomy
Autonomy refers to one having right to act as a free person. The
principle of autonomy according to Rwiza is the basis of the ‘dignity of
human person’48 and thus implies the recognition of the dignity and
48 Rwiza, Richard N., Ethics of Human Rights. The Africa Contribution, op. cit.
41.
58 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
uniqueness of the human person. The principle presupposes that people
are free to decide on how they want to live their lives provided what
they do does not have adverse effect on others. Koch argues that auton-
omy gives room for individualized treatment as opposed to ‘One Size
Fits All Models’.49
Consequently, every person is distinct and ought to be treated in that
manner. It also gives room for involvement of the persons concerned.
University management board in using this principle are able to meet the
need of the academic staff at different levels. The decision taken on the
processes that affect the staff must have the staff engaged so that each
staff is taken as an individual although in a group of many. The academ-
ic freedom in the higher education must come to play in the way the
academic staffs are managed.
2.10.3 Non-Maleficence
Non- Maleficence is a principle that is often referred in the manage-
ment of health care to mean doing no harm to others.50 The principle can
also be used in universities where staff or students could be harmed psy-
chologically, emotionally or physically. In the process of managing the
academic staff, the management board should ensure that any decision
taken does cause harm to any staff. It would be unethical if the decision
taken brings the people concerned unnecessary harm. Let us take an
example of an academic staffs who works in one campus of a university
and requests to be transferred to another campus on medical ground or
family issues and the management refuses to approve such a request.
Such a decision could cause harm to the staff either psychologically,
emotionally, physically or health wise. It is therefore important that this
49 Koch, Shane D., op.cit.
50 Bennet-Woods, Deb, Ethics at a Glance, Rueckert-Hartman: Regis Universi-
ty, 2005, 9.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 59
principle guides the management and if not known, then they are sup-
posed to be trained on ethics for management.
2.10.4 Beneficence
The term beneficence is derived from Latin word ‘bene’ to mean
‘well’ or ‘good’. Summers explains that beneficence simply means
avoiding or refraining from harm51. Thus beneficent deeds or actions
mean that the actor is morally obliged to take positive and intentional
move to help others. Bennett-Woods writes that people should act in
ways that ‘prevent harm, remove harm, and promote good’.52 Whatever
is done is for the benefit of others. The principle is closely linked to the
utilitarianism approach which advocates for the greatest good for the
most people.
Applying this principle in the management of academic staff in uni-
versities in Kenya, requires that the management watches on the way the
processes of planning, recruitment, selection, training and developing,
motivating, appraising and separation are handled. Whatever, it takes,
one should always try to avoid causing harm to the staff and be directed
by the fact the decision taken should be for the good of the majority. For
example, decision to retain renowned Professors in the universities to
benefit the postgraduate students would work towards the high comple-
tion rate thus benefiting many people. The same staff would in turn be
enabled to work in enabling environment so that they too feel good in
the execution of their duties.
In the recent past it was reported by the media that some universities
in Kenya are not honouring their terms and conditions of services as
spelt out in the contracts or letters of appointments. The point in ques-
tion is the remittance of the statutory deductions such as provident fund,
51 Summers, Jim, Health Care Ethics: Critical Issues for the 21st century, 2015,
47.
52 Bennet-Woods, Deb, Ethics at a Glance, Rueckert-Hartman: Regis Universi-
ty, 2005, 10.
60 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
National Social Security Funds, National Health Insurance Fund to men-
tion but a few. Although we recognize that the universities are going
through hard financial times, such decisions cause harm to the staff and
so ought to be avoided at all cost.
2.10.5 Fidelity
The principle of fidelity entails being faithful and this is in line with
the explanation of Bennett-Woods that fidelity implies being faithful to
what was promised, doing what is expected of us, performing duties and
being truthful. 53 What does the academic staff in the universities expect
concerning the management of the processes that affect them? They
expect to be respected as human beings and experts in their area of spe-
cializations; compliance to the standards and procedures/policies; pay-
ment of their salaries in good time; faithfulness to the terms and condi-
tions of service among others.
When the management in the implementation of the procedures and
policies says one thing and does the other, the staff gets disgruntled and
loses the morale of performing their respective duties thus affecting the
day to day operations. The management therefore is challenged to be
keen on how they carry out what they promised they would do or else it
becomes unethical. This principle could simply be summarized as ‘walk
the talk’.
2.11 Ethical Dilemmas in Management of Staff
As one endeavours to manage the academic staff in the universities
there are a number of ethical issues and dilemmas. One single process
may be clouded with a number of dilemmas. Becker posits that ethical
53 Ibid., 12.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 61
dilemmas are ‘situations in which two or more values are in conflict’.54
These mainly emerge in human resources, customer confidence, con-
flicts of interest, and the use of corporate resources55 as observed by
Trevino and Nelson. For instance, conflicts of interest may occur when
objectivity is compromised, there are corrupt deals, bribery, kickbacks
for securing a position, lobbying for one to be recruited to mention but a
few. Ethical dilemmas are most difficult when they combine several of
operation areas.
According to Murage, Sang and Ngure, unethical issues such as nep-
otism, sexual harassment, discrimination and bribery, and selection of
employee who do not have the right knowledge skills and
ties56among others are situations that result in ethical dilemmas. These
issues can affect performance of the individual academic staff and that
of the entire university. This is why Mathenge argues that human re-
source dilemmas are the most common type of ethical issues at work
and they generally involve fairness in working relationships.57 He cites
examples of ethical issues such as discrimination, favouritism, harass-
ment, work-life balance, inconsistencies in pay or discipline, or simply
how people get along to mention but a few, are areas where ethical
dilemmas may arise. Ethical dilemmas calls for critical analysis of pro-
54 Becker, Wendy S. Ethics in Human Resources: An Exercise Involving New
Employees, Journal of Human Resources Education, 26 (4), No. 4, Fall 2010,
26.
55 Trevino, Linda K. / Nelson, Katherine A., Managing Business Ethics, Straight
Talk about How to Do it Right, 5th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2010, 115-132.
56 Murage, Sarah N./Sang, Anne/Ngure, Susan, Ethical Issues in Recruitment,
Selection and Employee Performance in Public Universities in Nyeri County,
Kenya, International Journal of Business and Social Science, Volume 9(2),
February 2018, 195.
57 Mathenge, Donatus Githui, Ethical Considerations in Human Resource Man-
agement in Kenya, Theory and Practice, Public Policy and Administration Re-
search, www.iiste.org, Vol.1(4), 2011, 9.
62 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
cesses of academic staff management to ensure that only that decision
that benefits all is taken. The university management is therefore chal-
lenged to make deliberate effort to ensure that they mitigate the occur-
rence of ethical issues that may compromise effective management of
academic staff. Thus the principles of ethics that have been discussed in
the previous section should guide the processes of management of aca-
demic staff in the universities in Kenya.
2.12 Conclusion
From the discussion it is concluded that ethical decision making the-
ories and principles if applied in the management of academic staff in
the universities in Kenya would help sort out many ethical dilemmas
that face the management. Ethics integrated in the management of aca-
demic staff ensures that all decisions regarding their well fare are made
to benefit the individual and the universities. Such decisions may work
to boost the working environment where justice, care for each staff,
faithfulness, and the good of all permeate every academic staff man-
agement processes. Ethics in academic staff management should become
a concern of every university as each considers the implementation of
code of ethics and ethics charter.
2.13 References
Armstrong, Michael, A Handbook for Human Resource Management
Practice, London & Phildelphia: Kogan Page, 2006.
Becker, Wendy S. Ethics in Human Resources: An Exercise Involving
New Employees, Journal of Human Resources Education 26,
4(4) Fall 2010, 26-34.
Bennet-Woods, Deb, Ethics at a Glance, Rueckert-Hartman: Regis
University, 2005.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 63
Cascio, Wayne F., Managing Human Resources: Productivity, Quality
of Work life, Profits, Eighth, Edition, Boston: McGraw Hill,
2010.
Catholic University of Eastern Africa, Human Resources Policies and
Procedures Manual, Nairobi, CUEA Press, 2017.
Commission for University Education, Harmonized Criteria and
Guidelines for Appointment and Promotion of Academic Staff in
Universities in Kenya. Commission for University Education,
2014.
Daft, Richard L., New Era of Management, 9th Edition, South- West-
ern: Cengage Learning, 2010.
Fayol, Henry, Principles of Management http://andrewmckay.
yolasite.com/resources/14%20Principles%20of%20Management.
pdf (Retrieved on 25th November, 2018).
Fedler, Kyle D., Exploring Christian Ethics – Biblical foundations for
morality, Kentucky Westminister: John Knox Press, 2006.
Gill, Robin, A Textbook of Christian Ethics, 2nd Ed., New York: T & T
Clack. A continuum Imprint, 2005.
Kant, Immanuel, Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals (Trans. &
Ed. M. Gregor), Cambridge, 1998.
Kaptein, Muel/Wempe, Johan, Three General theories of Ethics and
the Integrative role of integrity theory, SSRN Electronic Journal
2002, DOI:10.2139/ssrn.1940393, 10-11.
Kisii University Code of Conduct and Ethics, Kisii University Corrup-
tion Prevention Committee, 2015.
Koch, Shane D., Ethics and Ethical Decision Making, Rehabilitation
Institute Illinois University at Carbondale, Slide share, insti-
tute/Downloads/Shane%20Koch/Haymarket%20Ethics%20and%
20Ethical%20Decision%20Making%20Models.pdf. Accessed on
26th October, 2018.
64 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Lovin, Robin W., Christian Ethics: An Essential Guide, Nashville:
Abingdon, 2000.
Mathenge, Donatus G., Ethical Considerations in Human Resource
Management in Kenya: Theory and Practice, Public Policy and
Administration Research, www.iiste.org, 1(4), 2011, 8-20.
Merriam-Webster Dict. https://www.merriam-Webster.com/dicionary
Murage, Sarah N./Sang, Anne/Ngure, Susan, Ethical Issues in Re-
cruitment, Selection and Employee Performance in Public Uni-
versities in Nyeri County, Kenya, International Journal of Busi-
ness and Social Science, 9 (2), February 2018, 194-203.
Namagembe, Sheila/Ntayi, Joseph, M. Individual Ethical Orienta-
tions, Ethical Sensitivity and Professional Conduct of Academic
Staff in Universities in Uganda, International Journal of Eco-
nomics and Management Sciences, Vol. 1, No. 6, 2012, 56-64.
Okumbe, Joshua A. Human Resources Management: An Educational
Perspective, Nairobi: Educational Development and Research
Bureau, 2001.
Ongong’a, Jude J./ Akaranga, Stephen I., Work Ethics for Lecturers:
An Example of Nairobi and Kenyatta Universities, International
Journal of Arts and Commerce, www.ijac.org.uk, 2013, 8-22.
Odera Oruka, Henry, Ethics, Nairobi: Nairobi University Press, 1990.
Puiu, Silvia / Ogarca, Radu F. Ethics Management in Higher Educa-
tion System of Romania, 2nd Global Conference on Business,
Economics, Management and Tourism, 30-31 October 2014,
Prague, Czech Republic, Procedia Economics and Finance 23,
2015, 599-603.
Rwiza, Richard N., Ethics of Human Rights. The African Contribution,
Nairobi: CUEA Press, 2010.
Saremil, Hamid/Behrad, Moein Nezhad, Role of Ethics in Manage-
ment of Organization, International Journal of Current Life Sci-
ences, 4(11), 9952-9960, November, 2014.
Ethics and Management of University Academic Staff 65
Summers, Jim “Theory of Health Care Ethics” In: Morrison, Eileen E.,
Ed. Health Care Ethics: Critical Issues for the 21st Century. 2nd
Ed. Sudbury, MA: Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 2009: 3-40.
Teklemariam, Amanuel A., Human Resource Management for Educa-
tional Practitioners in Africa, Nairobi: CUEA Press, 2009.
Trevino, Linda K. / Nelson, Katherine, A., Managing Business Ethics,
Straight Talk about How to Do it Right, 5th Ed., Hoboken, NJ:
John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
University of Nairobi, Staff Handbook, Nairobi: University of Nairobi
Press, 2006.
3
TEACHING ETHICS WITH SPECIAL
REFERENCE TO HIGHER EDUCATION
Najjuma Oliver Babirye
3.1 Introduction
Teaching ethics appears not to have been as urgent before as it is to-
day58. We are living in a globalized world where the traditional local
influence of society on the young is dwindling very fast. Parents, teach-
ers, and the local community as a whole have been rendered redundant
by science and technology. Young people appear to be more taken up by
such international events as football and other games. Worse still, how-
ever, they are adversely influenced by what they learn from films, doc-
umentaries, TV and radio presentations, newspapers, and other forms of
mass media. Some activities such as betting have led many to unneces-
sary fights, misusing money, among other types of misbehavior. A good
number have misused even school fees in this manner. Other types of
copied misbehavior include homosexuality which is becoming rampant
and uncontrollable in certain societies.
The biggest issue of concern here is the rapidly changing mind-set.
In African traditional societies, mind-sets were formed by traditional
58 Sr Najjuma Oliver Babirye (LSOSF) currently studies as PhD candidate in the
Philosophy Department, Catholic University of Eastern Africa (CUEA) Nairobi,
Kenya.
68 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
methods of education. Education is a vehicle of values. As such, African
stories, for instance, which deeply influenced the young and formed
them into morally upright and responsible citizens are now overtaken by
events. The youth have no time for them, yet they are the backbone of
moral life. These African stories depict characters that are immoral and
they suffer because of this and those that are morally upright and greatly
benefit from it. The purpose of this is to help the youth copy the upright
and look down upon the immoral. This important lesson has been re-
versed. Today, the influential films and other forms of mass media tend
to award those who misbehave, thus making the youth adopt wrong
characters as their role models. In the final analysis, the new generation
ends up being a misguided society. It is due to this that this paper con-
siders the teaching of ethics not to be only important but also urgent.
Although such questions are bothering people today and have be-
come a cause of concern, they are still worth teaching. We may need to
observe that this concern is from antiquity. We may also need to remind
ourselves that there is no subject which is free of controversy. The histo-
ry of philosophy indicates ages such as Ancient Greek Philosophy, Me-
dieval Christian Philosophy, the Renaissance Period, Modern Philoso-
phy and Contemporary Philosophy. Within these ages different concepts
and views are born, grow and fall into decadence but philosophy re-
mains: all of them are philosophizing, philosophy is the common de-
nominator. Similarly, there are different views on ethics, but ethics re-
mains. When we consider the extreme of thinkers who tried had to un-
dermine values in favour of science and technology, for instance, we
also find a variety of concepts, positions, schools of thought, among
other discrepancies. All the same, science and technology retain their
meaning and status. This applies to ethics as well. Whether one talks of
Meta-Ethics, Normative Ethics, or Applied Ethics, one is still talking
about ethics. Basically, ethics is life. Human life is not mere biology.
Human beings are rational and moral beings. This is what distinguishes
Teaching Ethics with Special Reference to Higher Education 69
them from other beings. Most important, this is what characterizes hu-
manity. All human beings, be they scientists, theologians, philosophers,
or any other trade share this in common. In a nut-shell, therefore, teach-
ing ethics means accomplish human life.
Within this historical background of philosophy, ethics, as a branch
of philosophy, has developed into different branches and sub branches.
These include meta-ethics with such sub branches as moral realism and
moral anti-realism. Normative ethics has deontology, consequentialism
and virtue ethics as its sub branches. Finally, applied ethics covers med-
ical ethics, environmental ethics, business, ethics, information ethics and
legal ethics as its branches. The paper presents these branches and sub
branches and then discusses their application to education.
3.2 The Background Systematic Categorization of Ethics
in Philosophy
There is no doubt that the mind-sets of the young today are changing
at a serious speed, this is not only in the higher institutions of learning
but right from the families and the society at large. This is due to the fact
that the young are so much influenced by science and technology plus
the reality of a globalized world. This concern reveals the need to teach
ethics. By using the conceptual tools of meta-ethics and normative eth-
ics, discussions in applied ethics can be resolved. For example, the issue
of abortion mainly falls under applied ethics since it involves a specific
type of controversial behavior. However, it also depends on more gen-
eral normative principles, such as the right of self-rule and the right to
life, which are the tests for determining the morality of that procedure. It
is worth noting that the same issue also rests on meta-ethical issues
which deal with the origin of rights and the kind of beings entitled to
have rights. It is for such reasons that this paper emphasizes the teaching
of ethics in higher education.
70 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
The field of ethics involves systematizing, defending, and recom-
mending concepts of right and wrong behavior. Philosophers usually
divide ethical theories into three general subjects. These are meta-ethics,
normative ethics, and applied ethics. Meta-ethics investigates where the
ethical principles come from, and what they mean. It focuses on the is-
sues of universal truths, the will of God, the role of reason in ethical
judgments, and the meaning of ethical terms themselves. Normative
ethics takes on a more practical task of arriving at moral standards that
regulate right and wrong conduct. This may involve articulating the
good habits that we should acquire, the duties that we should follow, or
the consequences of our behavior on others. Applied ethics involves
examining specific controversial issues, such as abortion, infanticide,
animal rights, environmental concerns, homosexuality, capital punish-
ment, or nuclear war.59 In other words, normative ethics enquires on
how people should act. Applied ethics focuses on how people should
take moral knowledge and put it into practice. For Meta-ethics the ques-
tion is about the meaning of ethical concepts like rights, justice and mo-
rality.
We are living in the world that attaches different meanings to the
same things such as values, rights, justice and even ethics. There is a
need, therefore, to subject these concepts to careful and responsible
scrutiny for the common good. This need can best be addressed by eth-
ics. Once ethics in its broadness is taught to the young it will not only
form their character, it will also enrich the society at large since these
are the future leaders. Leadership is often mistaken for only the occupa-
tion of political positions. This paper extends the concept of leadership
to all institutions and sectors of life. Each responsible citizen is a leader
59 Fieser, James, “Ethics” in: The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy,
https://www.iep.utm.edu, 2018.
Teaching Ethics with Special Reference to Higher Education 71
in his or her own way. To achieve this objective, ethics can be taught in
three branches and their sub-branches.
3.2.1 Branches and Sub-branches of Ethics
Meta-Ethics
Meta-Ethics is concerned primarily with the meaning of ethical
judgments, and seeks to understand the nature of ethical properties,
statements, attitudes, and judgments and how they may be supported or
defended. A meta-ethical theory, unlike a normative ethical theory does
not attempt to evaluate specific choices as being better, worse, good, bad
or evil; rather it tries to define the essential meaning and nature of the
problem being discussed. It consists in the attempt to answer the funda-
mental philosophical questions about the nature of ethical theory itself.
In seeking to understand the ethical judgements Meta-ethics investigates
whether these judgments are factual statements, capable of being literal-
ly true or false. The category of meta-ethics which deals with this is
called cognitivism. Meta-ethics investigates also whether the ethical
judgements are commands or expressions of attitude, capable of only
greater or lesser appropriateness or efficacy. Non-cognitivism is the cat-
egory of meta-ethics behind that search. Cognitivism focuses on whether
the facts to which they claim moral judgements to correspond are dis-
covered from experience or whether they occupy a different realm, as
mathematical facts. Non-cognitivists, in contrast, argue that moral
judgements are not fact-starting, they ask if they signal our feelings or
commitments or are imperative of conduct. Other questions concerning
moral judgements include whether they are subjective or objective, and
how they are connected to motivation.60 Moral realism and moral anti-
realism are regarded as the main views of meta-ethics.
60 Edwards, Craig John, “Peter Railton,” in: The Routledge Encyclopedia of
Philosophy. Vol. 1 (London: New York 1998).
72 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
• Moral Realism: moral realism is a kind of metaphysical thesis
about the nature and status of morality and moral claims. A real-
istic view about ethics presumably asserts the existence of moral
facts and true moral propositions. Moral realism, is committed to
moral facts and truths that are objective.61 It is a cognitivist view
in that it holds that ethical sentences express valid propositions
and are therefore truth-apt. Moral realism entails ethical natural-
ism and ethical non-naturalism as its main types.
• Moral Anti-realism: Moral anti-realism holds that there are no
objective moral values. It is explained in three forms. The first
form is ethical subjectivism. This depends on whether ethical
statements are believed to be subjective claims. The second one
is non-cognitivism. Here the ethical statements are not considered
as genuine claims at all. The third one is moral nihilism or moral
skepticism. This regards ethical statements as mistaken objective
claims.
Normative Ethics
Normative Ethics is the branch of ethics which is concerned with es-
tablishing how things should or ought to be, how to value them, which
things are good or bad, and which actions are right or wrong. In other
words, Normative Ethics deals with judgements about what is good and
how people should act. It attempts to develop a set of rules governing
human conduct, or a set of norms for action. It is the study of what
makes actions right or wrong, what makes situations or events good or
bad and what makes people virtuous or vicious. Normative ethical theo-
ries are usually divided into three main categories. These are deontolo-
gy, consequentialism and virtue ethics.62 Before looking at these catego-
61 Brink, David O., Moral Realism and the Foundations of Ethics. (Cambridge
University Press 1989), 14.
62 Fieser, James, op., cit.
Teaching Ethics with Special Reference to Higher Education 73
ries it is important to note that what normative ethics offers can be of
great use in forming the character of the youth who find themselves
completely taken up with whatever pops up in the media, their surround-
ings and other situations.
• Deontology: the term deontology is from the Greek word
deon which means duty. This approach of ethics emphasizes the
rightness or the wrongness of actions themselves, regardless of
the consequences of those actions. It claims that decisions should
be made bearing in mind the factors of one’s duties and other’s
rights. For deontologists, acting morally involves the self-
conscious acceptance of some rules or constraints that place lim-
its both on the pursuit of our own interests and on our pursuit of
the general good. The deontologists insist on the importance of
moral rules, because for them the avoidance of wrongdoing is the
main task of a moral agent qua moral agent, and they are also
convinced that, as moral agents, we have it in our power to aim at
the avoidance of wrongdoing and achieve this aim, provided only
that we make a reasonable and sincere effort. We can be assured
of success if we avoid doing certain sorts of things, things which
are narrowly and clearly specifiable and specifiable beforehand,
prior to involvement in the often overwhelming circumstances of
deliberation and action.63 Some deontological theories include
Divine command theory, Natural rights theory, the Categorical
Imperative, Pluralistic deontology, and Contractarian ethics.
• Consequentialism: Consequentialism, is the view that norma-
tive properties depend only on consequences. This general ap-
proach can be applied at different levels to different normative
properties of different kinds of things, but the most prominent
63 Davis, Nancy, in: Singer, P. (Ed.), A Companion to Ethics (Blackwell Pub-
lishers Ltd. 1991), 216.
74 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
example is consequentialism about the moral rightness of acts,
which holds that whether an act is morally right depends only on
the consequences of that act or of something related to that act,
such as the motive behind the act or a general rule requiring acts
of the same kind.64 The major examples of consequentialism the-
ories are utilitarianism and hedonism. Utilitarianism judges con-
sequences using the standard of the greatest good for the greatest
number. While for Hedonism, something good is considered de-
pending on whether its consequences yield to pleasure and avoid-
ance of pain. Consequentialism is sometimes criticized because it
is difficult sometimes to know the result of an action ahead of
time. This however does not take away the fact that it is good to
think about the consequences of our action. The young need to be
taught such disciplines since they can prevent some behaviors
which lead to serious consequences like rape, abortion and abuse
of drugs.
• Virtue Ethics: Virtue Ethics focuses on the inherent character
of a person rather than on the nature or consequences of specific
actions performed. For Aristotle a virtue is a trait of character
manifested in habitual action. He emphasized with an example
that, the virtue of honesty is not possessed by someone who tells
the truth only occasionally or only when he/she finds it benefi-
cial, but the honest person is truthful as long as her actions spring
from a firm and unchangeable character.65 The proponents of vir-
tue ethics claim that a lifetime of practicing virtues leads to hap-
piness and the good life, this too can apply to higher education
64 Sinnott Armstrong, Walter, “Consequentialism”, in The Stanford Encyclope-
dia of Philosophy. Edward N. Zalta (ed.), URL = <https://plato.stanford.edu/
archives/win2015/entries/consequentialism/>. Accessed on 21/11/2018.
65 Rachels, James, The Elements of Moral Philosophy, 7th. Ed. by Stuart Rachels
(Mc Graw-Hill, New York 2012), 159.
Teaching Ethics with Special Reference to Higher Education 75
where by the young can be trained to live a virtuous life and thus
to flourish in life. Some virtue ethical theories include; Eudai-
monism, Agent-Based and Ethics of Care.
Applied Ethics
Philosophical ethics has always been to some degree applied to real
life. Aristotle for example believed that there was no point in studying
ethics unless it would have some beneficial effect on the way one lived
his life. From 1960s, there has been a renewed interest in detailed dis-
cussion of particular issues of contemporary practical concern. 66Ap-
plied ethics is marked out from ethics in general by its special focus on
practical issues and controversies. It comprises of medical ethics, envi-
ronmental ethics, and evaluations of the social implications of the scien-
tific and technological change, as well as moral problems in society and
in professional ethics. Prominent examples include: abortion, euthana-
sia, the protection of human and animal subjects in research, racism,
sexism affirmative action, acceptable risk in the workplace, the legal
enforcement of morality, civil disobedience, unjust war and the privacy
of information.67 Generally, applied ethics focuses on how people
should take moral knowledge and put it into practice. As mentioned ear-
lier it consists in the attempt to answer difficult moral questions people
face in their lives. Some topics falling within the discipline include:
• Medical ethics: Concerning medical ethics we shall make use
of Ovadia Ezra’s words who stresses that: “Of the myriad of ethi-
cal debates going on in the present-day public discourse, it would
not be an exaggeration to say that medical ethics raises the most
intensive and vehement arguments. The rapid progress in tech-
66 Edwards, Craig, “Roger Crisp” in The Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy.
Vol. 3 (London: New York 1998).
67 Frey, R.G. and Wellman, Christopher Heath, A Companion to Applied Ethics
(Blackwell Publishing co. 2003), 1.
76 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
nology and bio-technology has far outstripped parallel progress,
if there be any, in either moral or legal studies. It seems that by
the time that ethical discussion, buttressed by legal considera-
tions, grasps and is able to deal with a medical issue-one that is
usually on the frontier of scientific discovery-technological pro-
gress has already flung us forward into more complicated or
acute issues.”68 What Ovadia is emphasizing is that technology
progress has resulted to so many dilemmas in the medical world.
Some of the issues he focuses on are; mercy death or killing, do-
nating or selling organs, genetic engineering and reproduction.
Regardless of these dilemmas, it’s important to note that medical
ethics has its values which are worthy of teaching not only to
those in medical schools but to the society at large bearing in
mind those in higher education too. These values include; Benef-
icence, this states that, a practitioner should act in the best inter-
est of the patient. Non-maleficence is the second one and it ap-
peals to the medical personnel to avoid doing harm to the pa-
tients. The third one is Autonomy, this states that, the patient has
the right to refuse or choose their treatment. Justice too comes in
to settle issues concerning the distribution of scarce health re-
sources, and the decision of who gets what treatment. Regarding
dignity, there is a concern that, both the patient and the practi-
tioner have the right to dignity. Honesty too is considered in the
context of truthfulness and respect for the concept of informed
consent.69
• Environmental Ethics: Environmental Ethics consists of sev-
eral principles. The first one is the human-centered environmen-
tal ethic, this claims that environmental policies should be evalu-
68 Ovadia, Ezra, Moral Dilemmas in Real Life; Current Issues in Applied Ethics.
(Tel Aviv University, Israel 2006), 51.
69 Fieser, op. cit.
Teaching Ethics with Special Reference to Higher Education 77
ated solely on the basis of how they affect humans. The second is
called Animal-centered ethics, this does not count only humans
as morally considerable but non-human animals as well; it in-
cludes all animals in its scope. It claims that many of the things
which we do to the natural environment do affect non-humans
adversely and this must be taken into account. The third one is
the Life-centered ethics which emphasize that the class of living
things includes more than humans and non-human animals; it in-
cludes plants, algae, single-celled organisms, viruses and, it is
sometimes suggested, ecosystems and even the whole biosphere
itself. A life-centered ethic counts all living things as morally
considerable, although not necessarily of equal moral signifi-
cance.70 Generally environment ethics encourages humans as ra-
tional beings to be conscious and respectful as they utilize the
environment.
• Information Ethics: Information Ethics investigates the ethi-
cal issues arising from the development and application of com-
puters and information technologies. It is concerned with issues
like the privacy of information, whether artificial agents may be
moral, how one should behave in the info sphere, and ownership
and copyright problems arising from the creation, collection, re-
cording, distribution, processing, of information. 71
• Business Ethics: Much attention was not paid to business eth-
ics before as it is in the recent years. Business ethics is the study
of how ethics and business are connected and the analysis of eth-
ical decision making in commerce. One may wonder whether
business and ethics can be connected at all. Some presume that
70 Robert, Elliot, in Singer, P. (Ed.), A Companion to Ethics (Blackwell Publish-
ers Ltd. 1991), 284-287.
71 Fieser, op. cit.
78 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
business refers to a purely economic activity, which is less im-
portant for others. This is not the case in recent years, the devel-
opment of business ethics as an academic discipline has involved
going beyond simple connections between ethics and business.
There is a great deal of work being done on developing a set of
conceptual frameworks, theories and ideas in which we shall val-
ue creation and trade.72 Business ethics is both normative and de-
scriptive; it describes and evaluates individual and cooperative
behavior and practices that managers and corporations ought or
ought not to engage in. It also evaluates the role of government,
law and public policy in affecting business, both nationally and
in international trade. Most of the youth are involved in business,
some even get their fees from such endeavors. Therefore there is
a need of learning business ethics in order for them to work ef-
fectively and to know which kind of businesses are worthy of in-
volvement.
• Legal ethics: Legal ethics is the minimum standards of appro-
priate conduct within the legal profession. It is the behavioral
norms and morals which govern judges and lawyers. It involves
duties that the members owe one another, their clients, and the
courts. Respect of client confidences, candor toward the tribunal,
truthfulness in statements to others, and professional independ-
ence are some of the defining features of legal ethics. Legal eth-
ics can also refer to the study or observance of those duties or the
written regulations governing those duties.73
Sometimes the ethical issues in applied ethics are treated in isolation,
however, it is important to note that if they are discussed in the context
of some more general questions which have been the preoccupations of
72 Frey and Wellman, op. cit., 537.
73 https://definitions.uslegal.com/l/legal-ethics/
Teaching Ethics with Special Reference to Higher Education 79
philosophers, they can yield best results. Some of these general ques-
tions include; how should humans see the world and what is our place in
it? What is the good life for the individual? What is the good society? In
relation to these questions, applied ethics involves discussions of fun-
damental ethical theory, including utilitarianism, liberal rights theory
and virtue ethics.74 Some of these we have already discussed them
while dealing with normative ethics hence emphasizing the need of
teaching these three branches of ethics in higher education.
Apart from the issues mentioned above the public offers a lot of is-
sues which are also worthy considering, these include, ethnicity or
gender in relation to discrimination, cultural understanding and tolera-
tion, not forgetting the issues of interest also to political philosophy,
such as terrorism and war. In all these matters applied ethics does not
only supply a personal ethical perspective, but it provides guidelines for
public policy. Applied ethics takes professional ethics too as its area of
interest, it examines the ethical dilemmas and challenges faced by work-
ers in the health care field and by a wide range of workers in other pro-
fessions including lawyers, accountants, managers and administrators,
people in business, police and law confidentiality, truth-telling, or con-
flicts of interest may arise in any of these areas, and most professions
seek to codify their approaches and provide guidance for their members.
Therefore those in higher education given a chance can benefit a lot in
applied ethics since these are future professionals.
Concerning the research in applied ethics, ideally it starts from a per-
ceived problem and is motivated to find a solution to that problem. A
research program is often inspired by technological progress, for it is
this that has placed ethical considerations at the heart of many areas of
public debate. Other appropriate areas where ethics impinges on practi-
cal inquiry include, the ethical implications of the human genome pro-
74Edwards, Craig, “Peter Railton,” in The Routledge Encyclopedia of Philoso-
phy. Vol. 1 (London: New York 1998).
80 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ject, the ethics of confidentiality, insurance in relation to AIDS or inher-
ited disease, the care of the elderly, homelessness, and mental illness. 75
• The Application of Ethics in Education: Susan Illingworth
identified three different approaches to teaching applied ethics,
these are pragmatic, embedded and theoretical. The pragmatic
approach is based around regulatory bodies and codes of conduct.
The embedded approach involves reflective practices like, drama,
role plays and narratives. The theoretical approach distinct from
pragmatic and embedded methods places an understanding of
moral theory at the heart of ethics learning and teaching.76 This
third approach presents the real‐life situations in terms of the ap-
plication of that theory and if such a method is used it can give
guidance to students on how to approach some real life situations.
When it comes to the application of normative ethics into higher
education there is a need to use the results of the philosophical
thought, that is, the factual inquiries about human beings, the
psychology of learning, what education should be and the dispo-
sitions it should cultivate plus the reasons for cultivating them.
Besides that, the basic normative premises about what is good or
right, the basic factual premises about humanity and the world
should be put into consideration. R .M. Hare stimulated interest
in ethical education with his view, in The Language of Morals,
that what is important is that children should learn the form of
morality so that they may find and embrace a set of moral princi-
ples of their own. Other prominent moral theorists followed his
lead generating a debate largely defined by the tensions between
75 Edwards, Craig, “Brenda Almond” in: The Routledge Encyclopedia of Philos-
ophy. Vol. 1 (London: New York 1998).
76 Illingworth, Susan, Approaches to Ethics in Higher Education: Teaching Eth-
ics across the Curriculum. (Philosophical and Religious Studies Subject Centre,
2004), 10.
Teaching Ethics with Special Reference to Higher Education 81
Kantian and Aristotelian views. Kurt Baier and others took posi-
tions sympathetic to Lawrence Kohlberg’s conception of moral
development as a sequence of stages towards mature moral rea-
soning. Resisting both moral indoctrination and treating the
child’s intuited values as authoritative, they advocated instruction
in moral reasoning that would enable a child to become morally
autonomous or able to identify and apply rationally acceptable
moral principles. 77 The topics that dominate current debate in-
clude curricular multiculturalism; university neutrality in the face
of injustice or political controversy; university–business partner-
ships and other arrangements that may compromise academic in-
tegrity; the proper management of student life in the face of sex-
ual harassment and violence, alcohol and drug abuse, and rac-
ism. 78 All these activities entail ethical judgment. This is where
we need the application of meta-ethics.
3.3 Conclusion
From this general analysis there is no doubt that teaching ethics in
higher education plays a big role in upholding morality among the
young. As mentioned earlier, the youth have a lot of distractions that
take away their attention from the ethical concepts like values, obliga-
tion, responsibility, choice, and others. The cure to these distractions is
rooted in ethics, as one can see from the branches of ethics and ethical
theories. These provide the ethical principles that help to distinguish
between right and wrong conduct, thus giving people a moral compass.
In the current globalized world, this moral compass is a big requirement.
Teaching ethics, therefore, fulfills this human requirement.
77 Edwards, Craig, “Randall R. Curren” in The Routledge Encyclopedia of Phi-
losophy. Vol. 3 (London: New York 1998).
78 Ibid.
82 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
3.4 Bibliography
Brink, David O. Moral Realism and the Foundations of Ethics. Cam-
bridge University Press 1989.
Craig, Edwards, “Peter Railton,” in: The Routledge Encyclopedia of
Philosophy. Vol. 1 London: New York 1998.
Craig, Edwards, “Roger Crisp” in: The Routledge Encyclopedia of
Philosophy. Vol. 3 London: New York 1998.
Davis, Nancy in: Singer, P. (Ed.), A Companion to Ethics. Blackwell
Publishers Ltd. 1991.
Elliot, Robert, in Peter Singer (Ed.), A Companion to Ethics. Black-
well Publishers Ltd. 1991.
Fieser, James “Ethics” The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy,
https://www.iep.utm.edu/, 09/11/2018.
Frey, R. G. and Wellman, Heath Christopher A Companion to Applied
Ethics. Blackwell Publ. Co. 2003.
Illingworth, Susan, Approaches to Ethics in Higher Education: Teach-
ing Ethics across the Curriculum. Philosophical and Religious
Studies Subject Centre, 2004.
Ovadia, Ezra, Moral Dilemmas in Real Life; Current Issues in Applied
Ethics. Tel Aviv University, Israel 2006.
Rachels, James, The Elements of Moral Philosophy, 7th. Ed. Stuart,
Rachels, Mc Graw-Hill, New York 2012.
Sinnott Armstrong, Walter, “Consequentialism”, in The Stanford En-
cyclopedia of Philosophy. Edward, N. Zalta. Ed.
https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2015/entries/consequential
ism/ Accessed on 21/11/2018.
B
RESEARCH ETHICS
AND BUSINESS, FINANCE
4
ETHICS OF SELF-RELIANCE -
A CHALLENGE TO THE AFRICAN
CHURCH AND PEOPLE FOR RESPECT,
HUMAN DIGNITY AND SELF-WORTH
Obiora F. Ike
4.1 Introduction
We start this reflection by stating that poverty is not God deter-
mined79. Poverty is man-made. If we wished, we could reduce and erad-
icate poverty, hunger, malnutrition, disease and provide affordable and
peaceful environments for all peoples within this globe - within a dec-
ade, simply by the force of values and ensuring that ethical ingredients
drive our actions. It is time to do the right things rightly because it is
ought that they be so done for the common good.
This contribution serves the common purpose to learn from each
other and to focus on one agenda – namely the task for the self-
understanding of the Christian churches and the community of believers
in Africa for increased self-reliance in their governance structures, judi-
cious management of their natural and human resources and the distribu-
tion of their temporal and spiritual goods, This would signal to the larg-
79 Rev. Monsignor Prof. Dr Obiora Ike is Executive Director of Globethics.net in
Geneva Switzerland and Professor of Ethics and Intercultural Studies at Godfrey
Okoye University, Enugu, Nigeria.
86 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
er world that the people and Churches of Africa are at the forefront of
leading by example and being the Light of the World and Salt of the
Earth (Mathew 7). It is also a sign of its growing maturity and self-
worth.
History records show that from the 15th century trade on human be-
ings as slaves, Africans have suffered intolerable exploitation of their
human and material wealth. This business of slave trade happened for
near three hundred years, depopulating the continent, depriving a people
of their most important assets, setting the clock back for the progress
and development for Africans and killing millions of its sons and daugh-
ters in the bowels of the trans-Atlantic slave trade for centuries. The
slave trade was immediately followed in the early 19th century with co-
lonialism – a system of forced conquest of people and territory – all in
the interest of the usurper and colonizer.
These acted above and out of every natural or human or even divine
law - intimidating, killing, maiming and denigrating all known funda-
mental respects to rights, dignity or self-worth of the colonized with the
false notion of civilization. It extremely exploited and robbed the people
of their identity and natural wealth in still unimaginable and unfathoma-
ble wickedness – difficult for words to express. This unparalleled thiev-
ery in human history and the imposed denial of all basic rights upon the
African peoples is still cause for the under-development of the continent.
The time has therefore come for the search and required introspection
necessary for the African church and its peoples, to see in the philoso-
phy of self-reliance, an ethical attempt to reclaim their respect, human
dignity and self-worth.
The global environment of the 21st century offers some space for the
African Churches and its peoples to think of ways to reclaim their fun-
damental rights and dignity by asserting their ability to authentic identi-
fy through a certain self-reliance on the economic, social, political and
cultural areas of collaboration.
Ethics of Self-Reliance 87
It is time therefore, looking at the biblical insights and the challenges
which theology offers for any persecuted people, to understudy the ur-
gency of a Christian community and Church that believes in, and works
for Justice and self-reliance for its people. The proclamation of faith in
the One God of Heaven who made all people in his own image and like-
ness, therefore equal in dignity, identity and humanity makes this search
and vision possible.
The African churches and its peoples are called to promote self-
reliance through care for the environment and creation at a time of cli-
mate change and its challenges. There is urgent insistence on the need
for the protection of basic freedoms and the religious rights and free
conscience of peoples through the prophetic function of education,
teaching, witnessing, practice, sharing values and practicing the law of
Love within the Churches and amongst the people “made in Gods sacred
image” (Genesis 1:26).
The basic Laws of most States including the United Nations are
guided by values and norms to protect common interests one of which is
that “Human dignity shall be inviolable”. This fundamental principle,
rooted in many African traditions as is also found in other religions as
well as in Christian tradition offers moral obligations which call people
to do the right thing because it is right to do so. This includes the right
to move from a beggar and constantly begging and dependent Church to
self-reliance and self-sustenance.
Already, the vision, values and Mission of Christ which agenda is
open-ended and limitless, without borders and eternal is now joined by
the Africa Union Agenda 2063. It corroborates the United Nations Sus-
tainable Development Goals Agenda 2030 and the self-understanding of
the African peoples themselves.
It seems appropriate to presume that one of the expectations of this
reflection is on how we can specifically offer some solution to the legit-
imate quest for the self-reliance of the local Churches and Societies
88 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
within the African continent, moving away from the already mentioned
symptoms of stigma of colonially mentality; alienation, lack of identity
and self-worth and age long dependence on external agencies and insti-
tutions to the vision and reality of post-conciliar Second Vatican Coun-
cil (1962 -1965) which challenged the Christian faithful to become more
subsistent and self-reliant Christian communities along the examples
found in the early Christian Church (Cf. Acts of the Apostles, Chapter 2,
ff).
This agenda is summarized in those beautiful words of St. John’s
Gospel: “The Word took flesh and dwelt among us” (John l: l4). It is the
taking flesh of faith in Christ (incarnation) in a particular place, culture
and amongst people, still remaining authentically Christian and truly
human and Africans. This world view and theology empowers and lib-
erates people – offering people the possibility to realize that poverty is
not God determined but man-made. If we wished, we could reduce and
eradicate poverty. Poverty, hunger, malnutrition and want could be
overcome within a decade if the right things were done.
4.2 The Gift – Africa’s Blessings and Tremendous Assets
I mention as starting point a truism which I believe you know well
but I feel some joy each time to repeat it: Africa is the cradle of human-
kind – “and there is some atom of Africa in each person” according to a
recently widely publicized document of the German Government titled:
“Africa and Europe – A new partnership for development, peace and a
better future”.
The continent is rich with vast agricultural and land resources and
potentials to feed all its peoples. Looking at the size, this is a landmass
three times the size of Europe and 85 times the size of Germany, con-
sisting of 54 independent countries and is home to over 3,000 ethnic
groups and communities, distinct cultures, languages, landscapes and
Ethics of Self-Reliance 89
countless religious faiths.. In concrete terms, afro-optimism insists that
an Africa without hunger is possible.
Nature has blessed creation with abundance and it has blessed the
continent of Africa. Scientists, philosophers, economists and simple
people know this. There are plenty of resources, natural, human, spir-
itual, technical and mental to take care of all. The continent is home to
15 per cent of global oil reserves, 40 percent of gold reserves, 80 per
cent of platinum metal reserves and has the largest expanse of agricul-
tural land in the world (African Development Bank documents, 2015).
In addition to its richness in resources is the tremendous asset of its
young population, with cultural diversity, entrepreneurial spirit, innova-
tive power and great untapped potential in the areas of renewables and
agriculture.
The Churches and faith communities share cultural and religious di-
versity which bring joy, life, meaning and values into the African space.
Churches have always played a pivotal role in providing social services,
especially in the areas of education and health. They reach people even
in places where no public institutions or systems exist. Religious groups
are strong in defence of human rights and development and raise their
voices exposing corruption and social injustice even at risk of persecu-
tion.
A McKinsey study makes concrete forecasts for year 2025 on Africa,
showing doubling of manufacturing output, 2.1 trillion USD in house-
hold consumption and 3.5 billion dollars in business spending. In the
last few decades, there have been some positive developments: “the
gross domestic product has increased fivefold since 1990, child and
maternal mortality has been reduced by half, and 80 per cent of all chil-
dren today attend primary school” (McKinsey Global Institute (2016),
Lions on the Move II).
But there is unfortunately, the equivalent amount of greed, wicked-
ness, sin and powerful agents who do not wish for a world for every-
90 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
body. This is so when we consider our Youth, caught languishing on the
waters of Mediterranean sea as migrants and being pushed by circum-
stances, feel rejected by all – both at home and abroad.
God gives abundant life and resources to his whole creation, includ-
ing humanity. Christians as followers of Jesus Christ and churches as the
body of Christ participate in this abundance of God’s gifts with talents
of human resources and manifold mobile or fixed assets in land, forests,
real estate, institutions, capital, including the assets of church-related
organisations (CROs) such as schools, hospitals, farms, training centres,
microfinance institutions, women’s associations, universities etc. What
we have done with all these gifts?
Are they being effectively used?
Therefore, we need a new partnership in development co-operation
where a coalition is built around those who believe that poverty is not
God determined. We are challenged to take a stand on the side of on-
going struggle for the eradication of the structures of disease, hunger
and ignorance.
4.2 The Challenge
Africa “rise up and walk”! (John Chapter 5). This is the challenge,
words found on the lips of Jesus Christ and addressed to the lame man
on the pool side of Siloam in the New Testament to help himself and not
live in helplessness. These words are addressed to the African peoples in
Church and Society with even greater vigor today so that that they do
not continue to wallow in self-pity, lethargy, apathy, unrealistic and un-
realistic bogus claims, dishonesty, adulation and a perpetual dependency
syndrome.
Look around you and you discover the manifest situation of many
people in our lands, frustrated, homeless, facing wars and displacements,
dejected, brutalized, abandoned, disillusioned and rendered poor in eve-
ry sense of the word. They are hungry, exploited and naked, homeless
Ethics of Self-Reliance 91
and many of them die young. Statistics on the African continent state
that 40,000 children die daily due to lack of the basic means of liveli-
hood. The contextual statistics would be most challenging, thus, the
phenomenon of crime, ‘bokoharamism’, terrorism, kidnapping and brig-
andage into negative actions which has become the bane of our society.
At the Berlin conference of 1884/85, European greedy nations gath-
ered together to take what does not belong to them and thus split up the
continent drawn with a ruler on a table, dividing peoples, cultures, rela-
tions and peoples without taking into account he history and the conse-
quences of these actions – just for the sake of naked power, greed for
resources and utter neglect of all the noble principles which guide civi-
lised humans.
By denying the people their right to self-determination for over hun-
dred years of colonialism which just came at the end of over three centu-
ries of slavery – the lowest point in human savagery (selling fellow hu-
mans as merchandise), an era of suppression, paternalism, humiliation
and exploitation has been entrenched and continues to this day. This past
historical reality has caused many conflicts and wars and which continue
to the present day, thus the problems of today have their roots in this
past European intrusion. Learning from this history today means assum-
ing responsibility for a common future grounded on justice, equity, free-
dom and reconciliation. Europe and the west owe Africa, but what do
we say of what Africans do to themselves?
Worldwide, cases of corruption abound. Poverty increases alongside
wealth and many die young. There is constant news on abuse of re-
sources and its depletion; of lack of transparency and the growth of nep-
otism, mediocrity, unethical dealings, or just indifference to the world
around us. What is our role in all of this? How do we bring this reality
closer in view of rising depletion of resource, climatic changes, disasters
such as floods and acid rains, global warming and lack of access to re-
quired knowledge and adequate funds to make things better? How do we
92 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
build bridges across cultures, religions, sectors to ensure stewardship as
a Gospel value? And the bottom line is this: Building a bridge from the
reality to the ideal requires a plan.
In many African countries, corrupt elites still have too much influ-
ence. Elites who prefer to channel their money abroad instead of invest-
ing it locally, who decide to sell their arable land and fisheries instead of
using hem to feed their own population, who let multinationals exploit
the countries natural resources without creating domestic value chains.
The many gifts received imply a great challenge and calls for ac-
ceptance of principles of Solidarity with those in need; promotion of the
thinking around subsidiarity which is self – help; responsible manage-
ment of available resources to avoid waste and recycle them; rejection of
lifestyles that are superfluous and mundane to our vocation and identity.
International corporations are also falling short in many areas. They
do not meet local environmental and social standards and compliance
regulations where they do business and extract minerals and resources.
Large amounts of money are lost through the illicit financial flows, tax
avoidance and irregular practices that deprive a continent and its people
their wealth and development (cf. Final Paper of the High Level panel
on Illicit Financial Flows from Africa of the AU/UN, 2015).
There is still much poverty in churches and CROs, in Africa which
urgency implies a need to decrease dependency from donations and to
increase income from professionally managed assets. This include the
mismanagement and abuse of church resources e.g. by corruption. Im-
proved asset management is urgent for the sustainable continuation and
expansion of the mission and tasks of the churches and CROs. It is also
a key element for African Dignity, the motto of the All Africa Confer-
ence of Churches All African Conference of Churches (AACC).
In addition, women and minorities are often excluded in many cases
although the skills and abilities of all people are needed. No society can
afford not to use the potentials of half of its population. The women of
Ethics of Self-Reliance 93
Africa hold the key to the continents future in their hands. They must
also be able to use that key.
The aforementioned document on a Marshall Plan with Africa men-
tions large sections of the African populations, especially in sub-Saharan
Africa who suffer from a political culture that does not define “govern-
ment” as a duty to serve the common good but as the right to help your-
self. This aberration deprives everyone, particularly the youth of Africa
of their future.
4.3 Our Mandate
Our mandate has its roots in the Gospel of Jesus Christ to “Go into
the whole World and proclaim the good news” (Matthew 28:19).
“I came that they may have life in abundance” (John 10:10). “The spirit
of the Lord has been given to me for the Lord has sent me to Good news
to the poor” (Luke 4:18). The Lord Jesus Christ in his life challenged
the people of Israel to self-help. A good example is the miracle at the
lake of Galilee with the multiplication of loaves. He made the disciples
‘not to send the people away into the desert in search of food’ but to
give them food themselves by helping locate a young lad who had five
loaves and two fishes. This symbol was enough for the Lord to perform
the miracle of the multiplication and feeding of five thousand people,
not counting the numbers of women and Children.
It is our responsibility as Christian leaders of society to encourage
the empowerment of people, which leads them into self-reliance and
allows them to shape their destiny. Such strength helps people to under-
stand the underlying causes of poverty and to organize themselves for
purposeful activity. Positive empowerment is based on solidarity and
mutual respect and strives for an equality of relationship, which it may
never fully achieve. This is the real challenge facing the world and the
Church, for how can we see people die daily of hunger for food, unem-
ployment, curable diseases, illiteracy and ignorance, ill-health, inade-
94 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
quate housing and horrendous poverty without realizing their God given
destinies and talents? The challenge and mandate in the language of
Vatican II is to “see the signs of the times and translate them in the light
of the Gospel” (GS I, 2).
Taking into consideration, the fact that any discussion about self-
reliance revolves around the proper use of power which is the ability to
achieve purpose and bring about change, we do underscore our utter
rejection of a system which creates and encourages poverty in order to
practice charity. The New Testament repeatedly attests to the paradoxi-
cal inter-relationship of power and powerlessness. “He has sent me to
bring the Good News to the poor, to proclaim liberty to captives, sight
to the blind to set the downtrodden free and to proclaim to all the Lord's
year of favour” ( Luke 4:18-19).
The long tradition of Christian Ethics and Social Teaching has al-
ways advocated the empowerment of poor and marginalized people, a
theology completely consistent with the Gospel by empowering the less
privileged to become equal and responsible citizens. No genuine author-
ity can be based upon the powerlessness of those who are subject to it.
In fact, political and economic situations challenge poor people to effect
changes in their own lives by engaging the oppressive structures and
social situations that has kept them dependent. “God helps those who
help themselves”.
What we experience in the Arab world and in other places of tumult
and uprising currently is somehow related to the relocation of power to
the people against years of oppression, injustice and tutelage. There
comes a time when people can and must say “No!” to subjugation as an
attempt to recreate their destinies wasted by elite that denied them their
rights and suppressed it. The exodus phenomenon is the historical pres-
ence and action of God alongside the marginalized, a paradigmatic ap-
proach which captures the present situation and mood of the Nigerian
people.
Ethics of Self-Reliance 95
In the words of a Vatican diplomat to the UN: “if the process global-
ization which is taking place in our world is to be truly human, it re-
quires the construction of a truly global community where concern for
all especially the weakest is uppermost” (cf. Archbishop Renato Marti-
no, Vatican Diplomat and Nuncio, Speech to the UN, 1977).
4.4 Some Solutions towards Self-reliance of the African
Church and Society
It has been said often but bears repetition here: “There is not ONE
solution, ONE plan, ONE best way of responding to the challenges that
Africa faces today”. There are many ways but the first step is in values
driven leadership where Africans must first of all help themselves first.
The African Church Assets Programme ACAP of AACC and
Globethics.net, supported by Bread for the World, is a very important
effort and contribution to these goals. The handbook on Assets man-
agement for the Church in Africa is a concrete tool for church leaders,
finance and asset officers, pastors, lay persons and experts to develop
their action plans, increase their income from assets and attract ecumen-
ical partners, investors and governments to support the efforts of the
churches s and CRO for sustainability and thus also to contribute to the
UN Sustainable Development Goals. The handbook is also timely as
AACC with its 11th General Assembly in Kigali/Rwanda early July 2018
decides on the AACC programmes for the coming years. Responsible
and sustainable assets management will certainly be part of it.
4.4.1 Ethics is Key
The subject of Ethics is in very high demand during these times as
we face global challenges that need standards for human interaction and
orientation, founded on values and sustainable principles that serve the
common good of all people.
96 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
With the consequences of scandals at all levels in the corporate, reli-
gious, educational and overall private sectors, exposing massive abuses,
gross cases of corruption, growing poverty and impunity that justifies
illegality (might is right), there is urgent need to address an ethical ori-
entation in the financial management of resources entrusted to our care.
4.4.2 Ethical Education
There is need for ethical education at all levels starting from the fam-
ily but entrenched in the curriculum of studies of centres of learning,
particularly in tertiary institutions of education, but also in seminaries
and business schools. But ethical education is not enough. It must be
followed by transformation from within since this is a domain that needs
internal but also external co-ordination. Universal Standards that guide
people through constitutions, codes, guidelines and wisdom practices
become relevant.
Management of the resources of groups and religious congregations
and their assets are not normally the first things religious think of in the
context of their piety, mission and the practice of their spiritual lives as
religious brothers and sisters. So why focus on “Economy and Mis-
sion”? The question can be put in another manner: How are you man-
aging the responsibilities entrusted to you as a religious at every level of
responsibility? And since some of these assets are material, a clear an-
swer necessarily links the topic of Economy and Mission. In view of
global climate and socio-political and economic challenges, there is a
worldwide concern about the care for our resources and for the envi-
ronment.
People are thinking of the future in ways that was some years earlier
presumed as certain. Religious life is moving from the global North to
the global South after several years of dominance and presence of the
centres of religion and political dominance in these centres. Just like a
well that watered other countries and farms in the past, it is clear that the
Ethics of Self-Reliance 97
North must let go so that the younger mission countries find their own
sources, resources, and personnel to thrive and grow new fruits. It is a
difficult task to let go, therefore several discussions are happening about
the Future and the responsibility all of us have for this Future. Pope
Francis has called all to become Good Stewards. The simplest way to
formulate this question is to ask the following to the brothers and sisters:
“How do you start your day? Do you have any plans? Or do you just
wake up in the morning and watch the day pass by, waiting for things to
happen? And the Religious are specially invited to raise awareness
about the importance of good stewardship, become better stewards in
areas of competence and serve Christ better.
Let it be said – Many Church leaders, theologians and pastors live in
a reality that is often far removed from our ideal. “When we discuss
finances, we talk about our lifestyle and the way of living together and
therefore, in particular about the credibility of our religious life. And at
the same time we reflect upon the way in which we establish our mission
[…] the importance of our vocation to be close to the poor” (Brother
Lawrence Obiko, Superior General of the Brothers CMM, at the Interna-
tional Meeting Accountable Brothers – Good Stewardship in Brothers
CMM, October 9th to 21, 2016; ISSN, 1877-6256, p.4).
Permit me to begin this reflection with a statement made by the
Blessed Michael Eneja, Bishop of Enugu 1978 -1996 who addressed
religious and priests in Nigeria with these words: “We as individuals and
groups need to be efficient in financial management. Our system must
be clear, orderly and transparent. Our reports must be punctual and
regular. One must not be satisfied that one is honest to oneself. This is
no longer enough. One must also prove that one is honest before others
and the Law. It is not just the casual statement “it is between God and
me”. In these days, it is the question of “between others, the Law and
me”. Church stewardship on financial management is a dimension of
98 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
integral Development. It is the relevance of the link between body, mind
and soul and a call to faithful followership.
4.4.3 Stewardship
The goods of this world have been given to humankind for use and
responsible stewardship/management. This mandate to stewardship is
grounded in sound reason and common sense and is justified in all cul-
tures, traditions and religions. For Christians this mandate is at the
origin of creation in the Book of Genesis chapter one: “subdue the earth
and fill the earth”. True stewardship therefore involves and revolves
around the following themes with implications for:
• Preservation of the trust delegated to humankind;
• The guarantee of justice in the distribution of goods;
• The promotion of the common good;
• Search for the restoration of human dignity;
• The practice of the principles of subsidiarity, solidarity and
accountable lifestyles;
The good Shepherd has taught us: “not only in this life, but even in
the next shall each person be held accountable for deeds, misdeeds and
omissions (Mathew chapter 25). And this portion shows that the ac-
countability shall be based on Truth, Justice and Charity. Self-reliance
implies stewardship which is realised through proper planning, budget-
ing, monitoring, and evaluating development and projects as steward-
ship “Failing to Plan is planning to fail”. This is an old adage and is
useful for each Planning group of person.
The Lord teaches in the Gospel of Luke 14. 28 -33 to plan and budg-
et properly. The adage is “Look before you Leap”. Planning is an intel-
lectual process, the conscious determination of courses of action, the
basing of decisions on purpose, facts, actual situations and considered
estimates. Planning could be ad-hoc, short term, medium term, or even
long term depending on the project and problem in view. The ad-
Ethics of Self-Reliance 99
vantages of planning are many including offsetting uncertainty, mini-
mising costs or wastes, facilitating control, keeping objectives in view.
Good planning under normal circumstances leads to successful results.
4.4.4 Co-ordination and Collaboration Skills
Co-ordination calls for mutual proper assessment of targets and goals
aligned to expected results. The leaders ensure communication and
knowledge of skills, respect, trust, understanding and team work among
the stakeholders of a project. Faithful to our mandate to witness to Jesus
Christ in our lives and in His Church, the responsibility of co-ordination
of various projects and persons responsible for execution appears as the
mandate to stewardship and preservation of the goods given to our care.
Co-ordination can be internal or external but always implies that the
right people be appointed for the right jobs. We call it “putting square
pegs in square holes”. It implies ability to maintain a strong communica-
tion link among the activities in a particular project in order to get the
desired goals and objectives achieved according to plan. Therefore the
regular training of the agents and sharing of experiences of projects is
critical for success.
4.4.5 Self-reliance - Christian Social Teaching en route
The universal quest by man created in the image and likeness of God
(Genesis 1: 27) for a better world founded on the biblical injunction to
“subdue the earth and fill it” (Gen l: 28) living in full equality, dignity
and integrity, prompted this reflection on the linkage of Church and self-
reliance.
Due to the lack of knowledge by people, including Christians of the
profound teachings contained in the Social Teaching of the Church since
Pope Leo XIII‘s Encyclical letter Rerum Novarum on the conditions of
the working classes and the call for their liberation, just treatment and
just wage, the magisterial office of the Church has continued to inundate
the world and the Faithful with statements, guiding principles and teach-
100 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ing that guarantee a proper understanding of socio-economic and politi-
cal-cultural realities. These realities are founded on sound reason, com-
mon sense and the injunctions of faith. We as African theologians,
Christian Faithful and ministers of the Word are also called to reflect on
these teachings in the light of our own peculiar faith experiences and
circumstances of life with the purpose of drawing from their insights,
deepening them in our thoughts and further elaborating upon them with
our background and context in view.
4.4.6 Christian Principles Call for Personality and Subsidiarity
This sharing today draws upon some of these age old wisdom and
guiding principles, thus, their presentation in a brief summary here. Pope
John XXIII described the Church as “Mater et Magistra” (mother and
teacher) in his Encyclical letter which bears this title, stating very
strongly that this “Catholic social Doctrine is an integral part of the
Christian conception of life” (MM 222). He suggests that these princi-
ples are of universal application, for they take human nature and the
varying conditions in which man's life is lived into account.
The principles also take into account the principal characteristics of
contemporary society, and are, thus, acceptable to all (Cf. MM no 220).
Pope John XXIII, therefore, recommends that there is urgency for the
study of the Social Doctrine of the Church. “Such teaching must be ex-
tended by regular, systematic courses in Catholic schools of every kind,
especially in seminaries. It is to be inserted in to the religious instruc-
tion of parishes and of association of the lay apostolate. It must be
spread by every modern means at our disposal: daily newspapers, peri-
odicals, popular and scientific publications, radio and television”
(MM 224).
This call, which since then has been interpreted to mean prophetic
challenge in view of the events of human history since 50 years of its
publication, faces us more in the particular churches of Africa and our
developing nation. With the document Populorum Progressio Pope Paul
Ethics of Self-Reliance 101
VI in 1968 gave the world a clear teaching on the link of development
and progress, Church and self-reliance, culture and society. In fact, he
called development the ‘new name for peace’ and urged that every effort
be made to bring humanity to the awareness and authenticity of their
true self, identity, skills, ability and resources which in essence is au-
thentic and sustainable development. True development is not infrastruc-
tural; it is the building of the human person and his integrity and per-
sonality according to the mind of God.
The linkage of Church and self-reliance is a theological concept, ex-
pressed since apostolic times and engraved even in the nature of the
family and the system of economic enterprise, particularly agricultural
production in antiquity before the emergence of industrial capitalism. In
the word of Pope John XXIII, “it is not enough merely to formulate a
social doctrine. It must be translated into reality. And this is particularly
true of the Church's Social Doctrine, the light of which is truth, justice
its objective and love its driving force” (MM226).
Grieved at the wanton misery and suffering into which increasing
majorities of our people are condemned to live especially their economic
dependence, there is need for the leaders of the people to realize that
“failing to plan is planning to fail”. Therefore, in an effort to free our-
selves from the present situation of dependency we acknowledge the
need to recognize our potentials and limitations in order to achieve the
desired self-reliance. Over ambition and undue expectations are part of
the problems which make people "build castles in the air”. Several re-
sources have been wasted in unattainable projects. The Church is called
to lead by modest example to sustain this drive and its ministers must
commit themselves to carry out this mission in educational campaigns
for justice and peace for all our people.
4.4.7 Self-reliance also Implies Solidarity
The quest for self-reliance is not an attempt at rebellion, or an exer-
cise in isolation. The Church can attain self-reliance in those areas
102 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
where she can do things for herself, seek reasonable assistance from
external bodies on those things she cannot support herself and pursue the
wisdom which states that subsidiarity does not exclude solidarity in the
search for the Common Good. Our belief is based on the fact that we
have several values in our religious, theological, cultural and social am-
bient which teach us the proper use and management of resources. These
correspond to the wisdom of our ancestors who became rich by saving
and harnessing the little they had. In our context and with the added ad-
vantage of knowledge and experiences of what works elsewhere, the
management of local resources and the belief in our ability to sustain
and survive assumes the dimensions of a Gospel initiative. It is impera-
tive to accept this challenge and serve the people to redirect their values
so that we learn to “cut our coat according to our size and cloth”.
Given the socio-political conditions in our various churches and
countries today, the Church's growth and development of the faithful has
been adversely affected without much needed resources. The seminaries
and religious houses still lack adequate accommodation. Many parishes
especially in the rural areas do not have the access and adequate re-
sources required for mission work. Infrastructure much needed for de-
velopment are lacking as our road network, housing, energy and power
supplies for industrial development is below average and constant out-
age of electricity a common occurrence. As a result, we still have to
depend upon external assistance on a wide range of areas.
We realize that funds emanating from external sources may have
some ‘strings’ attached and may not continue for long, in fact are rather
diminishing. Donor agencies have developed a gradual ‘aid fatigue’
and there is a direct call to recipients to be on their own. We urge our-
selves and other Non-governmental organizations including our local
Church to prepare for this probable development. At a meeting in Ku-
masi, Ghana of the Bishops of West Africa, concern and focus was giv-
en to matters of sustainability and self-reliance, showing that the bishops
Ethics of Self-Reliance 103
are resolved to move from a receiving (begging) Church to become a
self-sustaining and rather giving Church.
Our people are brilliant with realistic ideas, planning and methodol-
ogy skills which are foundations for the proper participation of all per-
sons as productive ingredients in the attempts towards self-reliance. The
contributions of the Laity in resources management needs to be con-
stantly encouraged and not be neglected. The laity have a wealth of re-
sources, decision making systems and management competency skills
that serves the need of the Church and their locality. Their participation
is critical and Laity remain the major untapped resource in our Church-
es.
4.4.8 Development Cooperation-Lessons for the Global North
and the South
In a growing global environment with migrations, influences and in-
terconnectedness on economic, cultural, social, political, technological
and market/religious levels, human thinking and development models
are changing and rapidly too. Whereas populations and youthful reli-
gious vocations move to the global south, aging populations and wealth
stay in the global North calling for all round paradigm shifts. In a paper I
delivered in 1997 at Enugu for Justice and Peace co-ordinators of the
Catholic Church of Nigeria and co-organised with Misereor on the topic:
“Development strategies and Financial Management of Projects”,
CIDJAP publications, 1997, pp. 15 to 20, co-edited with Willy Kawohl
and Emmanual Ome, I made the following points which bear repetition
here:
• Development must take place in the global North and the
global South simultaneously and on a reciprocal basis. This is
based on the Social teaching of the Church which states that De-
velopment is integral and is needed by all. “The Goods of this
world belong to all” (Ref to Gaudium et Spes; John XXIII, Mater
et Magistra; John Paul II Laborem Exercens; Paul VI, Popu-
104 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
lorum Progeressio; Pope Francis, Spes Salvi). This means that
development can no longer be understood as something that is
almost exclusively necessary for the so called “developing coun-
tries”. Co-operative development work has to be re- defined as
applicable both to the North and the South with simultaneous in-
ter-dependent challenges.
• Co-operative Development work has to be more engaged in a
just distribution. The imbalance of the distribution of the goods
of the universe with statistics that show clear disparity is the bane
for Economy and Mission. Whereas some have little or nothing,
others have more than they need and even waste it. The world-
wide prevalence of the market economy system also integrates
the so-called developing countries into the world market. It is a
task for Church leaders to counteract the continuing concentra-
tion of economic power in the North. The mutual aims must re-
main the limitations of unchecked market forces, the redistribu-
tion of power and wealth at all levels and the strengthening of lo-
cal and regional structures.
• Co-operative Development Work is not only the Business of
Aid/Development Agencies. Churches, Trade Unions, Mission-
ary organisations and governments are all part of development in
its broadest forms. The aim of this broad based co-operation is
an improved coherence in the relationship between the Global
North and the rest of the global south.
• The interdependence of the problems of the North and the
South demand specific strategies for their resolution. Changes
can be realised by targeted measures that have positive effect on
global problems affecting al. Examples include justice questions
such as access to Trade and Markets; preventing capital flight
from poor countries to the global banks in the north; reduction of
Ethics of Self-Reliance 105
carbon dioxide emissions and balancing the overuse of the plan-
ets resources through greening of the environment of the south,
etc.
• The Problems of the North and the South are interlinked.
Some of the problems currently existing in the global south have
their origins in the structures and rules prevalent in the global
north. These include: environmental issues; health problems, cul-
tural alienation and migrations. Many of the goals for develop-
ment work in the North have relevance also for the South, such as
strengthening of democratic structures, environmentally support-
ive food production, dealing with terrorism, etc.
4.5 Conclusion and Practical Resolutions
Aware of the enormous responsibilities facing humanity, the African
continent, the Church and society, we recommend and resolve as fol-
lows:
l. To face up to the real problems and challenges of the local
Church, working in unity, determination and focus and through
the Holy Spirit to promote more conscientiously the mission of
Jesus Christ which is summed up in the new evangelization un-
derstood as: proclamation, dialogue, enculturation, justice and
peace and the challenges of the means of social communication
(Ecclesia in Africa).
2. Reaffirm our desire to identify and harness the material, spir-
itual and human resources of our local Church for the attainment
of a state of sustainable self-reliance through measurable action
that integrate respect for creation and inclusion of all, especially
the poor.
106 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
3. Acknowledge the relevance of trained personnel in our work to
sustain the training and empowerment of our personnel and call-
ing for ongoing formation in skills and knowledge within the
shores of the locality and abroad.
4. Promote the sustenance of the use and management of funds at
our disposal as a vital issue in the attempts to attain self-reliance.
It is, therefore, imperative to hold tenaciously the principle of
proper accountability, honesty and transparency in the use of
funds.
5. Promote the preferential option for the poor which calls each
individual to give a weighted concern to the needs of the poor, in
all economic, political and social decisions; because, it is the
most impoverished people whose rights and dignity are most of-
ten violated. We affirm that we are on the side of the poor.
6. Challenge the rascality by which Local, State, and Federal of-
ficials of government have borrowed money to buy supplies,
equipment or a house. They borrow money from private markets
and international financial institutions. Individual loans are often
repaid directly, but if a country borrows money, the citizens are
not necessarily notified or informed of the purpose of the loan or
its terms and conditions. In fact instances exist, where such loans
have been used to enrich a small group of people and have been
transferred to private bank accounts of government officials out-
side the country. We question the logic and the justice which de-
mands repayment of debt taken thirty years ago, before many Af-
rican children were born and paid to creditor nations to be en-
joyed by their children who were not born when the loans were
taken. Huge debt repayments places repayment before life, and a
total debt cancellation is a bold gesture of the Millennium Devel-
Ethics of Self-Reliance 107
opment Goals to usher in demand for ethical considerations that
promote and enhances life for all.
7. In line with Christian Ethics, emphasize our belief in the sa-
credness of each individual and in the dignity of each person. We
consider this position a criterion against which all economic, po-
litical and social systems are to be judged and all aspects of the
debt situation must be measured. The erosion of common good,
caused by the current debt situation demands active solutions
from governments, institutions, and the Churches which assure
human dignity and protect human rights.
8. Foster education growth at all levels and in all forms and di-
mensions, especially in the promotion of career and skills pro-
grammes, youth and women development and in the promotion
of a theology of empowerment, which is truly Catholic and au-
thentically African.
9. Encourage democratic elections and challenge our people to
register, vote and be voted for and develop positive interest in
politics for the general welfare, whilst supporting lay and active
participation in politics. We are aware that only in the restructur-
ing of the social order based on the principles of justice, truth and
fairness can there emerge the new society of our dreams. This op-
timism has its source in the belief that a “common dream is the
nearest reality” and affirm with the Bishops of Africa in the Syn-
od our hope and belief in HIM through whom all things are pos-
sible (Luke 1:37).
10. Work towards financial self-reliance through income-
generating projects and the establishment of Microfinance banks
that are properly functioning and are guided by discipline and
corporate governance; the creation of Small Projects Fund and
credit revolving projects for communities and groups such as
108 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
youth, women and men to promote their efforts on a revolving
basis. Such projects build up group solidarity action and workers’
rights; the provision of soft loans through Christian based and
NGO Pro-credit Micro finance institutions to support private ini-
tiative, social market and individual or group entrepreneurship.
11. Engage the people in agricultural projects; skills training
and vocational centers for the youth and adult education with lit-
eracy programmes for those in need.
12. Acknowledge the spiritual, social and human dimensions of
the contexts in which we act as agents of the Good News. There
is a lot of potentiality in human, natural and material resources in
our nations and Christian communities. Almighty God has
blessed us abundantly. The Local Church to a large extent is al-
ready self-reliant in manpower and personnel. The Church lead-
ership has vision and there is need for courage. While much has
been achieved already with the support of the world, Church and
people of goodwill, much is yet to be done.
Finally, there goes out a call on all our people, to work assiduously
for the achievement of the goal of a self-reliant Church in our countries
and societies which are mature enough to help herself do what it can and
even assist others. Success in attaining self-reliance will need discipline,
truth, justice, hope, patience, love and perseverance.
5
ETHICS AND BUSINESS
A PROPOSAL FOR A NEW COMPREHENSIVE
BUSINESS MODEL
Agnes Umutesi Muhavani
5.1 Abstract
The study of ethics in the context of financial management is rela-
tively a new and subjective discipline that can be confusing to many80.
Most people feel that ethics is governed by morality, while others be-
lieve that it’s only governed by law. However, it is very important to
note that some actions are legal but not ethical. In the world of business
however, there is a universal consensus to deal with the biggest unethi-
cal business behavior “corruption”; a move that has attracted almost
everyone’s attention since Enron scandal in 2001. The purpose of this
paper is to educate and transform business students, managers, and all
those involved in economic development activities on the ethical core
values in business. This paper serves to promote best business practices,
80 Agnes Umutesi Muhavani is doctoral candidate of Business Administration
and Business Promotion Manager, Catholic University of Eastern Africa
(CUEA), Nairobi, Kenya.
110 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
as well as contribute to high ethical standards. The tools of ethics such
as ethical language, rights and duties, moral rules, and common morality
will be used to inculcate the collective consciousness of ethics in busi-
ness. Key words: Ethics, Business Ethics, Codes of ethics, Organization-
al Culture.
5.2 Introduction
The study of ethics in the context of business management is rela-
tively a new and subjective discipline that can be confusing to many.
One fundamental question to ask is: What is really ethics? An even
more specific question is: what is business ethics? Generally, discus-
sions on business and ethical issues include integrity in business, fair-
ness in decision-making, compliance and governance to uphold an or-
ganization’s core values. The bottom line is that in the current global
competitive business environment, many business institutions face a
multitude of ethical issues regardless of their sizes.
The overarching purpose of this paper is to investigate the concept of
ethics and its implications in business practice with a view to propose a
more inclusive model of conceptualizing business ethics. The paper
starts by examining the notion of ethics and the rationale for being ethi-
cal. Secondly, it investigates the concept of business ethics and the at-
tendant issues of ethical and unethical behaviour in business with special
focus on best practice in business. Finally, it reviews key models of eth-
ics which share a similar concept in business process and proposes a
more integrated model of business ethics. The overriding argument in
the paper is that ethics is at the core of good business practice and that
every organization must take keen interest to entrench high ethical
standards in its processes.
Ethics and Business 111
Business ethics can be defined on the basis of its specific content and
methods of dealing with this content.81 This means application to organ-
izations and, adding to it, of the organization-related specific to requi-
sitely holistically deal with business issues of organizations from the
crucial viewpoints inside the selected dialectical systems of crucial
viewpoints. Thus business ethics applies the selected content to organi-
zations based on selected dialectical systems of viewpoints, purposes,
goals, methods, methodologies, circumstances of use and characteristics
of its users.82
In the contemporary business environment, the ethical threshold is
constantly being pushed further leading to a myriad of problems. In an
alarming survey consisting of 1,300 employees and managers, 48 per-
cent admitted to practicing some form of unethical conduct in the work-
place. Poor ethical behavior can lead to business losses and embarrass-
ing scandals.83
This paper aims to help businesses implement new policies and pro-
cedures to ensure continuous ethical conduct in the workplace, allowing
for improved ethical behavior. The paper also aims to signify the neces-
sity of ethics in the enterprise and the importance of it being upheld in
the workplace environment, in addition to highlighting the various areas
in which ethics can be applied to in any organization, as will be later
shown in the proposed new model, which will provide solutions to some
shortcomings of existing models especially at the functional level by
81 Nedelko, Z., Mulej, M., & Potocan, V. 2017. How to requisitely holistically
consider internal gaps of business ethic. 46(6), 914–932. Kybernetes:
https://doi.org/10.1108/K-01-2017-0027sar
82 Nedelko, Z., Mulej, M., & Potocan, V. 2017. How to requisitely holistically
consider internal gaps of business ethic. 46(6), 914–932. Kybernetes:
https://doi.org/10.1108/K-01-2017-0027sar
83 Sardy, M., Mark Munoz, J., Sun, J. J., & Alon, I. 2010. Dimensionality of
business ethics in China. 20(1), 6–30. Competitiveness Review:
https://doi.org/10.1108/10595421011019948
112 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
enhancing the process stages, as well as the stakeholders’ decisions or
participation.
5.3 Ethics and Business Ethics: An Overview
5.3.1 The Notion of Ethics
Ethics or moral philosophy is a branch of philosophy that involves
systematizing, defending, and recommending concepts of the right and
wrong behaviour. Ethics seeks to resolve questions of human morality.
To most people the term “Ethics” and “Morality” are synonymous.84
Historically “Ethics”, comes from Greek ethos which means customs,
habits and mores of people.” Morality”, on the other hand is derived
from Latin word mores which is the equivalent to the Greek ethos, that
is, the special do-s and don’t-s widely shared and accepted as standard in
a society. “Ethics” stands for the effort to force everything into universal
harmonized principles, while “moral philosophy” endures colliding or
incompatible values or concepts in the discourse.85 So, philosophical
ethics is the study of the existence of as well as the content of any such
norm of a universal character. We can define it as the systematic study
of human actions from the point of view of their, we can consider Austin
Fagothey’s definition: Ethics is the practical normative science of the
rightness and wrongness of human conduct as known by natural rea-
son.86 We can consider yet another view, that, when narrowly defined
according to its original use, ethics is a branch of philosophy that used
to study ideal human behavior and ideal ways of being. The approaches
84 https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/ethics (Accessed 25/09/2018)
85 Dupuy, J.P. 2005. Complexity and uncertainty: A Prudential approach to non-
technology: UNESCO
86 Austin, Fagothey, Right and Reason Ethics in Theory Practice 2nd Ed., North
Carolina: TAN Books, 1959, 20.
Ethics and Business 113
to ethics and the meanings of related concepts have varied over time
among philosophers and ethicists.87
There is diversity within the conceptualization and practice of busi-
ness ethics worldwide. In the same manner, in the arena of international
ethics, literature suggests that ideologies and practices vary across coun-
tries.88 This diversity of ethical beliefs and practices would probably
need an in-depth understanding and customization of practices in foreign
locations. Even within a country like Kenya, values and ideologies
across regions can vary.89 Accordingly, ethical management practices
typically need distinctive approaches.90 Meanwhile, with this diversity
rising we are compelled to converge practices. Are there any absolutes
in correct conduct? Are there limits to corruption, labor abuse, and envi-
ronmental practices? With heightened globalization, there is a growing
concern towards the commonality of ethical standards.91
There are many factors that could make a case for moral diversity.
One factor relates to the inherent characteristics of a person or of people
or individuals: individual moral systems form moral nature and behav-
ior92. Moral judgments are either subject to “relativism” or “idealism”.93
Individuals create selections primarily based on the situation, practical
87 Gichure, Christine W. Basic Concepts in Ethics: With an Outline of Different
Methods in Contemporary Moral Philosophy, Nairobi: Focus Books, 1997, 16-
17.
88 Berger, R., & Herstein, R. 2014. The evolution of Chinese business ethics.
Management. 37(9), 778–790. Research Review: https://doi.org/10.1108/MRR-
06-2013-0153
89 Goodman, 1997.
90 Berger, R., & Herstein, R. 2014. The evolution of Chinese business ethics.
Management. 37(9), 778–790. Research Review: https://doi.org/10.1108/MRR-
06-2013-0153
91 Kung, 1997.
92 Kohlberg, 1969.
93 Forsyth, 1980.
114 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tendencies, belief in what is looked as if it would be “good,” and even
altruism.
When firms notice that there is a necessity to look at their moral
practices and to maneuver forward proactively in this space, they invari-
ably seek to develop at intervals their organizations artefacts that they
will institute at intervals their firms to signal to any or all stakeholders,
both external and internal, that they have a commitment to business eth-
ics. Usually, they will implement a Code of Ethics as a result of its tan-
gible artifact that may be seen and acted upon by all.94
Ethics has its place in nearly all professional discipline: the medical
profession, legal profession, accounting profession and many more. Eth-
ics addresses the concepts of morality such as good and evil, right and
wrong, virtue and vice, justice and crime.95 Wouldn’t business world be
an easier place if we all lived by these simple rules?
In this era of cut throat competition in the business environment, it
is important to know about business ethics and what it entails. Unethical
behavior in business or business malpractices has caused losses of mil-
lions of dollars for some companies emanating from law suits.
5.3.2 Business Ethics
“Business ethics” also known as “corporate ethics” deals with organ-
ization’s internal concepts and philosophy of business. It is applied in
order to examine and analyze certain ethical principles or moral prob-
lems concerning every aspect of the business environment.96
Business ethics in organizations requires value-based leadership
from top management, purposeful actions that include planning and im-
94 Mpinganjira, M., Roberts-Lombard, M., Wood, G., & Svensson, G. 2016.
Embedding the ethos of codes of ethics into corporate South Africa: current
status. 28(3), 333–351. European Business Review: https://doi.org/
10.1108/EBR-04-2015-0039
95 Lynn, 2012.
96 Simola, 2014.
Ethics and Business 115
plementation of standards of appropriate conduct, as well as openness
and continuous effort to improve the organization’s ethical perfor-
mance. 97The concept of business ethics can be difficult to instill in
business practices. The complexity comes in application. It may seem so
obvious but in application it becomes blurred. For example, American
Medical Association which established their first code of conduct in
1847, yet the concept of “business ethics” did not become common in
the U.S until 1970s. 98 Conventional approaches to business ethics have
historically emphasized the development and acquisition of rational,
cognitive skills associated with the appliance of ethical philosophical
theories to the analysis of business ethics dilemmas.99
The idea of a socially responsible company or one that is motivated
to behave morally or ethically arose following public outrage over vari-
ous business scandals.100 Since early 1960s business ethics came in
vogue, topic of corporate responsibility, compliance, and ethical behav-
ior have increasingly been in the public discussion. Discussion in busi-
ness ethics is necessary because business can go unethical and there are
plenty of evidence on unethical corporate practices.101
Mpinganjira cites three trends as evidence of the growing importance
of corporate codes of ethics: the globalization of markets and the need
for core principles that are universally applicable; the acceptance of the-
se codes as part of the corporate governance as illustrated by increased
participation of boards in their development; and the improved ethical
97 Salehi et al. 2012.
98 Lynn, 2012.
99 Simola, S. (2014). Facilitating embodied learning in business ethics education:
the use of relational sculpting. 6(1), 75–97. Journal of Applied Research in
Higher Education: https://doi.org/10.1108/JARHE-07-2012-0019
100 Lynn, 2012.
101 Salehi et al. 2012.
116 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
literacy of senior managers as illustrated by the increasing sophistication
of the codes.102
All companies are now on notice that their peccadillos are getting
harder and harder to hide, as the technology that has enabled the spread
of globalization can be brought to bear against all companies to ensure
that their alleged transgressions come to light.103
Often business ethics is divided into three different kinds of issues;
society or systemic, corporate as well as the individual issues.104 Society
issues are seen in business ethics as issues which are ethical questions
on for example, economic, political, and legal or in other social systems
in which the organizations work. Such questions could be for ex-ample,
whether environmental legislation has been arranged to enhance organi-
zation’s performance or whether environmental obligations are under-
taken to lead to more profitability? Ethelmary and Dapper argue that
Corporate issues in business ethics and ethical questions are raised espe-
cially about the company itself, such as conservation of the environ-
ment, treatment of the staff, work safety and so on.105
5.4 Current Issues in Business Ethics
Presence of high unethical acts substantially hinders the inflow of
foreign direct investment (FDI) to host countries, reduces the level of
human capital, and destroys confidence in both public and private insti-
tutions. There are efforts within governmental, non-governmental, and
102 Mpinganjira, M., Roberts-Lombard, M., Wood, G., & Svensson, G. 2016.
Embedding the ethos of codes of ethics into corporate South Africa: current
status. 28(3), 333–351. European Business Review: https://doi.org/
10.1108/EBR-04-2015-0039
103 Wood, 2017.
104 Ethelmary & Dapper, 2016.
105 Ethelmary, D., & Dapper, M. 2016. Effects of Business Ethics on Small
Business Sustainabiliy: A Study of Selected SMEs in River-state, 1(I).
Ethics and Business 117
international organizations to fight unethical practices in international
business and to establish specific guidelines to prevent bribery for ex-
ample, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) 1977, the UK
Bribery Act, 2010, OECD Anti-Bribery Convention, Transparency In-
ternational (TI), are governments and international organizations efforts
to prevent unethical practices.106
In the early years of the new millennium, multinational corporations
were under scrutiny from such organizations as the ILO, the OECD, the
EU and the UN, who all put forward recommendations as to the mini-
mum standards of behaviour that should be expected from these corpo-
rations.107 With such a powerful group of organizations providing guid-
ing principles for business and the ways that the largest corporations
should act, then we could only but expect to have seen a diminution in
corporate scandals, but sadly this hope seems to have been a forlorn
one,108 and in the last 5 years, large firms across the world became dis-
reputable for their spectacular collapses and others are severely penal-
ized by regulators for their miscreance, with, in some cases, senior man-
agers getting custodial sentences for their components within the col-
lapses. The list is a who’s who of company success, then the discovery
of malfeasance resulting in infamy.109
In the current global business environment there are a growing num-
ber of ethical issues facing business organizations. These among others
include fundamental issues; diversity issues; decision-making issues;
and compliance and governance issues.
106 Okpara, J. O. 2014. The effects of national culture on managers’ attitudes
toward business ethics: Implications for organizational change. 10(2), 174–189.
Journal of Accounting and Organizational Change: https://doi.org/
10.1108/JAOC-07-2012-0046
107 Wood, 2017.
108 Ibid.
109 Ibid.
118 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Fundamental issues that all business face are mostly integrity and
trust. Every day raised question is whether business practitioners con-
duct their affairs with honesty and commitment to treat every customer
fairly. When customers believe that an organization is exhibiting com-
mitment to ethical business practices, a high level of trust can develop
between the business and its clients.
Diversity issues this paper refers to employees hired to serve the or-
ganization. Both current and potential employees are divers in
knowledge, competencies, and culture; and their differences should be
respected in their work place. In business, ethical response to diversity
starts with recruiting the divers workforce, enforce equal opportunity in
all training programs and create a conducive environment that drive eve-
ry employee to be team player. Business to succeed needs the employees
to maximize their performance. Employee job fit is very important to
insure the right person performs the right duty, however, unethical prac-
tice of acquiring certificates has been happening as well as unethical
process of hiring. These short cuts to employment poses threat to the
consumer due to the inadequate skills or limited competencies.
Decision-making issues in business arise due to diversion from the
agreed processes or methods. A useful method for exploring ethical di-
lemmas and identifying ethical courses of action includes gathering
facts, evaluating alternative actions, making decision, testing the deci-
sion for fairness, and reflecting on the outcome. In business the custom-
er is a king and employee is the driver of business success. Business
decision-making should therefore center on protecting their rights. The
business owner has to make sure that business operations are fair and
just.
Compliance and governance issues emanate from enforcement of
laws and regulations. All businesses must comply fully to environmental
laws, government safety regulations, tax laws, and applicable civil rights
laws. The organization must lay down procedures on how to deal with
Ethics and Business 119
employees who break the law or go against the company values, poli-
cies, and procedures. The public expects the business through its execu-
tives and employees to conduct business in accordance with its business
conduct policies.
5.5 The Rationale of Being Ethical
Ethics is a systematic study of human actions from the point of view
of their rightness or wrongness as a means for achievement of man’s
ultimate happiness.110 When individuals call an action bad or wrong,
they evaluate it negatively without committing themselves to much if
anything by way of non-evaluation description. Even if calling some-
thing selfish evaluates it as bad in some way or respect, not any bad act
can count as selfish; it must also involve the agent of giving a certain
degree of priority to him or her over the others. So, the application of
concepts seems to involve both evaluation and non-evaluation descrip-
tion. For example: keeping silence or turn a blind eye when you should
not. This happens very often in business, and the use of the term “Mind
your own business”, a statement usually used to make individuals feel as
if they have not done anything wrong. Silence occurs due to the fear of
retribution, yet the only way to fight business scandals that are destroy-
ing our commerce industry is to erase the concept that “silence is gold-
en” and encourage individuals to speak the truth.
The fact that businesses often try to resist the imposition of regula-
tion on their profitable activities points to another issue for a more pro-
gressive macro-level ethics of commerce. Many unethical or otherwise
undesirable business practices at the micro-level and mid-level can best
be controlled not by relying on the independent ethical choices of indi-
vidual agents in the economy, but by well-designed and enforced regula-
110 Gichure, 1997.
120 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tions that forbid these practices. 111 A progressive business ethics might
also call into question the way the standard model derives the most im-
portant duties and “social responsibilities” of managers from the proper-
ty rights of owners.112 It is particularly in times of corporate scandals
and moral lapses that the broader public and interest groups in a corpo-
ration ask themselves the fundamental question, namely, who are corpo-
rate managers and are they ethical. It is only in the recent years that
managers and researchers have turned their attention to ethics manage-
ment.113 The concern for “ethical consciousness” comes at the time
when the concept of leadership legitimacy is questioned and when the
public’s trust in corporate governance is extremely low. Leaders ought
to be a crucial source of ethical guidance for employees and should at
the same time be responsible for moral development in an organiza-
tion.114 People might think that ethics is something intimate, a confiden-
tial matter that an individual and his conscience share. How we behave,
how we reach goals (as long as they are legal and legitimate), might not
seem important, and some might even say that ethics has nothing to do
with management.
The truth is however simply the alternative, ethics has a lot if not
everything to try and do with management / leadership. And managers’
behaviour is disseminated throughout the corporations and their behav-
ioral standards are the crucial part of a company climate, and stable cul-
ture. Leadership signifies a relation between a leader and his followers
within a situational and organizational context. According to insights
and research by Rost, leadership is outlined as a power-and-value-laden
111 Norman, W. (2013). Business Ethics, 652–668. https://doi.org/
10.1002/9781444367072.wbiee719
112 Ibid.
113 Mihelič, Lipičnik, & Tekavčič, 2010.
114 Ibid.
Ethics and Business 121
relationship between leaders and followers/constituents who intend real
changes that replicate their mutual functions and goals.115
Leader’s character influences his ethical performance, but exclusive-
ly poor character will not totally justify ethical lapses in companies.
However, it is true, that a strong character plays a very important role in
effective self-leadership and in the process of leading others.116
Mpinganjira indicates that moral principles are fundamental to eth-
ics. Ethical behaviour would be characterized by unselfish attributes that
balance what is good for an organisation with what is good for the
stakeholders as well.117 Thus, business ethics would embrace all theoret-
ical perspectives regarding the ethicality of competing economic and
social systems. The discussion of the business ethics dimensions is var-
ied, depending largely on social and economic elements surrounding the
organizations concerned. The view that prevails depend on the roles that
organizations are supposed to play internally and in society in general.
In macro-ethics, the central question is the fairness of the organizational
choice of economic system and also ethical merit of the key elements of
such a system. 118
Khomba also argues that Business ethics is now generally regarded
as a form of applied ethics or professional ethics, which examines ahead
of time the ethical principles and issues that may arise in a business en-
vironment.119 It applies to all aspects of business conduct from how it
115 Mihelič, K. K., Lipičnik, B., & Tekavčič, M. 2010. Ethical leadership. 14(5),
31–41. International Journal of Management and Information Systems:
https://doi.org/10.1097/HNP.0b013e318263f2da
116 Norman, W. (2013). Business Ethics, 652–668. https://doi.org/
10.1002/9781444367072.wbiee719
117 Mpinganjira, M., Roberts-Lombard, M., Wood, G., & Svensson, G. 2016.
Embedding the ethos of codes of ethics into corporate South Africa: current
status.
118 Khomba, J. K. (2012). The African Ubuntu Philosophy.
119 Khomba, J. K. 2012. Business ethics and corporate governance: An African
122 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
develops, produces and delivers its products and services, to its interac-
tions with its customers, suppliers, employees and wider society. Busi-
ness ethics is widely recognized in most developed countries (as well as
in emerging economies including China and India) as a social science
where the study of changing social expectations of business as one vital-
ly important element of a well-functioning society is critical to sustain-
ing progressive economies.120
5.6 Best Practice in Business Ethics
“Best practice” is the process of finding and using ideas and strate-
gies from outside your company and industry to improve performance in
any given area. Big businesses have used base practices benchmarking
over the years and have realized great savings and revenues in all areas
of business operations and sales. Best practice is a method or technique
that has been generally accepted as superior to any alternatives because
it produces superior results. It therefore becomes a standard way of do-
ing things. It is a feature of accredited standards such as ISO 1500, and
is used to maintain quality as an alternative to mandatory legislated
standards, and can be based on self-assessment or bench-marking.
There is currently increasing pressure on business organizations to
be ethical, in addition to running their operations within the most eco-
nomical, efficient and effective manner potential to increase perfor-
mance.121 Due to continually changing competitive environments, busi-
socio-cultural framework. 6(9), 3510–3518. African Journal of Business
Management: https://doi.org/10.5897/AJBM11.2932
120 Institute of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand. 2013. Why
business ethics matter to your bottom line. Chartered Accountants Australia and
New Zealand, 1–16: http://www.feal.asn.au/multiattachments/3630/
DocumentName/BusinessEthics.pdf
121 Khomba, J. K. 2012. Business ethics and corporate governance: An African
socio-cultural framework. 6(9), 3510–3518. African Journal of Business
Ethics and Business 123
nesses must also find new ways of meeting competition other than the
traditional ways of offering better products, or lower prices. It is im-
portant to note that modern businesses employ people with diverse
backgrounds in terms of nationality, culture, religion, age, education and
socioeconomic status. Each of these persons comes into the workplace
with different values, goals and perceptions of acceptable behaviour.
This diverse background creates ethical challenges for individuals as
well as managers. Businesses have realized that ethical misconduct can
be very costly not only for the organisation but also to society as a
whole.122
Ethics is simply doing the right thing when no one is watching pure-
ly on the dictates one’s conscience, belief, unwritten code conversely,
not doing the right thing only because of fear of getting caught. Break-
ing the law is illegal but breaking unwritten laws that seems natural is
unethical. For instance, a mother with a sick child who is spending more
money on her clothes rather than buying medication for her sick child is
considered unethical. Also in health profession, doctors who consider
charging fees to another doctor’s patient are considered unethical.
According to the 2011 biennial National Business Ethics Survey
from the Washington-based Ethics Resource Center (ERC), the percent-
age of employees who perceived pressure to compromise standards in
order to do their jobs has increased while retaliation against employee
whistle blowers has also risen sharply. Employees’ cynicism regarding
the tone being set from the top has similarly increased. ERC surveys
consistently show that there’s a very strong correlation between a strong
Management: https://doi.org/10.5897/AJBM11.2932
122 Turyakira, P. K. 2018. Ethical practices of small and medium-sized enterpris-
es in developing countries: Literature analysis. 21(1), 1–7. South African Jour-
nal of Economic and Management Sciences: https://doi.org/
10.4102/sajems.v21i1.1756
124 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ethical culture and lower observed misconduct. In 2011, misconduct was
observed in only 29% of companies with a strong ethical culture but
seen in 90% of those with a weak ethical culture. Pressure to compro-
mise ethical standards was felt in 33% of companies having a weak ethi-
cal culture versus only 7% where the ethical culture was strong. Em-
ployees in companies with weak cultures failed to report observed mis-
conduct 48% of the time, but only 6% of employees in companies with
strong cultures didn’t report misconduct they observed. Retaliation after
reporting misconduct was also more prevalent in weaker cultures.123
Businesses of the future recognize that there is a fundamental read-
justment going on from a rules-based society to a principles-based socie-
ty124 The.se leaders understand the role they can play in enhancing not
only business success, but overall societal well-being. They know that
ethical leadership involves managers leading by example. They put
strong boundaries on competitive behaviour even as they recognize that
they are operating in adversarial markets. They insist on more attention
to good governance rather than hiding behind outdated notions of total
control.125 They are the employers of choice because they are respond-
ing to a new generation of employees looking for organizations with a
comparable set of values, and a responsible attitude towards their com-
munity. Their business models appreciate the importance of business
with purpose, organizational integrity as the basis of employee engage-
ment and satisfaction, and ethical standards as the basis for sustainabil-
ity. Traditional transactional command and control leaders have given
way to these transformational ones who work on culture, bring their
123 Institute of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand, 2013.
124 Govekar, P. L., & Schwartz, M. 2007. The “business ethics” of management
theory. 13(1), 43–54. Journal of Management History: https://doi.org/10.1108/
17511340710715160
125 Boda, Z., & Zsolnai, L. 2016. The failure of business ethics. 11(1), 93–104.
Society and Business Review: https://doi.org/10.1108/SBR-11-2015-0066
Ethics and Business 125
people with them, instill pride in the mission of the enterprise, and de-
liver benefits to the societies from which they profit.126
5.7 Proposal for a New Comprehensive Model
5.7.1 The 5M Business Ethics Model
In this section, we can follow the three phases of a modeling ap-
proach to create a replacement conceptual model for moral Business
decision-making: Setting up the system, decision process, and Choice
making. This conceptual model was arrived at after consulting a number
of ethics models including Ethical Decision-making Model and
the Holistic Ethical Model.
126 Institute of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand. 2013. Why
business ethics matter to your bottom line. Chartered Accountants Australia and
New Zealand, 1–16.
Figure: by the author
126 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
According to this new business ethics model, ethics becomes the
center and the starting point for every business enterprise initiative for it
to remain sustainable while impacting the society. This [model focuses
on both Internal environment and external environment of the business.
The operating processes are based on the five organizational resources
“the 5M” to describe how the entity functions internally. The external
environment, on the other hand, is composed of organizational stake-
holders. The successful performance of a business enterprise, according
to this model comes from the interactions of both environments by con-
sidering ethics as the foundation of all operational departments using all
available resources as well as communication flow from all stakehold-
ers.
This model is a culmination of two existing models – The Ethical
Decision-making Model and The Holistic Model of Ethics – integrated to
form a new business ethics model that can be applied to virtually any
business enterprise or organization. Through the understanding and in-
terpretation of the Ethical Decision-Making Model, which looks at eth-
ics from the perspective of the decision-making process and stakeholder
impact analysis, as well as the Holistic Model of Ethics, which analyses
the framework of ethics as a virtue in everyday life, the New Compre-
hensive Business Model allows businesses to utilize both those aspects
by making ethics a focal point in all business operations , with respect to
the 5Ms (Men, Money, Material, Machinery & Management) of the en-
terprise.
Setting up the system: There are a variety of components already
known within the literature; Davidrajuh identifies four components like
laws, the market, code, and social norms, as the primitive elements of a
system for moral business decision-making. Besides the four elements,
Davidrajuh lists ethic as an vital primitive component enjoying the regu-
lative role 127; Walstrom identifies six components like social surround-
127 Davidrajuh, 2000.
Ethics and Business 127
ings, legal (or government) environment, personal environment, private
surroundings, professional surroundings, and work environment, as the
primitive elements.128 In addition to all these elements listed within the
literature, human resource elements such as the interacting agents, man-
agers, shareholders, etc., are conjointly primitive components of the
system. Making the Connected System first we have a tendency to de-
termine the sources (ie business opportunities from internal or external
environment) and also the output of the system (ie possible choices iden-
tified via ethical processes) and the connections that exists between the
elements.
5.7.2 The Decision-making Process: 5M-Sources and Output
Basically, the 5M represents the usual 5 resources in every institu-
tion namely: the human resources (Men/women), the procurement (Ma-
terial), the finance (Money), the technology (Machinery), and the ulti-
mate decision makers (Management). The sources are the external dis-
turbances that agitate the system to come out with a desired output.
Without business opportunities there won’t be any business exchanges;
so, business opportunities are the sources of the system. Obviously, ethi-
cal business choices are the output of the system.129
The Connections Given below is a step-by-step formulation of the
connections between the primitive components of the system: When the
input (a business opportunity) is received into the systems, the legal set-
ting and the work environment (business goals and objectives, etc.) must
acknowledge the business choice as a valid one. For example, when the
organization receives a business offer, the decision-making process must
adhere to the ethical rules as a pre-condition acceptance to realize busi-
ness exchanges. The business relationships are developed by the skilled
128 Walstrom 2006.
129 Davidrajuh, R. 2000. A Conceptual Model for Ethical Business Decision-
making under the Influence of Personal Relationships 2. 1–22. Issues in Personal
Relationship in Business Exchange.
128 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
environment of the respective corporations and stakeholders con-
cerned.130 Business decisions are created to strengthen profits from the
business relationships. For this model therefore to bring the ultimate
success the ethics guidelines and policies must be adhered to and re-
viewed periodically. Even though departments (resources) are encour-
aged to have the autonomy to control their functions, the synergy of all
5M will be felt and realized as output meet the desired standards and
yields the expected revenue.
Finally, ethical business choices evolve from business selections. As
Walstrom states, social environment (religious values, cultural values,
and social values) plays the major role in shaping ethical business selec-
tions.131 All these values have been documented in policies and proce-
dure manuals to be the guiding tool for decision-making process. In ad-
dition, the agent’s personal ethics (might also be referred to as morality -
the power to acknowledge moral problems, make ethical judgment,
awareness about profit for “all the stakeholders”, etc.) play a vital role.
5.8 Conclusions and Recommendations
As the economy continues to struggle, ethical behavior of those
within business will dramatically impact the success of that recovery.
Organizations must focus on all aspects of their ethics programs. They
must have their ethical policy in action: know well how the policy is
practiced, enforced, updated, and how compliance is measured and re-
ported.
Finally, it is interesting to look at the whole ethical decision-making
process, without making the distinction between recognizing ethical
130 Davidrajuh, 2000.
131 Walstrom, 2006.
Ethics and Business 129
dilemmas and acting ethical. Business is a human activity, it has been
and is likely to continue to be evaluated from a moral point of view.132
Business organizations and managers need to behave ethically and
defend their own business interests if they're to stay competitive. Espe-
cially, Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs) owners and their
workers need to become a lot of educated and more conscious of the
necessity for ethics in business. They need to grasp what ethics suggests
that “choose a code of ethics as a key tool for implementing business
ethics in the businesses”. Such a code of ethics should translate core
values into specific commitments and expected behaviour in relation to
the organization’s stakeholders.
The new comprehensive business model of ethics was developed to
address two key shortcomings of current models of ethics (the Ethical
Decision-Making Model and the Holistic Model of Ethics); namely, the
scope of ethics, where the Holistic Model of Ethics hardly factors ethics
into a variety of organizational activities, but rather depicts ethics as a
framework that should be instilled in everyday life. Secondly, the ne-
glection of ethics, particularly in the Ethical Decision-Making Model,
that fails to adequately represent ethics in the decision-making process
in an institution, hence facilitating the need for a business ethics model
that clearly depicts how ethical behavior can be established and main-
tained in all key areas of an organization as well as highlight the necessi-
ty of ethics in support of the decision-making process by management.
5.9 References
Berger, R., & Herstein, R. 2014. The evolution of Chinese business
ethics. Management. 37(9), 778–790. Research Review:
https://doi.org/10.1108/MRR-06-2013-0153
132 Salehi et al., 2012.
130 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Boda, Z., & Zsolnai, L. 2016. The failure of business ethics. 11(1),
93–104. Society and Business Review:
https://doi.org/10.1108/SBR-11-2015-0066
Callaghan, Michael, Greg Wood. 2014. “The engagement with busi-
ness ethics: An Australian journey 1995-2010”. Vol. 26 Issue: 4,
286-304. European Business Review: https://doi.org/10.1108/
EBR-11-2013-0138.
Davidrajuh, R. 2000. A Conceptual Model for Ethical Business Deci-
sion-making under the Influence of Personal Relationships 2. 1–
22. Issues in Personal Relationship in Business Exchange
Dupuy, J.P. 2005. Complexity and uncertainty: A Prudential approach
to non-technology: UNESCO.
Ethelmary, D., & Dapper, M. 2016. Effects of Business Ethics on
Small Business Sustainabiliy: A study of selected SMEs in Riv-
er-state. 1(I).
Fagothey, Austin. 2018. Right and Reason: Ethics in Theory and Prac-
tice. TAN Books
Govekar, P. L., & Schwartz, M. 2007. The “business ethics” of man-
agement theory. 13(1), 43–54. Journal of Management History:
https://doi.org/10.1108/17511340710715160
Institute of Business Ethics. 2007. Business Ethics for SMEs, (6).
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.70.032901
Institute of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand. 2013.
Why business ethics matter to your bottom line. Chartered Ac-
countants Australia and New Zealand, 1–16:
http://www.feal.asn.au/multiattachments/3630/DocumentName/B
usinessEthics.pdf
Ethics and Business 131
Khomba, J. K. 2012. Business ethics and corporate governance: An
African socio-cultural framework. 6(9), 3510–3518. African
Journal of Business Management: https://doi.org/
10.5897/AJBM11.2932
Mihelič, K. K., Lipičnik, B., & Tekavčič, M. 2010. Ethical leadership.
14(5), 31–41. International Journal of Management and Infor-
mation Systems: https://doi.org/10.1097/HNP.0b013e318263f2da
Mpinganjira, M., Roberts-Lombard, M., Wood, G., & Svensson, G.
2016. Embedding the ethos of codes of ethics into corporate
South Africa: current status. 28(3), 333–351. European Business
Review: https://doi.org/10.1108/EBR-04-2015-0039
Nedelko, Z., Mulej, M., & Potocan, V. 2017. How to requisitely holis-
tically consider internal gaps of business ethic. 46(6), 914–932.
Kybernetes: https://doi.org/10.1108/K-01-2017-0027
Norman, W. (2013). Business Ethics, 652–668.
https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444367072.wbiee719
Okpara, J. O. 2014. The effects of national culture on managers’ atti-
tudes toward business ethics: Implications for organizational
change. 10(2), 174–189. Journal of Accounting and Organiza-
tional Change: https://doi.org/10.1108/JAOC-07-2012-0046
Sardy, M., Mark Munoz, J., Sun, J. J., & Alon, I. 2010. Dimensionality
of business ethics in China. 20(1), 6–30. Competitiveness Re-
view: https://doi.org/10.1108/10595421011019948
Simola, S. (2014). Facilitating embodied learning in business ethics
education: the use of relational sculpting. 6(1), 75–97. Journal of
Applied Research in Higher Education:
https://doi.org/10.1108/JARHE-07-2012-0019
132 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Turyakira, P. K. 2018. Ethical practices of small and medium-sized
enterprises in developing countries: Literature analysis. 21(1), 1–
7. South African Journal of Economic and Management Scienc-
es: https://doi.org/10.4102/sajems.v21i1.1756
Wood, G. 2017. Reflections on business ethics through 1992-2017.
29(6), 628–641. European Business Review:
https://doi.org/10.1108/EBR-07-2017-0144
6
ETHICAL ISSUES AND CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
A REVIEW OF LITERATURE AND FIRMS LISTED
AT THE NAIROBI SECURITIES EXCHANGE (NSE)
Carolyne N. Mungai
6.1 Abstract
This paper reviews literature on corporate governance and ethical is-
sues that arise in relationships between company’s management, board,
shareholders and other stakeholders133. Corporate governance is a com-
plex issue which has support from different theories. This paper will
focus on two theories to analyze the ethical considerations of corporate
governance and existing empirical evidence. Further it provides an
overview of ethical problems of corporate governance and solutions to
these problems. Finally the paper will highlight on the importance of
corporate governance in combating corruption.
133 Carolyne N. Mungai, Department of Marketing and Management,
The Catholic University of Eastern Africa (CUEA), Nairobi, Kenya.
134 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
6.2 Introduction
Corporate governance has grown to be an important factor in manag-
ing organizations in the current global and complex environment. Cor-
porate governance can be defined as a set of processes and structures for
controlling and directing an organization.134 Corporate governance con-
stitutes a set of rules, which governs the relationships between manage-
ment, shareholders and stakeholders’. Corporate governance is seen as
structure, process, customs, policies, laws that guide companies into
achieving the necessary high standards of corporate behavior.135 That
seeks to achieve the goal of the organization and manage the relation-
ship among stakeholders including the board of directors and the share-
holder. Corporate governance deals with the accountability of the indi-
viduals through a mechanism which reduces the principal-agent problem
in the organization.
On the other hand Ethics means doing the right thing. Othman de-
fined Ethics as the study of morality and the application of reason which
sheds light on rules and principle, which ascertains the right and wrong
for situation.136 In corporate governance the responsiveness of ethical
issues helps managers to avoid abusing power and using improper prac-
tices resulting in weird behavior. Therefore the relationship between
ethics and corporate governance improves the exercise of power and
renders it more transparent and credible not only to the shareholders, but
also to stakeholders who include employees, clients, suppliers, trade
134 H. Abdullah and B. Valentine, “Fundamental and Ethics Theories of Corpo-
rate Governance”, Middle Eastern Finance and Economics Euro Journals Pub-
lishing Inc. Vol. 4 (2009): 1450-2889.
135 Rahman Z. Othman and Shamsudin, R. F., “The Role of Ethics in Corporate
Governance”, Journal Pengurusan, Vol. 35 (2012):13-20.
136 Ibid.
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 135
unions, NGOs, public opinion.137 Good corporate governance goes be-
yond rules and regulations that the government can put in place. It is
also about ethics and the values which drive companies in the conduct of
their business. Hence, trust is established over time between companies
and their different stakeholders. Good corporate governance has come
to be seen as promoting an ethical climate that is both morally appropri-
ate and consequentially appropriate in that ethical behaviour in business
is reflected in desirable commercial outcomes.138
There are several events that are responsible for the heightened inter-
est in corporate governance especially in both developed and developing
countries. The subject of corporate governance has become of interest
after a string of collapse of high profile companies such as Enron, World
Com which shocked the world as a result of their unethical and illegal
operations.139 In Kenya the Cytonn Corporate governance index report
of 2017 indicated that Kenyan investors lost over Kshs 257 billion as of
May 2016 due to increased cases of corporate governance malpractices.
According to OECD corporate governance is one key element in im-
proving economic efficiency and growth as well as enhancing investor
confidence. For a country to achieve sustainable prosperity, economic
growth and social development it depends on the allocation, utilization
and investment of resources. Without credible, stable and sustainable
organizations, investors will not invest their resources into productive
capacity and without investment businesses will stagnate and collapse.
137 V. Dessain, O. Meier and V. Salas, “Corporate Governance and Ethics:
Shareholder Reality, Social Responsibility or Institutional Necessity”, Manage-
ment Vol. 2, No. 11 (2008): 65-79.
138 A. Armstrong, Ethical Challenges to the Governance Practices of Corporate
Leaders in the 21st Century. In: Third World Congress, (14th-17 July 2004,
Melbourne, Australia, unpublished).
139 V. Lekaram, “The Relationship of Corporate Governance and Financial Per-
formance of Manufacturing firms Listed in the Nairobi Security Exchange”,
International Journal of Business and Commerce, Vol. 3, No. 12 (2014):30-57.
136 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Therefore without investors firms will not prosper, no economic growth,
no employment, no taxes paid to government consequence no develop-
ment in the country. In Kenya the Capital Markets Authority introduced
corporate governance guidelines for all public listed companies in the
Nairobi Stock Exchange. The corporate governance principles in the
capital markets are enforced through the “comply or explain” principle
mandatory for the listed companies to adopt those corporate governance
practices. These corporate governance practices mainly deal with the
issues of the board such as board composition, role of audit committee,
separation of the role of Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the chair. In
addition, they focused on the rights of the shareholders.140
6.3 Nairobi Securities Exchange (NSE)
The Nairobi Securities Exchange (NSE) is a public market for the
trading of securities issued by publicly quoted companies in Kenya.
NSE was founded in 1954 and is the largest securities exchange in East
and Central Africa with a market capitalization of USD 20 billion in the
Nairobi Securities Exchange, 2017. The Nairobi stock exchange is the
Centre point of Kenya capital market; stocks are listed and traded on the
exchange. The apex regulatory body is the Capital market authority. The
regulation authority is under a government body the Ministry of finance
and governed through the Capital Markets Authority Act Cap 485A.141
The Authority was established to regulate and oversee the orderly de-
velopment of Kenya’s Capital markets.142 The NSE has been one of the
most popular investments in Kenya in the recent past due to its high
return. It has become an integral part of the Kenya economy and any
140 Ibid.
141 The CMA Act.
142 NSE handbook (2006).
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 137
fluctuation in this market influences financial lives of individuals as well
as corporate entities.
Presently the NSE has 65 listed firms spread across 13 sectors. Firms
listed at NSE have two indexes computed daily; the NSE-20 share index
which is equal weighted geometric mean for twenty large and most ac-
tive stocks that represents of all sectors and the NSE all stock index
which is value weighted arithmetic mean. These sectors are; agricultural,
automobiles and accessories, banking commercial and services, con-
struction and allied, energy and petroleum, insurance, investment, in-
vestment services, manufacturing and allied, telecommunication and
technology, real estate investment trust and exchange traded funds.143
Investors expect returns on their investments and given a certain level of
risks a rational investor expects to maximize his returns. The firms listed
therefore provide a good representation of the Kenyan economy and this
enhances the general ability of studies conducted on NSE listed firms.
6.4 Statement of the Problem
Corporate governance has increasingly become an issue of important
in organizations worldwide. Firms have a vital role to play in promoting
economic development and social progression. Corporate governance
involves a set of relationships between company’s management, board,
shareholders and other stakeholders. The absence of governance stand-
ards definitely leads to questionable practices and corporate failures
which surface suddenly and massively.144 Several studies demonstrated
varying relationship between corporate governance and ethics amongst
firms in the country. Empirical literature has revealed consistent find-
143 Nairobi Securities Exchange (2018a).
144 R. Nainawat and R. Meena, “Corporate Governance and Business Ethics”,
Global Journal of Management and Business Studies, Vol. 3, No. 10
(2013):1085-1090.
138 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ings regarding the relationship between corporate governance and ethics.
Corporate Governance has received increased attention because of high
profile scandals involving abuse of corporate power and cases of alleged
criminal activity by corporate officers. The recent financial crisis that
has hit the west JP Morgan and American Insurance Group (AIG) have
proved that corporate governance was the cause of the crisis. Kenya too
did not escape the flurry of the world’s almost financial collapse exam-
ple of firms listed in NSE are Chase Bank, Kenya Airways, Uchumi Ltd
and Mumias Sugar Company consistent reports on firms experienced
questionable practices and corporate failure.145
Therefore, there is need to establish connection between good corpo-
rate governance and ethical behavior in governance. This study seeks to
investigate the relationship that exists between corporate governance
and ethical issues in relationships between company’s management,
shareholders and other stakeholders in ownership and control of firms
listed at NSE. Further, the limited studies in the area have focused
mainly on developed economies. It is crucial to examine the relationship
corporate governance and ethical behavior of management, board share-
holders and stakeholders. In literature a number of studies have sought
to investigate the relation between corporate governance and ethics. For
example, study by Nainawat and Meena146 show that corporate govern-
ance and business ethics work hand in hand while Othman studied the
role of ethics in corporate governance.147
145 Lekaram, The Relationship of Corporate Governance and Financial Perfor-
mance of Manufacturing firms Listed in the Nairobi Security Exchange, Loc.
Cit.
146 Nainawat and Meena, Corporate Governance and Business Ethics, Op. Cit.
147 Othman and Shamsudin, The Role of Ethics in Corporate Governance, Loc.
Cit.
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 139
Locally, Okumu conducted a study on corporate governance and
firm value for firms listed at the NSE,148 while Manyuru researched on
corporate governance and organizational performance the case of com-
panies quoted at the NSE, while Miring’u and Muoria did a study on
analysis of the effect of Corporate Governance on Performance of
Commercial State Corporations in Kenya.149 Again none of these studies
have focused on the relationship between ethics and corporate govern-
ance of firms listed at NSE in Kenya. Therefore the need for the study at
hand, focusing on the firms listed at NSE assessing the influence of eth-
ics and corporate governance on performance. The study findings will
be invaluable to all the firms in Kenya as it will provide a benchmark on
the effect ethics and good corporate governance on firm.
6.5 Objectives of the Study
The aim of the study is to assess the effect of ethics and corporate
governance on performance of firms listed in NSE.
• To establish if the right of shareholders equitable treatment
• To determine the role of stakeholders on performance of
firms listed in NSE.
• To find out the role and responsibilities of the board on per-
formance of firms listed in NSE
148 Okumu, F.O. Corporate Governance and Firm Value for Firms Listed at the
NSE, (Unpublished Thesis, Nairobi University, 2015).
149 Miring’u, A. and E. Muoria, “An analysis of the effect of Corporate Govern-
ance on Performance of Commercial State Corporations in Kenya”, Internation-
al Journal of Business and Public Management , Vol. 1, No. 1 (2011) 36-41.
140 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
• To determine the role of disclosure and transparency on per-
formance of firms listed in NSE
6.6 Literature Review
6.6.1 Theoretical Framework
This section reviews past empirical studies that are relevant to this
research. It identifies the studies, gives the objectives of the studies,
discusses and summarizes the findings.
6.6.2 Agency Theory
Agency Theory is one of the main anchoring theories of corporate
governance structures. Crowther and Jatana State agency theory argues
that managers merely act as custodians of the organization and its opera-
tional activities and places upon them the burden of managing in the
best interest of the owners of that business.150 This implies that man-
agement cannot be trusted hence calling for strict monitoring by the
Board in order to protect shareholders’ interest. In the context of corpo-
rations and issues of corporate control, Agency Theory views corporate
governance mechanisms as being an essential monitoring device in en-
suring that any problems that may be brought about by principal; agent
relationships are minimized. The main concern of Agency Theory
therefore, is effective monitoring which is achieved when Board have
majority of outside and ideally independent directors. The position of
Chairman and CEO should be held by different persons.151
According to agency theory all other stakeholders of the business are
largely irrelevant and if they benefit from the business then this is coin-
cidental to the activities of management in running the business to serve
150 Crowther, D. and R. Jatana, Agency Theory: A cause of Failure in Corporate
Governance (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2004).
151 Dessain, Corporate Governance and Ethics: Shareholder Reality, Social
Responsibility or Institutional Necessity, Loc. Cit.
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 141
shareholders. This focus upon shareholders alone as the intended benefi-
ciaries of a business has been questioned considerably from many per-
spectives, which argue that it is either not the way in which a business is
actually run or that it is a view which does not meet the needs of society
in general.152
6.6.3 Stakeholders Theory
Freeman defined stakeholders as any group or individual who can af-
fect or is affected by the achievement of the organization objectives.153
Freeman continued to use this definition in a modified form he stated
stakeholders as those groups who are vital to the survival and success of
the organization.154 The stakeholder theory advocates that management
decisions should balance and satisfy the interests of all stakeholders.
Fontaine contends that a company cannot maximize its value if it ig-
nores the interests of its stakeholders.155 Donald and Preston suggested
that the firm is a system, where there are stakeholders and the purpose of
the organization is to create wealth for its stakeholders.156 This creates
awareness of the important role that stakeholders play in improving
firm’s value.
Stakeholder theory argues that there are a whole variety of stake-
holders involved in the organization and each deserves some return for
their involvement. The maximization of returns is achieved in the long
run through the optimization of performance for the business to achieve
152 Crowther and Jatana, Agency Theory, Op. Cit.
153 Freeman, R. E. Strategic Management: A Stakeholder Approach (Boston,
MA: Pitman Publishing Ltd, 1984).
154 Freeman, R. E. “Response: Divergent Stakeholder Theory”, Academy of
Management Review, Vol. 24, No. 2 (1999):233-236.
155 Fontaine, C., Haarman, A. and Schmid, S. Stakeholder Theory of the MNC
(2006).
156 Donaldson, T. and E. L. Preston, “The stakeholder theory of the Corpora-
tions: Concepts, Evidence and Implications”, The Academy of Management
Review, Vol. 20, No. 1 (1995).
142 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
maximal returns to all stakeholders.157 According to stakeholder theory
therefore benefit is maximized if the business is operated by its man-
agement on behalf of all stakeholders and returns are divided appropri-
ately amongst those stakeholders, in some way which is acceptable to
all.158
6.7 Review of Empirical Studies
6.7.1 Rights of Shareholders
A shareholder is a part owner of a company and is entitled to take
part in making decisions for the running of the company. When an indi-
vidual or a group or persons purchase shares of a company, they become
shareholders of that particular company.159 Crowther and Jatana in their
study state that shareholders role in governance is to appoint the direc-
tors and auditors and to satisfy themselves that an appropriate govern-
ance structure is in place.160 Shareholders as legal owners of the firm
are entitled to enjoy certain rights such as right to access and examine
the firm’s records concerning governance and financial performance.
They are also entitled to access information regarding the performance
or otherwise of the company as contained in its annual report at the end
of every year.161 According to OECD of 2004 Shareholders should be
furnished with sufficient and timely information concerning the date,
location and agenda of general meetings, given opportunity to ask ques-
tions to the board, related to the annual external audit and propose reso-
lutions.
157 Freeman, Response: Divergent Stakeholder Theory, loc. cit.
158 Dessain, Corporate Governance and Ethics: Shareholder Reality, Social
Responsibility or Institutional Necessity, loc. cit.
159 Securities and Exchange Commission (2017)
160 Crowther and Jatana, Agency Theory, loc. cit.
161 Abdullah and Valentine, Fundamental and Ethics Theories of Corporate
Governance, loc. cit.
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 143
Each shareholder has the right to receive dividend or surplus. Divi-
dend amounts are determined by the corporate officers or board and not
by the ownership interests of the shareholders. These amounts can fluc-
tuate yearly based on the corporations’ earnings for that year. However,
corporations must pay every shareholder a dividend if they’re distrib-
uting them and cannot select just a few to pay profits to and neglect the
rest.162
Shareholders have rights under both common and corporate law
to participate in key corporate governance decisions, including the
right to nominate, appoint and remove directors and external audi-
tors, and the right to approve major corporate decisions.163 Other basic
shareholder rights include the right to secure methods of ownership
registration, right to convey or transfer shares, the right to obtain rele-
vant and material information on the company, the right to participate
and vote in general shareholder meetings (in person or by proxy) and the
right to share in the profits of the company.164 Also, shareholders have
the right to receive information, including about the firm’s finan-
cial performance and to ask executives questions at general meetings.
Crowther and Jatana affirm good corporate governance practices entail
active participation of shareholders in the direct and indirect control of
the company through the board of directors and an arrangement of effec-
tive checks and balances among shareholders, the board and manage-
ment.165
162 OECD (2004).
163 Dessain, Corporate Governance and Ethics: Shareholder Reality, Social
Responsibility or Institutional Necessity, loc. cit.
164 Bedchuk, T., Cohen, B. and Ferrell, L. “On the Relation between Ownership
Structure and Capital Structure”, Accounting and Finance, Vol. 42 (2004):189-
220.
165 Crowther and Jatana, Agency Theory, loc. cit.
144 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
6.7.2 Role of Stakeholders
Freeman defined stakeholder as any group or individual who can af-
fect or are affected by the achievement of an organization’s purpose.166
Organizations have many stakeholders these includes local communi-
ties, competitors, media, financial analysts and markets, financial insti-
tutions, voluntary organizations, environmental and consumer protection
groups, religious organizations, military groups, political parties or fac-
tions.167 Crowther and Jatana in their study highlight that an organiza-
tion is accountable to wider audience than simply its shareholders.168
Primary stakeholders are; minimum shareholders, lenders employees,
suppliers, customers and managers, while secondary stakeholders in-
clude local community, the media, the courts, the government, special
interest groups and the general public, who have a long-term association
with the firm.169 These stakeholders have legitimate rights in the running
of the business activities. OECD of 2004 states that the corporate gov-
ernance framework should recognize the rights of stakeholders estab-
lished by law or through mutual agreements and encourage active co-
operation between corporations and stakeholders in creating wealth,
jobs, and the sustainability of financially sound enterprises. Stakeholder
interests are therefore protected by law; stakeholders should have the
166 Freeman, Response: Divergent Stakeholder Theory, loc. cit.
167 Wood, J. D. and Jones, E. R. “Stakeholder Mismatching: A Theoretical
Problem In Empirical Research On Corporate Social Performance”, The
International Journal of Organizational Analysis, Vol. 3, No. 3 (1995):229-
267.
168 Crowther and Jatana, Agency Theory, loc. cit.
169 Letza, S., Kirkbride, J. and Sun, X. “Corporate Governance Theorizing:
Limits, Critics and Alternatives”, International Journal of Law and Manage-
ment, Vol. 50, No. 1 (2008):17-32.
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 145
opportunity to obtain effective redress for violation of their rights and
should be granted legal protection as well.170
6.7.3 Responsibilities of Board of Directors
According to Bhatt and Bhatt the primary responsibility of the board
is to monitor the management and protect the interest of shareholders.171
Capital Authority of 2014 state that every public listed company should
be headed by an effective board to offer strategic guidance, lead and
control the company and be accountable to its shareholders. There
should be a formal and transparent procedure in the appointment of di-
rectors to the board and all persons offering themselves for appointment,
as directors should disclose any potential area of conflict that may un-
dermine their position or service as director. The board has the responsi-
bility to establish relevant committees as may be necessary setting the
company’s aims, providing the leadership to put them into effect, super-
vising the management of the business and reporting to shareholders on
their stewardship.172
According to Okumu in his study on relationship between some
measures of corporate governance such as board size, board composi-
tion, and audit committee composition and firm value of firms listed at
the NSE the study indicated increase in number of board members nega-
tively influences the return on assets.173 Miring’u and Muoria concede in
their study on the role of corporate governance and its effect on perfor-
mance of commercial state corporations in Kenya indicated there was a
170 Abdullah and Valentine, Fundamental and Ethics Theories of Corporate
Governance, loc. cit.
171 Bhatt, R.P. and R. R. Bhatt, “Corporate Governance and Firm Performance in
Malaysia”, Corporate Governance International Journal of Business in Society,
Vol. 17, No. 5 (2017):896-912.
172 Crowther and Jatana, Agency Theory, loc. cit.
173 Okumu, Corporate Governance and Firm Value for Firms Listed at the NSE.
146 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
positive relationship between return on equity and board size and board
composition of all state owned corporations in Kenya.174
Private sector Initiate for Corporate Governance of 2012 emphasizes
that the board has the responsibility of reviewing and guiding corporate
strategy, major plans of action, risk policy, annual budgets and business
plans; setting performance objectives; monitoring implementation and
corporate performance; and overseeing major capital expenditures, ac-
quisitions and divestitures. Therefore in order for the board to fulfill
their responsibilities, board members should have access to accurate,
relevant and timely information should act on fully informed basis, in
good faith, with due diligence and care, and in the best interest of the
company and the shareholders. They should treat the all shareholders
fairly, apply high ethical standards. Also should take into account the
interests of stakeholders. The board should be able to recognize and
manage risk by maintaining a sound system of internal control to safe
guard shareholders’ investment and company’s assets.175
6.7.4 Transparency and Disclosure of Information and Audit
According to Abdullah and Valentine, assert that transparen-
cy/disclosure involves disclosure of information on: financial or opera-
tion results, ownership structure, members of board of directors and
management, employees and other stakeholders in the corporation, gov-
ernance structures and policies, corporate targets and prospects.176 The
corporate governance framework should ensure that timely and accurate
disclosure is made on all material matters regarding the corporation,
including the financial situation, performance, ownership, and govern-
174 Miring’u and Muoria, An analysis of the effect of Corporate Governance on
Performance of Commercial State Corporations in Kenya, loc. cit.
175 Bhatt and Bhatt, Corporate Governance and Firm Performance in Malaysia,
loc. cit.
176 Abdullah and Valentine, Fundamental and Ethics Theories of Corporate
Governance, loc. cit.
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 147
ance of the company.177 The Capital Markets Authority of 2014 states
the importance for firms listed in NSE to comply with the corporate
governance guidelines which form an essential part of disclosure obliga-
tions in the corporate annual reports. Firms listed should indicate the
extent of non-compliance and also disclosed. Every public listed com-
pany should disclose, on an annual basis, in its annual report, a state-
ment of the directors as to whether the company is complying with these
guidelines on corporate governance as prescribed under the Capital
Markets Authority of 2014. Recently the Ex Kenol Kobil CEO was
fined 5 million Kshs for failing to disclose shareholding information in
the company.178 Instances where firms have not fully complied with
these guidelines, they should state the reasons for non- compliance and
indicate the steps being taken to become compliant.
Lekaram in his study on the relationship of corporate governance and
financial performance of firms listed in NSE his findings indicated that
openness and reliability are measures of trust and credit risk as a meas-
ure of disclosure has a negative relationship with financial perfor-
mance.179 It is obvious that that trust has a significant impact on finan-
cial performance, given that transparency and disclosure boosts the
trustworthiness of firms.
Therefore directors are required to disclose material information on:
the financial and operating results of the company, Company objectives,
Major share ownership and voting rights and Governance structures and
policies, in particular, the content of any corporate governance code or
policy and the process by which it is implemented.180
177 OECD (2004), loc. cit.
178 Mbogo, A. Ex Kenol Kobil CEO Jacob Segman Fined Sh.5M for failing to
Disclose of Interest in the Company. (Kenyan News August 20, 2018).
179 Lekaram, The Relationship of Corporate Governance and Financial Perfor-
mance of Manufacturing firms Listed in the Nairobi Security Exchange, loc. cit.
180 OECD (2004), loc. cit.
148 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
According to Capital Markets Authority of 2014, Companies that
adhere to good corporate governance practice should establish a formal
and transparent procedure for remuneration of directors, which should
be approved by the shareholders. Also there should be public disclosure
in respect of any management or business agreements entered into be-
tween the Company and its related companies, which may result in a
conflict of interest.
6.8 Discussion
The theories of corporate governance discussed have been used as
tool for effective governance. The Agency theory provides a platform
for managers to act as agents on behalf of the owners of the firm. The
managers have the ability to commit the organization to those contracts
and transactions that they feel are appropriate for the owners of the
business. The stakeholders’ theory specifies the role of management in
optimizing the long term performance of the business in order to achieve
maximum returns and reward all stakeholders.
Previous empirical studies have provided the relationship between
corporate governance and firm performance have shown that well gov-
erned firms have higher firm performance.181
Shareholders have a right to participate in every corporate decision
which may affect them immensely considering that whenever the com-
pany is doing well their dividend increases. On the other hand directors
have the responsibility to protect the interest of shareholders and other
stakeholders of the firm. Stakeholders expect; investors to be provided
with fair returns and management remunerated fairly also employees
181 Bhatt and Bhatt, (2017), Miring’u and Muoria (2011), Crowther and Jatana,
(2004), Abdullah and Valentine, (2009), Klapper and Love, (2002) and Gompers
et al. (2003). Others, Bhatt and Bhatt (2017), Lekaram (2014) and Bedchuk and
Cohen (2004).
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 149
expect wages and benefits that are based to the industry standards. The
board should therefore ensure there is transparency in all their activities
and disclose information to stakeholders especially the financial reports
and annual reports that are deemed necessary by the code of good corpo-
rate governance. The absence of good corporate governance practice
definitely leads to questionable practices and corporate failures which
may surface suddenly and massively.
6.9 Conclusion
Corporate governance practices may not necessarily reduce corpo-
rate violations, other means should be put in place and ethics may pro-
vide the required link. Incorporating ethics and corporate governance
honesty and trust are vital ingredients for running a successful firm. For
ethics to work in an organization there must be a synergy between stra-
tegic plans, principles of good corporate governance and clear code of
conduct.
The board has the biggest responsibility in ensuring proper corporate
governance structures are in place. Shareholders should appoint board
members who exhibit integrity, accountability, responsibility, compe-
tence and fairness. The management should declare their wealth to curb
unfair and unethical practices.
Lastly lack of corporate governance and ethics in the running of
companies result in reduced economic growth, increased unemployment,
reduction in tax remittance to government hence lack of national devel-
opment.
Recommend further research should be carried out in the field on the
effect of corporate governance on firms listed in NSE since this study
only concentrated on desk review. Also study on how cultural differ-
ences in national ideologies may hinder implementation of corporate
governance should be carried out.
150 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
6.10 Bibliography
Books
Crowther, D. and R. Jatana. Agency Theory: A cause of Failure in
Corporate Governance .Aldershot: Ashgate, 2004.
Freeman, E. R. Strategic Management: A stakeholder Approach. Bos-
ton, MA: Pitman Publishing Ltd, 1984.
Journal Articles
Abdullah, H. and B. Valentine. “Fundamental and Ethics Theories of
Corporate Governance”, Middle Eastern Finance and Economics
Euro Journals Publishing Inc. Vol. 4 (2009): 1450-2889.
Bedchuk, T., B. Cohen and L. Ferrell. “On the Relation between Own-
ership Structure and Capital Structure”, Accounting and Finance,
Vol. 42 (2004):189-220.
Bhatt, P. R. and R. R. Bhatt. “Corporate Governance and Firm Per-
formance in Malaysia”, Corporate Governance International
Journal of Business in Society, Vol. 17, No. 5 (2017):896-912.
Dessain, V., O. Meier and V. Salas, “Corporate Governance and Eth-
ics: Shareholder Reality, Social Responsibility or Institutional
Necessity”, Management Vol. 2, No. 11 (2008): 65-79.
Donaldson, T. and E. L. Preston. “The Stakeholder theory of the Cor-
porations: Concepts, Evidence and Implications”, The Academy
of Management Review, Vol. 20, No. 1 (1995).
Freeman, E. R. “Response: Divergent Stakeholder Theory”, Academy
of Management Review, Vol. 24, No. 2 (1999):233-236.
Lekaram, V. “The Relationship of Corporate Governance and Finan-
cial Performance of Manufacturing firms Listed in the Nairobi
Security Exchange”, International Journal of Business and
Commerce, Vol. 3, No. 12 (2014):30-57.
Ethical Issues and Corporate Governance 151
Letza, S., J. Kirkbride and X. Sun. “Corporate Governance Theorizing:
Limits, Critics and Alternatives”, International Journal of Law
and Management, Vol. 50, No. 1 (2008):17-32.
Miring’u, A. and E. Muoria. “An analysis of the effect of Corporate
Governance on Performance of Commercial State Corporations
in Kenya”, International Journal of Business and Public Man-
agement , Vol. 1, No. 1 (2011) 36-41.
Nainawat, R. and R. Meena. “Corporate Governance and Business
Ethics”, Global Journal of Management and Business Studies,
Vol. 3, No. 10 (2013):1085-1090.
Othman, Z. Rahman and Shamsudin, R. F., “The Role of Ethics in
Corporate Governance”, Journal Pengurusan, Vol. 35
(2012):13-20.
Wood, D. J. and E. R. Jones. “Stakeholder Mismatching: A Theoreti-
cal Problem In Empirical Research On Corporate Social Perfor-
mance”, The International Journal of Organizational Analysis,
Vol. 3, No. 3 (1995):229-267.
Unpublished Works
Armstrong, A. Ethical Challenges to the Governance Practices of
Corporate Leaders in the 21st Century. In: Third World Con-
gress, (14th-17 July 2004, Melbourne, Australia, unpublished).
Okumu, O. F. Corporate Governance and Firm Value for Firms Listed
at the NSE, (Unpublished Thesis, Nairobi University, 2015).
Others
Fontaine, C., A. Haarman and S. Schmid, Stakeholder Theory of the
MNC (2006).
Mbogo, A. Ex Kenol Kobil CEO Jacob Segman Fined Sh.5M for fail-
ing to Disclose of Interest in the Company. (Kenyan News Au-
gust 20, 2018).
7
ETHICAL ISSUES OF INSIDER TRADING
A REVIEW OF LITERATURE AND THE CASE OF KENYA
Esther Nkatha M’ithiria
7.1 Abstract
This paper reviews literature on ethical issues of insider trading182. It
focuses on theories used to analyse ethical considerations of insider trad-
ing. Further, it provides arguments in favour of and against insider trad-
ing and presents its impact on the economic and societal value. Addi-
tionally, the paper provides implications to managers of firms operating
in the capital markets and regulating agencies. The Capital Markets Au-
thority should ensure strict enforcement of the insider trading law in
Kenya. Further, listed firms, the Nairobi Securities Exchange (NSE),
and other capital market participants should formulate and fully imple-
ment insider trading policies. Additionally, universities should team up
with finance professional bodies and industry players to design continu-
ous professional education programmes that address gaps in ethical edu-
cation in the finance discipline. Finally, there is need for empirical re-
search in Kenya to ascertain the extent to which insider trading impacts
182 Dr. Esther Nkatha M’ithiria, Department of Accounting and Finance, Catho-
lic University of Eastern Africa (CUEA), Nairobi, Kenya.
154 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
on the firm and societal value. Key words: Insider Trading, Ethics, Capi-
tal Markets, Kenya.
7.2 Introduction
Insider trading remains a topical issue in capital markets and busi-
ness ethics research. However, there seems to be no conclusive agree-
ment as to whether insider trading is ethical or unethical. Some scholars
argue that insider trading is necessary if financial markets are to self –
correct. On the contrary, other scholars argue that insider trading is un-
ethical and should be dealt with through appropriate regulations. While
developed countries like the United States (U.S) have put in place a
proper regulatory framework that has minimized insider trading, coun-
tries in the developing world such as Kenya, still struggle with incidents
of insider trading. For instance, in the Kenyan capital markets, there
have been cases of insider trading involving firms listed at the NSE such
as Uchumi Supermarkets and East African Cables Ltd. Cases of insider
trading can dent the image of the market and erode the confidence
among market actors. Furthermore, these incidents are a threat to the
crucial role played by capital markets in any country as well as promote
unethical conduct among capital markets participants.
Capital markets provide a medium where buyers and sellers of finan-
cial assets come together.183 These markets play a very important role in
an economy by facilitating movement of monetary resources across eco-
nomic units in a country. Similarly, the Catholic Church recognises the
critical role that financial markets play in the society. In a document on
ethical considerations regarding financial systems released in May 2018,
the Church acknowledges that activities in the financial markets have
183 Reilly, Frank K. and Keith C. Brown, Investment Analysis and Portfolio
Management (10thed) (Mason, OH: South-Western, Cengage Learning, 2012),
16.
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 155
substantial impacts on the material wellbeing of mankind.184 Capital
markets provide an opportunity for investors to rebalance their wealth
portfolios through security trading of their investment holdings.
Security trading is the buying and selling of financial instruments or
securities in the secondary market.185 Thus, through security trading
activities, investors and other market participants are facilitated to posi-
tively impact their material well-being. In the security trading process,
market participants are not expected to engage in unfair trading practices
such as insider trading. Insider trading is buying and selling financial
instruments based on private information not available to other actors
outside the firm.186 Consequently, insiders trading securities based on
private information gain more compared to those without access to this
material information.187 Thus, possession of any non-public information
about the firm provides a privilege to its holder. Most holders of this
kind of information are insiders to the firm.
Insiders are defined as persons with access to material non-public in-
formation which they use to their advantage to buy and sell securities of
a firm.188 Given that holders of private information may use it to gener-
ate gains at the expense of other investors, insider trading and its regula-
184 Holy See. Considerations for an ethical discernment regarding some aspects
of the present economic-financial system” of the Congregation for the Doctrine
of the Faith and the Dicastery for Promoting Integral Human Development,
(May 25th, 2018).
185 Reilly and Brown, Investment Analysis, op. cit.
186 Desjardins, J. An Introduction to Business Ethics (3rd Ed.) (New York:
McGraw-Hill, 2009), 162.
187 Szeto, Ricky W.F. “The sun side of insider trading: An ethical perspective by
financial performance analysis in Hong Kong.” Global Advanced Research
Journal of Management and Business Studies, 2, 3, (2013).
188 Engelen, Peter-Jan and Luc Van Liedekerke .“The Ethics of insider trading
revisited.” Journal of Business Ethics, 74, 4, (2007): 497-507.
156 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tion is very important for markets’ operations.189 Persons involved in the
activity of insider trading are grouped into various categories such as:
company insiders, market professionals, and investors.190 Company in-
siders are the officers, directors, and other key employees of a firm who
by the nature of their employment obtain or possess confidential infor-
mation regarding the firm’s prospects.191 Market professionals are non-
insiders such as securities analysts and brokers, who may access and use
private information regarding the operations of the firm.192 Thus, by
virtue of their work, persons working for a firm or an investment firm
have privileged access to material information which is not in the public
domain.193 The use of this information at the expense of other actors
amounts to insider trading.
Insider trading continues to attract not only the attention of scholars
and regulators but also that of the general public.194 Furthermore, it re-
mains one of the most controversial economic transactions in financial
markets.195 However, despite the growing interest in the area of ethics in
finance, there is no consensus on what kind of conduct should be re-
garded ethical or unethical in relation to insider trading. Existing litera-
ture does not provide conclusive evidence on the harmful effects of in-
189 Ozsozgun, A., Ozarslan, E. & Akbas H. E. “Insider trading from the perspec-
tive of two ethical theories: Utilitarianism and Kant’s approach”. International
Journal of Business and Management Studies, 2, no. 1, (2010): 1-8.
190 Jie Hu and Thomas H. Noe, The insider trading debate. Federal Reserve
Bank of Atlanta Economic Review, Fourth Quarter. (1997): 34-45.
191 Engelen and Van Liedekerke. “The Ethics of insider trading revisited.”,
op.cit. 497-507.
192 Engelen and Van Liedekerke. “The Ethics of insider trading revisited”, ibid.
193 Cichos, T. “The misappropriation theory of insider trading: its past, present,
and future.” Seattle University Law Review, 18, (1995):393.
194 The insider trading debate, ibid, 34-45.
195 The insider trading debate. ibid.
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 157
sider trading. In addition, there is no clarity on the economic impact of
insider trading on firm value and social welfare.196
Although insider trading is recognized as a pervasive practice since
the inception of the stock market there are those who support this activi-
ty while others are against. For instance, the main argument in support
of insider trading is derived from the belief that it promotes economic
efficiency and enterprise while the argument against arises from the
breach of fiduciary duty. 197 Insider trading is considered unethical be-
cause utilisation of private information not available to all shareholders
by management leads to injustice because the freedom of other share-
holders is violated.198 Within a firm’s environment insider trading raises
interesting ethical questions concerning the responsibilities of managers
to the firm, shareholders, and financial markets.199 The Catholic Church
emphasizes the need to adequately regulate the financial system and
advocates for a clear ethical foundation to ensure realization of material
well-being through the quality of human relationships.200 Thus, the
Catholic Church underlines that market participants need to act ethically
in all the activities.
7.2 Insider Trading in Kenya
Capital markets play a very important role in the economic develop-
ment of any country. In Kenya, the capital markets continue to be a crit-
196 Yulong, Ma and Huey-Lian, Sun. “Where should the line be drawn on insider
trading ethics?” Journal of Business Ethics, 17, No. 1, (1998): 67-75.
197 O’Hara, Philip A. “Insider trading in financial markets: legality, ethics, effi-
ciency.” International Journal of Social Economics, 28, 10/11/12, (2001):1046-
1062.
198 Micewski, Edwin R. and Carmelita, Troy. “Business Ethics: Deontologically
revisited.” Journal of Business Ethics, 72, 1, (2007): 17-25.
199 Desjardins, ibid.
200 Holy See, ibid.
158 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ical avenue through which firms and the government raise funds to fi-
nance their operations. Further, it provides a platform where investors
who have excess funds can invest and earn a return on investment.
Thus, successful operation of the market is very crucial if the country
has to meet its economic goals as well as provide a fair market place for
both domestic and foreign investors. Therefore, insider trading activities
which are likely to sabotage the successful operation of the market are
discouraged and prohibited. In 2013, the Cabinet Secretary, National
Treasury, Mr. Henry Rotich pointed out that activities of insider trading
and market manipulation continue to threaten the stability and growth of
the Kenyan capital markets.201
In Kenya insider trading is regulated via the Capital Markets Act
CAP 485 which was revised in 2017.202 The Capital Markets Act under
sections 32 and 33 clearly prohibits insider trading activities and pro-
vides that any party engaging in this practice is held liable on convic-
tion. Despite the existence of this legislation there have been incidents
of insider trading in the Kenyan capital markets. The most notable case
involved trading of shares of Uchumi Supermarkets Limited by Bernad
Mwangi Kibaru, a general manager at the retail giant and Mr. Terry Da-
vidson, the then Kenya Commercial Bank (KCB) chief Executive. It was
believed that Mr. Terry Davidson used privileged information as an in-
sider between 2003 and 2005 and traded Uchumi Supermarkets Limited
shares to his advantage.203 Similarly, Mr. Kibaru used material private
information to offload shares of Uchumi Supermarkets Limited on 26th
April 2006, days prior to the financial crisis that hit the retail chain lead-
201 Anyanzwa, James. Capital markets to tighten noose on insider trading, (The
Standard Newspaper, 26th November, 2013).
202 Capital Markets Authority. Capital Markets Act: Chapter 485A, (Nairobi:
National Council for Law Reporting, 2017):62.
203 Benson Wambugu, Davidson denies insider trading charges, (Business Daily,
May 25th, 2010).
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 159
ing to its suspension from the Nairobi Securities Exchange.204 However,
these two accused persons were cleared of charges in 2010 due to lack
of authentic evidence.
Despite Kenya having a regulatory framework that clearly bans in-
sider trading, market players and other insiders continue to use private
information for their own benefit. Besides the Uchumi Supermarkets
case, there have been other reported incidents of insider trading with no
prosecution. For instance, cases of market manipulation and insider trad-
ing have been cited with respect to firms such as East African Cables,
Equity Bank, Cooperative Bank, and CMC Holdings, all listed at the
Nairobi Securities Exchange. Although, revision of the Capital Markets
Act Cap. 485 in 2017 strengthened the regulation on insider trading this
has not deterred suspicious trading activities at the Kenyan bourse. For
instance, in June 2018, the Capital Markets Authority reported an inves-
tigation of a bond trader believed to have benefited unfairly to the tune
of Ksh. 260 million through use of inside information.205 Further, on
25th October 2018, there were reports of trades on the shares of Keno-
Kobil Limited based on insider and price sensitive information. This
perceived insider trading activity with a potential profit of Ksh. 500 mil-
lion is under investigation by the Capital Markets Authority.206
Considering that insider trading activities continue to be reported in
Kenya despite the existence of a regulatory framework to limit such
occurrences, there is need to probe further, what the impacts of insider
trading have been in the Kenyan market from an economic and societal
value and provide strategies that can be used to curb the menace. This
paper focuses on insider trading and its ethical considerations. It briefly
204 Anyanzwa, James. Capital markets to tighten noose on insider trading, (The
Standard Newspaper, 26th November, 2013).
205 Alushula, Patrick. Dealers under CMA probe for Sh260 million gain from
insider trading, (The Standard Newspaper, June, 2018).
206 Mwaniki, Charles. KenolKobil suspect deals raise insider trading concerns,
(Business Daily, October 26th, 2018).
160 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
reviews commonly used theories to analyze the ethical considerations of
insider trading as well as related studies that have focused on this issue.
It aims to provide implications for the Kenyan market regulators and
capital markets professionals as well as suggest areas for further re-
search.
7.3 Statement of the Problem
It is generally accepted that there is need to be ethical in whatever
actions one engages in. Being ethical is about how human beings ought
to behave while business ethics is about how business agents ought to
behave.207 Insider trading is a topical issue in stock market research
while the business ethics literature raises questions on whether insider
trading adds any value to the society. Existing literature on insider trad-
ing and the ethical issues surrounding it provides mixed results. As a
result, there are many competing viewpoints on the ethical implications
of insider trading. The views range from those that support and those
against this controversial activity and its perceived positive and negative
effects on the firm and societal value. Consequently, many scholars sup-
port restrictions placed on insider trading while others advocate a lais-
sez-faire government policy.208
The propositions from different theories seem contradictory with no
single theory fully explaining the ethical issues surrounding the insider
trading activity. Further, empirical evidence does not provide consistent
findings. Thus, due to the variations in documented evidence, there is
need to further explore literature with a goal of providing further areas
for investigation. This paper reviews existing literature with the aim to
207 Micewski, Edwin R. and Carmelita Troy. “Business Ethics: Deontologically
revisited.” Journal of Business Ethics, 72, 1, (2007): 17-25.
208 The insider trading debate. 34-45, ibid.
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 161
identify research gaps for future research as well as provide policy im-
plications for the Kenyan market.
7.4 Review of Related Theories
There are various ethical theories that are relevant to the subject of
ethical issues of insider trading. These theories can be used to show
whether, and in what circumstances, insider trading can be considered
ethical or unethical. The theories commonly associated with the insider
trading and ethics are utilitarian, rights based approach, the deontologi-
cal view, and the misappropriation theory.
7.4.1 The Utilitarian Approach
Classical utilitarian theory is associated with Jeremy Bentham
(1748-1832) and John Stuart Mill (1806-1873), who were of the view
that classical utilitarianism guides ethical decision makers to make deci-
sions that brings the greatest happiness to the greatest number of peo-
ple.209 The focus of utilitarian ethics is on what is constitutes a good
outcome of an action related to an individual’s (or group of individuals)
notion of good and bad.210 Thus, the utilitarian approach focuses on the
purpose and consequence of each action an individual undertakes. Fur-
ther, the efficiency argument, a variation of utilitarianism implies that an
act is ethical if it increases efficiency.211
Market efficiency is an important and topical issue in capital mar-
kets research. A market is considered efficient if current share prices
reflect all available information.212 Thus, the efficiency argument sug-
209 Desjardins, ibid.
210 “Business Ethics: Deontologically revisited.”, 17-25, op.cit.
211 McGee, Robert W. “Analyzing Insider Trading from the perspectives of utili-
tarian ethics and rights theory.” Journal of Business Ethics, 9, (2009).
212 Reilly and Brown, Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, op. cit.
50.
162 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
gest that trading insider information allows the market to reflect and
influence the share prices in the correct direction sooner than it would
have been if insider trading is not allowed.213 This is in line with the
efficient markets hypothesis whose proponents suggest that markets are
efficient if stock prices adjust immediately to any new information.214 In
a market that is efficient, current share prices reflect all relevant infor-
mation including that which is privately held.215 From the efficiency
argument, the correction of market prices through insider trading in-
creases market efficiency and therefore, insider trading maybe consid-
ered ethical as it increases the overall efficiency of the market which
leads to higher levels of social welfare.
7.4.2 The Rights Based Approach
The rights-based argument in favor of insider trading is that property
owners have the right to do whatever they want with their own property
regardless of what others think.216 This view has its basis on the proper-
ty rights approach which suggests that individuals are entitled to do
whatever they deem fit with what they possess. Thus, insiders can use
the information in their possession to gain profits through trading so
long as they are not violating any other person’s rights. In this approach
an act is unethical if someone’s rights are violated in the process even
though the outcome could lead to an overall higher utility. Under this
approach, insider trading may be ethical because property owners have
213 “Analyzing Insider Trading from the perspectives of utilitarian ethics and
rights theory”, ibid.
214 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, ibid.
215 Laffont, Jean-Jacques and Eric S. Maskin. “The efficient market hypothesis
and insider trading on the stock market.” Journal of Political Economy, 98, 1,
(1990): 70, 86-87.
216 “Analyzing Insider Trading from the perspectives of utilitarian ethics and
rights theory”, ibid.
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 163
all the right to use their property, that is, insider information so long as
they do not violate anyone’s right in the process.
7.4.3 Deontological View
Deontology is also referred to as duty based ethics. Deontological
ethics emphasizes the fact that sometimes the correct path is determined
not by its consequences but by certain duties.217 It implies that individu-
als are morally obligated to act in accordance with a certain set of prin-
ciples and rules irrespective of the outcome. In this approach, the ends
of any action can never justify the usage of any or all means, because
one must act out of respect for the moral law.218 Hence from this per-
spective the intention of the action is considered more important than the
result. The deontological approach to ethics concerns morality as a duty
or a moral rule that must be followed.219 Therefore, the deontological
approach focuses on universal norms that prescribe what people ought to
do, how they should behave, and what is right or wrong. Thus, managers
as employees of the firm have a responsibility and duty to take decisions
that are in line with shareholder’s interest.220
The categorical imperative model developed by Immanuel Kant de-
termines whether an action is ethical or moral.221 The categorical imper-
ative is stated in two ways. The first formulation of the categorical im-
perative states that an action is morally right for a person in a certain
situation if, and only if, the person’s reason for carrying out the action is
217 Desjardins, ibid.
218 Micewski and Troy. “Business Ethics: Deontologically revisited”, op. cit. 17-
25.
219 Van Staveren, Irene. “Beyond utilitarianism and deontology: ethics in eco-
nomics.” Review of Political Economy, 19, 1, (2007): 21-35.
220 Cichos, T.“The misappropriation theory of insider trading: its past, present,
and future.” Seattle University Law Review, 18, (1995):389.
221 Velasquez, Manuel G. Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases (5th Ed.) (Upper
Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2002).
164 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
a reason that he or she would be willing to have every person act on, in
any similar situation.222 This implies that an individual’s action is al-
lowed if that individual would find it acceptable if all people acted the
same way in similar circumstance and it may seem that insider trading is
not acceptable. The second formulation of the categorical imperative
states that an action is morally right for a person if, and only if, in per-
forming the action, the person does not use others merely as a means for
advancing his or her own interests, but also both respects and develops
their capacity to choose freely for themselves.223 Thus, the second cate-
gorical imperative suggests that if insiders use private information to
gain an unfair advantage over other market participants, then it is uneth-
ical.
7.4.4 Misappropriation Theory
The misappropriation theory provides that a person is “liable for in-
sider trading if she breaches any duty owed to any party by using mate-
rial, non-public information for personal gain. Under this theory, it is not
required that an insider breach a duty owed to the corporation or the
shareholders.”224 Insider trading is deemed to involve misappropriation
of information by those that have access to the non-public infor-
mation.225
Unlike the deontological approach which emphasizes on the fiduci-
ary relationship between corporate insiders and shareholders, the misap-
propriation theory focuses on the source of privileged price-sensitive
information. Thus, anyone who uses private information irrespective of
the source is considered to have committed insider trading and as such,
the activity is deemed fraudulent.
222 Desjardins. An Introduction to Business Ethics, op. cit.
223 Velasquez. Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases, ibid.
224 Cichos. “The misappropriation theory”, ibid. 401.
225 Moore, Jennifer. “What is really Unethical about Insider Trading?” Journal of
Business Ethics, 9, 3, (1990):171.
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 165
4.4.4.1 Insider Trading and Ethics
Insider trading continues to attract attention due to its controversial
ethical implications. On one hand, some parts of existing literature sup-
port insider trading. Conversely, the literature raises questions on
whether insider trading adds any value to the society. Thus, there seems
to be no conclusive evidence on the effects of this stock market activity.
Desjardins226 argues that insider trading raises ethical questions concern-
ing one’s responsibilities to the firm, shareholders, and financial mar-
kets.
The debate on insider trading ethics revolves around two issues, that
is, the ethical issue and the economic issue of insider trading.227 There is
a strong divide in what should be done about insider trading. Some
scholars believe it is mostly ethical and should be legal, while others
believe that it is an unethical practice and thus should not be legalized.
The ethical and economic question on whether insider trading is harmful
or not is still debatable.228 For those that support and argue in favour of
insider trading, imply that insider trading is not wrong. Further, the pro-
ponents try to show that the insider activity is beneficial to the society.
On the contrary, those against it argue that actors who practice insider
trading have an unfair advantage and gain at the expense of other actors.
Some part of literature argues that the debate should focus on the
economic impact of insider trading to shareholders instead of concen-
trating on whether insiders get any benefit from the trading using non-
public information.229 Therefore, if insider trading, as an informational
measure, positively impacts firm value and shareholder wealth then it
should not be considered unethical. However, despite the perceived ben-
226 Desjardins. An Introduction to Business Ethics, op. cit.
227 Yulong, Ma and Huey-Lian, Sun. “Where should the line be drawn on insider
trading ethics?” Journal of Business Ethics, 17, No. 1, (1998): 67-75.
228 Szeto. “The sun side of insider trading: An ethical perspective by financial
performance analysis in Hong Kong”, ibid.
229 Ma and Sun, “Where should.”, 67-75.
166 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
efits of this activity, the arguments for insider trading are not ethically
persuasive.230
7.4.4.2 Arguments in Favour of Insider Trading
Proponents of insider trading assert that it is a viable and an efficient
economic means and it can be used to serve the best interests of share-
holders and the economy at large.231 A study on ethical implications in
Hong Kong, documented that insider trading provides benefits to society
through correctional signals to the market about the firm’s value and
thus increasing shareholders wealth.232 Other proponents are of the view
that insider trading provides strong incentives for insiders such as man-
agers to work to benefit the firm.233 Furthermore, insider trading pro-
vides a strong incentive for creativity and it is the only appropriate way
to compensate entrepreneurial activity.234
The case for insider trading is a philosophical, justice, and efficiency
view of the workings of capitalism and financial institutions.235 This
perspective arises from the natural right of individuals to have a defini-
tive sphere of unfettered activity, to acquire property, to trade, to buy
and sell labour power, to become rich or poor. Further, there is a belief
that insiders such as managers who are also shareholders have the same
rights as ordinary shareholders to carry out trading based on their infor-
mation and judgment.236
Furthermore, the case for insider trading is from a market mecha-
nism view, where insider trading is believed to be an efficient medium
to disseminate correct information to the market which consequently
230 Desjardins. op. cit.
231 Ma and Sun, “Where should.” 67-75.
232 Szeto. op. cit.
233 Desjardins, op. cit.
234 Ma and Sun, op. cit.
235 O’Hara, “Insider trading,” 1046-1062.
236 Ma and Sun, op. cit, 67-75.
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 167
causes share prices to adjust to reflect their true value.237 Therefore, in-
sider trading enhances market efficiency. An analysis by McGee 238sup-
ports market efficiency as the main argument in favor of insider trading.
This emanates from the fact that trading on inside information causes
leads to a timely release of information to marketplace, thus causing
share prices to adjust in the right direction faster than would otherwise
be the case. In addition, through insider trading activities current securi-
ty prices reflect much faster the real value and in this way the allocation
efficiency of the market is enhanced.239
7.4.4.3. Arguments against Insider Trading
The growing importance of ethics in finance has undoubtedly been
recognized by people from all disciplines. Insider trading in financial
markets raises various unethical issues such as conflicting rights, unfair-
ness, and inequalities across stock market participants. Those opposed to
insider trading seem to believe that insider trading is inherently immoral
and therefore it should be declared illegal.240 If insider trading is immor-
al then it is unethical because it provides an avenue for unequal infor-
mation thus limiting perfect competition.241 This implies that investors
not privy to this private information have no way to obtain that infor-
mation regardless of how much research or analysis they do. Conse-
quently, insider trading is unfair to other traders in the stock market who
do not have the same information and hence unfairly disadvantaged in
trading process.242
237 Desjardins, op. cit.
238 McGee. “Analyzing Insider Trading from the perspectives of utilitarian ethics
and rights theory.” Ibid.
239 Engelen and Van Liedekerke. “The Ethics of insider trading revisited,” ibid.
500.
240 Ma and Sun, op. cit.
241 McGee, op. cit.
242 Jennifer Moore. “What is really Unethical about Insider Trading?” Journal of
Business Ethics, 9, 3, (1990):172.
168 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Similarly, there are arguments that insider trading negatively affects
the efficient and proper functioning of a free market.243 Critics of insider
trading argue that even if insider trading were to enhance market effi-
ciency, it would do so by unfair and unethical means because the private
information is not in the public domain.244 Further, insider trading
should be considered unethical if it leads to a decline in shareholders’
value.245 In addition, opponents of insider believe that it is inherently
immoral to trade on inside information because making a large profit
with such little effort is wrong.246 Other opponents say that in every ac-
tivity that involves more than one person there should be a level playing
field but when some individuals enjoy informational advantages over
others then the field is not level and thus provides an unfair advantage.
O’Hara247 summarizes four main ethical arguments against insider
trading. First, insider trading is unfair because the two parties to a trans-
action in the stock market have unequal information concerning condi-
tions underlying that transaction. Information asymmetry is thus unethi-
cal because the two parties do not come to the transaction as equals. The
second argument against insider trading is that the information is not
accessible to the ordinary shareholder to ascertain the appropriateness of
trading securities in the secondary market. This argument emphasizes
that information should be public in a way that hard work on the part of
potential or actual dealers in the market will be able to unearth it.
Thirdly, insider trading contravenes property rights in information.
The proponents argue that inside information is a type of property, and
that dealing in this information is a violation of property rights.248 Fur-
243 Ma and Sun, op. cit.
244 Desjardins, op. cit.
245 Ma and Sun, op. cit.
246 McGee, op. cit.
247 O’Hara, “Insider trading,” 1046-1062.
248 McGee, op. cit.
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 169
thermore, this information should not be misappropriated.249 The fourth
argument is that of fiduciary duty, implying that it is not the entrepre-
neur who has the right to the information, but the entrepreneurs, manag-
ers, and workers who owe a fiduciary duty to shareholders. Thus, insid-
ers have a long-standing ethical duty to enhance shareholders’ interests
of wealth maximisation.
Furthermore, the information used by insiders is the property of the
firm hence it is unethical to use that information without permission and
in way that harms other stakeholders of the firm.250 In addition, insiders
have some fiduciary duty not to benefit from the information they have
access to because of their position within the firm.251 From a misappro-
priation theory perspective, insiders are still viewed as misappropriating
information belonging to someone for personal gain and hence this is a
violation of property or contract rights. Using insider information to
trade involves misappropriating private resources for personal gain in a
way that causes harm to the firm’s investors thus, this is considered un-
ethical.252
7.5 Conclusion and Implications
The objective of this paper was to review existing literature on ethi-
cal dimensions of insider trading. The review shows that the discussion
on the ethical issues of insider trading is far from over. The central con-
cern underlying the current controversy over insider trading ethics
should be an economic one.253 Several studies reveal that insider trading
249 Cichos, T. “The misappropriation theory,” Seattle University Law Review,
18, (1995):401.
250 Desjardins, op. cit.
251 McGee, op. cit.
252Desjardins, op. cit.
253 Ma and Sun, op. cit.
170 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
results in a positive-sum game as there are more winners than losers.254
Therefore, from a utilitarian perspective insider trading is ethically justi-
fied in the cases where the result is a positive-sum game. McGee argues
that not all insider trading results in violation of anyone’s rights because
in many cases it is merely the exercise of property rights.255 Thus, from
a rights perspective insider trading is not necessarily unethical since it
depends on whether anyone’s rights are violated in a particular instance
when insider trading occurs. On the contrary, the review shows that in-
sider trading show that opponents of insider trading also provide persua-
sive arguments on why insider trading is undesirable.
7.5.1. Conclusion
The debate on insider trading is still continuing since some scholars
show that it has benefits to the society and therefore not unethical while
other scholars suggest that it has negative effects on the society and
hence unethical. The theoretical review shows that there are various the-
ories that explain the ethical consideration of insider trading. However,
the theories do not agree as to whether insider trading is ethical or uneth-
ical. On one hand theories such as the utilitarian and the rights approach
seem to support insider trading thus implying it is ethical. On the contra-
ry, theories such as the deontological view suggest that insider trading is
unethical and thus should be banned. Further, arguments have been put
forward on the benefits of insider trading while there are opponents with
persuasive arguments on the unethical aspects of insider trading. Thus,
the debate is still controversial and remains unresolved.
In addition, in the corporate arena, insider trading activities continue
to be reported in both developed and developing countries. There more
prosecution cases revolving around insider trading in developed coun-
tries such as the US and UK compared to developing countries such as
254 McGee, op. cit.
255 McGee, cop. cit.
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 171
Kenya. This implies that country specific factors may contribute to in-
sider trading persistence. Despite, existence of regulatory frameworks
put in place, insider trading has not completed been eliminated even in
developed countries. Thus, regulation alone does not seem to offer a
complete solution to curb insider trading activities. Dealing with insider
trading has been a challenges a challenge due to the need to prove that
an insider used private information to gain advantage over others.
It is important to think through the trade-offs and all the costs and
benefits associated with inside trading. This paper concludes that there is
need to do more empirical research to ascertain the extent to which in-
sider trading positively or negatively impacts on the firm and societal
value. Further, it is important to enhance enforcement of regulations to
minimize the negative implications of insider trading. In addition, there
is need to explore alternative mechanisms to combat unethical practices
relating to insider trading, Some of the mechanisms include insider trad-
ing policies, and continues professional development education. Further,
behaviour change from markets participants is crucial.
7.5.2 Implications
From the review of literature, this paper concludes that insider trad-
ing has more negative effects on the capital markets than perceived ben-
efits. Further, no country is immune to the illegal activities of insider
trading, since they thrive even in the most developed countries. Insider
trading is complex and combating this persistent practice is a challenge
especially for developing countries with unstable and nascent capital
markets. In Kenya, there is need for all stakeholders to deal with this
manipulative practice if the country has to meet its goal of deepening
and strengthening its capital markets. The focus should not only be on
curative measures but preventive mechanisms as well. Furthermore,
there is need to cultivate goodwill from all the stakeholders if the war on
unethical insider trading is to be won. Based on the findings from the
172 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
review, this paper provides implications for various stakeholders in the
Kenyan capital markets.
Although, the revised Capital Markets Act Cap. 485 provides a
stronger regulatory framework, there is need to enhance enforcement of
the law. The regulator must therefore ensure the law is adhered to and
proper investigation done to build strong prosecution cases against those
engaging in insider trading. However, it is important to note that even in
developed countries such as the U.S. that have very strong regulatory
systems and developed financial systems, insider trading still persists.
Thus, additional mechanisms should be employed in preventing insider
trading occurrences. Of particular importance in Kenya is continuous
ethical education of players in the capital markets such as brokers, deal-
ers, and investors. Educating these stakeholders will create awareness on
the unethical aspects of engaging in insider trading and its undesirable
effects.
Finance professional bodies such as the Institute of Certified Invest-
ment and Financial Analysts should incorporate ethical education in
their continuous professional development education programmes. This
would equip finance professional with emerging ethical issues. Addi-
tionally, higher education institutions need to be more aggressive and
intentional in mainstreaming ethics education targeted programmes to
ensure ethical graduates that get employed in the capital markets sphere.
Further, there is need for higher education institutions to collaborate
with the industry so as to fill any identified gaps in ethical education in
relation to finance.
Freezing the assets and bank accounts of market operators found en-
gaging in insider trading is a crucial strategy. The Kenyan regulatory
authority should in place mechanisms to trace and freeze the assets of
those engaging in insider trading. This would discourage other market
participants likely to consider engaging in the pervasive activity. Fur-
ther, firms need to implement insider trading policies and ensure that
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 173
employees comply fully. Similarly, the NSE and other market partici-
pants such as brokers must formulate and implement proper ethical con-
duct policies. Finally, there is need for more empirical research in Kenya
to ascertain the extent to which insider trading positively or negatively
impacts on the firm and societal value.
7.6 Bibliography
Alushula, Patrick. Dealers under CMA probe for Sh260 million gain
from insider trading (The Standard Newspaper, June 2018). Re-
trieved from https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/business/ arti-
cle/2000098656/capital-markets-to-tighten-noose-on-insider-
trading on 22nd October 2018.
Anyanzwa, James. Capital markets to tighten noose on insider trading,
(The Standrad Newspaper, 26th November, 2013), Retrieved
from: https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/business/article/2000098
656/capital-markets-to-tighten-noose-on-insider-trading on 21st
Oct 2018
Capital Markets Authority. Capital Markets Act: Chapter 485A, (Nai-
robi: National Council for Law Reporting, 2017):1-79.
Cichos, Troy. “The misappropriation theory of insider trading: its past,
present, and future.” Seattle University Law Review, 18,
(1995):389-424.
Desjardins, Joseph. An Introduction to Business Ethics (3rd Ed.) (New
York: McGraw-Hill, 2009).
Edwin R. Micewski and Carmelita, Troy. “Business Ethics: Deonto-
logically revisited.” Journal of Business Ethics, 72, 1, (2007):
17-25.
Engelen, Peter-Jan and Luc Van Liedekerke. “The Ethics of insider
trading revisited.” Journal of Business Ethics, 74, 4, (2007): 497-
507
174 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Holy See. Considerations for an ethical discernment regarding some
aspects of the present economic-financial system” of the Congre-
gation for the Doctrine of the Faith and the Dicastery for Promot-
ing Integral Human Development, (May 25th, 2018). Retrieved
from http://www.vatican.va/roman_curia/ congregations/cfaith/
documents/rc_con_cfaith_doc_20180106_oeconomicae-et-
pecuniariae_en.html
Jie Hu J. and Thomas H. Noe. “The insider trading debate.” Federal
Reserve Bank of Atlanta Economic Review, Fourth Quarter.
(1997): 34-45.
Laffont, Jean-Jacques and Eric S. Maskin. “The efficient market hy-
pothesis and insider trading on the stock market.” Journal of Po-
litical Economy, 98, 1, (1990): 70-93.
McGee, Robert W. “Analyzing Insider Trading from the perspectives
of utilitarian ethics and rights theory.” Journal of Business Eth-
ics, 9, (2009): 65-82.
Moore, Jennifer. “What is really Unethical about Insider Trading?”
Journal of Business Ethics, 9, 3, (1990): 171-182.
Mwaniki, Charles. KenolKobil suspect deals raise insider trading con-
cerns, (Business Daily, October 26th, 2018). Retrieved from
https://www.businessdailyafrica.com/corporate/companies/Kenol
Kobil-suspect-deals-raise-insider-trading-concerns/4003102-
4823330-ov7y96z/index.html.
O’Hara, Phillip A.. “Insider trading in financial markets: legality, eth-
ics, efficiency.” International Journal of Social Economics, 28,
10/11/12, (2001):1046-1062.
Ozsozgun, Arzu, Emel Ozarslan and Halil E. Akbas. “Insider trading
from the perspective of two ethical theories: Utilitarianism and
Kant’s approach.” International Journal of Business and Man-
agement Studies, 2, no. 1, (2010):1-8
Ethical Issues of Insider Trading 175
Reilly, Frank K and Keith C. Brown. Investment Analysis and Portfo-
lio Management (10thed) (Mason, OH: South-Western, Cengage
Learning, 2012).
Szeto, Ricky W.F. “The sun side of insider trading: An ethical per-
spective by financial performance analysis in Hong Kong.”
Global Advanced Research Journal of Management and Business
Studies, 2, 3, (2013): 165-174.
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (www.sec.gov).
Van Staveren, Irene. “Beyond utilitarianism and deontology: ethics in
economics.” Review of Political Economy, 19, 1, (2007): 21-35.
Velasquez, Manuel G. Business Ethics: Concepts and cases (5th Ed.)
(Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2002).
Wambugu, Benson. Davidson denies insider trading charges, (Busi-
ness Daily, May 25th, 2010). Retrieved from
https://www.businessdailyafrica.com/corporate/Davidson-denies-
insider-trading-charges/539550-925056-xewqkpz/index.html
Yulong, Ma and Huey-Lian, Sun. “Where should the line be drawn on
insider trading ethics?” Journal of Business Ethics, 17, No. 1,
(1998): 67-75.
8
THE ROLE OF ETHICAL EDUCATION
IN BUILDING HUMAN CAPITAL
A PRE-REQUISITE FOR TANZANIAN
INDUSTRIAL STRATEGY
Shijja Kevin Kuhumba
8.1 Abstract
This essay addresses the role of ethics education in building human
capital as the pre-requisite in achieving industrialization in Tanzania256.
The fifth term of honourable president Dr. Pombe John Magufuli has
endorsed five year development plan 2016/2017-2020/2021. The theme
is, “Nurturing industrialization for economic transformation and human
development,” with the main objective of enhancing the pace of pro-
gress toward the Tanzanian development vision 2025. Therefore, this
essay argues that industrialization requires proper nurturing of human
capital by putting into account essential aspects, namely, skills, apti-
tudes, integrity, transformative, and efficient administration, sustainable
256 Shijja Kevin Kuhumba, Assistant Lecturer at Saint Augustine University of
Tanzania in the department of Philosophy and Ethics.
178 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
development, hard work, commitment, discipline and sacrifice. The es-
say illustrates virtue ethics and its relevance in forming human capital
with virtuous character. The essay also elaborates principles of Ubuntu
ethics namely, sense of togetherness and solidarity. The paper argues
that human labour in realizing industrial growth should be inculcated
with values of solidarity, cooperation and togetherness, which would
enable them to fulfil their duties towards the attainment of common
good. All these ethical principles if well inculcated in the Tanzanian
citizens will enable them to realize both competitive human capital as
well as moral integrity. The essay argues that ethical education ought to
be considered very important in the context of Tanzanian society in the
realization of industrialization strategy. It will conclude by proposing a
shift from ethical theories to building ethical human capital. The essay
suggests the cultivation of moral values and rethinking ujamaa educa-
tional and ethical principles while building human capital through edu-
cational training and formation. Finally, this ethical formation will bring
about responsible and steward human labour with the aim of moving
Tanzania to the heights of holistic human development through industri-
alization process envisaged in the development vision of 2016/2017-
2020/2021. Key Words: Tanzania, Industrialization, Ethics, Human capi-
tal, Human labour, Virtue ethics, Ubuntu ethics and Tanzanian Industrial
Strategy
8.2 Introduction
This paper contributes to the current debate regarding Tanzanian In-
dustrial Strategy. Tanzanian development vision of 2016/2017 –
2020/2021 aims at attaining industrialization and making the country
semi-industrialized and middle economy. This essay addresses three
issues, firstly, the imperative of human capital in realizing industrial
growth leading to human development. Thus, institutes of learning, uni-
versities, vocational and tertiary institutes should work hand in hand
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 179
with the government and industrial and investment stakeholders to train
human labour required in industries and small factories. This could in-
volve education centred on spearheading innovations, inventions, crea-
tivity and technical skills as prerequisites for industrial enhancement.
The second issue is focusing on building human labour with ethical
awareness, moral values and integrity. This would require exposing eth-
ical principles and ethics education to candidates. This essay suggests
that virtue ethics and ubuntu ethics could be relevant in this discourse.
On one hand, virtue ethics could bring awareness to moral agents of
some virtues such as integrity, ethical courage, modesty and sense of
service. On the other hand, ubuntu ethics if well inculcated to human
labour could help in bringing a sense of togetherness and solidarity
among entrepreneurs who gather resources to establish small enterprises
and small companies. The third issue is that the ultimate end of industri-
al advancement should be the attainment of holistic human develop-
ment. Indicators of human development would be seen in the improve-
ment of public and social services such as public schools and institutions
of learning offering quality education, improved health care system
which is affordable to majority of Tanzanian citizens, improved infra-
structure development, increased levels of employment opportunities,
increased economic opportunities and increased social freedom. This
essay is divided in three parts. The first part will dwell on the explica-
tion of key terms which are employed in the paper. The second part will
illustrate some ethical theories. Finally, the paper will move a discourse
by providing ethical pathways required to boost human capital with in-
tegrity, ethical awareness and moral values. Thus, the paper suggests
human labourers with moral values and integrity are urgently needed to
boost industrialization in Tanzania
180 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
8.3 Explication of Terms
8.3.1 Ethics
The word ethics is derived from the Greek “ethos” which means cus-
toms, a habitual way of acting, and character (Finance, 1991, p. 7).
Msafiri257 (2016, p. 2) highlights five essential elements of ethics, name-
ly: good habit, good attitude, good behaviour, good relationship, good
conduct and responsible living. Another study conducted by Christoph
Stückelberger, Cui Wantian, Teodorina Lessidrenska, Wang Dan, Liu
Yang, and Zhang Yu (2016, p. 24) defines ethics as a strive to answer
questions such as: What should I do? How should I act? How should a
community of people act? In other words, ethics strives to answer the
question as to what is good behaviour and just action. Also, Paul
Ricoeur (1992, p. 202) defines ethics as “aiming at the ‘good life,’ for
and with others, within the framework of just institutions. Thus ethics
concerns all areas of life. It concerns individual integrity aiming at both
personal and community well-being in the just society. Thus, this paper
argues that these ethical values are very relevant in promoting human
capital as the pre-requisite for achieving Tanzanian industrial strategy.
8.3.2 Human Capital
According to Msafiri (2013, p. 75) defines human capital as the apti-
tudes, skills, and competencies necessary for effective, integral, trans-
formative and efficient administration and sustainable development.
Massive investment in building human capital is necessary condition for
attaining industrialization in Tanzania.
257Prof. Aidan Msafiri is an intellectual scholar in the domain of applied ethics.
He has conducted various researches in environmental ethics, ethics education in
institutes of higher learning, and global issues reflected in his books Globaliza-
tion of Concern I, II and III,. In addition, Prof. Msafiri serves on the Advisory
Board of Globethics.net East Africa. In this essay I own to him many insights
from his publications in Globethics.net online.
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 181
8.3.3 Tanzanian Industrial Strategy Plan
The fifth term of honourable president Dr. Pombe John Magufuli has
endorsed five year development plan 2016/2017-2020/2021. The theme
is, “Nurturing industrialization for economic transformation and human
development,” with the main objective of enhancing the pace of pro-
gress toward the Tanzanian development vision 2025. Tanzanian indus-
trial strategy aims at transforming the country to the middle income
economy, which is characterized with quality and sustainable liveli-
hoods, peace, stability, unity, good governance, an educated, strong and
competitive economy. The industrialization plan aspires to build a base
for transforming Tanzania into a semi-industrialized nation by 2025.
Importantly, the plan focuses on promotion of skills and technical
knowledge for production and service delivery. The four areas priorities
are: promotion of growth and industrialization for economic transfor-
mation, enhancement of human development, improvement and ena-
bling for enterprise and improving implementation effectiveness. This
industrial strategy plan to be actualized requires competent, skilled hu-
man capital, above all human labour with integrity and moral aptitudes.
Basing on this account this essay argues for ethical education in capacity
building of human labour with integrity and moral values.
8.4 Ethics in Education
The study of ethics and moral philosophy has not been considered
much important in Tanzania. Few higher institutes of learning have ven-
tured into imparting ethical education to its students. For instance, Saint
Augustine University of Tanzania and its constituent colleges offer so-
cial ethics, introduction to philosophy, critical thinking and comparative
religious education to its students from various academic programmes.
Students are exposed to ethical theories and ethical issues, hence bring-
ing moral awareness to students. On one hand, the study of introduction
to philosophy helps students to understand how philosophical arguments
182 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
are constructed. On the other hand, the study of critical thinking helps
the students to think coherently, to argue systematically and to detect
fallacies in speaking and writing. The study of comparative religious
education exposes students to knowledge of different religions such as
Hinduism, Buddhism, and African Traditional Religions, and so on.
Ultimately, Saint Augustine of Tanzania aims at preparing competent
human power with a sense of integrity, moral uprightness, concern for
others and critical thinking. These elements are crucial in enhancing
human capital as a pre-requisite for industrialization as a process in Tan-
zania. If other universities in Tanzania adopt the same, to my mind, our
nation will have ethical, critical and competent human labour. Now let
us turn to the ethical theories which I consider relevant in promoting
integral human capital.
8.4.1 Virtue Ethics
Virtue ethics is concerned with being (agent-based ethics), centred
mostly on moral character of moral agents so as to attain goodness and
well-being both to themselves as individuals and to the society as well.
The study on virtue ethics of Aristotle conducted by Ntibarigirwa (1999,
p. 1) suggests that virtue ethics could help us to relocate the individual
in the community as a being-with-self and a being-with-others. Virtue
ethics has attracted many thinkers in various societies throughout histo-
ry. These have included Confucious in Ancient China, Gautama Buddha
in Ancient India, along with Socrates, Plato and Aristotle in Ancient
Greece. These thinkers emphasized principles of goodness of character
and conduct which lead people towards moral excellence (Ntibarigirwa,
p. 13).
Virtue comes from a Latin word, vir which means man. Thus,
virtue means humanness. The corresponding Greek concept is arête,
which means excellence. Thus, virtue is excellence in a given quality.
Virtue is a quality that helps one to perform his/her functions well and
thereby acquire well-being or happiness. Aristotle views virtue in terms
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 183
of habit or habitual doing. According to Alasdair MacIntyre (1992,
p. 45-56), Aristotle’s virtue ethics constitutes of four main features.
• Virtues are dispositions not only to act, but also to judge and
to feel, in accordance with the dictates of right reason. The prac-
tice of the virtues is required for the life of happiness, the
achievement of which is the human end. Accordingly, to have
virtue is to be disposed to function well as a human being.
• There are two categories of virtues, namely intellectual vir-
tues and moral virtues. Intellectual virtues are those excellences
which inform the activities specific to reason, and are acquired
only through education. On the other hand, moral virtues are
those excellences of the non-rational parts of the soul when they
are obedient to reason, acquired only through habituation and
training. In other words, there is a connection between the moral
virtues and the intellectual virtues. This connection consists in
practical intelligence (phronesis)
• Moral virtues direct us to the ultimate end while practical in-
telligence (or wisdom) selects the right mean and orders to it to
the good. But each particular virtue is ordered to this good. Thus,
in their relations to practical intelligence, virtues are a unity in so
far as they contribute to the achievement of the same good.
• The fourth feature is a communitarian understanding of moral
virtues. It is only within the polis (society or city state or political
community) that the life of happiness can be achieved and lived
out. In other words, it is in and through the life of the polis that
the virtues are exercised. Aristotle argues that unless by the polis,
especially by the better kind of polis, human beings are incapable
of the rationality required for virtue. Aristotle's claim here seems
to be that morality depends also on the kind of society in which
one lives.
184 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
8.4.2 Ubuntu Ethics
Ubuntu ethics lies at the heart of the African way of life and impacts
all the aspects of people’s well-being. Broodryk (2006, p. 16) describes
Ubuntu as an African traditional moral philosophy, which is based on
the values of humanness, caring, sharing, respect, compassion and asso-
ciated values. The principle of caring for each other’s well-being and a
spirit of mutual support of each individual’s humanity is ideally ex-
pressed through his/her relationship with others in the community.
Broodryk (2006, p. 18-19) observes that Ubuntu is present in all lan-
guages of Africa, for instance, Hunhu, a Shona description in the Zim-
babwean context, Ubuntu in Zulu; Botho in Sesotho, Ajobi in Yoruba,
Umuntu in Xhosa, Utu in Bantu and Abantu among Baganda. This con-
ception figures out African structure of personality, which is available in
Bantu languages in Sub-Saharan region. This structure views an African
conception of the human being in two dimensions, namely, Umuntu
w’ubuntu and umuntu mu’abantu. The Umuntu w’Ubuntu conceives
human being as part of the universal community of ntu (beings). Thus, it
refers to persons of humanity, with the characteristics of harmony, integ-
rity, equity. In other words, it refers to a human person who realizes
oneself as an individual person in one’s universe which includes one’s
guiding principles, cherished values, innovative and constructive choic-
es, self-determination and self-realization in harmony with others. This
categorizes human being as an individual. The other dimension, i.e.,
Umuntu mu-bantu refers to how we associate with others. It is mainly
concerned with being-with or in-community; so, it considers a human
being as a being in communion with others and social being. In this
case, people realize themselves in the universe of other people, includ-
ing their guiding principles, their values and dynamics of the world
(Ntibagirirwa, 2014, p. 11-29).
Ubuntu as an embodiment of ethical living in contemporary African
philosophy should maintain communal relations in which persons are
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 185
able to express themselves with the greatest possible freedom. Chasi
(2014) comments that, it is reasonable to say that Ubuntu should prize
the freedom of expression by which individuals with the social capital
have the capabilities to build and sustain strong communities. This essay
argues that human capital or human labour required to realize industrial-
ization process ought to possess virtuous character as envisioned in vir-
tue ethics and sense of cooperation, solidarity, responsibility towards
others for the holistic social-economic growth of individuals and com-
munity at large as enshrined in Ubuntu ethics. Now let us turn to the
application of virtue ethics and Ubuntu ethics in forming integral human
labour as necessity for industrialization process in Tanzania.
8.5 Towards a Shift from Ethical Theorization to Ethical
Human Capital
This section makes an attempt to illustrate the concrete applications
of aforementioned ethical theories in improving human capital, which is
necessary in realizing industrialization in Tanzania aiming at holistic
human development. The first point argues that human capital is an im-
perative toward an achievement of Tanzania Industrial strategy. The
second point moves the discourse by arguing for human labour with
virtues and moral values. The third point presents the essential elements
enshrined in Ubuntu ethics and their necessity in improving the status of
integral human capital. The fourth point, attempts to rethink the main
values of Ujamaa philosophy and education for self-reliance as articu-
lated by Mwalimu Julius Nyere.258 The fifth point argues that industrial-
258Mwalimu Julius Kambarage Nyerere (1922-1999) was the first president of
Tanganyika, presently known as Tanzania. In 1967 Nyerere articulated his ideas
of African socialism as encapsulated by Arusha Declaration, which outlined his
vision of Ujamaa. However, this essay will only dwell on Nyerere’s education
for self-reliance and its relevance in promoting human capital required for realis-
ing industrialization.
186 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ization process in Tanzania requires human labour with a sense of re-
sponsibility and finally human labour with sense of stewardship.
8.5.1 Imperative of Human Capital towards the Achievement
of Tanzanian Industrial Strategy
The recent study done by Msafiri (2013, p. 86) suggests that for
Tanzania to attain sustainable development and to alleviate poverty, it
should prioritize on improving human capital. Msafiri (2013, p. 86-87)
suggests ways to improve human capital. First, human capital involves
preparing human labour for the acquisition of transformative core com-
petencies, skills and attitudes. These elements remain the most essential
values and driving forces behind holistic change, be it economic, politi-
cal, social, technological, agricultural, and so forth (Msafiri, 2013,
p. 86). What is needed at present to improve the competencies and skills
of human labour is to invest massively in institutes of learning, voca-
tional institutions, universities and tertiary institutes to train skilled hu-
man labour required to serve in the industrial sector.
Secondly, Msafiri (2013, p. 86) argues that a true innovative drive
for human resource development in particular is absolutely necessary.
Indeed, education training should be centred on creating innovators and
inventors so as to let Tanzanians become competent labourers in the
industries. This can be achieved by emphasizing practical dimension of
education. To attain innovative minds to advance Tanzanian industriali-
zation process, this essay argues that Paolo Freire’s259 philosophy of
education which is centred on a praxis-oriented education is very rele-
vant. Freire (1993, p. 33) defines praxis as “reflection and action upon
the world in order to transform it. Praxis is the result of a critical con-
sciousness and a way of reflecting on and interpreting problems.
259Paolo Freire is a Brazilian educational philosopher, wrote a book titled Peda-
gogy of the Oppressed, whose first English translation was published in 1969. In
this book Freire critiques the traditional education model which he terms as bak-
ing model. He further propounds for dialogical model of education.
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 187
Through education a praxis-centred education people can exist humane-
ly. This means that they become capable of naming the world and
changing (Freire, 1993, p. 69). In training human capital Tanzania edu-
cational system should get rid of what Freire calls banking model of
education depicting the act of depositing, in which the learners are the
depositories. This kind educational model according to Freire inhibits
creative powers of the students (1993, p. 64). It denies the experience,
freedom and autonomy of the learners to become critical thinkers.
To realize innovation, therefore, we need to adopt the dialogical sys-
tem of education as proposed by Freire. It is an approach that equips the
learners to struggle with life in a given cultural context and to respond to
it critically, creatively and constructively in order to transform it (Shijja,
2016, p. 92). According to Freire (1993, p. 70-74) dialogical system of
education requires six prerequisites, namely: love, humility, faith, trust,
hope and critical thinking. In addition, to apply Freire’s educational in-
sights into the discourse of human capital, we can draw two aspects as-
sociated with problem-solving education model. These aspects are edu-
cation as conscientization and humanization as the goal of pedagogy.
The former, focuses on the process of cultural action in which human
beings are awakened to their socio-cultural reality and, move beyond the
constraints and alienations to which they are subjected, and, affirm
themselves as conscious subjects and, become active co-creators of their
historical future (Freire, 1970, p. 51). This aspect enables us to critically
evaluate our socio-cultural setbacks which hinder holistic human devel-
opment. Thus, it is an invitation to become active participants in solving
our problems such as poverty. The latter aspect (humanization as the
goal of pedagogy) is an invitation to denounce culture of silence, which
has left great masses in abject poverty. It reminds us to fight against
injustices which block wellbeing of others in the society. Freire per-
ceived that the dehumanizing condition of the oppressed people and
their society is due to poverty, hunger, disease, ignorance, etc., and also
188 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
by unjust structural systems of the oppressors. Under, this situation, a
problem solving educational system is indispensable. Such educational
system should address existential problem of the people or learners. For
Freire, education should be an effective instrument to liberate the op-
pressed people for freedom and identity. Basing on Freire’s educational
approach I argue that education as a process of learning should enable
citizens to critically evaluate their socio-economic and political scenari-
os. Learners should be trained to become creative and innovators; as a
matter of fact these two aspects are prerequisites for industrialization
process which aims at holistic human development. Also, education
should equip citizens with the spirit of togetherness, cooperation and
solidarity. Now let us turn to another point which focuses on cultivation
of moral virtues while enhancing human capital.
8.5.2 Cultivation of Virtues towards Human Capital
Human capital encompasses skills and competencies necessary for
attaining industrialization process in any country. Tanzania in particular
has witnessed increased number of higher institutions of learning, which
have played a key factor in expanding human capital. However, cases of
irresponsible leadership, massive corruption scandals and rapid increase
in misuse of public funds and resources vividly points out the lacuna in
our current education system which breeds human capital. To attain hu-
man development as an outcome of industrialization involves more than
basic skill acquisition; it involves inculcating virtues to human labour.
The study conducted by Christoph Stückelberger, Cui Wantian, Teo-
dorina Lessidrenska, Wang Dan, Liu Yang, and Zhang Yu (2016, p. 40)
consider virtues as attitudes, behaviours of individuals and a concretiza-
tion of values.
In training virtuous human capital to move Tanzania to an indus-
trial economy we are encountered with three basic questions: ‘who are
we?’ ‘Who ought we to become?’ and ‘How are we to get there?’ In
answering the first question ‘who are we?’ it is necessary to focus on the
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 189
standards and the criteria with which we are measuring ourselves. Re-
garding the standards, Christoph Stückelberger (2014, p. 40) gives eight
virtues that are necessary for Globethics.net staff and board members.
These virtues are:
• Integrity (honesty, openness, transparency)
• Modesty (free from greed, arrogance)
• Servant (courage to serve the common good and common
cause)
• Forgiveness (being able to accept own mistakes and forgive
others)
• Empathy (ability to empathise and care for others)
• Faithfulness (faithful to values and promises)
• Carefulness (prudence in the management of resources and
people)
• Ethical Courage (courage to defend and implement ethical
values against resistance).
I find these virtues very important in advancing human capital for
industrialization process in Tanzania. For instance, we need not only
skilled engineers but also engineers with sense of integrity, modesty,
common good and ethical courage among others. Also, industrialization
in Tanzania not only needs competent and skilled managers but also
managers with sense of prudence in the management of resources and
people.
The second question of ‘who ought we to become?’ embodies a
vision of the type of human labour we are supposed to become. Here,
the virtues aforementioned become our guideline for us to act morally
for the good of the society as our ultimate end. Thus ethical and moral
education becomes necessary mainly dealing with cultivation of our
190 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
personality as human labour. There is high need for an on-time justice to
acquaint citizens with a value-oriented formation combining moral train-
ing. Unfortunately, the training for moral virtues is portrayed as a less
important dimension in academic formation. But, in reality, moral vir-
tues are the most important components of a socio-economic organiza-
tion characterized by efficiency, integrity and accountability. Finally,
‘how are we to get there?’ This question focuses on how to attain skilled
and virtuous human labour required in industrialization. Attaining this
requires our practical actions guided by our skills and moral virtues. To
conclude this point, the question is: ‘how can virtuous labourers be con-
cerned with the well-being of the community?’ This question is dealt in
the next point.
8.5.3 Imparting Ubuntu Ethics to Human Labour
Ubuntu philosophy is becoming a mainstream in African affairs
ranging from socio-economic to political and so on. This essay considers
Ubuntu from its ethical perspective in which human person as a moral
agent is oriented toward the well-being of others. Ubuntu ethics treats
human being in two dimensions: the first, Umuntu w’abantu (individual
as a moral agent with integrity), the second, Umuntu mu’abantu (indi-
vidual as a moral agent with/in-community). On the one hand, Umuntu
w’ubuntu specifies the main characteristics of a human being as individ-
ual with integrity, sense of equity, fairness and harmony. Umuntu
w’ubuntu considers a human person who realizes oneself as an individu-
al person in one’s universe which includes one’s guiding principles,
cherished values, innovating and constructive choices, self-
determination and self-realization in harmony with others (Ramose,
2002, 41-42). On the other hand, Umuntu mu’abantu refers to being-
with or in-community (in-communion-with). Umuntu mu’abantu con-
siders the human being as a communal and social being. In this regard,
people realize themselves in the universe of other people, including their
guiding principles, their values and dynamics of the world. This catego-
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 191
ry of Ubuntu philosophy indicates that the conception of the human per-
son includes the plenitude of humanness which cannot be achieved out-
side the community.
Umuntu mu’abantu refers to being-with or in-community (in-
communion-with). Umuntu mu’abantu considers the human being as a
communal and social being. In this regard, people realize themselves in
the universe of other people, including their guiding principles, their
values and dynamics of the world. This category of Ubuntu philosophy
indicates that the conception of the human person includes the plenitude
of humanness which cannot be achieved outside the community.
The communal aspect in this discourse can be seen in the associa-
tions and groups coming together to work collectively. General exam-
ples can be drawn in Tanzania whereby people come together bound in
the virtue of cooperation and solidarity. People work collectively for the
communal well-being by virtue of solidarity. For instance, in Tanzania
Village Community Banks (VICOBA) tends to put into consideration
the key values of Ubuntu ethics, namely: solidarity and cooperation.
Odunga Maureen (2016), comments that VICOBA has proved a success
in boosting and raising incomes among different community members in
the country over the years. This is evident among various groups scat-
tered across the country and are benefiting from the scheme. The small
financial institutions are effective in mobilizing financial resources stra-
tegically by members engaging in small productive activities through
their small savings obtained as loans. As from last year, Twiga Bancorp
dedicated their focus in supporting the Village Community Banks (VI-
COBA), by introducing and improving their income generating activities
and it was carried out in Dar es Salaam, Coast and Morogoro Regions
(Odunga 2016). Recently, the bank allocated 5 billion to be loaned to
various entrepreneurs through their VICOBA groups to boost their in-
come generating activities at national level for the financial year 2016
(Odunga, 2016).
192 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
The above mentioned example illustrates the relevance of Ubuntu
ethics on the basis of imparting solidarity and cooperation. In this line of
thinking, Symhorien Ntibagirirwa (2016) suggests that solidarity is a
main component for members of any community to participate fully in
the development activities. Thus, members realize themselves when they
participate fully in production as they partake in the community.
Ntibagirirwa (2016) adds that solidarity among individuals in the com-
munity should be accompanied by friendship. As members of the com-
munity journey together in the projects, they grow to relate in terms of
what each one can be for others. So, in implementing industrial strategy
leading to human development the government should put emphasis on
empowering groups and associations of human resource, who come to-
gether through gathering their resources to establish a small industry.
More-so, these associations should put into consideration virtues of
trust, transparency and responsibility.
8.6 Rethinking Ujamaa Educational Principles in Human
Capital Realization
Ujamaa philosophy as articulated by Mwalimu Nyerere reflects the
Ubuntu ethics of togetherness, solidarity and cooperation. Ujamaa is a
Swahili term that means “Family-hood” coined by Nyerere for his phi-
losophy of African Socialism. The concept of Ujamaa is based on the
family, where members are sealed together as Jamaa, meaning relatives
(Nyenyembe, 2004, 19).
Ujamaa’s educational vision was grounded on the principle of ‘edu-
cation for self-reliance.’ It defined how education is to transmit values
of living and working together for the common good and without exploi-
tation. It was designed to transform the inherited colonial system of edu-
cation to make education provided for young and adult Tanzanians more
relevant to the needs and aspirations of the post-colonial African nation.
This idea came about in Arusha Declaration in 1967.
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 193
Education was therefore, to focus on the following: community
school integration as a way to inculcate in learners a sense of commit-
ment to the community, integration of education with productive work,
democratization of education in the sense of education for all primary
and adult education, political ideological education for mental liberation
and inculcating an acceptance and support for national policies. In order
to achieve these broad educational objectives it upheld the following
central principles: concretization, democratization, development and use
of science and technology, integration of theory and practice through
education-work integration, creativity, planning and lifelong, nation-
wide education. Under these principles, education for self-reliance was a
philosophy of liberation and development for Tanzania as a nation.
In this philosophy the purpose was threefold. First, the role of educa-
tion was to transmit the cultural heritage from one generation to the
next. Second, education was to prepare learners actively and creatively
to participate in the current development concerns of Tanzania. Third,
education was to prepare learners to cope with the problems in the fore-
seeable future of Tanzania on the basis of self-reliance (Suzgo, Nyirenda
and Ishumi, 2008, 36).
In rethinking the tenets of Ujamaa as a prerequisite for realizing ef-
fective human capital for Tanzanian industrialization process, there is a
need to revisit its foundation especially on education. Ujamaa emphases
the importance of two concepts: Education with Work (EWW) and
Education with Production (EWP), so as to materialize the sense of re-
sponsibility to others under an umbrella of Education for Self-Reliance.
This provides a link between education, work and responsibility leading
to common good. As Nyerere aptly insisted: education should aim to
search for truth (Nyerere, 1995), which emphasizes the informative and
transformative roles of education. Additionally, it is a value oriented
system of education combining intellectual formation, efficiency at
work, integrity and accountability. As regards enhancing the efficiency
194 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
of human capital required for industries in Tanzania, institutions and
stakeholders in education should focus on forming and training people
with spirit of responsibility, accountability and services which are cap-
tured in Ujamaa philosophical thought. This will enable a shift from
recent trends in education characterized by commodification by insti-
tutes of learning driven by increasing profit margins to return to their
being centres where good character formation and moral values are as-
similated.
8.6.1 Forming Human Labour with a Sense of Responsible Leader-
ship
Responsible leadership is a common term used in civic education,
leadership courses, business ethics etc. Deon Rossouw argues that: “re-
sponsible leadership is constant personal and institutional reflections on
the short and long term impact of their personal and institutional deci-
sions on society” (cited from Msafiri, 2012 p. 43). In the same line of
thinking, Christoph Stückelberger (2007) views responsible leadership
as a key factor for performance, success, credibility and sustainability of
any organization. Both theorists are concerned with ethical values which
are essential in building human capital, namely: accountability, integrity,
fairness, care, stewardship, care holding and responsible management of
natural resources. This essay argues that building human capital as a
necessary factor for Tanzanian industrialization must include the task of
training people to become duty-conscious and responsible members in
the society. Eventually, responsible human labour should be in position
to promote the well-being of the entire society.
8.6.2 Forming Human Capital with a Sense of Stewardship
As Stückelberger aptly argues, the Greek word oikos is today pre-
sented in three aspects namely: economy, the ecology and the ecumen-
ism. In this hypothesis responsible stewards cares for the economy to
meet material needs of life in the household, they care for ecology as the
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 195
environmental basis of life in the household; they care for ecumenism as
the spiritual basis for life and its interreligious and intercultural commu-
nity in the global household. Here, responsible stewards care, protect,
guide, serve and share on all the three levels (Stueckelberger, 2007,
p. 8-10). Consequently, human capital required to transform Tanzanian
industrial sector should be inculcated with fundamental values of econ-
omy, namely: caring for the whole household of Tanzania under the
rubrics of common good.
Secondly, human labour required to improve industrialization should
be trained into core values regarding environmental issues. For instance,
Christopher Stückelberger (2002, p. 47) model of need-related justice
will be relevant in this context. According to Stückelberger, a fair distri-
bution of goods must take into consideration basic human needs (food,
shelter and clothing) and a healthy and dignified life (2002). Thus, the
government and environment stakeholders should take into account the
ecological concerns. Msafiri’s (2012, p. 47) study shows how some un-
scrupulous industries conduct their activities which are not concerned
with realizing the need-related justice. Msafiri gives us a concrete ex-
ample of Wazo Hill Cement Company (25km north of Dar es Salaam) as
a source of multiple health hazards to citizens living in the nearby Kun-
duchi, Boko, Tegeta, Madale, Kisauke and Wazo Hill communities.
Many people suffer from various respiratory illnesses as a result of toxic
emissions and dust (2012).
Finally, Stückelberger suggests ecumenism, which focuses on spir-
itual life, intercultural and interreligious dialogue. In this context the
essay argues that to realize industrialization aiming at integral human
development the government and development stakeholders should in-
volve spiritual and religious leaders under a common platform. Also,
Religions should play active role through their institutes of learning,
schools, vocational trainings and universities to train competent human
196 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
labour with sense of integrity and moral virtues needed to transform
Tanzanian industrial sector aiming at human development.
8.7 Human Development as the End of Industrialization
This essay suggests that the end of Tanzanian industrial strategy
should be attainment of human development. The expression ‘human
development’ first appeared in the World Report on Human Develop-
ment (1990), became influential for including a statistical appendix in-
troducing the Human Development Index. It shifted the focus of eco-
nomic growth to a people-oriented development model. The traditional
focus on standards of living, economic variables and goods was replaced
by human welfare in terms of life expectancy, education, and health.
The United Nations Development Programme (1990) report defines hu-
man development as “the enlargement of the range of people’s choices”
(p. 10). Thus, this essay depends heavily on Amartya Sen’s260 under-
standing of human development.
Human development, according to Sen, cannot be limited to the
growth of the gross national product (GNP), the rise in income, or the
increased levels of industrialization and technological advancements. He
holds that income, utilities, resources and wealth act as means towards
an end for human development, and not as ends in themselves. Sen
(2000) attests that “the usefulness of wealth lies in the things that it al-
lows us to do” (p. 14). This brings us to Sen’s understanding of human
development as enhancement of the lives we lead and the freedoms we
enjoy, thus, human development is defined as the removal of major hin-
260Human development approach is rooted in Amartya Sen’s capability ap-
proach. Amartya Sen is a first Indian and Asian Nobel Prize winner in Econom-
ics. He has published widely on political economy, developmental studies, con-
temporary understanding of justice, poverty and famine. However, this essay
does not provide detailed information of Amartya Sen’s capability approach and
its contribution in the discourse of human development.
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 197
drances to our freedom. Some of these hindrances are poverty, tyranny,
poor economic opportunities and others.
Human development is achieved when people have greater free-
doms (capabilities). These substantive freedoms, according to Sen
(2000), are “seen in the form of individual capabilities to do things that a
person has reason to value” (p. 56). The freedom that we enjoy is ines-
capably qualified and constrained by the social, political, and economic
opportunities that are valuable to us. Institutions and societal arrange-
ments are of much importance for promoting the freedoms of individu-
als. Thus, human development as an expansion of individual substantive
freedoms occurs with the improving of institutional frameworks such as
markets, public services, the judiciary systems, political parties, mass
media, and public discussions.
Additionally, human development would really mean making the
person more capable through investing in social sectors and public infra-
structures and in the long term these goals will improve the health, edu-
cation and social capabilities of people (Alexander, 2007, p. 10). This
draws attention to what makes life worthwhile: people’s ‘centredness’.
This departure sees human development in terms of expansion of indi-
vidual freedoms in the bundle of opportunities that one has reasons to
value. Thus, the end result of industrialization to Tanzanians should be
increased and improved elementary things like being adequately nour-
ished, living in a solid house and being in good health. Hence, these
require improved social and public services such as health care, quality
public education and improved infrastructure such as roads and so on.
Ultimately, the industrialization process should target attaining happi-
ness of citizens, self-respect and participation in community life by Tan-
zanian citizens.
198 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
8.8 Concluding Remarks
This essay has dealt with ethical education in promoting human capi-
tal required for Tanzanian economy to attain industrial growth. The pa-
per asserts strongly that human labour should be inculcated with moral
virtues and values so as to attain virtuous manpower. Thus, there is a
need to introduce courses on ethics especially in institutes of higher
learning and schools. This could bring ethical awareness to human la-
bour. Consequently, this could enable human labour to have sense of
integrity, responsibility, ethical courage and sense of togetherness lead-
ing to common good. The essay affirms that these ethical values are
highly demanded while implementing Tanzanian industrial plan of
2016/2017 – 2020/2021. The diagram is the conceptual framework of
the whole essay.
Figure by the author
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 199
8.9 Reference
Alexander, M. J. (2007). Growth through social justice. Frontline, 24
(21): 15-26.
Broodrk, J. (2006). Ubuntu: African life coping skills – Theory and
practice. Paper Delivered at the CCEAM Conference Held at
Lefkosia Nicosia.
Chasi, C. (2014). Ubuntu and freedom of expression. Ethics and Be-
haviour, 24 (6): 495-509.
Finance, J. (1991). A Ethical Inquiry. Roma: Editrice Pontificia Uni-
versita Gregoriana.
Freire, P. (1970). Cultural action for freedom. New York: Harvard
University Press.
Freire, P. (1993). Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: Continuum.
MacIntye, A. (1984). After Virtue: A Study in Moral Theory (4th ed.).
Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
Msafiri, G. A. (2012). Educating for transformative environmental jus-
tice and peace in African universities: A paradigm shift. In:
Msafiri, G.A. (Eds). Globalization of Concern II: Essays on Edu-
cation, Health, Climate, Change and Cyberspace. Globethics.net
Focus Series, Geneva: Globethics.net.
—. (2012). Responsible leadership and governance as effective tool in
responding to climate change challenges: An inter-faith and value
based approach. Journal of African Tomorrow 12, 4, 67-90.
—. (2013). Investing in human capital: A pre-requisite for sustainable
development and poverty reduction in Tanzania. In Elisabeth N
and Christoph S. (Eds). African Contextual Ethics: Hunger,
Leadership, Faith and Media (pp. 75-96). Globethics.net Focus
Series, Geneva: Globethics.net Publications.
—. (2016, May). Ethics in Higher Education: A Rethink for a Trans-
formative Model in Africa. Paper Presented at Catholic Universi-
ty of Eastern Africa.
200 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Ntibagirirwa, S. (1999). A retrieval of Aristotelian virtue ethics in Af-
rican social and political humanism: A comparative perspective
(Unpublished master’s thesis). University of Natal, Pietermaritz-
burg.
—. (2014). Philosophical Premises for African Economic Develop-
ment: Sen’s Capability Approach. Globethics.net Theses Series,
Geneva: Globethics.net Publications.
—. (2016). Local Cultural Values and Projects of Economic Devel-
opment: An Interpretation in the Light of the Capability Ap-
proach. Globethics.net Focus Series, Geneva: Globethics.net
Publications.
Nyenyembe, J. (2004). Fraternity in Christ: Building the church as
the family. Dar-es-Salaam: Pauline Press.
Nyerere, J. K. (1995, July). The link between the economy, the society
and the university. Speech delivered during the 25th Anniversary
of the University of Dar-es-Salaam.
Odunga, M. (2016, March 1). Vicoba raises community incomes. Dai-
ly News, p. 6.
Ramose, B. M. (2002). African philosophy through Ubuntu. Harare:
Mond Books.
Ricoeur, P. (1992). Oneself as Another. Trans. Kathleen Blamery.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Sen, A. (2000). Development as Freedom. New Delhi: Oxford Univer-
sity Press.
Shija, K. K. (2016). Philosophical discourse on human development:
Amartya Sen’s capability approach (Unpublished master’s the-
sis). Christ University, Bangalore.
Stückelberger, C. (2002). Global Trade Ethics. Geneva: WCC Publi-
cations.
The Role of Ethical Education in Building Human Capital 201
—. (2014). Responsible Leadership Handbook: For Staff and Boards.
Globethics.net Praxis Series, Geneva: Globethics.net Publica-
tions.
—. (2007). Stewards and Careholders: A Christian Ethical Perspective.
In: Christoph Stückelberger and Jesse N.K. M. (Eds). Responsi-
ble Leadership: Global and Contextual Ethical Perspective (pp.
3-12). Globethics.net Global Series, Geneva: Globethics.net Pub-
lications.
Stückelberger, C., Wantian, C., Lessidrenska T., Wang D., Liu Y., and
Zhang Y. (2016). Entrepreneurs with Christian Values. Globeth-
ics.net China Christian Series. Geneva: Globethics.net
The United Republic of Tanzania (2016). Nurturing industrialization
for economic transformation and human development. National
five year development plan 2016/2017 – 2020/2021. Dar-es-
Salaam: Ministry of finance and planning.
Suzgo, D. N., S.D and Abel, G. M. I. (2008). Philosophy of education:
An introduction to concepts, principles and practice. Dar es
Salaam: Dar-es-Salaam University Press.
United Nations Development Programme. (1990). Human Develop-
ment Report. New York: UNDP.
C
RESEARCH ETHICS AND EDUCATION
9
ETHICAL CONSIDERATION
IN CURRICULUM IMPLEMENTATION
THE ROLE OF HEAD TEACHERS
IN THE IMPLEMENTATION PROCESS
Constantine Kangalawe & Sr Sarah Maina
9.1 Abstract
Educators are entrusted with the responsibility of forming learners in
a holistic way261. The ethical considerations in education come in handy
since holistic formation and rendering education as a right calls for sub-
stantial moral conduct. This entails respecting the learners, protecting
them from abuse physical, psychological and spiritual as well as cultural
in curriculum implementation. To render the best services to learners, a
head teacher is mandated to manage the school in a harmonious way.
This paper seeks to find out whether ethically committed teachers and
head teachers in curriculum implementation would be instrumental in
achieving quality education, moral uprightness and responsible citizens.
Data will be drawn from content analysis and seeking the views of ex-
261 Constantine Kangalawe is Lecturer at the Catholic University of Eastern
Africa. Sr Sarah Maina is part of the Congregation of the Franciscan Sisters.
206 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
perts whose diverse experiences in educational leadership will shed light
on the ethical adherence. The evidence will be based on credible deliv-
ery of the curriculum content, assessment, learner’s character formation
and conducive learning environment. To achieve these goals, the head
teachers need to be passionate risk takers who lead in actions that pro-
mote the practice of ethical guidelines governing the teaching profes-
sion.
9.2 Introduction
Quality and holistic education is a globally desired outcome. Quality
learning outcomes enshrined in the educational goals are pursued
through ethical practices during curriculum implementation. This en-
sures that education as a human right is rendered in the right ways and in
fullness. Curriculum implementation is the core business of school head
teachers and the very reason for existence of schools. Kocaba, and
Karaköse assert that ‘school principals are main decision makers. They
must follow codes of ethics and always think of students first in decision
making’262.
Schools face the challenges of human rights abuses such as ine-
qualities, sexual harassment, examination cheating, low quality teach-
ing and learning process and an overall compromise of virtues. While
the quality outcome in academic performance is highly desirable the
ethically rooted teaching and learning process is equally valued. The
society with academic giants and moral dwarfs is wanting in peaceful
living and development. Moral decadence and abuse of human rights
leads to devaluation of human life.
262 Cf. Kocaba, Ibrahim / Turgut, Karaköse, “Ethics in school administration”
in: African Journal of Business Management, 3 (4), 2009. 126-130.
Ethical Considerations in Curriculum Implementation 207
The purpose of this paper is to generate ways and attitude that link
the ethical leadership of the school head teachers with crucial role of
facilitating for morally responsible citizens through education. Key
terms: ethics, curriculum implementation, role of head teachers.
9.3 Ethical Considerations, Curriculum and Implemen-
tation
9.3.1 Ethics
Gulcan says that ‘the term ethics is derived from Greek term Ethos
which means custom, character. It is related to our values and vir-
tues’263. Education is a value and a right of all people and should be ac-
quired in the right ways, proportions and in a conducive environment.
9.3.2 Curriculum
Shao-Wen asserts that ‘curriculum refers to content, goals, methods,
assessment, extra-curricular activities, learning environment, hidden
curriculum and cultures’264. All forms of experiences are encompassed
for holistic curriculum implementation.
9.3.3 Curriculum implementation
Obilo/ Sangoleye, insist that ‘curriculum implementation is the act of
translating the curriculum document into action in the classroom by the
teacher’265
263 Cf. Gülcan, Yelix N., “Discussing the importance of teaching ethics in educa-
tion” in: Social and Behavioral Sciences 174, 2015, 2622 – 2625. doi:
10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.01.942 Science Direct INTE 2014
264 Cf. Su, Shao-Wen, The Various Concepts of Curriculum and the Factors
Involved in Curricula-making, in: Journal of Language Teaching and Research,
3, (1), 2012, 153-158, https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/4b27/
4bc0f86b4444371fd362cb0f74048445bdff.pdf.
265 Cf. Obilo, Princess Ijeoma / Sangoleye, Solomon A., Curriculum Implemen-
tation and the Teacher: Challenges and Way Forward.
208 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
According to Rasmi et al 2014 Curriculum implementation is the in-
tegration of instructional content arrangement intervention, management
and monitoring classroom activities. Teachers are the greatest assets of
any education system. They stand in the interface of the transmission of
knowledge, skills and values. To achieve these goals, an ethical head
teacher works hand in hand with the teachers.
The school head teachers play a key in the implementation of curric-
ulum. The management and leadership roles are vested on them whilst
their ethical stand is of paramount importance for holistic education.
9.4 Transformational Leadership Theory
This work is based on transformational leadership theory by Bass.
Bass ‘connects transformational leadership with high-order values and
perceives morality as a crucial component’266. Transformational leaders
aim at promoting individual to make positive change in their lives and in
other people’s lives. Jovanovica et al, insist that during ‘the interaction
of leaders and followers, their ethical aspirations are improved which is
a sign that a true leadership occurs’267 The theory ascertains that moral
ethical considerations go hand in hand with education more so during
curriculum implementation.
McCloskey asserts that transformational leadership is the process of
creating, sustaining and enhancing leader-follower, follower-leader and
leader-leader partnerships. These partnerships work in pursuit of a
http://www.globalacademicgroup.com/journals/academic%20excellence%20/C
URRICULUM%20IMPLEMENTATION%20AND%20THE%20
TEACHER.pdf.
266 Cf. Bass, M., From Transactional to Transformational Leadership: Learning
to Share the Vision. discoverthought.com/Leadership/References_
files/Bass%20leadership%201990.pdf.
267 Cf. Jovanovica, D. / Ciricb, M., Benefits of Transformational Leadership in
the Context of Education. http://dx.doi.org/10.15405/epsbs.2016.09.64
Ethical Considerations in Curriculum Implementation 209
common vision, in accordance with shared values and on behalf of the
community268.The transformational leadership theory has four principles
as identified by Bass
Idealized influence, or charisma, embodies personal attributes of
who the head teacher is in word and practice. According to Gokce, ‘ide-
alism refers the individual’s concern for the welfare of others. Highly
idealistic individuals believe that ethically correct actions will consist-
ently produce desirable outcomes’269.
The head teachers whose conduct is morally upright, inspire and
transform others into ethically sound individuals. Their authority lies in
their moral values and integrity. Such head teachers influence the
schools by being ethical models, collaborative team players and they
empower individuals to become ethical leaders too. They ensure that the
curriculum is implemented through quality approaches. They ensure that
assessments reflect authentic learners’ outcomes. They facilitate for vir-
tue-based character formation of learners in a conducive learning envi-
ronment.
Bass believes that ‘the emotional component of leadership drives fol-
lowers to forgo their own comfort in favor of the collective interest, that
is, in the search for a greater good’270. Transformational head teachers
portray the aspects of hard work, dedication, respect for all, justice and
fairness, humility and willingness to develop themselves and those
around them.
268Cf. McCloskey, Mark W., What is Transformational Leadership?
ML513/ML791, pp. 3. http://people.bethel.edu/~pferris/otcommon/ Transforma-
tionalLeadership.pdf.
269Cf. Bass, B. M., Leadership and performance beyond expectations. New
York: Free Press. 1985, 191.
270 Cf. Gokce, Asiye T., “The Effect of Teachers’ Spirituality and Ethical Ideol-
ogy on Their Preference of Reporting Wrongdoings at Schools” in: Internation-
al Education Studies, 9 (5), 2016. 85. http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/ies.v9n5p85
210 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Bass says that ‘Inspirational motivation entails being enthusias-
tic, positive minded, and transmitting the same to the followers such that
they are encouraged to forge forward with hope and determination’271.
The head teachers inspire both teachers and learners to uphold the
research proven teaching-learning approaches that lead to deep learning
and high self- efficacy. The challenges involved are collaboratively dealt
with by the school as a community of learners and the parents.
Bass asserts that ‘Intellectual stimulation refers to the way a leader
questions the status quo and appeals to the intelligence of followers to
prompt them to question their own ideas’. The head teachers lead in
applying the educational policies such as application of learner-centered
approaches, authentic assessment modes, healthy teacher-learner rela-
tionships and proper management of teaching learning resources.
They value collegial instructional supervision. This entails capacity
building of the teachers by involving them in planning for necessary
changes and engaging the learners in authentic learning activities. They
initiate changes based on evidence and expert advice and appeal to the
hearts of teachers, learners and parents to be change drivers. Creates
awareness of the human rights, children’s rights and the care they need.
According to Bass ‘individual consideration entails being concerned
listeners and keen observers’272. The head teachers make deliberate ef-
forts to know their staffs’ strengths and weaknesses so as to provide
appropriate interventions. This ensures that nothing hinders the proper
curriculum implementation. It also ensures that conflicts are resolved in
good time and gaps are filled up in the right ways.
They are on the lookout for the welfare of learners, ensuring that
they are well disposed to benefit from the teaching and learning process-
271 Cf. Bass, B. M., Leadership and performance beyond expectations. New
York: Free Press. 1985, 191.
272 Cf. Bass, B. M., Leadership and performance beyond expectations, op cit.
Ethical Considerations in Curriculum Implementation 211
es as stipulated in the curriculum. They deliberately work for conducive
learning environment. They check on threats that may hinder learning
and moral development. Such threats may emanate from teachers, sup-
port staff, learners, parents, guardians or external environment such as
poverty, natural calamities or political instability
9.5 Role of the Head Teacher in Curriculum Implemen-
tation
Ahmed asserts that ‘in educational leadership we have to do right
things whereas our ethics helps us to keep alive our values and character
in making decision and doing things right’273. The head teachers are
entrusted with the entire management of schools.
Management of education is the process of planning, organizing, di-
recting and controlling the activities of an institution by utilizing human
and material resources so as to effectively and efficiently accomplish
functions of teaching and extension work and research. However in ful-
filling these functions, the head teachers should portray moral upright-
ness by acting in the right ways. They are to be set good examples and
prove that there are possibilities of living ethically and be fulfilled. That
attainment of goals counts on the ethical process not just the desired
outcome.
According to Tyler, ‘Principals today for effective moral and ethical
leadership must have a vision for the school, which determines the di-
rection that the school should move’274. The head teachers need to bear
273Cf. Ahmed, Qazi W., Ethics as a Major Element of Sustainability in Educa-
tional Leadership across Finnish Education. https://jyx.jyu.fi/
bitstream/handle/123456789/50390/1/URN%3ANBN%3Afi%3Ajyu-
201606173160.pdf. 2016
274Cf. Tyler, Clifford E., Today’s Challenges and Dilemmas for Ethical School
Leaders, 2014. https://www.g-casa.com/conferences/bangkok14/papers/ Ty-
ler.pdf.
212 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
at heart the vision, mission, goals and core values of the school. These
inform the path ways and the outcome of the curriculum implementation
under the guidance of the ethical head teachers.
9.5.1 Delivery of the Curriculum Content
The teaching and learning process is core to curriculum implementa-
tion. It is the process that highly determines the learning outcomes of the
learners. The process reflects the ethical adherence of schools to the best
practices in curriculum delivery and the impact rest on learners’ good
grades and character. The Teachers service Commission (TSC) ‘recog-
nizes the Heads of the Institutions and entrusts them with maintenance
of the teaching standards in the implementation of curriculum to en-
hance learning outcomes’275. This implies that the head teachers are to
be benevolent and precise in harnessing the human, material and finan-
cial resources in support of curriculum implementation.
According to the Schools White Paper in United Kingdom, ‘the hu-
man resource is of basic importance especially teachers since no educa-
tion system can be better than the quality of the teachers’276.
Therefore, TSC mandates the head teachers to give teachers an op-
portunity ‘to improve their performance competencies and analyze
teachers’ performance gaps. They ought to provide support for profes-
sional development, maintain cumulative records of teaching and learn-
ing for decision making’277.
275 Cf. Teachers Service Commission, Kenya (TSC), Performance Contract be-
tween the Teachers Service Commission and the Principal/ Head teacher, 2016.
tsc.go.ke/index.php/...for-headteachers/.../83_e96de75ea8c16301f2e735
dc07ebc86a.pdf
276 Cf. The Schools White Paper 2010, the Importance of Teaching. Department
for Education, the Stationery Office Limited, UK. http://www.education
england.org.uk/documents/pdfs/2010-white-paper-teaching.pdf.
277 Cf.Teachers Service Commission, Kenya (TSC), loc. cit.
Ethical Considerations in Curriculum Implementation 213
In a bid to transform the teaching staff into effective responsible
teachers the head teachers supervise the teaching process with a concern
for improving the efficacy of teachers in teaching and learning process.
In most cases the teaching methodologies are replaced by drilling learn-
ers to pass exams only while the necessary competencies are compro-
mised. This is ascertained by Mackatiani says that ‘examination oriented
approaches do not address acquisition of practical skills, values, and
attitudes in learners’278. It is unethical to lead learners let learners pass
through schooling and end up without substantial life and intellectual
skills necessary in this demanding and fast changing world.
Examinations form part of curriculum assessment. However, both
formative and summative assessments complement each other for the
good of the learners. Garrison et al say that ‘summative assessments are
given periodically to determine at a particular point in time what stu-
dents know and do not know. Formative Assessment is part of the in-
structional process, it provides the information needed to adjust teaching
and learning’279. Lack of or poor formative assessments lead to low
quality teaching and learning.
Low quality teaching and learning process lead to malpractices that
need to be curbed through ethical leadership. Head teachers ought to be
on the lookout to ascertain that learners are assessed and given honest
feedback for informed interventions in curriculum implementation. They
are answerable to learners, parents and the government through the edu-
cation ministry. These stakeholders are usually given a white wash glory
through high summative grades that are far from honest. They do not
278 Cf. Mackatiani, Caleb I., Influence of Examinations Oriented Approaches on
Quality Education in Primary Schools in Kenya. Journal of Education and Prac-
tice, 8 (14), 2017. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1143881.pdf.
279 Cf. Garrison, Catherine/ Ehringhaus, Michael Formative Assessments in
classroom, 2013. https://www.amle.org/portals/0/pdf/articles/Formative_ As-
sessment_Article_Aug2013.pdf.
214 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
reflect the learners’ true capacity since they are obtained through cheer
examination cheating.
The values such as faithfulness, honesty, academic integrity self-
reflection and acceptance are compromised. Kariuki established that
‘social factors and Teachers’ practices have great influence in cheating
behavior in examination. Admission to universities, colleges, and pleas-
ing parents as well as to secure scholarships, spur unethical practices’280.
While teacher practices such as teacher-centered pedagogies, the rise
of high-stakes testing and the consequences of the results on the teach-
ers, unfriendly and boring teachers get engaged in examination cheating.
These unethical practices can be curbed by head teachers’ modeling in
moral values. It is their responsibility to sensitize the teachers, learners
and the society especially the parents on the benefits of hard work, hon-
esty in all endeavors and self-acceptance.
9.5.2 Learner’s Character Formation
The head teachers are first and foremost teachers, with aims and goal
to achieve and ethical standards are integral part of the educational
goals. The head teachers have authority to influence teachers to live eth-
ically and influence learners in the same way. Moral authority is neces-
sary for moral development and character building of learners.
Protecting learners from any sort of harm during curriculum imple-
mentation period and empowering them to live safely in future is of par-
amount importance. The head teachers should be the heralds of observ-
ing and creating awareness of policies that protect the learners. TSC
stipulates that ‘the learners should be protected from bullying, corporal
280Cf. Kariuki, James Factors Influencing Cheating Behavior in Examinations
among Secondary School Students in Kilifi District, Kenya” 2012, ereposito-
ry.uonbi.ac.ke/.../JAMES_MAINA_KARIUKI_M.E_M__E_2012.pdf
Ethical Considerations in Curriculum Implementation 215
punishment, forced repetition, holiday tuition, safety standards, sexual
abuse and harmful cultural practices’ 281.
9.5.3 Conducive Learning Environment
According to Murtedjo et al, School climate refers to ‘the social,
physical and academic environments of the school. Educators feel re-
spected and do their work effectively and efficiently. Students experi-
ence conditioning emotional climate that encourages the achievement of
academic success and personal welfare hence higher self-esteem’282.
The overall goal of the head teachers is to ensure that the curriculum
implementation is facilitated for to the highest degree possible. There
are threats to sustaining the conditions necessary for learning.
It takes a transformative ethical head teachers to confront the vices
courageously and assiduously. This entails working hard to secure the
resources necessary for learning in justice and equity such as classes,
books teaching learning resources, funds for educational projects and
adequate time for learning processes. However, ignoring and failing to
secure or misusing the resources denies learners of their right to educa-
tion.
Embezzlement of funds, conflict of interest and bribery for grades or
to cover errant teachers or learners. Overall lack polices that guides in
deterrent of vices or corporal punishments are occasions that portray bad
examples to learners. Lack of concern for learners, poor teaching meth-
ods, discrimination, ignoring the poor and special need learners, sexual
281 Cf. Teachers Service Commission, Kenya (TSC 2017). Safety of Learners in
Learning Institutions. Circular 6(2017). https://www.tsc.go.ke/.../39-
circulars?...safety-of-learners-in-learning-institutions-201.pdf.
282 Cf. Murtedjo/ Suharningsih, The role of principal in optimizing school cli-
mate in primary schools. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, 953, 2018,
012179. iopscience.iop.org/volume/1742-6596/953.pdf.
216 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
harassment, failure to let teachers attend professional development. All
these constitute to sour learning environment. Head teachers are duty
bound to follow their moral standards and root out such behavior from
the school environment.
It is the responsibility of the head teachers to ensure that the vulnera-
ble learners are protected. This entails looking for means to ensure they
are in school, safe from abuses and well provided for so as to fit in dur-
ing curriculum implementation. The learners who hail from impover-
ished background, special need learners, orphans, HIV/AIDS infected or
affected, those whose parents are single or in prisons need to be cared
for. The head teachers have the responsibility of creating conducive
learning environment, ensure learning resources and opportunities are
available and that they are accepted and respected by the school com-
munity.
Well set policies that are made known to learners, teachers, parent
and any education stakeholder help curb such irregularity. Educating the
stakeholders on the moral guidelines help in transforming and develop-
ing ethical human resources in all levels of participation in curriculum
implementation. Involving the stakeholders in planning the school activ-
ities help create open communication and ownership of the curriculum
implementation process. As such all stakeholders participate willingly
and lovingly for the good of learners and the society as a whole.
9.6 Conclusion
Ethical living is a prerequisite for peaceful and harmonious life,
while Education is power that needs to be shared in morally acceptable
ways befitting humanity. The commitment of the head teachers to be
morally upright and make decisions that are ethically sound inspires a
culture of moral considerations by teachers, learners and the entire
school community. It leads to self-actualization, fulfillment and true
concern for human life. While helping learners to obtain knowledge and
Ethical Considerations in Curriculum Implementation 217
skills during curriculum implementation in schools moral uprightness
counts for credible long lasting outcomes. The head teachers are radia-
tors of true love, concern, honesty and commitment to develop human
potentials in the best and right ways possible. They bear in mind the
present needs and the future welfare of learners and the society at large.
9.7 References
Ahmed, Qazi.W. (2016). Ethics as a Major Element of Sustainability
in Educational Leadership across Finnish Education.
https://jyx.jyu.fi/bitstream/handle/123456789/50390/1/URN%3A
NBN%3Afi%3Ajyu- 201606173160.pdf (accessed 23 July 2018)
Bass, M.B. (1990), “From Transactional to Transformational Leader-
ship: Learning to Share the Vision”. discov-
erthought.com/Leadership/References_files/Bass%20leadership
%201990.pdf (Accessed 7 July 2018)
—. (1985). Leadership and performance beyond expectations. New
York: Free Press. Challenges in 21st century- needs.
Garrison, Catherine/ Ehringhaus, Michael (2013) “Formative and
Summative Assessments in the Classroom”.
https://www.amle.org/portals/0/pdf/articles/Formative_Assessme
nt_Article_Aug2013.pdf (Accessed 8 August 2018)
Gokce, Asiye T., “The Effect of Teachers’ Spirituality and Ethical
Ideology on Their Preference of Reporting Wrongdoings at
Schools” in: International Education Studies, 9 (5), 2016. 85.
http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/ies.v9n5p85
Gülcan, Yelix N., (2015), “Discussing the importance of teaching eth-
ics in education” in: Social and Behavioral Sciences 174,
2015, 2622 – 2625. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.01.942 Sci-
enceDirect INTE 2014 ( accessed 3 December 2018)
218 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Jovanovica, D. / Ciricb, M. (2016). Benefits of Transformational
Leadership in the Context of Education.
http://dx.doi.org/10.15405/epsbs.2016.09.64
Kariuki, James (2012), “Factors Influencing Cheating Behavior in
Examinations among “ Secondary School Students in Kilifi Dis-
trict, Kenya”. erepository.uonbi.ac.ke/.../JAMES_MAINA
_KARIUKI_M.E_M__E_2012.pdf? (accessed 3 September
2018)
Kocaba, Ibrahim / Turgut, Karaköse, “Ethics in school administration”
in: African Journal of Business Management, 3 (4), 2009. 126-
130. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228654915
_Ethics_in_school_administration (accessed 30 December
2018).
Mackatiani, C.I. (2017) Influence of Examinations Oriented Ap-
proaches on Quality Education in Primary Schools in Kenya.
Journal of Education and Practice, 8 (14), 2017 Retrieved from
.https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1143881.pdf
Murtedjo & Suharningsih (2018). The role of principal in optimizing
school climate in primary schools. Journal of Physics: Confer-
ence Series, 953, 012179
Obilo, Princess I. / Sangoleye, Solomon A., (n.d), “Curriculum Im-
plementation and the Teacher: Challenges and Way Forward” ,
http://www.globalacademicgroup.com/journals/ academ-
ic%20excellence%20/CURRICULUM%20 IMPLEMENTA-
TION%20AND%20THE%20TEACHER.pdf (Accessed 5 Oc-
tober 2018)
Su, Shao-Wen, The Various Concepts of Curriculum and the Factors
Involved in Curricula- making, in : Journal of Language
Teaching and Research, 3, (1), 2012, 153-158,
https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/4b27/4bc0f86b4444371fd362cb
0f74048445bdff.pdf ( (Accessed 7 November 2018)
Ethical Considerations in Curriculum Implementation 219
Teachers Service Commission, Kenya (TSC 2017). Safety of learners
in learning Institutions. Circular 6(2017). Retrieved from
https://www.tsc.go.ke/.../39-circulars?...safety-of-learners-in-
learning-institutions-201.pdf.
Teachers Service Commission, Kenya (TSC 2016). Performance Con-
tract between the Teachers Service Commission and the Princi-
pal/ Head teacher. Retrieved from tsc.go.ke/index.php/...for-
headteachers/.../83_ e96de75ea8c16301f2e735dc07ebc86a.pdf
The Schools White Paper (2010). The Importance of Teaching. De-
partment for Education, the Stationery Office Limited, UK. Re-
trieved from http://www.educationengland.org.uk/ docu-
ments/pdfs/2010-white-paper-teaching.pdf.
Tyler, C.E. (2014), Today’s Challenges and Dilemmas for Ethical
School Leaders. Retrieved from https://www.g-casa.com/ con-
ferences/bangkok14/papers/Tyler.pdf
10
THE INDISPENSABLE RELATIONSHIP
BETWEEN ETHICS AND EDUCATION
IN THE PROCESS OF TEACHING
AND LEARNING
John Mwai Theuri
10.1 Abstract
Interpersonal relations and dialogues are incorporated in the method
of teaching283. Consciousness and the way people construe the world are
a great influence on existential-phenomenological views. In the process
of education reality is never just simply the objective datum or concrete
fact. Rather it is also man's perception of it. Man's discussion of inter-
subjectivity, intentionality, authenticity and cultural action for freedom
is traced to his existential-phenomenological concerns. Jean-Paul Sartre
held that “existentialism is human existence, determinism has no place
in man's existence and freedom defines the human being”. It is therefore
important to trace the principles that construct the philosophy of educa-
tion in the context of human freedom and synthesize it with Ethics in the
process of progressive education. This is because education is power and
the process of teaching is part of human empowerment. This article aims
283 The author holds a Master in Economic Policy and Institutions from Sapienza
University of Roma. She is lecturer in the faculty of Education, PUR-PIASS,
and head of the Department of Business Education.
222 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
at demonstrating the central role of Ethics in the process of teaching and
learning. The two realities education and ethics are so intertwined that
talking of education without the ethics is practically impossible if the
fruits of education is anything to go by. Key terms: Education, Ethics,
concept, society, process
10.2 Introduction
The increasing cross-national mobility of people and the transnation-
al communication of ideas that took place cause the educators around
the world are faced with new challenges of balancing local, national, and
global norms and moral as well as ethical values in the process of educa-
tion. However, some educators are always unwilling to devote time and
effort to bread ethics education which is viewed as a soft at the expense
of what they view as more important. Many scandals related to profes-
sionalism in the fields takes place all over the world which calls for code
of ethics. Ethics, also known as moral philosophy is defined as generally
used interchangeably with morality and the moral principles of a par-
ticular tradition, group or individual. Education is focus on teaching
humans with ethics and morality besides development in knowledge and
physical acquisition. In the philosophy of Imam Ghazali, education is a
process of teaching and used to shape an individual character.
10.3 Critical Issue Pertaining to Relationship between
Education and Ethics
10.3.1 Concept of Education
The word “education” is derived from the Latin word “educare”. It
means to draw out, or to call forth what is already present as a possibil-
ity. The phrase “what is already present as a possibility” may be the es-
sence of all that is really meant by “human resources” in the realm of the
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 223
modern workplace.284 Why education is important? Education is the
process of facilitating learning, or the acquisition of knowledge, skills,
values, beliefs, and habits. Educational methods include storytelling,
discussion, teaching, training, and directed research (Basic concept of
education, 2016). Education frequently takes place under the guidance
of educators, but learners may also educate themselves. Education can
take place in formal or informal settings and any experience that has a
formative effect on the way one thinks, feels, or acts may be considered
educational.
Human beings deserve to be educated although they are being alive
and have thought emotion, and willingness. Definitely, they need a long
life education to support their existence to live or enhance their skills
and ability to stay alive in this world. Their various souls’ condition
allows them to be more optional and flexibility in life in making any
ethical decision. In fact, this habit indicates that they could be wrong or
right; ethical or unethical to do so. Therefore, it is a huge step for human
beings to improve their self by being educated in order to place them in
the appropriate concept of thinking. Of course this is not about the per-
ception but is about attitude. This is because human beings are sinned
since their ancestors felt into the sin. This condition makes them trigger
any concept, proposition, and hypothesis from their bottom of the heart
that might be outstanding compared with others. Education plays a vital
role in this case. It immerses them into appropriate thinking in stating
any thought, emotion, and the willingness. Human has preference in
judging based on what he knows. He will defend on his statement when
another criticizes his statement and gives judgment. The study of Phi-
losophy and Sociology of Education is an exciting and challenging ven-
284 Boon, H. Raising the bar: ethics education for quality teachers. Australian
Journal of Teacher Education 36(7): 2011. 76– 93.
224 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ture. The reason why I said so because it allows us to encounter some of
the great and enduring ideas of human thought.
10.3.2 The Concept of Ethics
Ethics is defined as ‘the science of morals, treatise on this, moral
principles or rules of conduct’ by The Concise Oxford English Diction-
ary (1964). It originated from the Greek “ethikos” meaning ‘of or for
morals’. While morals been described as being concerned with ‘the dis-
tinction between right and wrong’. According to May (1993) state that
in practice, ethics is a path of studying morality which permits decisions
to be made when individuals face specific cases of moral dilemma?285
Ferrell et al. (2008) reviewed the ethics is defined as behavior or deci-
sions made within a group’s values, where these values and judgments
play a critical role for making ethical decisions.286
According to the Explanatory Dictionary of the Romanian Language,
ethics is the science managing the theoretical study of values and human
behavior from the viewpoint of moral principles as well as the general of
moral behavioral norms. Pascu and Horomnea found that moral refers to
a behavior which society accepted and practiced. Thus, ethics is a main
part of philosophy, which can be called the science of moral reality that
referring to the research of moral issues.287 The concept of ethics was
used as the name of a philosophical discipline by Aristotle for the first
time. Based on the ethical and moral concept including truth, sincerity,
regularity, reality, neutrality and so on, the true and fair view is able to
connect to the performance criterion. “As a philosophical discipline of
study, ethics is a systematic approach to understanding, analyzing, and
285 May, T. What are ethics? Social Research: Issues, Methods and Process,
(1993), 54 – 62.
286 Ferrell, O.C., Fraedrich, J., Ferrell, L. Business Ethics: Ethical Decision
Making, 2015.
287 Schwartz, M. S. Developing and sustaining an ethical corporate culture: The
core elements. (2013). Business Horizon, 56, 39-50.
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 225
distinguishing matters of right and wrong, good and bad, and admirable
and deplorable as they relate to the well-being of and the relationships
among sentient beings.”288 Many societal used to see ethics as correlated
with integrity as it is the ability a person to conduct life without com-
promised in any way. The ability to make the right and just decision is
depending on the core values of a person.
10.4 Theories Relevant to the Relationship between
Education and Ethic
10.4.1 Experiential Education
One of the ideals that influence students today is experiential educa-
tion. This involves learning by doing where the teacher guides the stu-
dents to practice what they learn. Philosopher John Dewey in "Experi-
ence and Education"289 analyzed both traditional and progressive educa-
tion. According to him traditional education focused more on defining
the student's learning path and processes which were described as de-
bunking method. On the other hand progressive education focuses on the
learners interests rather than that of the educator.
The whole learning process becomes student-centered. However
none of the two methods is watertight as the traditional method focuses
more on the curriculum and heritage while progressive education be-
comes too spontaneous and individualized. To harmonize the two meth-
ods of education the principles of continuity and interaction must come
to play. Past and present experiences play key role in influencing the
future while the current situation influences the experience of the learner
towards the future. The present experience of the students is the direct
result of their past and previous experiences. Hence past, present and
288 Ibid.,
289 Dewey, John, Logic: The Theory of Inquiry, (NY: Holt, Rinehart, and Win-
ston, 1938) iv.
226 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
future experiences are key determinants of the student’s process of
learning. In this way education becomes a social process that enhances
growth. In John Dewey's words "Education is not a preparation for life ;
education is life itself".290
Every educational process should focus on the quality of experience
more than the information presented. This is by creating a continuity of
the learner's past and their future experience and between the student's
individual perception and the prevailing environment. Continuity pro-
pels the learner to continue learning while interaction meets the learner's
personal needs. Experiential education becomes a solution and a philos-
ophy that learning occurs through experience and requires hand-on-
activities that directly relate to the learner's life.
10.4.2 Traditional Education
Traditional education is defined as teacher-centered delivery of in-
struction to classes of students who are the receivers of information.
Traditional schools generally stress basic educational practices and ex-
pect mastery of academic learning in the core subjects of math, reading,
writing, science and social studies. The method provides a conducive
environment for learners to listen and learn without necessarily thinking
for themselves. This falls short of what progressive education offers in
allowing the learner to think and grow.291 However in the process
younger generations interact with adult standards which they are forced
to adopt and enact. This pushes the learners to think on their own even
without understanding the reason behind their thinking. This calls for the
recognition of the relationship between education and experience. It is
not every experience that is educational and therefore the educators
should expose the learners to the experience that result to growth and
290 Ibid., 4-8.
291 Warnick B.R. & Silverman S.K. (2011). A Framework for Professional Eth-
ics Courses in Teacher Education.Journal of Teacher Education, 62: 273-285.
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 227
learning with the aim of achieving creativity in the learners' future expe-
riences. The continuity of experience impacts on future decisions and
experiences of the learners.
10.5 Importance of Ethics in the Process of Education
in Today’s Globalized Society
The fluctuating structure of today's world characterized on the one
hand by multicultural cooperation of people from various cultures and
ethnic groups and on the other hand seen with many conflicts and mis-
understands makes ethics a central and important component in forming
character and growing humanity.292 With this in mind it is imperative to
demonstrate the importance of ethics in the process of education in
today's globalized world with the aim of leading the students to the mul-
ticultural perception of society and the world.
Acts of terrorism, mass murder, homicide, attacks against humanity
and moral decadence in general is a trend that has met condemnation
from the world public. Mass abductions of young girls, rape and forced
underage marriages are just some of the despicable dehumanizing activi-
ties that leave the world discussing the relationship between integral
education system and human moral formation.
10.5.1 Need for Ethics
Contemporary global conflicts, social evils and individual sins call
for well-founded standards that define actions as right and wrong. Ethi-
cal values such as human life, integrity, honesty, and discipline among
others apply in daily human life hence influencing behavior and allow-
ing the individual to make right choices. Without ethics it would be im-
possible to regulate life and act responsibly. While the importance of
ethics cannot be ignored in any sphere of life, it is imperative that it be
292 Ibid.
228 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
learned and practiced in the field of education by all stakeholders. Ethics
in education therefore becomes essential in helping the system run
smoothly by setting standards of what is acceptable and what is not, in
this way protecting the interests of all stakeholders293. It is a call to edu-
cational institutions to enhance the courses designed to help learners
understand ethics.
Ethics apply to both learners and teachers. As much as it is the
teachers' responsibility to make the learners aware about ethics, the
teachers must be made aware of the ethics that are relevant to their pro-
fession. The teachers play an important role in the life of students not
only in the intellectual formation but also in the integral formation of
their personality. The ethical teacher becomes a mentor, a role model, a
formatter and a great influence in the life of the student among other
things.294 This is by showing patients to the students despite their differ-
ent learning abilities, treating students equally, and being just in their
actions. Teachers are called to understand the different capabilities of
the students, considering the uniqueness of each so that all are not eval-
uated on the same basis. The teachers are not allowed to be biased, hold
grudges or intentionally treat the students unfairly. In return students are
obliged to show utmost respect to the instructors and abide to the set
rules. Academic integrity and the sense of responsibility on the part of
the student is not a choice. Self-discipline demonstrates the level of re-
sponsibility on the part of the student. It is ethics that regulate education
system ensuring that this practice contributes greatly toward positive
human welfare
293 Manea, A. D. (2014) Influences of religious education on the formation mor-
al consciousness of students. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 149,
518-523.
294 Ibid.
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 229
10.5.2 Teacher's Responsibility
The society's expectation is that teachers will act in a ‘professional’
manner. Professionalism, in this regard, means identifying a unique
body of occupational knowledge, adherence to desirable standards of
behavior, processes to hold members to account and commitment to
what their profession regards as morally right or good. This is what we
refer to as ethical conduct. Teaching ethically involves making reasoned
decisions about what to do in order to achieve the greater good for
learners. This involves a complex interplay between the current and past
experience plus personal beliefs and values that are in tandem with the
objective good. However, teacher education, training and accountability
frameworks naturally give priority to the concept of ‘practical rationali-
ty’.295 In this process planning, delivery and assessment of the official
curriculum, not the ‘value rationality’296 involved in exploring the ethics
of teaching in difficult practical circumstances. It is important to focus
on the challenges of developing a workshop that both informs and edu-
cates teachers about ethics
Most students hate cumulative exams, largely because they have to
study volumes of material covered by the course in order to demonstrate
proficiency in a particular course. Another reason is how well they truly
understand the course material especially in courses where there are
formulas or specific tools that need to be used.
For example, it’s one thing for physics students to know how to ap-
ply the equation F = ma when they’re studying the chapter on Newton’s
Second Law. It’s quite another when they’re taking a cumulative exam
and need to know when and how to apply the different formulas swirling
in their heads based on the various problems presented.
295 Manea, Influences of religious education on the formation moral conscious-
ness of students, ibid, 518-523.
296 Dewey, John. Logic: The Theory of Inquiry. NY: Holt, Rinehart, and Win-
ston, 1938.
230 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Taking these students from a rather superficial knowledge structure
to a richer, more meaningful knowledge structure requires a teacher who
truly understands the learning process and then works to create the op-
timal climate for learning.
10.5.3 Developing Students Professional Ethics
Teachers’ actions and behavior have moral potency in relation to
students. Teachers should therefore foster ethical professionalism and
reflect on the moral impact of their actions, decisions, and overall atti-
tudes towards students.
Although the older students are typically more experienced than the
young ones, they nevertheless require professional development. They
therefore need their teacher’s support to become autonomous, critical
and ethically responsible professional. For instance, discussions on is-
sues about informed consent, confidentiality, debriefing, and protecting
the interest of research participants are common in undergraduate and
graduate psychology, counseling, and social work classes297. It is the
duty of the teachers to help students develop ethical motivation skills
such as the ability to act responsibly, understand social structures, and
build a self-concept of an ethical person. Moreover, they should learn
the importance of adhering to the personal, professional, and societal
code of ethics including the consequences of violating them.
As moral and pro-social behavioral models, teachers are expected to
demonstrate unquestionable professional ethics in class and other areas
of interaction with the students. Teaching is a profession with two addi-
tional ethical responsibilities. The teacher points out ethical issues and
serves as a model of the professional character. Moreover, the result of a
recent study suggests that professional conduct is learned mainly by
example. In other words, future professional ethics of students are re-
297 Burgess, B. (2011). The Educational Theory of Socrates: Retrieved from
New Foundation: European Journal of Education 43(2): 181-187.
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 231
flections of their teacher’s moral and pro-social behavior.298 These can
be good values such as an emphasis on the interest of students more than
individuality and selfishness, teaching that recognized diversity, hones-
ty, sense of justice, self-esteem, consideration, commitment, and emo-
tional control. In this way the teacher becomes a parent, an educator, a
formatter, a mentor and a model. The impact the teacher has on the stu-
dent becomes part of the student's treasures that he carries all the way to
the grave.
10.5.4 Is Ethic Necessary for Education?
Today, ethics play an important role in all areas of life. Education is
also a fundamental process of human life. Therefore, in education, ethics
has a very important and effective role. In order to be a good human,
ethics should be placed as a course in educational system. Therefore,
ethics is very important subject in education. People can easily reach all
knowledge by technology. Technology had been used to reveal some
ethical problems in education, for example plagiarism. In order to un-
derstand the importance of ethics, ethics should be placed as a course in
educational system.
However, several popular arguments against teaching ethics exist.
There are few popular arguments which existing which includes positive
and negative arguments.
Positive Arguments
In the book of “Essays on Religion and Education”, Oxford philoso-
pher R.M. Hare argued that ethics can be taught in schools, because it
involves learning a language with a determinate method, “such that, if
you understand what a moral question is, you must know which argu-
ments are legitimate, in the same way in which, in mathematics, if you
know what mathematics is, you know that certain arguments in that field
298 Manea, op.cit.
232 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
are legitimate and certain arguments not.”299 As Hare argues, teaching
morality is not about inculcating substantive positions. The purpose isn’t
necessarily to answer questions, but to raise them, and at the same time
to provide students with a method in accordance with which the ques-
tions must be discussed. “As in mathematics, having taught them the
language,” Hare said, “we can leave them to do the sums.” So, whilst
there may never be consensus on the ‘right answer’ in ethics, this is not
an insuperable hurdle. Ultimately all secular-ethicists are engaged in the
same task which is reasoning and reflecting on our intuitions, principles
and values300. This is what teaching ethics in schools should involve.
Secular ethics is about challenging students to provide reasons for their
views, and to counter the reasons of others without invoking flawed ar-
guments or fallacies.301
As Mary Ann Cutter Ph.D. explains, ethics can be applied to almost
everything. Biologists have learned an extraordinary amount about the
genetic code that shapes mice and men. The ethics of these professionals
guide them in how to use these new genetic technologies and the infor-
mation that comes from it. In addition to cloning animals and sequenc-
ing the human genome, amazing revelations have been presented. So
while we are gaining information every day the genetic footprints breast
cancer and other disease, what we know about the genome still pales in
comparison to what we do not yet know and the implications what lies
in between.
In school, students learn what is right and what is wrong. This is a
value education or character education. In educational systems, general-
ly ethics is associated with religion. Therefore, instead of ethics course
299 Dewey, John. Logic: The theory of Inquiry. NY: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston,
1938) 6-9.
300 Burgess, B. (2011). The Educational Theory of Socrates: Retrieved from
New Foundation: European Journal of Education 43(2): 181-187.
301 Ibid.
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 233
students take religious course. However, students should learn values
clarification, and making ethical decision. In addition, school fosters to
students become trustful, responsible, and just person. Ethics in school
can benefit to this. In university, ethics should be professional ethics.
Only some students can take ethics course related to their professions in
universities, because in universities ethics does not give as a course in
all departments. This kind of ethical education provides students to real-
ize what is right, make good decisions about ethical issues in their pro-
fessions. In addition, students learn evaluate different moral standpoints.
The ability to reason morally is a fundamental requirement of good citi-
zenship, and an aspect of ‘civics education’ broadly understood. It is
important that citizens know how laws are made, and how decisions can
be challenged. But a robust democracy requires more, which is it re-
quires citizens with the capacity to reflect on how their country ought to
be.302 Issues as diverse as taxation and inequality, the limits to free
speech, and the claims of future generations, all have a moral dimen-
sion303. Citizens need to be able to spot flaws in arguments and weigh
com petting considerations if they are to exercise ‘self -government’ in
the fullest sense.
Negative Argument
Ethics education not necessary can only be taught at school, but also
can be taught through family and business. In family, ethics educations
focus on descriptive facts. Children observe their parents’ (role models)
ethical behaviours and they learn social facts about ethical behaviour.
While in business, people learn some ethical codes about their occupa-
tions. This kind of ethics tells how people should act in business life.
302 Boon, H. Raising the bar: ethics education for quality teachers. Australian
Journal of Teacher Education 36(7): 2011. 76– 93.
303 Burgess, B. (2011). The Educational Theory of Socrates: Retrieved from
New Foundation: European Journal of Education 43(2): 181-187
234 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
There are good reasons not to overlook the obvious necessity in con-
siderations of ethics education. Education in phrase of ethics education
is considered to be the best way to promote individual and communal
development and the most effective remedy for overcoming many prob-
lems, such as ignorance, disparity and poverty.304 Education has the po-
tential to produce fascinating outcomes and outputs in individual as well
as public level.
10.5.5 Implication of Education and Ethics to Society
Ethics is important for every society, because it plays a critical role
in shaping the individuals’ behaviors within a society. People have
sought to keep human conduct in check preserve the peace of society
since the dawn of human civilization. If written law is used to manage
official businesses and happenings, ethics act as a self- governing sys-
tem to keep human self-interest and the good of society at equilibrium
because the eyes of the law are not always available.
However, as with all of the things in life, nothing is perfect, ethics
and human conduct are no exception to this rule. Ethics of the past has
been polluted and are inadequate for business self-governance due to
changes in the environment and cultural norms. In other words, ethics in
today’s society has been eroded. Managers and leaders in modern organ-
izations lack strong ethical standards or are willing to abandon them in
the face of economic incentives or competitive pressures.
However, erosion of ethics is not just limited to the one world. It has
spilled over to every aspect of society, such as athletes taking drugs or
cheating, and previously unheard of bribing of Olympics organizing
selection committee. It was very serious impact to the society if the ero-
sion of ethics is not kept in check. The public, whether is business,
friendship, or any kind of interaction, functions because human rely on a
304 Manea, ibid. 518-523.
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 235
varying level of trust, respect for others, and cooperation.305 So nobody
will have any trust in others at all if the erosion of ethics continuous to
worsen. In the end, society will cease to function like it presently does.
Unfortunately, it’s not just the actual erosion of ethics, but the people’s
perception of the erosion that has to be addressed as well. Thus people
are judgemental and will choose not to commit to any activities when
they perceive that the other parties are unethical.
Education is the most important means to improve personal endow-
ments, build capabilities, overcome constraints and in the progress. The
process of education and attainments thereof has an impact on all as-
pects of life. It is a critical invasive instrument for bringing about social,
economic and political inclusion of people.
Education ethics covers a relatively broad area of ethical concerns
related to education as such. It can be defined as three major fields,
which namely deliberation and reflection on educational policies (espe-
cially those directly related to ethical concerns), moral education and
professional ethics306. In addition, it further deals with philosophical and
especially ethical sources of educations aims and goals, and investiga-
tion of the ethical dimensions of different teaching methods and para-
digms.
In addition, Gould opines that one of the most outstanding achieve-
ments of the developing world is the rapid expansion of education over
the last three decades. It examines the origin of this expansion and its
impact on the improvements of social and economic development at
social, national and global levels.307 Throughout the discussions of the
historical, economic and political contexts of the demand is necessary
for education. That’s a review of the issues in educational planning in
305 Ibid.
306 Friedman M. Capitalism and Freedom, University of Chicago Press, Chica-
go, 1962) 5-12.
307 Ibid.
236 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the developing world and the governmental and community response at
all levels is provided, and his survey reveals that expansion of education
has the greatly contributed to the quality of life, economics and social
development. Besides that, “Health literacy as a public health goal: a
challenge for contemporary health education and communication strate-
gies into the 21st century explains the role of health education in ad-
dressing the social determinants of health. In this analysis, for improving
health literacy means more than transmitting information, and develop-
ing skills to be able read pamphlets and successfully make appoint-
ments.
10.6 Some Learner-centered Principles to Improve
Teaching and Learning of Ethics
10.6.1 Students’ Prior Knowledge
can help or hinder learning: What the student already knows can on
the one hand serve either as a foundation of new knowledge thus taking
the student and the teacher on the path of "from the known to the un-
known" while on the other hand can serve as a bias in a given area of
knowledge leading the student to think that they know too much hence
no need to advance in a particular area.
10.6.2 Organizing Knowledge
How students organize knowledge influences how they learn and ap-
ply what they know: Students naturally make connections between piec-
es of knowledge308. When those connections form knowledge structures
that are accurately and meaningfully organized, students are better able
to retrieve and apply their knowledge effectively and efficiently. New
knowledge is constructed as it relates to existing knowledge.
308 Warnick B.R. & Silverman S.K. (2011). A Framework for Professional Eth-
ics Courses in Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 62: 273-285.
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 237
10.6.3 Students’ Motivation
Student's motivation determines, directs, and sustains what they do
to learn: While motivating students can be a difficult task, the rewards
are more than worth it. Motivated students are more excited to learn and
participate. Simply put: Teaching a class full of motivated students is
enjoyable for teacher and student alike. Some students are self-
motivated, with a natural love of learning.
10.6.4 Developing Mastery
To develop mastery, students must acquire component skills, prac-
tice integrating them, and know when to apply what they have learned.
Common sense suggests that having achieved mastery within a domain
should position an instructor well to help novices develop mastery when
it comes to teaching.
10.6.5 Goal-directed Learning
Goal-directed practice coupled with targeted feedback enhances the
quality of students’ learning. In recent years, researchers in evolutionary
psychology and anthropology have proposed that the distinctive nature
of human cognition is the product of our evolution as social beings; we
are born with “social brains” that enable us to manage complex social
relationships in ways other animals cannot. This means that the concept
of the social brain is potentially useful for understanding the dynamic,
interactive relationship between individual and collective thinking, and
the role of language in mediating that relationship. The human mind is
therefore goal oriented and teaching is a process of directing the mind to
this goal.
10.6.6 Self-directed Learners
To become self-directed learners, students must learn to monitor and
adjust their approaches to learning: Teachers often say that they wish
238 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
their students were more responsible for their own learning.309 If we
want to understand and develop more self-directed learners, it’s produc-
tive to focus on what such a learner should be able to do. As a minimum,
self-directed learners should be able to focus on a given activity, manage
distractions, organize information they are given and focus on teachers
and what they are saying.
But this is all from a compliance view of learning where learning is
“taught” by the “sage on stage”. With support self-directed learners can
start to generate their own inquiries, plan how they’ll go about an activi-
ty, monitor how well an activity is going and review whether the strate-
gies they have used have proved effective.
Teaching should focus on where the bottlenecks in the discipline are,
he said. On the topics in the course that are harder for the students. The
reasons as to why they are harder, why the students lack requisite prior
knowledge, whether they need more practice of certain basic skills,
whether they bring misconceptions to the table, whether there is need to
collect some data. Once the teacher gets a handle on the reasons why, he
should start bridging those gaps with appropriate interventions.
Knowledge comes incrementally.310 The teacher should get comfortable
with a few changes at the beginning of teaching, and then expand to
others, until they reach a tipping point. Becoming more learner-centered
inevitably means giving up some of the control in the classroom. This
can be daunting, but it can also free up opportunities for more personal
and meaningful learning for the students.
309 Burgess, ibid, 181-187.
310 Avci, E. Learning from experiences to determine quality in ethics education.
International Journal of Ethics Education, 2016.
The Indispensable Relationship Between Ethics and Education 239
10.7 Conclusion
Education and ethics are often to be related, and some argued that
education does not help in ethical traits building. After the empirical
studies, even though education does not seem to be giving a direct im-
pact to ethical behavior building, but education should and always been
associating with ethical teachings. Many researchers had argued on this
and Hooker (2004) emphasizes on the unnecessary of ethics education
implication since ethical decision-making is always depends on feeling
and intuitive instead of theoretical framework in most of human life.
However, the formation of ethical behavior in individuals is based on
religious, intellectual and cultural studies. And the content of it at least
partially were involved in mandatory education since childhood. Thus,
education does play a role in building an ethical person. The conscious-
ness of important of ethics can be ignited when there are touch points
from teachings in education.
It's important to realize whether that education does play a role in
ethical building in sane mind. The philosophy behind ethical studies is
difficult be done through usual communication and casual teachings.
The complexity behind ethical decision-making requires a clear under-
standing on the fundamental of ethics studies and case references, as
most decision-making is reflected through difference moral and ethics
dimensions in difference situations.
The adequate amount of proper education on ethics can impact one's
ability to lead in an organization and enhancing its sustainability of
business through implementing proper code of conducts while putting
stakeholders as priority instead of self-centered. If one without receiving
proper education on ethics, the principles that set possibly no meeting
the requirement of the society as well as the stakeholders. It is not easy
to identify the type of ethical approach to suit the expectation of society
as it always contrast with profit generating. Thus, if one receives educa-
tion on ethics since young, they can tailor their mindset into more social-
240 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ly committed. The indispensable relationship between ethics and educa-
tion in the process of teaching and learning is useful for determining the
intensity or subject matter should be include in any level of education.
10.8 References
Armstrong, M. (1993): “Professionalism in accounting education, a
sample course”, Journal of Accounting Education, 5(1993) 27-
57.
Avci, E. (2016): “Learning from experiences to determine quality in
ethics education”, International Journal of Ethics Education.
Boon, H. (2011): “Raising the bar: Ethics education for quality teach-
ers”, Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 36/7(2011),
76– 93.
Burgess, B. (2011). “The Educational Theory of Socrates”, New
Foundation: European Journal of Education, 43(2): 181-187.
Callahan, D. & Bok, S. (1980): Ethics Teaching in Higher Education,
Plenum Press.
Dewey, John (1938): Logic: The theory of Inquiry. NY: Holt, Rine-
hart, and Winston.
Friedman, M. (1962): Capitalism and Freedom, University of Chicago
Press, Chicago.
Manea, A. D. (2014): “Influences of religious education on the for-
mation moral consciousness of students”, Procedia - Social and
Behavioral Sciences, 149, 518-523.
Warnick, B.R. & Silverman S.K. (2011): “A Framework for Profes-
sional Ethics Courses in Teacher Education”. Journal of Teacher
Education, 62: 273-285.
11
RESEARCH ETHICS AS AN EFFECTIVE
TOOLKIT FOR FUTURE LEADERSHIP
AND GOVERNANCE
A TANZANIAN PERSPECTIVE
Aidan G. Msafiri
11.1 Preamble
Research: it is defined in a number of different approaches by differ-
ent scholars and academicians311. The following include key synonyms
to the word research as a noun: investigation, experimentation, analysis,
fact finding, scrutiny, probing, post mortem, inspecting, reviewing,
searching for knowledge, assessing, verifying, discovering etc. It in-
volves both content and method.
On its broadest sense, Creswell defines research as “a process of
steps used to collect and analyse information to increase our understand-
ing of a topic or issue.”312 The most common steps in conducting re-
search include identification of the theme/ problem/challenge, to be spe-
311 Rev. Dr. Aidan G. Msafiri (PhD) is Lecturer at St. Augustine University of
Tanzania and Globethics.net East Africa (Tanzania) Advisory Board Member.
312 En.wikipedia.org/wiki/Research
242 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
cific, to use the “Taproot Tree System”, to go deeper and deeper; be
original, creative, avoid the present day plagiarism, copy and paste syn-
drome.
Ethics: in common parlance, the concept of “ethics” and “morality”
are almost indistinguishable. They are profoundly interrelated and inter-
dependent. The word “ethics” has its roots from the Greek term “ethos”
which means good conduct, discipline or character. Ethics is therefore
with what is objectively good or right for human interaction. According
to Deon Rossouw and Leon van Vuuren (2010:5), ethics resolves around
three key pillars. These are: “The self” “the good” and the other(s), cov-
ering all areas of human life313.
Responsible Leadership refers to a deep vision, passion and belief in
constant personal and institutional reflection of the short and long term
impact of his or her personal and institutional decisions on humans, so-
ciety, resources, academic, politics, the earth etc.314 In short, a responsi-
ble and passionate leader, strongly emphasizes particularly on the rele-
vance of building sustainable institutions and societies.
Responsible Governance: admittedly, there is a close connection be-
tween governance and leadership. Governance simply a conscientious
culture and will power of a leader to be a care holder, a protector, a
313Rossouw, Deon et al, Business Ethics, (Cape Town: Oxford University Press,
2010) 5.
314 Rossouw, et ali, Business Ethics, 289.
The Other
The Self
The Good
Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit for Future Leadership 243
servant, a sustainer and a protector of all material and non-material (hu-
man) resources or capital both for the current and the future generations
of humans and non-humans as a whole.
11.2 Justification and Rationale
The present day syndrome and culture of massive corruptive practic-
es, irresponsible leaders, misuse of Tanzanians natural resources, riots,
lawlessness, and dissatisfaction among citizens (politically, economical-
ly, socially, educationally etc.) are clear causes and effects of irresponsi-
ble leadership and governance. Consequently, as the dictum goes, “No
research no right to speak” it is justifiable to make this assertion that no
researches no right to lead, no research, no right to govern. Fundamen-
tal ethical values, habitus and ethos such as justice, transparency, digni-
ty, accountability, foresight, care, concern, participation, forgiveness,
agape, peace, and solidarity form the heart of a good leadership model
and best practice. Such ethical values in particular have vanished from
the current leadership and governance model especially in Tanzania and
Africa in particular.
11.2.1 Thought Provoking Questions
• Could we change our “Silicon Savannah” into transforma-
tive values for leadership and governance in Tanzania315?
• Have we forgotten Nyerere’s key pillars for good leadership
and governance?
• Are our leaders responsible in fostering good institutional
management of people and resources?
• Do the current decisions and actions of our political leaders
(from the President, ministers, parliamentarians, intellectu-
315 “Silicon Savannah” is Kenya's promising tech hub, home to more than 200
startups. [Ed.]
244 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
als, economists, planners etc) reflect real responsible lead-
ers or comedians?
• Do they have the courage to learn from either their own
mistakes or those of others? Do they believe past lessons
from researches etc?
• Do our leaders take seriously both the short and long term
consequences of their personal and institutional decisions
for the wellbeing of its people?
• Do our leaders have internal ethics and values for leader-
ship and governance?
• To what extent do our leaders in Tanzania promise a politi-
cal paradigm and system that really cares for sustainable
management of both human and natural resources?
• Are we managing or damaging?
• Are we leading or simply pleading?
• What could academicians and leaders to be do?
• Personally, communally, collectively, nationally, etc. Could
we rediscover the core values for responsible leadership and
governance in Tanzania today?316
11.2.2 Structure of the Paper
This paper entails three main parts. In the first part, an attempt is
made to both underscore and show the relevance of research ethics and
publication as the soul and engine for responsible leadership and good
governance in Tanzania. The second part indicates the current leadership
“void” and vacuum in Tanzania.
316 We invite to discover a list of other important questions as Addendum to this
chapter.
Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit for Future Leadership 245
11.3 Research and Academic Publications as the Soul
and Motor for the Responsible Leadership and Good
Governance in Tanzania
11.3.1 The Initial Planning Principle: (Luke 14:28)
• It starts with a dream, vision and passion
• It demands creativity moving from ignorance to illusion then
to innovation (3Is).
• It calls for an added value. It entails, clear critical and con-
structive attitude.
• It demands a scholar to move from passion to profession.
• It demands true interest.
• It calls for newness and not repetition, “copy and paste” syn-
drome (plagiarism etc.)
• True research and academic culture demands the value of
originality, nobility and foresight that is forward looking.
• It underscores the truth that encapsulated in this saying: “If
you do not use your brain you lose it.” Good research involves
objective or descriptive or expository, argumentation and norma-
tive writing
• It demands a real pragmatic culture of translating brilliant
ideas, literature knowledge and information to real life, praxis,
and practicum.
11.3.2 The Principle, no Research, no Right to Lead and Govern
It is commonly reported that the famous British researcher, academi-
cian and leader, Sir Francis Bacon said, “knowledge is power” and
246 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
therefore the more knowledge there is, the more power we have317. We
should note that today USA, China, Europe and the BRICS countries are
increasingly becoming power houses of the world. The more knowledge
and research are done contextually; building on geographical
knowledge, the more world power and development is given incentives.
Newton and later Churchill also acknowledged this circle of progress:
“The empires of the future are the empires of the mind”, if we want to
be seeing further it is “by standing on the shoulders of Giants”. To dis-
cover or reinvent truth, one needs to have the courage of building on
previous discoveries, or inventions. Do we have the courage, passion
and zeal to do this? 318.
Opachchowski (2008:449) went so far as affirming that, “anyone
who gives up learning and research in life must also give up living.”
A famous Greek philosopher made a more modest but concrete pro-
posal: “If one does not know to which port once is sailing to no wind is
favorable”.
The Bill Gate’s Development Principle: a Provocative Truth or an
Aporia?
It seems that the secret of China’s becoming the world’s giant today
is through research, knowledge, R & D and innovations culture and pas-
sion. The ethics by the Chinese example is limited, because it cannot be
globally applicable without defining precisely the geographical context
in which success is likely to multiply, and the reasons for being so. Can
we agree with the claim attributed to Bill Gate that: “If you are born
poor, it I not your mistake, but if you die poor, it is your mistake”?
317 In his context, Bacon was using the term in relation to his philosophical
views on religion and the qualities of God: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Scien-
tia_potentia_est [Ed.]
318 [Ed.].
Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit for Future Leadership 247
The Christian Leadership and Prophetic Principle as Avant-garde De-
velopment Principle
• It Christian Leadership and Prophetic Principle is based on
the courage to witness in a prophetic manner: (Is 4:14) John
1:12)
• It is the engine of total liberation and transformation.
• It is the source of integral/holistic development of the entire
human person: Intellectually, spiritually, socially, psychological-
ly, economically, technologically, politically, religiously, biolog-
ically etc.
• It is the formative and transformative “Soul” and engine to
spearhead what we call “excellence in learning”, including re-
search, publication, leadership, governance, management, service
rendering and qualitative growth319.
• The Golden Maxim Principle (Mt.22:37-39) underscores the
fundamental motivation of engaging in research, publication,
quality service, quality eldership, governance etc. to fellow hu-
mans and the planet (as Sustainable Development Principle).
• It occasions the discovery moments: “eureka!” (Greek:
Εύρηκα) the joy when one finds something.
• It promotes responsibility to God and fellow humans.
• It reiterates the old Jewish saying: “When good people do
nothing, evil increases.”
Conclusively, when one aspires to conduct an academic world class
research and ambition knowledge (epistemic) authority, to develop
knowledge platforms and aim at consolidating higher education leader-
319 Cf. Msafiri, Aidan G. Globalization of Concern, Globethics.net Focus Series,
Geneva: Globethics.net Publications, 2012, 131.
248 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ship, initial planning, research (descriptive, historical, statisti-
cal/empirical etc.) methods and approaches and all qualitative research
methods) are necessary. However, Robert A. Day managing editor of the
American Society of microbiologists offers a powerful poignant remark
for academic communication of research results and writing: “To learn
to write well, you should read good writing”. It goes without saying “to
learn to lead and govern well you should read and research good leader-
ship and governance320”. Hence higher education institutions need to
develop both a coherent culture and ethic of research and leadership in
Tanzania today. Let us now try to identify leadership crises, dilemmas
and bad practices of the current generation of leaders in Tanzania. In-
deed true researchers, academicians, professionals need to recognize the
limits of methodological solipsism of a do-yourself research and leader-
ship model, and embark instead towards collaborative and co-design
models.
11.4 Current Leadership Vacuum, and Governance
Dilemmas in Tanzania
Systematic Corruption as an Indicator of Failure of Leadership and
Governance in Tanzania.
According to the Tanzania Governance Review (2013) lack of trans-
parency with impunity has been identified as being critical in the follow-
ing areas. Government’s has tolerated engagement in secret and unethi-
cal contracts, particularly in gas and oil resources and mineral resources.
Corruption is involved in the power utility of TANESCO, Richmond
Saga, DOWANS etc. Government’s syndrome in allowing excessive tax
exemptions to foreign investors are highlighted, encouraging mispricing,
tax havens etc. Government ministries, as the Ministry of Tourism and
Natural Resources retained 25 bn Tsh. from 2011 revenue in 2012 (see
320 Cf. Msafiri, Dec 2013.
Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit for Future Leadership 249
Public Accounts Committee, TGR 2012:16). The increase of public ex-
penditure allowances accounted for about 16% of the wage bill. Massive
leadership vacuum and irresponsibility is revealed by the prevention of
corruption bureau the so-called (PCCB). There is little or no stern ac-
tions taken against corrupt leadership in Tanzania to date. Poor or inex-
istent legal action is taken against the ex-ministers, Mustafa Mkulo for
his failure to control budget deficit and inflation321.
The same applies on human rights violation since 2013 by Prime
Minister Pinda, Shukuru Kawambwa introduction of Division 5 and
paralyzing educational quality and excellence, Kagasheki in failing to
manage the pastoralists and agriculturist land crisis.
Massive Leadership Failure of Local Governance: there is concrete
evidence of systemic misuse of the development grants at the local level.
Corruption in All CCM Elections: the Director General of PCCB- Dr.
Edward Hosea said that “Never before in the history of this country’s
elections have there been (such) widely reported allegations of corrup-
tion in the ruling party […]. Most political leaders are in corrupt deal-
ings, and therefore are not expected to set examples in the communi-
ty”.322 Corruption in CCM elections has taken a new approach by shift-
ing from an individual bribing to network bribing.
Wanton Leadership Failure of Education Quality and Delivery
• Introduction of a ”shameful” National Form Four Examina-
tion Grading system by the Ministry of Education under the aus-
321 William Ngeleja for failure to avoid power crisis nightmares; Omar Nundu
and Athuman Mfutakamba for systemic and financial irregularities in the expan-
sion programmes of the Port of Dar es Salaam; Ezekiel Maige for failure to con-
trol poaching and export of live animals; Haji Mponda and Lucy Nkya for fail-
ure to manage doctors’ strike and corruption in MSD; Cyril Chami for phantom
vehicle pre-shipment scam? The list and litany goes on and on. [Ed.]
322 Musendo, Zephaniah (2012): The Order of the day in Tanzania in Mirror
Digest, 27th October, 2012.
250 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
pices of a myopic Motto “Big Results Now” which is quantity
oriented, short –term designed non credible.
• Poor teacher motivation and human resource capacity build-
ing to meet the shortage of qualified teachers.
• Lack of government’s leadership in facilitating research for
quality education and professionalism. Academic Problems and
challenges need academic solutions, not political propaganda.
Government’s Ever Growing Inability in Promoting Human Rights
and Rule of Law
• In October, 2011, the leader of the parliamentary team which
made a critical post-mortem of the Richmond Saga, Dr. Harrison
Mwakyembe (CCM) was sent to India for treatment due to possi-
ble poisoning.
• The ever growing disproportionate use of force by the police
and Field Force Unit (FFU) particularly against genuine meetings
and demonstrations organized by CHADEMMA
• The unacceptable killings and attacks and bombings of reli-
gious leaders, churches in Zanzibar, Arusha etc.
• The inhuman torture and force against the people of Mtwara
in 2013 against government’s non dialogue decisions to build a
gas pipe from Mtwara to Dar es Salaam, as the huge weakness
and loopholes of the Tanzania’s natural Gas Policy of 2012.
• Lack of government’s moral and leadership authority in pro-
moting true rule of law, democracy and good governance in
many sectors in Tanzania. Hence, leading to an ever growing gap
and inequalities between the rich and the poor, the elites and the
non-elites etc.
Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit for Future Leadership 251
Massive leadership and Governance Incompetence in Tracking
the Extractive Industry
a) Mining Companies in Tanzania take lion’s share323:
• Lack of rue and timely peoples participation in the mining
contracts, etc.
• Tanzania’s small or indigenous minors are not taken “serious-
ly” as national stakeholders particularly in the extractive industry.
Hence, minerals and other natural resources have become “a
curse” instead of being “a blessing” especially to the poorest of
the poor at the Bottom of the Pyramid. (BOP).
Government’s Leadership Failure in Managing Land and Agriculture
for People
• Massive Land Grabbing manic particularly by foreign inves-
tors has been on the rise year by year, HAKIARDHI has estimat-
ed that by September, 2012, about 1’125’000 ha had been for-
mally leased to foreign investors324. Is the government managing
or damaging these resources?
Company
Origin
CROP
Area
(Ha)
SEKAB BT
SWEDEN
Sugar Cane
400’000
AGRISOL
ENERGY
LLC
USA Maize Livestock 325’000
GREEN
RESOURCES
AS
NORWAY
Forestry, Carbon Sequestra-
tion 100’000
DI Oils
UK
Jatriphe
60’000
KAPUNGA
Rice Project
URT Jatriphe and Rice 50’000
323 “It is disappointing to see some mining investors want to benefit alone…
leaving the government and surrounding communities with nothing.” Jakaya
Kikwete, Citizen, 28th April, 2012. HAKIARDHI or the Land Rights Research
& Resources Institute has a precise mission: to ensure realization of the rights to
land of the majority of the small land holders rural based communities. [Ed.]
324 Cf. East African 7th November, 2012
252 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
(Source: Katunda et al 2013:21-28)
• Lack of citizens’ land rights. Most of the 30 million Tanzani-
ans who make 2/3 of the entire population simply practice semi
subsistence farming based on mere customary rights of occupan-
cy!!
• The “Kilimo Kwanza” Nightmare. Indeed, its vision and poli-
cy simply remain utopia.
• Constraints on the Cashew nut and cotton sectors industry in
selling its products (Cfr: Delayed payments to Tandahimba
Cashew nut growers which eventually led to the April 2012 dis-
turbances and demonstration who were justly demanding for full
payment of their cashew nut sales.
Government’s Leadership Failure in Commodifying NGO’s, CBO’s;
CSO’s and Public Official-Traffic Police
• There is growing evidence of growing and widespread fraud
among Tanzania’s NGOs, CBO, CSOs e.g. corruption in WWF
Programme. CFR: Corruption in WWF programmed a embez-
zlement of US and Norwegian funding by WWF staff –TGR
2013: 7 2 )
• Today, Tanzania’s Police unit and particularly, traffic police
are dubbed as the most corrupt public service leaders being fol-
lowed by the by judiciary, TRA health services and registry.
In short, all these are indicative of both institutional and systemic
leadership failure by the current generation of Tanzanians’ leaders. This
has brought about deep dissatisfaction and mistrust particularly on the
poor part of the local populace and the poor in particular. Could we say
this is already the ”Point of No Return” or “Last Point of Return”. What
should urgently be done to do away with this emerging malignant lead-
ership cells and cultures? Let us now identify the intrusive link (“Nex-
Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit for Future Leadership 253
us”) particularly between good ethical principles, virtues, habits and
values research and ethics of good leadership and governance as a
whole.
11.5 Ethical Principles for Responsible Leadership and
Governance in Tanzania: a Holistic Research Ethics
as Toolkit
The Ethical Principles of Justice and True Love (AGAPE)
This demands future researches, leaders and to amalgamate and
synergise the values justice, integrity, true sharing, love, tolerance,
commitment, transformation, transparency, responsibility, engagement,
care, empathy particularly with and for the poorest of the poor (“Walala
Hoi, Wachovu”, etc.)
The Ethical Principle of Human Capital Development
Human persons and their intellectual ability to transform their lives
runs as the key element in bringing about true socio-economic and tech-
nological development (as Nyerere’s vision for development which de-
mands “Watu, Ardhi, Siasa, Safi na Uongozi bora”)
The ABC Model/ Type of Leaders and Governors
a) A Type of Leaders (E.g. Nyerere, Nelson Mandela 3%
• Innovative, Efficiency
• Effectiveness
• Visionary, committed
• Sacrifice oriented
• Sustainability oriented
• Agape oriented
• Empathetic etc.
• If they are given paper they transform it to gold.
b) B Type: 13%
• Do the bare minimum
• No sacrifice
254 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
• Routine
• If she/he is given gold it remains Gold, no added value.
c) C Type of Leadership: 84%
• Cheap popularity
• Mediocre
• Destructive
• Opportunistic
• Comedians
• No added value
•
“If he/she is given gold, he/she changes it into rubbish.
The Principles of Good Preparation and Success Factors or
P.P.P.P.P (5Ps) Preliminary Preparation Prevents Poor Performance,
promotes the value and virtue of trust (Msafiri 2012:82-84). Trust is
seen as a new global currency, a fundamental value of confidence, a
necessary social phenomena.
The Principle of a Healthy Leadership is founded on the values of
true discipline, management ability, humility, communicative culture,
pro-activeness, competence, foresight, innovation, honesty, freedom and
good character. It demands the leader to be a servant who can emulate
the values of healing what is wounded and empower others. It demands
us of the famous German saying which goes “he who wants to win must
lead.”
The Principle of Behavioral Change and Transformation demands
deep change as opposed to complacency and indifference. It demands
the ethical virtues of basic human virtue of moderation and humility
against the vices of greed (hyper-conservation) and arrogance both on
part of researches and generation of future leaders. Hence, it is about
striving “being more” instead of “having more.” It demands true dedica-
tion and commitment particularly in promoting human dignity, respect,
rights true happiness and common welfare.
The Principle of Admirable Best Practice and Role Modeling invites
us to remember that true leader researcher or writer can teach by what
Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit for Future Leadership 255
he/she says, but can teach better by what she/he does, and even better by
what he/she is. Examplarist virtue ethics shows us that a responsible
leader can be seen as a giant and admirable virtuous model, defined by
direct reference to that example and concrete model of true ethical
“heavy weight” (as Nelson “Madiba” Mandela, Julius Nyerere).
A true and responsible leader struggles to establish a deep sense of
ethical culture and life style, not only related to external behavior mod-
els, but also on good practices.
• He/she does not talk the talk, but walk the talk.
• He/she knows what leadership, capacities and values do not
simply fall from the sky.
• He/she admits that values give birth to values and vices give
birth to vices.
• He/she admits that power corrupts and absolute power in aca-
demics, politics, etc. corrupts absolutely.
• He/she does not sit on his/her laurel but he/she keeps awake
making in-depth and long term strategies, based on precise
contextual scanning and prognosis, gathered from the re-
sources of various disciplines of the academia: as education,
politics, economy, social sciences and information technolo-
gy.
• He/she values the different talents and abilities of his people.
(Cor 12:1-13:1ff)
11.6 Concluding Remarks
Admittedly, China for instance has become the worlds’ economic gi-
ant. Annually, it sends about 500 young people to do research in the
USA or Europe. This is particularly due to her immense passion on re-
search, innovation and leadership drive. This has its roots in research,
knowledge creation and dissemination and application. This is the “con-
dition sine qua non” for true change and leadership, politically, socially.
Economically, technologically, ethically, etc.
Second, as the wise saying alludes: only composers of songs know
the beauty of music notes, the nexus between values, ethics, and ethos in
256 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
research, leadership and governance need to be reinforced anew. As
Winston Churchill once said “we ignored the age of action and now we
are forced with the age of consequences”.
Last but not least, as key stakeholders particularly in academic and
political transformation we need to rediscover the centrality of ethics in
all disciplines. As Beth Krasna vividly observes that in ten years’ time
“ethics will be a major factor in decision making. Rules, box-ticking and
checklists will not be sufficient; there will be need to create core values
to be embedded in all organizations.” Globethics.net remains the leading
toolkit and best practice of this philosophy not only theoretically but
also practically.
References
Knoblauch , Joerg et al (2007): Mit Werten Zukunft gestalten, Holzge-
ringen: Haensler Verlag.
Krasna Beth (2005): Thinking Ethics, London: Profile Books.
Msafiri, Aidan G. (2008): Globalization of Concern I, Dar es Salaam,
DUP.
—. Globalisation of Concern II (2012): Globethics.net Focus Series
No. 8. Geneva: Globethics.net Publications.
—. (2013): “Good Governance and Sustainable management of Natu-
ral Resources in Tanzania”, Konrad Adenauer Stiftung (KAS)
Journal, Vol. II, Dar es Salaam, March 2013.
Policy Forum, Tanzania Governance Review 2012: Transparency with
Impunity, Dar es Salaam, Policy Forum, December 2013.
Rossouw, Deon, Leon van Vuuren (2010): Business Ethics, Cape
Town: Oxford University Press.
Stückelberger, Christoph, Jesse N.K Mugambi (Eds.) (2009): Respon-
sible Leadership Global and Contextual Perspective, Globeth-
ics.net Global Series, Geneva: Gloebthics.net Publications
Research Ethics as an Effective Toolkit for Future Leadership 257
Addendum
Other important questions listed by the author include325:
• Do we agree that new researchers have a greater chance to be-
come responsible and inspiring leaders?
• Why, do we today have irresponsible leaders and governors in
Tanzania?
• Does the introduction of Division 5 in the national Form IV ex-
amination reflect the type of leaders we have in Tanzania?
• Do we see the link between good researchers and good govern-
ance?
• What lesson could we learn from leadership giants like Man-
dela, Nkrumah, and Gandhi?
• What ethical principles constitute the essence of good leader-
ship and governance?
• Do our leaders and governors have a vision, passion and the
necessary will to transform our societies?
• Could we discuss today Silicon “Values” among African Uni-
versity Scholars?
• Could the current generation of Tanzanian researchers and
leaders put themselves in the shoes of leaders like Nyerere,
Mandela, Nkrumah, and Martin Luther King?
325 [Ed.]
12
INCLUSIVE EDUCATION AND EPISTEMIC
VALUE IN THE PRAXIS OF ETHICAL
CHANGE
Ignace Haaz
“How did we learn this word (“good” for instance)?
From what sort of examples? In what language-games?
Then it will be easier for you to see that the word must have a family of meanings.”
(L. Wittgenstein, 1953, §77326)
12.1 Inclusive Education
12.1.1 Epistemic Value, Ethics and Online Learning
In many universities and related knowledge transmission organisa-
tions, professional focus on empirical data shows as in vocational educa-
tion that preparation for real life technical work is important, as one
would expect from “career education”. University is as the name shows
on the contrary focusing on the universality of some sort of education,
which is neither a technical one, nor much concerned by preparing one-
self for a career. We see that knowledge comes also across disciplines,
326 Wittgenstein, Ludwig (1953/2010): Philosophical Investigations, Transl. G.
E. M. Anscombe, 4th revised Ed. by P. M. S. Hacker and Joachim Schulte,
Wiley-Blackwell.
260 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
which can enrich academic education. Vocational and university educa-
tion could agree on the fact that we all are lifelong learners, a concept
that could be streamlined into institutional education models, where
technical and pragmatic views would be assessed327. There is not much
focus however on how everyday life could be made a fertile ground for
education. The scope of this chapter is to propose an analysis of inclu-
sion as the very essence of an ethics of reformation of education, which
in our opinion cannot come from the institution of education as much as
from a common basis between everyday learning capacities and curricu-
lum based learning methods. Inclusive vision and values should be theo-
retically explained by philosophers in order to be refined and adapted
into our current experience of values, pointing out issues about method
and knowledge parameters. In particular a focus on epistemic values
should bring good indications on how to empower others, and leave a
more inclusive life, assuming the somehow paradoxical and surprising
idea that knowledge is as important in real life outside the university as
it is in the classroom, being the real universal value and currency across
disciplines, times and contexts – and that university learns from being
inclusive, i. e. by bringing not only a higher point of view on technical
education but also a wider view on the human being.
“Epistemic values” simply mean that knowledge and truth should
have a value. In order to fulfil the mission of an education institution, we
should commit to the ideal of knowledge transmission realiter, not only
as a consequence of our practice of teacher, editor or librarian. It is not
enough to practically agree on the argument that human rights (SDGs)
and communities are good solutions to unethical problems of exclusion
and mismanagement (religious communities, academic communities are
of course important elements). Academia and information science dif-
327 Lucas, Bill, Spencer, Ellen and Claxton, Guy (2012): How to Teach Voca-
tional Education: A Theory of Vocational Pedagogy, Centre for Real-World
Learning, University of Winchester, The City and Guilds of London Institute.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 261
fers from various other professional fields in that knowledge and truth
have a particular value for any person or group part of these environ-
ments or stakeholder in education. To move on the line of building
communities is important, in particular for an online platforms based on
internet (this is the case for institutions based on distance learning meth-
ods, for networks of teachers and students, for higher education admin-
istration distance learning and ToTs, and in open and distance learning
in general). To build online open and distance communities gives a ra-
ther practical solution to an ethical need which is always as well a theo-
retical question328.
Ethics and inclusive education should not be reduced to the action
level of practical possibilities, just because these notions serve to make
ethics understandable to all. A balance between theory and practice
should always be considered. In this chapter we shall express the view
that theoretical levels of ethical understandings focusing on ethics, edu-
cation and research help inclusion of others in education institutions, far
from the view that theory is a field which should be left to the attention
of some eccentrics living in ivory towers.
By the means of theoretical understanding of ethics as in metaethics,
epistemology, history of science and information science, we are also
accepting that ethics might entail a plurality of views, as well as the
richness of a common sense understanding of some widely shared
standards of ethics across cultures and historical times.
If we can ground ethics on some shared values it is also because any
human being should be recognized some basic rights for education.
328 See the commented survey on ODL: Zawacki-Richter, Olaf and Qayyum,
Adnan (2019): Open and Distance Education in Asia, Africa and the Middle
East, Springer-Briefs in Open and Distance Education, https://doi.org/
10.1007/978-981-13-5787-9_1
262 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
12.1.2 Inclusive Education in Practice: An Introduction
12.1.2.1 Facts of Special Needs in Education
Inclusive education defined as special education has a specific aim
and a set of means to adapt an education structure to the individual
needs of some students with special needs329. The purpose of special
education is providing specialized services to students with disabilities
so that they can develop and overcome their difficulties, in some cases
that they succeed academically330. Different roles in the education sector
are concerned by delivering this service.
The assistance of a behaviour specialist for younger students as
children with emotional disabilities and mental health disorders is part
of inclusive education. Early intervention enables an educator to work
with children from birth to kindergarten to support important skills de-
velopment. Education institution employees do not actually diagnose
behavioural or cognitive delays, medical professionals must do that, but
they look at indicators that draw relations between cognitive deficits and
educational concerns. Para educators are instructional assistant, integral
part of the educational team because they provide the support a teacher,
but are not responsible for learning that takes place. Special education
administrators and coordinators, take leading roles in decision-making
and in facilitating the right outcomes for students with special needs, by
directing and overseeing the whole team of education related staff. Spe-
cial education teachers serve both as a teacher and as an advocate for
329 Ignace Haaz received a Doctorat ès Lettres from the University of Geneva
and was Doctor Assistant at the Department of Philosophy of the University of
Fribourg (Switzerland). Since 2013, he has contributed to release over 190
books on ethics and theology as Globethics.net Publications Manager and is also
active as Globethics.net online Ethics Library Programme Executive.
330 Special Education Guide, 2019, https://www.specialeducationguide.com
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 263
students with special needs, juggling with responsibilities related indi-
vidualized education programs for those in special need331.
12.1.2.2 Sociological Framework of Inclusion and the Ethical Principle
of Inclusiveness
As special education it can be derived from a general will to give
equal rights to all in terms of education, including handicapped persons
who should also have the right for education. Inclusive education is also
to do with the evolution of the role of parents, who are more closely
involved with the education of their children or young adult relatives.
Family life is not only impacted by the needs and limitations of young
persons with disabilities, it is as well under pressure of assessing the
precise utility and contextual progress of psychological care and contin-
uing impact on education, while continuing to live a normal relationship
with the person who should never be reduced to a patient or to the socio-
logical facts of special needs332.
In a more general sense, inclusiveness (as opposed to exclusion, seg-
regation, or even integration) can be understood as adopting proactive
measures that eliminate the barriers which hinder the learning and the
full participation of students. Inclusion should transform the teacher’s
and institution’s method of education and adapt to the individual needs
of persons not only with disabilities (Gavira & Moriña, 2015). Inclu-
siveness should also be a way to ethically reform education institutions
to be more truthful to their mission of delivering a decent education for
all.
331 Special Education Guide, Ibid.
332 Éric Plaisance, « Débats, échanges autour de l'éducation inclusive dans le
monde », La nouvelle revue de l'adaptation et de la scolarisation 2013/2 (N°
62), pp. 183-186. Rosario López Gavira & Anabel Moriña (2015) “Hidden voic-
es in higher education: inclusive policies and practices in social science and law
classrooms”, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19:4, 365-378
264 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Exclusion
Separation of those
who have a capacity
for education, or lin-
guistic capacity, from
those who don’t have
Segregation
Separation and
concentration on the
base of capacity and
qualities
Integration
Incorporation of
those previously
separated but next
to each other
Inclusion
To insert all
together, the
structure adapts
to the individual
needs
Figure: Source: Robert Aehnelt (2013): Historische Schritte auf dem Weg
zur Inklusion auf gesellschaftlicher Ebene
Descriptive efforts should be made by anthropologists, linguists,
digital media experts and philosophers to show the highly attractive na-
ture of inclusive education, not because of some dogmatic arbitrary
choice but because inclusiveness is in conflict with our subjective notion
of values. Across disciplines all should explain and communicate how
ethics is practised, but also be aware about how ethics is related to theo-
ry on a metaethical level.
In practice we all observe that there are involuntary habits which im-
pact our lives but that are passively experienced, as first order short term
desires, and beyond our long term conscious control (such as phobia,
obsessions, compulsive disorders). Therapeutic care can be used to heal
and revive capacities restricted by physiological mechanical or psycho-
logical causal constraints. If a child or a young adult is not given precise
limits in the use of the internet, he or she may develop behaviour-
al/mental health disorders, such as computer addiction and insomnia.
In order to promote health and education behavioural change and
empowerment are needed, the first targeting individual or group behav-
iours through information incentives and manipulations, it is an easy
way to change short term or first order desires, but is of no use for the
development of personal autonomy and risks to induce other health and
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 265
education inequalities333. Empowerment on the contrary needs longer to
realize because it is not a top-down but collaborative approach, but the
change induced is respecting personal autonomy, and has long term ef-
fects. In order to be collaborative approaches, health and education
measures should be primarily considered by decision related experienc-
es, even though some changes in life are not chosen but nudged into
some kind of behaviour. Changing behaviour as empowerment can be
related semantically to the notion of inclusive and collaborative learning
to change our attitudes in various types of interactions, interrelations,
reciprocity based attitudes, religion related mutuality, in opposition to a
“behaviour-change approach” which wants “to influence (other) people
to change their health-related behaviour, be it to stop smoking, eat less,
eat better, exercise more”, etc. (Tengland, ibid.). At best change as em-
powerment should be part of mutual attentions and care in collaboration
but this is only the practice based common ground.
Ethical philosophy shed some light on how inclusion and inclusive-
ness in education could/should be seen as central focus of ethical refor-
mation or change334. In particular we would like to address the question
to what extent knowledge has a value that brings change in our life as
333 We think at social marketing techniques and sophisticated technics of nudg-
ing people into certain kinds of behaviour. See as example: Tengland, Per-
Anders. (2012) Behavior Change or Empowerment: On the Ethics of Health-
Promotion Strategies, Public Health Ethics, 5, 140-153, http://dx.doi.org/
10.1093/phe/phs022
334 In The Value of Critical Knowledge, Ethics and Education (Ignace Haaz,
2019), I have attempted to show from a philosophical historical point of view
how the values of good education are interrelated to generous and inclusive edu-
cation, which has a long history. Introducing an ethics of generosity can help
prevent unexpected catalysts for discrimination and oppression. This book in-
vites the reader to rediscover the Cartesian system of virtues focused on the
central virtue of generosity, as key paradigm of inclusive education. Download
for free from: www.globethics.net/philosophy-series
266 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
such, without focusing here on the question about how self-knowledge
and knowledge can be achieved at the same time.
The ethics of inclusive share of esteem across cultures and bounda-
ries remain a powerful counter reaction to the movements of groups
driven by polarizing sociological mechanisms, which generate division
and reproduce factual inequalities. Education is revolutionary in the
sense that educators tend to firmly believe that we can discipline our-
selves to follow ethical guides, in order to dismantle barriers that are
being formed by difference.
In order to understand inclusion as related to the values of
knowledge and truth, we need to present a concept of change, as a sim-
ple and not contradictory practice. With an appropriate notion of self-
esteem and esteem of others, and with a strong concept of truth and what
we call the ethical change or reformation, we can fulfil the main condi-
tions for dialogue with others and inclusion of others, tolerating some
disruptive attitudes, because our compass is fixed on solid ground. The
right attitude is not complacency toward others, nor is it an unjustified
desire to please others. I shall attempt to sketch out some basic ingredi-
ents of what an “ethical reformation of values” can mean, and we will
argue that change is best assured when knowledge is granted.
12.2 Ethical Change Understood Philosophically
If we listen to media campaigns we are told on daily basis to em-
brace disruption in our behaviour, or collectively on the level of policies,
and change early and at any price. In order to have some dialogical and
second order desire based foundation of empowerment and change, let’s
try to unfold the complex process of how change enters our mental life,
by reflecting on movements and practices and try to show how trans-
formation is widely present in our life:
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 267
12.2.1 Potentiality in Action
Philosophical ethics is not only related to the arena of intentional re-
flection. It is not solely reflective, conscious deliberation that leads us to
live our values but also that which brings what exists as human potenti-
ality, which is virtual, into actuality as an active experimentation
(Greek: energeia as opposed to dynamis) 335. Potentiality in action
means either a reflective conversations (e. g. between professionals) or
as a smoothly incorporated collective practise in any type of social activ-
ity. Consciously transmitted values in a process of experimentation and
actualisation are open to change and revision.
12.2.2 Humans are Relational Beings
Homo sapiens gained an advantage over more dopamine addicted
cousins by having a low “neanderthal quotient336”. In other words, we as
humans survived, even before inventing an elaborate language, religious
gatherings and great economic collaborations, through simple social
ability and willingness to live in groups. Humans are beings whose iden-
tity is formed in relationship to the beings around them. In the practice
of good relationships, the care of one’s self can also be seen as a pre-
condition for being able to care for others. Good relationships depend on
collective expression in practice but also on a minimal security of our
private sphere.
12.2.3 Esteem and Empowerment
Self-esteem and esteem-of others can afford some degree of ethical
reformation and change: it is the price of a humanistic and pluralistic
view on values, and a constructive dialectic between power oriented and
335 I leave open the metaphysical structure of our setting; I refer to a basic con-
cept, that of Energeia, given by Aristotle and interpreted it in a personal way.
336 Geher, Glenn, Holler, Richard, Chapleau, David et alii, “Using Personal
Genome Technology and Psychometrics to Study the Personality of the Nean-
derthals”, Human Ethology Bulletin 32 (2017)3: 34-46.
268 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
service oriented ethics of leadership337. As long as we acknowledge ei-
ther a wide set of inherent values, or one core humanity grounded value,
and we do so precisely and value refined values consequently among
peers, adapting to given geographical contexts, we are dealing with
strong values, quite on the opposite of complacency and resignation
which are rooted in impotence, and cannot be embedded in shared es-
teem. Excessive limitations in potential/competence cannot afford any
change or revision of values.
Complacency occurs if we depreciate our self-esteem (individually
or collectively); by willing to please others at an unaffordable cost vis-à-
vis some essential potential and shared values. Ethical change should go
away from complacency toward initiative and empowerment.
12.2.4 Contempt for the Pain instead of Blaming
How should we answer to wrong actions in a fairly inclusive way?
Answering by contempt instead of by blaming to a wrong differs from
seeking to correct a wrong at any price, but seeking instead to empower
by showing the right example. Blaming is related to the hope that the
perpetrators of wrongful actions can see their guilt and recognize and
experience it as wrong. “Praise and punishment can correct and effec-
tively control behaviour when it affects people who are concerned not
only with their reputation, but also with self-esteem. Moral censure pro-
duces a moral shock: feelings of guilt, failure and defiance. Blame gen-
erates displeasure and should therefore often be omitted, even if it might
be appropriate. Some blame remains silent blame and should remain
so.” (Wolf, Haaz, 2011). Blaming is a poor method of amelioration or
facilitation of virtuous action, mainly based on a rights based retributive
principle which evaluates the complex interrelations of various rights, it
337 See my definition of ethical pluralism, as opposed to ethical relativism, Haaz
(2019), op. cit., in particular Ch. 2 “Leadership, Anti-realism and moral psy-
chology”.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 269
is as using “the power of Beelzebub to force out demons” (Matthew
12.24). Answering to wrongs by contempt (as mépris for Descartes) is
very different, it takes the value of moral sentiments seriously but
doesn’t cultivate the hope of changing behaviour by proactive moral
shocks; mépris can and should remain as silent as possible in order to
not add more pain and suffering in the world338. Contempt should not be
understood in the popular sense of stigmatisation but on the contrary, it
is writing off a wrong as negligible—“e.g. a hero could be said to have
‘contempt for the pain of his wounds”339.
12.2.5 Digital Disruption
Economy, commerce, administration, communication, our work and
even our presence —the beginning, the origin, or the active constitution
of the self and values— are increasingly digital. It is indeed a chaotic
change but also an invitation for creativity in the age of digital disrup-
tion. Increasingly, we are including technology in our interactions;
therefore we should speak of techno-moral care and change. Indeed we
allocate differently our time and energy since the emergence of a new
phenomenon: the development of digital technologies, a paradigm shift
as revolutionary as the Gutenberg’s printing press340.
338 Wolf, Jean-Claude, Haaz, Ignace, Strafe als Tadel? Argumente pro und kont-
ra in: Von Hirsch, A., Neumann, U. and Seelmann, K. (Hrsg.), Strafe - Warum?
Gegenwärtige Strafbegründungen im Lichte von Hegels Straftheorie, 2011, 69-
78.
339 Descartes, René (1649/2010): Passions of the Soul, Transl. and Glossary by
Jonathan Bennett. See Glossary: “Contempt”.
340 I owe this § to Christian Grund Sørensen’s bright insights (“Church and
Neighbour in an Age of Artificial Intelligence and Disruption”, Report, un-
published, May 2019), for convincing me on the relevance of digital disruption
as not only as quantitative modality of an augmented reality or presence, but as
a paradigm shift in the sense of T. Kuhn (The Structure of Scientific Revolutions,
1962) a paradigm shift occurs when “the dominant paradigm under which nor-
mal science operates is rendered incompatible with new phenomena”.
270 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
12.2.5.1 Digital Disruption as a Democratisation Process
The use of internet to express the voice of the majority, relates to the
participation opportunities in social life, whereby new digital platforms
provide new opportunities for online activism. E-activism, e-petition, e-
citizenship, e-government, e-voting are promising aspects of the inter-
net, having more technical capacity to interact. Do we have more time
and an augmented organisation capacity needed to make the best use out
of it? Our capacity of communication has in reality been limited by cen-
sorship, our freedom is limited by more surveillance, propaganda and
manipulation
12.2.5.2 Internet Epistemic Risks
In order to be inclusive in an efficient way, we need to get rid of the
hyper-optimistic “technological solutionism” and focus on values
adapted for internet literate persons, in particular when crisp clear
knowledge transmission is a professional duty as for educators and in-
formation professionals 341. There are many deep social and economic
inequalities that have not been solved, such as the generation and social
gap. To address these issues more effectively with the help of infor-
mation technology, I propose to focus on five important epistemic risks
inherent of the use of internet, which may prevent a constructive change
and the empowerment of others when we navigate on the internet. Using
internet is complex to the point of labyrinthine once we do an advanced
search, it is easy to be walking around and not finding what we are look-
ing for.
(a) Filter bubbles are not only useful tools where search engines and
their algorithms track information in our browser history to increase the
usability of our environment on internet (including, for example, the
place where we have been), but it can also produce a state of intellectual
341 Hidalgo, Olivier (2019): Demokratie und Digitalisierung, Information Philo-
sophie, März 2019, 52-58.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 271
isolation built on our personalized searches. We can easily find our-
selves “in a mirror chamber with a narrower and narrower experience of
the world.” (Lanier, 2016). If both John and Paul search “virtue” they
don't come up with same results as Google has a database of one’s pre-
viously used search terms and visited web pages, resulting in a specific
informational profile which is unique for each user (Heersmink, 2018).
(b) Bias due to personalised ranking of search results consist in an
imprecise ranking, from knowledge value point of view, determined in
relation to a network of other websites. Just because many hyperlinks
point towards a website, it is no guarantee that it contains epistemically
useful or accurate information.
(c) Studies showing students implicitly trust Google’s ranking of ed-
ucational content in that they prefer to click on links in higher positions
even when the abstracts are less relevant.
(d) Autocompleted search terms nudging towards a wrong path of
enquiry (Google autocomplete based on search history with trending
popular searches cannot be turned off, only ignored). A good case study
of this bias is to search for “What happened to the dinosaurs?” which
brings some epistemically wrong results at high Google ranking levels.
(e) Difficulty of verifying the validity of the source of information
on blogs, social media and internet forums posted by anonymous non-
experts342.
With regard to inclusiveness, a person who has bad cognitive habits,
because he/she does not develop much his/her ideas in complete argu-
ments, relying more on a short-term memory than clear reasoning, or a
person who has learning difficulties, or who does not speak a language
well, will have additional cognitive difficulties to escape the technical
daedal of how engines and navigators function.
342 Heersmink, Richard (2018): A Virtue Epistemology of the Internet: Search
Engines, Intellectual Virtues and Education, Social Epistemology, Vol. 32, No.
1, 1–2.
272 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
An important part of the solution depends on the dispositions and at-
titudes of the person (his/her ethical character) vis-à-vis various methods
of acquisition and transmission of knowledge (epistemology) and which
can be defined by intellectual virtues: virtues a person of knowledge.
12.2.5.3 Internet Virtues as Epistemic Virtues
Intellectual virtues can be divided into two sets of virtues, and cor-
relatively with what Heersmink calls internet epistemic vices343 (ibid.
2018, 3), or the absence of these positive dispositions:
• Intellectual responsibility related virtues (curiosity, open-
mindedness, attentiveness, intellectual carefulness)
Curiosity: being motivated to extend the horizon of knowledge
Open-mindedness: willing to consider alternative views
Attentiveness: to have a sustained focus when performing some cog-
nitive task
Intellectual carefulness: logical skills and critical thinking skills
• Intellectual reliability related virtues: (intellectual courage,
humility, tenacity, intellectual thoroughness)
Intellectual courage: to be prepared to be embarrassed, eventually
accept some risks related to founded knowledge
Intellectual humility: to be realistic on own limitation of reasoning
skills, and mistakes to which one is prone
Intellectual tenacity and thoroughness: not to give up quickly when
one doesn’t understand something, to probe for deeper meaning,
343 “Epistemic virtue” comes from the Greek epistēmē, which can refer to
knowledge, science or understanding, and virtue which stands for moral excel-
lence. Epistemic virtue is a value committing to individual or collective great-
ness. As related to our understanding, virtues are also common good related or
part of first principles of moral life.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 273
draw connections instead of memorizing
•
Intellectual vices (apathy, dependence, arrogance, neglect,
carelessness, intellectual conformity, indecisiveness)
The opposite of curiosity is intellectual apathy
The opposite of autonomy is dependence
The opposite of humility is arrogance
The opposite of attentiveness is neglect or inattention
The opposite of carefulness is carelessness
The opposite of open-mindedness is being dogmatic
The opposite of intellectual courage is intellectual conformity
The opposite of intellectual tenacity is indecisiveness
12.2.5.4 Redefining Common Good Based Use of Internet
There are deontological ethical principles related to the use of inter-
net focusing on intentions (also called Golden Rule, reciprocity rule),
more than concrete consequences and risks. The most important deonto-
logical principle is the categorical imperative, which based use of inter-
net would urge us to ask oneself a simple question: “Before a person
does something with a technology, the person should reflect, whether it
would be alright if everyone did it”. There is also a teleological ethical
principle for internet focusing on aims and outcomes, rather than inten-
tions. The most important is the no harm principle “to ask oneself
whether this internet product is going to harm or dehumanise anyone”.
The third family of common good based principles is a consent based
principles of artificial intelligence related technology. Informed consent
condition of using AI would invite us to ask “whether we have the in-
formed consent of those who will be affected”. Privacy is part of a con-
sent related use of technology; it is about the right limits in establishing
good relationships with others (teacher/student/clients/patients). Privacy
274 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
depends on the subjective and lived experiences of the value of privacy
across contexts, not only on norms, definitions, rights and laws - which
should be adapted (but are unlikely to prevent all risk).
Common good based values and internet are all concerned by the
ethical use of internet and artificial intelligence based on the principle of
diversity for common good and benefit of humanity. It is part of the
condition of diversity and of common sense understanding of humanity
that inclusiveness is not left behind. For persons in need for inclusive
education, the very condition of a principle of reciprocity, considered as
a fundamental principle, might be problematic, justifying the need for
external support to the teacher (or the librarian), but also information
about how to handle similar situations in such a way to give individual
attention and keep in mind that inclusion is most of the time about the
spirit, not the space. Let’s try to define the right spirit of inclusiveness
with regard to common practices.
12.2.6 Inclusion and Practice
A non-contradictory definition of a value or norm should always be
seen as possible and subject of tacit consent (implying, therefore, logical
non-contradiction). Definitions can be communicated and agreed upon
among persons entering in good practice in order to strictly distinguish
the definition of the norm and any interpretation of these norms, rules
and practices. Changing a value can be understood as shifting, engineer-
ing, replacing, revising, improving, innovating, ameliorating or reform-
ing; they apply to the rule of practice (not to interpretations). In some
cases, experimentation leads to active intervention which can be seen as
transgression. Transgression is thus always norm relative; it is related to
norms which have been previously established.
Amelioration and facilitating is a change done by practice, i.e. by
use: a new meaning has been made explicit in action, in a community of
users and practitioners.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 275
12.2.6.1 A Philosophy of Contradictions
Inclusion and change can also be seen as a way of dealing with con-
flicts, a philosophy of contradictions or an affirmative and dynamical
way of looking at the being and the reality as we read in Matthew 10:33:
“Do not assume that I have come to bring peace to the earth; I have not
come to bring peace, but a sword.” The leader and pacifying mind
across conflicts, by being inclusive is “The thunderbolt pilots all things.”
“The god is day night, winter summer, war peace, satiety hunger [all
opposites, he is the nous]” a Heraclitus inspired hidden unity that binds
all opposites. Inclusivity is “Grasping: wholes and not wholes, conver-
gent divergent, consonant dissonant, from all things one and from one
thing all.” (D.K. 64, 67, 10344)
While including others, the fact of intervention can disrupt the nor-
mal functioning of a process of development of values, or a system serv-
ing certain functions or values, and ultimately be considered as trans-
gression. Knowledge values, common good based values, and prefer-
ences don’t align as easily as we can see in the thought experiment be-
low.
12.2.6.2 The Reformer’s Dilemma and Transgression and Rule of Prac-
tice Reformation
Suppose A is an ethical social reformer and thinks that value v
should mean v where v is not the value determined by the value conven-
tions of v’s community. If A uses w to mean v – i.e., speaks to and in-
terprets others as if w means v – then A has done something wrong qua
member of his value community (supposing common values). Either A
can interpret others correctly (according to conventional values) or A
can reform the values, but A can’t do both.
In his Philosophical Investigations, L. Wittgenstein brings a way out
of this dilemma by showing that the correctness or incorrectness of a use
344 Diels, Ancilla to the Pre-Socratic Philosophers, K. Freeman (transl.), Cam-
bridge: Harvard UP.
276 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
of language, which applies for other rule based practices, is determined
by the rules of the language or of the given practice—“determined” in
two senses which allow the transformation or inventive change of a
practice:
(a) The rules form a complete system, in the sense that for every
“move” within the language it is obvious that a rule does or does not
apply.
(b) Where a rule does apply, it is obvious whether it has been fol-
lowed or infringed.
(c) Where no existing rules apply, you can always adopt a new rule
to cover the case, but then that obviously changes the game.
A constructive and sustainable change is thus a change that is em-
bedded in such a way in a practice that it has been made possible in a
reformed system of values, which is not simply interpreted by the com-
munity of practitioners as a form of transgression, and the game has
changed around that overall praxis in a sense not affecting the applica-
tion of existing rules. Trust and transgression are mutually exclusive
concepts; it is not possible to build on trust in any trade related ex-
change, or simply any relationship on love if the fear of hate, of being
cheated, is predominant over confidence and predictability. Three main
reasons to change rules are (1) Rules can be incomplete, therefore sub-
ject to modifications (§68), ( 2) the rule doesn’t exhaust the correctness
of its applications in term of right or wrong, and (3) some rules doesn’t
explain what playing the game constitutes345. Changing a practice as
reforming a practice by contrast to consolidate without significant
change differs from revolutionizing a practice which always entails a
removal and replacement of major components of the practice. Reform-
ing a practice is based on the aim of bringing an amendment of what is
defective or incomplete, without turning the whole system upside down.
345 Cavell, S. Must We Mean what We Say? A Book of Essays, Harvard: UP, 49.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 277
12.2.6.3 Community of Practice as Institutional Form of Practice and
Reformation of Practice
Ethical reformation has as main tool for inclusion the institutional
form of a community of practice. An activity which can be attributed to
individuals, collectives (families, churches, societies) and institutions
(private, public, State related) has a political advantage to multiply hori-
zontal interactions between communities of practice, in order to increase
the outreach of each circle, provided overlapping interest and values.
The more communities have an interest to promote progress and change,
the more they are keen to be open.
Institutional communities of practice are interconnected as solidarity
is increasing with the use of technology. Global understanding is needed
to deal with the most imaginative scenario of connections and connec-
tivity between sectors in our societies.
Ethical reformation is often part of an education (scientific), religion,
and/or legal and political discipline oriented practice. Institutions of ed-
ucation, religious communities, legal and human rights NGOs and polit-
ical drivers of change welcome reformation of values in their institu-
tions. Instead of relying only on their professional network, embracing
strategically an ideal progress in well-being, human rights or essential
human capacity based values means to stay open to social and human
progress in various ways. Power relations are seen increasingly as
shared capacities instead of concentration and accumulation of power.
Various forms of work organisation (administration, management)
are based on legal and proto-legal types of practice across many sectors
of activities (professions, economic sectors). As such they should be
based on the division of responsibilities in order to generate stronger
impact; a form of organisation should never be merely “the rule of the
anonymity”, which on the contrary is a risk, that of harming other capac-
ities, professional potentials of innovation. Horizontal organisational
structures relying less on legal codes and hierarchy may be more flexible
and thus open to change. Many different forms of activities around the
278 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
living being coexist. By balancing globally these formal conditions of
our life we can invest harmoniously our life and develop with joy and
the sentiment of a free horizon in front of us our potentials in a dynam-
ical way. When this dynamism is given, we have the sensation of being
able to work and give our best; whether individual or collective. A col-
lective brings innovation when there is an industrial impact of the tech-
nology developed by this enterprise/work organization. Innovation is not
a value expressed on the originality of the scientific findings, which log-
ically precedes, but which is often owned by multiple research stake-
holders, across different continents, in a complex way.
By being actualized into an institutional form, a dynamic of change
or reformation of values is not simply concerning an actual shape346. or
the reproduction of a formal strategy of the organisation, or professional
corporation interactions. Reforming an institution, or laying down a pro-
gressive dynamic at the core of the institution refers to a deep movement
of transformation which brings some new values into action, based on
the mission and values of the organisation347. In order to be inclusive,
the change in value should be seen as a potential being, as philosophers
after Aristotle would say which is something else, already, and therefor
change dependant.
346 Chen, C. (1956): “Different Meanings of the Term Energeia in the Philoso-
phy of Aristotle”, Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, 17(1), 56-65.
doi:10.2307/2104687
347 As inclusive activity value reformation is something that should become
actual, passing from capacities and potentials as matter to be expressed and ul-
timately related to a given form, and thus be normative in the sense of applica-
tion to a form (Greek: energia as application to a form aidos). As example: the
bronze is actually bronze, but it is in action “not in so far as it is bronze, but in
so far as it is movable”. The community of practice constituted by institutions
share this propriety of overcoming the matter and form antimomy by creating
new potentials by the simple fact of the diversity and size of the institution.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 279
12.2.6.4 Inclusion and Ecological Transition
Care for the environment as qualitative design principle refers to an
ethics of change as transformability in social-ecological systems. The
terms “transformability” is to be understood as an energy transition re-
lated and defined as a long-term structural change (“ecological transi-
tion”). Inclusion as an education oriented aim should not only bring an
openness of the self to others, but also to a non-anthropological world,
to nature and to our responsibility towards environmental impact. As we
rely on an open society model of organisation and economy, ecological
awareness is again showing the importance of having the right
knowledge at the right time. Unfortunately the more a situation is under-
stood as being urgent, the less theoretical and practical work is likely to
complement harmoniously. When a majority of the population on earth
is exposed to concrete risks of climate change, but without that some of
the richest part of the world face the same risk, to the same extend, in-
clusiveness might be more difficult for rich countries because of the
simple fact of their situation.
12.2.6.5 The Problem of Drawing a Relation between Statements of
Facts and Moral Judgements
Philosophers call is-ought problem the category confusion inherent
to the attempts of empirical or pragmatic foundation of ethical values on
brute facts. On a purely prudential level prevention of risks can be done
by facts assessment, as when police is blocking a road after an accident.
In order to present the moral duty of a subject in a convincing way, we
need more than a harm or a risk, we need wrongdoings i.e. intentions
and liable, or responsible subjects.
The Scottish philosopher D. Hume presented how the attempt of de-
riving moral belief and judgment from facts might occur, but should be
handled with caution, showing how our use of the language can hide
some ethical preconceptions. He shows a kind of allegoric shift between
two levels of the discourse: first facts (natural phenomenon, tendencies,
280 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
first order desires) and second, the apparition of unexpected ethical no-
tions:
“In every system of morality, which I have hitherto met with, I
have always remarked, that the author proceeds for some time in
the ordinary ways of reasoning, and establishes the being of a
God, or makes observations concerning human affairs; when all
of a sudden I am surprised to find, that instead of the usual copu-
lations of propositions, is, and is not, I meet with no proposition
that is not connected with an ought, or an ought not. This change
is imperceptible; but is however, of the last consequence. For as
this ought, or ought not, expresses some new relation or affirma-
tion, 'tis necessary that it should be observed and explained; and
at the same time that a reason should be given; for what seems al-
together inconceivable, how this new relation can be a deduction
from others, which are entirely different from it348.”
The is-ought gap comes from possibly not seeing clearly the differ-
ence between facts as how people live and express values by looking at
them, and the moral judgement which is grounded on a meta-ethical
prescriptive ground. Hume would clearly derive values from passions,
not reason, but T. Reid has denied the irrational or empirical ground
proposed by the former, by affirming the need for ethical reason based
first principles. Reid presents the utility of deontic statements and ex-
plains that there should be a logical difference between what should be
done or not done, what must be done, or what must be forbidden, given
some strong modalities of necessity or principles in the first place. This
whole conversation remains valid when epistemic authority is not clear
and communication about knowledge and values is not clear.
348 Hume, David (1739): A Treatise of Human Nature, Book III, Part I, “Of vir-
tue and vice in general”, Sect I.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 281
In order to avoid the error of category between facts/norms, theo-
ry/practice based judgements, a clear ethical argumentation and reason-
ing needs to be prior available. There is stability across cultures and
History on first (global ethical) principles of morals349. In order to des-
ignate actors as moral or non-moral, we need another type of reasoning
than consequence based reasoning, argues Reid, who answers the scepti-
cal temptation of reducing the good to what is desirable, - showing the
incapacity of desires and wills to account for moral subjects as they are
limited to the evaluation of actions.
In order to have an inclusive attitude towards others, one needs more
than medical, ecological and socio-economic facts. Without reflecting
morally on the subject, we are left with the desirability or undesirability
of unequal circumstances of life, and lack the right attitude of including
the other person, not because of moral sentiments, but because of the
ground of a reason and moral principle.
Ethical progress in areas open to strong moral dilemmas as those re-
lated to ecology (climate change) show the limits of action based inter-
pretation of human behaviour. In order to change the mind of those who
remain sceptical we need the ground of a stable foundation, given by
common sense practical morality; however, to be tempted to reducing all
ethics to practical ethics is an abuse of language, it is forgetting the theo-
retical level of norms, where we easily tend to disagree, but knowledge
authority is theoretical and disagreement is part of the theoretical devel-
opment of knowledge350.
349 This common sense judgment is “necessary to all men for their being and
preservation, and therefore it is unconditionally given to all men by the Author
of Nature”, Reid, Thomas, Essays on the Intellectual Powers, Derek Brookes
(ed.), University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 6.4, 452.
350 Legal texts, aphoristic discourses, which are narrative but not argumentative
or the preaching of values (as living practice in religious communities, as exam-
plarist virtue ethics in practice) fulfil some essential conditions to be value driv-
en ethical change drivers, but without argumentative authority, without the logi-
282 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
In order to bring a large overlapping consensus over ecology related
issues the academic professions need to be developing strong theoretical
research and show the example by strong institutional presence in the
civil society.
12.2.6.6 Summum Bonum
What ought to be should not simply be based on statements about
what is, running the risk of missing the gap between facts and values.
An argumentative discipline is required to sort out what behaviour is
valuable (teleological), or even ethically the best, with regard to an ulti-
mate standard or summum bonum. To claim for a precise notion of a
highest good, an end in itself or intrinsic value; brings immense ad-
vantages in order to construct an explicit and argument-based system of
values. To be able to reform a practice following the main chapters of
the given type of highest value that has been chosen, introduces parame-
ters of articulation of a system of values/principles. As the birth, the
death, separation or illness are chapters of the human life, and are to
some extent containing all the other goods or values of that life, any
highest good (Greek energia as being perfect) supposes chap-
ters/parameters of a given hierarchy of values (or axiology), or definable
stages of evolution (and possible regress). In priority summum bonum
should be concerned by truth related systems of values in order to gain
epistemic authority or a value of knowledge, objectivity and predictabil-
ity.
cal constructive skeleton of systematic thinking, the communication doesn’t
bring a fundamental narrative of what ought to be. We miss realistic theoretical
analysis when we rely on practical projection into a possibly common but ulti-
mately highly contingent configuration of the world.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 283
12.3 Conclusion: The Value of the Epistemic Value
A radical faith in people is important if we take seriously the idea
that we are neighbours, and that we should carry the same interest in our
neighbour as we do in ourselves, according to Jesus Christ (Mark, 12,
31). To improve policies and professionalism in higher education are
good first steps but not sufficient in order to achieve real change in qual-
ity as it is not sufficient to be using the ingenious path of the cyberspace
to achieve real change in quality, which should always be related to con-
ceptual clarity, truth and inventive argument based narratives. It is not
enough either to be able to analyse the methods of knowledge;
knowledge itself should remain the central scope of higher education
development; otherwise communication would have a poor value, even
if our intentions are praiseworthy.
As living beings, we are placed in the world of nature, not only with
regard to the environment, animals and the biodiversity but with regard
to the billions of living beings who work unceasingly to maintain our
collective body and identity. We may be tempted to forget this natural
fact because we are part of a project of human community which gives a
unifying form to our interactions and brings changes into our life and the
world. We aim endlessly at becoming self-organizing living wholes,
with many other humans, claiming ethically to pay a special attention to
mutual differences, to include them with respect and care. It is a matter
of constant ingenuity and careful observation of nature and of the human
mind (including our possible justifications of the existence and descrip-
tion of the presence of a Divine power or world order).
We are continuing to live in one world, but the world has different
attributes, bodily and spiritually, thus bringing an epistemic (epistemic,
method of knowledge related) focus. This theoretical view point is nec-
essary in order to make progress and change the world, although chang-
ing the world is often seen as a matter of practice. In the footsteps of F.
Bacon’s writings on the nature of science and the scientific method,
284 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
where he shared his views of the unity of knowledge, both scientific and
non-scientific (including philosophical/ethical), we find three important
insights on the overall relation of ethics with research and education,
which was understood as a great potential of change, not only for sci-
ence but as an ideal inclusivity rooted education.
Building knowledge and thus augmenting it, grounding knowledge
on a solid methodological ground, developing an argument in order to
communicate knowledge: all the complicated aspects of truth and justi-
fied belief formation and communication are central aspects of an ethics
of change for three reasons, that have been found in the parallel devel-
opment of scientific research and good practice oriented education poli-
cy.
In order to avoid error and not to suspend the process of progress in
knowledge and good practice: (1) the delivery of knowledge, which is
often magisterial and peremptory, and not ingenuous and faithful in edu-
cation institutions, should be perfected and amended. (2) An early and
peremptory reduction of knowledge into arts and methods, from which
research and education receive small or no augmentation, should be lim-
ited. We need to keep the original creative activity of the researcher as
energia in focus: “knowledge, while it is in aphorisms and observations,
it is in growth; but when it once is comprehended in exact methods, it
may, perchance, be further polished, and illustrate and accommodated
for use and practice, but it increases no more in bulk and substance351.”
(3) If science is not increased, it is unlikely that decent conditions of
research and education can be further looked for, clearly established and
reaffirmed when good practice is not respected. Lack of augmentation of
knowledge, research and education output is a risk for the research and
351 Bacon, Francis (1893) The Advancement of Learning, London: Cassell &
Company, §V, 4, 9. Francis Bacon (1561–1626) is a leading figures in epistemo-
logical philosophy and scientific methodology just after in the Renaissance era;
not to confound with the 20th Century Irish painter and homonym.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 285
education profession: “the most constant and devoted kind of professors
of any science ought to propound to them-selves to make some additions
to their science”, they should not convert their labours “to aspire to cer-
tain second prizes: as to be a profound interpreter or commenters, to be a
sharp champion or defender, to be a methodical compounder or abridg-
er”. Quality of knowledge should be improved, but also the quantity
augmented, because change in praxis depends not only on the consolida-
tion of knowledge but on knowledge formation itself352. Of course
knowledge formation and augmentation should not be overall consid-
ered as mandatory or vital for a majority of the homo sapiens family, as
life has many circumstances which don’t depend on it; it is enough to
inspect the socio-economic tissue of society at many levels, and across
many useful professions, to see that some are indirectly very dependent
on the progress in knowledge, not to mention the deep but sophisticated
gap between scientific progress and technical innovation.
Aiming at living with epistemic concern for truth is to philosophical-
ly question the value of prima facia knowledge, instead of denying
knowledge in order to posit human practice dangerously close to might
is right. Knowing what we eat, where we live, how we use common
natural resources as water, food, how we take a medicine when we are
ill, how aware we are of having a freedom of movement, how we man-
age to bring nature closer to our lives and to our relatives, all these sim-
ple aspects of life show the importance of having at hand the right
knowledge, instead of relativizing the value of knowledge. The cultural
framework of knowledge is important but should never be confounded
with knowledge formation and the relevant criteria for truth and authen-
tic scientific discovery. Inclusive education on the contrary can be di-
rectly related to knowledge formation as it concerns the right under-
standing of a good practice, which should not exclude on the ground of
the identity or of a particular handicap.
352 Bacon, §V, 10.
286 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Inclusive education can be part of an ethical reformation of life, in-
cluding a fine understanding on how digital technology may bring some
answers on how we change the world, as the same ingenuity was needed
at other periods of History, related to the impact of other major technol-
ogies and scientific paradigm shifts. In conclusion it is not enough “to
call philosophy down from heaven to converse upon the earth” and to
apply knowledge only to manners, good practices and research policies;
both heaven and earth should “conspire and contribute to the use and
benefit of man”, “to preserve and augment whatsoever is solid and fruit-
ful; […] as a spouse, for generation, fruit, and comfort”. Knowledge
formation will always be the best ally of meaningful inclusion of weak
parts of the human family, and of sustainable societal change, but the
search for knowledge without self-knowledge is vain: “knowledge with-
out conscience is but the ruin of the soul [Science sans conscience n'est
que ruine de l'âme]353” (Gargantua and Pantagruel by F. Rabelais, 1653).
12.4 Bibliography
Bacon, Francis (1605/1893): The Advancement of Learning, London:
Cassell & Company.
Cavell, Stanley (1969/2002): Must We Mean what We Say? A Book of
Essays, Cambridge: UP.
Chen, C. (1956): “Different Meanings of the Term Energeia in the Phi-
losophy of Aristotle”, Philosophy and Phenomenological Re-
search, 17(1), 56-65. Doi:10.2307/2104687
Descartes, René (1649/2010): Passions of the Soul, Transl. and Glos-
sary by Jonathan Bennett. See Glossary: “Contempt”.
353 Rabelais, François (1653) : Gargantua and Pantagruel. Complete. Five
Books of the Lives, Heroic Deeds and Sayings of Gargantua and his Son Panta-
gruel, Transl. by Sir Thomas Urquhart of Cromarty and Peter Antony Motteux,
Book II, Chapter 2.VIII, Derby: Moray Press.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 287
Geher, Glenn, Holler, Richard, Chapleau, David et alii, “Using Per-
sonal Genome Technology and Psychometrics to Study the Per-
sonality of the Neanderthals”, Human Ethology Bulletin 32,
2017, 3, 34-46.
Haaz, Ignace (2019): The Value of Critical Knowledge, Ethics and
Education, Globethics.net Philosophy Series No. 1, Geneva:
Globethics.net Publications; download for free from:
www.globethics.net/philosophy-series
Heersmink, Richard (2018): A Virtue Epistemology of the Internet:
Search Engines, Intellectual Virtues and Education, Social Epis-
temology, Vol. 32, No. 1, 1–15, https://doi.org/
10.1080/02691728.2017.1383530
Hidalgo, Olivier (2019): Demokratie und Digitalisierung, Information
Philosophie, März 2019, 52-58.
—. (2014): Postpolitische Agenten der kosmopolitischen Demokratie?
in: Werkner, Ines-Jacqueline, Hidalgo, Olivier (Hrsg.) (2014):
Religionen - Global Player in der internationalen Politik? Wies-
baden: Springer, 33-56.
Hume, David (1739, 2003): A Treatise of Human Nature, Dover Phil.
Class.
Jewell, Catherine (April, 2016): “Digital pioneer, Jaron Lanier, on the
dangers of “free” online culture”, WIPO Conference on the
Global Digital Content Market, April 20 to 22, 2016, Geneva,
Switzerland.
Kuhn, Thomas (1962): The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Chica-
go: UP.
Lanier, Jaron (2013): Who Owns the Future? New York: Simon &
Schuster
López Gavira, Rosario & Moriña, Anabel (2015) “Hidden voices in
higher education: inclusive policies and practices in social sci-
288 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ence and law classrooms”, International Journal of Inclusive Ed-
ucation, 19:4, 365-378
Lucas, Bill, Spencer, Ellen and Claxton, Guy (2012): How to Teach
Vocational Education: A Theory of Vocational Pedagogy, Centre
for Real-World Learning, University of Winchester, The City and
Guilds of London Institute.
Morozov, Evgeny (2013): To Save Everything, Click Here: Technolo-
gy, Solutionism, and the Urge to Fix Problems that Don’t Exist,
432pp. Philadelphia: Allen Lane.
Plaisance, Éric (2013) : « Débats, échanges autour de l'éducation in-
clusive dans le monde », La nouvelle revue de l'adaptation et de
la scolarisation 2013/2 (N° 62), 183-186.
Rabelais, François (1653) : Gargantua and Pantagruel. Complete.
Five Books of the Lives, Heroic Deeds and Sayings of Gargantua
and his Son Pantagruel, Transl. by Sir Thomas Urquhart of
Cromarty and Peter Antony Motteux, Derby: Moray Press.
Reid, Thomas: (1785/2002), Essays on the Intellectual Powers of Man,
Derek Brookes (ed.), University Park: Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity Press.
Sørensen Grund, Christian (2019): “Church and Neighbour in an Age
of Artificial Intelligence and Disruption”, Report, unpublished
Wittgenstein, Ludwig (1953/2010): Philosophical Investigations,
Transl. G. E. M. Anscombe, 4th revised Ed. by P. M. S. Hacker
and Joachim Schulte, Wiley-Blackwell.
Wolf, Jean-Claude, Ignace Haaz (2011): „Strafe als Tadel? Argumente
pro und kontra“ in: Andreas von Hirsch, Ulfrid Neumann, Kurt
Seelmann (Hrsg.), Strafe - Warum?, Gegenwärtige Strafbegrün-
dungen im Lichte von Hegels Straftheorie, Reihe: Studien zur
Strafrechtstheorie und Strafrechtsethik, Bd. 2, Baden-Baden:
Nomos Verlag, 69-78.
Inclusive Education and Epistemic Value 289
Zawacki-Richter, Olaf and Qayyum, Adnan (2019): Open and Dis-
tance Education in Asia, Africa and the Middle East, Springer-
Briefs in Open and Distance Education, https://doi.org/
10.1007/978-981-13-5787-9_1
13
ETHICAL EDUCATION
FOR TRANSFORMATION OF SCHOOLS
AND UNIVERSITIES
PARADIGM OF DUAL-INTELLECTUAL
HERITAGE IN AFRICA
Clement Majawa
13.1 Abstract
The study discusses identity crises and ethical dilemmas in African
Universities today354. Some of these academic institutions are losing the
impetus of providing quality education anchored in ethical dynamism
because of: (a) disparity or gap between culture and universal intellectu-
al ethos and (b) distortion and compromising their moral identity which
lead to deterioration in educational standards, human unrighteousness
and societal structured evils. The discussion examines the dual intellec-
tual approaches on how to recognize the African values and contextual-
ize them in the world class intellectual heritage championed by Greek
354 Prof. Clement Majawa is part of the Steering Committee for Research, Con-
ferences and Publication for Dogmatic and Spiritual Theology, at the Catholic
University of Eastern Africa (CUEA), Nairobi, Kenya.
292 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
and Christian philosophies. Vatican II’s Declaration on Christian Educa-
tion ‘Gravissimum Educationis’ teaches about the ethical wisdom and
praxis of pursuit of truth, intellectual excellence, protection of freedoms,
experience of human rights and practical institutional integrity in the
light of the Gospel. There is need for universities to revisit their current
policy and code of ethics, and uphold a revolutionary permanent para-
digm of dual intellectual heritage which integrates behavioral values of
Africana humana and university worldview so as to transform the the
whole education system in Africa. Key Words: Ethics, University, Intel-
lectual heritage, Renewal, Excellence.
13.2 Challenges on Quality Education in Africa
A Malawian educationist Paul Chirikwako Dzungulawola (2003) ob-
serves that the major challenges in education sector on the African con-
tinent is the phenomena of underdevelopment, tribalism, negative eth-
nicity, nepotism, religious discrimination, corruption, bad governance,
un-constitutionalism, un-professionalism, superstition/witchcraft and
abuse of human rights. Almost in all the countries, be it in Malawi or
Zimbabwe, Kenya or Uganda, Nigeria or Ghana, Egypt or DR Congo,
etc. negative ethnicity, corruption and immorality in all institutional
fronts is eating moral fiber of education. Our educational institutions do
not cultivate universal humanitarian outlook and do not emphasize mor-
al values. There is a trend of thought in academic institutions to promote
Euro-American majoritarian ethos of materialism, appraising uncritical
capitalistic ideologies, glorification of social media and ICT enterprise
and demeaning of spiritual and moral values. There is a failure to incul-
cate African values in many systems of education.355 Education in Afri-
355 Chirikwako Dzungulawola, Paul, Research on ‘The Successes and Challeng-
es of Education in Post Independent Africa: Dilemma in the Realization of Ho-
listic Education’ Centre for Educational Research, Lilongwe, Malawi, 2003.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 293
ca needs to be open, inclusive and holistic in its vision and mission. Ed-
ucation has to have a multicultural ingredient. The study of cultural and
religious diversity or individual differences in schools is nothing new.
Indeed in history, there have been differences between people for quite
some time. The question is why is cultural intolerance, tribal/religious
discrimination and negative ethnicity cropping in our education systems
today (Diamante and Giglen, 1994)?356
Professor of Education Iles (1995) emphasizes that quality education
entails cultural diversity and inclusivity; that is true education is founded
on ‘ethics in diversity’ and ‘unity in diversity’ for higher intellectual
goals of transformation. The composition and interaction of teachers and
students in today’s institutions of learning has changed significantly.
Many academic institutions are already appreciating and benefiting from
cultural inclusivity; however much has to be done. Culture influences
the nature of educational renewal and development.357 As Matthews
Chiuzaphoyo (2001) cites “Africa need to promote quality education
with multicultural niche”. Africa needs holistic education with dual-
intellectual heritage: the religious ‘paideia’ and the cultural values. The
dual intellectual experiences need each other for quality and rele-
356Diamante, T. and Giglen, L. (1994). Managing a Diverse Workforce: Training
as a Cultural Intervention Strategy, Leadership and Organization Development
Journal, 15 (2) p. 13-17.
357 Iles, P. (1995). Learning Work with Difference: Personnel Review, 24 (6),
pp. 44-60; see also Jhingran, S. (2001). Ethical relativism and universalism,
New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers. Johnson, D. & Johnson, R. (2000),
Cooperative Learning, Values, and Culturally Plural Classrooms; Education,
Culture and Values: Classroom Issues: Practice, Pedagogy and Curriculum. Vol.
III, London: Falmer Press, 15-28. Mavin, S. & Girling, G. (2000); What is Man-
aging Diversity and Why Does it Matter? Human Resource Development Inter-
national Journal, 3 (4), pp. 419-433. Maxwell, G., Blair, S., & McDougall, M.
(2001); Edging Towards Managing Diversity in Practice. Employee Relations,
23 (5), pp. 468-482.
294 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
vance.358 Africa does not exist is isolation; it needs co-exist, appreciate,
learn and be enriched by other societies, other cultures, other academia
and other empirical experiences so as to have a quality, balanced, ethical
and transformative education, learning and teaching for the personal and
common good. This is what Patristic ‘Paideia’ education entails.
13.3 Main Argument
The argument of the study navigates around SIX determining con-
verging insights:
• Education is seen on academic crossroads, identity crisis and
ethical dilemmas in institutions of higher learning in Africa. Re-
searches have revealed that some schools and universities are los-
ing the impetus of providing quality education because of devoid
of ethical dimension in all sectors of teaching and learning. There
is diverging parallelism between Christian and Traditional forms
of education.
• Examination of various intellectual approaches by recogniz-
ing African values and contextualize them in the Patristic
(Paideia) Christian Intellectual wisdom for excellence in particu-
lar and global academia in the light of Vatican II’s Declaration on
Christian Education ‘Gravissimum Educationis’ (28/10/1965).
• There is evidence of lack of quality educational dialogue,
Contextual Conversation and mutuality between unearthing Intel-
lectual Stances of Africana Humana (Ubuntuism) and Christian
Educational Design;
• There is a challenge of contextualizing policies and systems
of 21st century traditional and government education with faith
358 Chiuzaphoyo, Matthews, African in Need of Transformative Education and
Civility, San Francisco: Ignatius Ltd. 2001, 111.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 295
based intellectual heritage because of dangers of compromise,
syncretism, negative attitudes and relativism, leading to corrup-
tion and dis-functional education.
• The Dual-Intellectual Heritage’ (Church’s intellectual culture
and the African learning culture) belong to the reality of multi-
culturalism which manifests cultural diversity in institutions of
learning. If cultural diversity is well understood and managed,
then it becomes an educational value and teaching asset for holis-
tic education.
• There is need to review, deconstruct, renew and re-align the
whole system of education for excellence and transformation by
employing the ‘Dual – Intellectual Heritage’ in the 21st century
institutions of learning for ethical integrity and academic pro-
gressive posterity.
13.4 Theory of ‘Dual-intellectual Heritage’
Dual Process Theory: Concept: Is a complementary cognition and
habituation of a social, philosophical, religious, spiritual or experiential
values of two distinct natures when integrated produce the best learning
processes and transformation of both sides for the common good. In
reality, just as there are two side of the same coin, so there are always
two complementary ways of thinking, reasoning, teaching and living so
as to seal the gaps, inconsistencies, weaknesses and limitations leading
to healing, restructured, renewed and new meaning for the desired pro-
gress (William James, Principles of Psychology, 1890).
Double Learning Theory: Benjamin Roosevelt (1964) reveals that
two processes consisting of conscious and unconscious, implicit or ex-
plicit, natural and supernatural, automatic or controlled expressions are
296 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
necessary for leading to an objective and better way of doing for higher
value.359
Theory of Dual-Coding for Holistic Information Process:
Allan Paivio (1964, 2007) defines Dual-coding for holistic information
process as well and ethical coordinated activity of two independent but
related process with logical reasoning creating a permanent common-
frontier for better understanding and progress in life.360
Theory and practice of ‘Dual-Intellectual Heritage’ is essential to
quality, inclusive and transformative education for all because it lays the
foundation for understanding the theme of the study: Ethical Education
for Transformation of African Universities: Paradigm of Dual Intellec-
tual Heritage. The argument of the two intellectual heritages (Christian-
Patristic and African heritages) provides a deep cultural, religious, his-
torical, philosophical and theological grounding for Catholic Teaching
and African worldview, both heritages contributing a pool transforma-
tional-creative ideas and habits to form and reform the contextualized
African-Christian imagination, initiation and educational system. Prof.
Benjamin Gutmann (2008) cites that whenever there is government,
family, education and relational professionalism viewed from two but
complementary arguments, the result is of clearer, permanent and trans-
forming message to all.361 The Catholic (Patristic) and African (Tradi-
tional) Intellectual heritages are complementary in transforming and
renewing Catholic educational system. They dialogue, appreciate, bor-
row from, learn form and enrich each other for intellectual excellence.
The two intellectual heritages do not contradict each other but are com-
plementary because they all come from one source: God the Creator.
359 Roosevelt, Benjamin, Double Learning Theory or ‘Theory of Double Learn-
ing and Experience for Higher Value’, New York, 1964. 4-9; 12-17, 23-29.
360 Paivio, Allan, Mind and Its Evolution: A Dual Coding Theoretical Approach,
New York, 1998, 13.
361 Gutmann, Benjamin, Quality Education for Transformation of Societies,
Scottsville: University of KwaZulu-Natal Press, 2008, 76-77.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 297
The Latin American educationist Paul Freire (1973) stressed the im-
portance of different intellectual heritages in interactive method of
teaching and learning and learning so that students can discuss and raise
questions on a subject form different philosophical and experiential
views, and analyze critically how these views enrich each other for ob-
jective conclusion.362 This method develops students’ critical thinking
which leads to solution-based conclusion. This is the basis for holistic
teaching and learning which is envisioned by Christian/Patristic educa-
tion. The Dual-intellectual heritage and educational wisdom appraises
and promotes both Christian and African traditional systems. The new
paradigm of Christian and African intellectual heritages promises hope
for quality, moral and transformative education in Africa.
13.5 Traditional Education in Africa
The major goal of traditional education in Africa is to produce a
complete individual, a lifelong learner who is initiated, cultured, respect-
ful, integrated, sensitive, in good relationship with the unborn, the liv-
ing, the living dead and Creator; and is in ethical responsive to the
needs of the community, family, neighbors and supernatural existence
(Nyamiti 1986; Nikiema 2009; Omolewa 2007). It is aimed at inculcat-
ing attitudes and values capable of integrating the individual into the
wider society (Majasan 1967; Fafunwa 1974; Fajana 1978).
The ultimate objective is to produce a holistically formed person
guided by the wisdom of African intellectual heritage and African expe-
rience of humanity and divinity. These traditional values and goals of
education promote and enrich educational experience which makes
learners ethical citizens, relevant leaders and effective entrepreneurs in
society. Thus, they need to be inculcated in the Christian educational
362 Freire, Paul, Education for Critical Consciousness, New York: Seabury,
1973. 12-17.
298 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
systems. Christian (Paideia) education is urged to converse, appreciate
and enrich and be enriched by some African intellectual heritage and
values.
13.5.1 Purpose of Traditional Education
• Acquiring knowledge of the divine, the self, and the commu-
nity for life of integrity.
• Holistic transformation of an individual for quality existence
in society.
• Knowledge and experience of one as a communitarian being.
• Conservation and preservation of cultural heritage
• Transmission and perpetuation of societal knowledge, wis-
dom, language, initiations, rituals and practices.
• Teaching skills and practices of progress and life preserva-
tion.
• Promotion of good relationship with religion, and supernatu-
ral spiritual world.
• Realization of family, communitarian values and community
for the common good
• Good preparation for joining the supernatural World
(ancestors, living dead and the Creator)
13.5.2 Method of African Traditional Education
• Teaching of religious beliefs and values by religious leaders.
• Inculcation of family and societal values and virtues
by parents, relative and kinsmen/women.
• Initiation rituals, ceremonies and practices.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 299
• Familial and elders cum adult-parenting.
• Role modeling and imitation of leaders.
• Drum, dance and musical heritage.
• Poetry, art, music and oral tradition.
• Domestic skills and apprentice.
• Using instructional and symbolic language.
13.5.3 African Wisdom and Phenomena of Dual-complementary
Heritage
An African proverb says: “Dressing is not in covering a person’s
face, but in covering one’s hair and the whole body for human dignity”.
Commenting on this African wisdom, a Malawian Anglican sociologist
and missiologist Jones Abdu Mkhwakwalala says: “Missionary ap-
proaches should not be merely cosmetic, but should touch the inner most
fiber of people and transform their life and worldview. It is an on-going
reality, takes time, changes its approaches and needs patience of a mov-
ing snail. Education like marriage is very serious issue needing in-depth
analysis to understand its challenges and provide African cosmic solu-
tions.” Catholic Education in Africa needs quality criticism for renewal
and new societal civilization on the continent. As the people of Rwanda
say, “A fetus that is afraid of criticism is never born”363. Furthermore,
missionary evangelization should not be delayed nor compromised.364
As Catholic theologian and socio-educationist Bernardson Mphuwa
Thumbuwela (2008) affirms that Catholic education should embrace the
genus, ethos and wisdom of the local people to become transforma-
363 Rwandan Proverb, “A foetus that is afraid of criticism is never born” cited by
Laurenti Magesa in What is Not Sacred? African Spirituality, Maryknoll, New
York: Orbis Books, 2013, 186.
364 Abdu Mkhwakwalala, Jones, Called to Evangelize Africa with Christian and
African Wisdom, Utrecht: IIMO, 2008, 103.
300 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tive.365 And “Every bird that flies high must remember to come down”.
“Every food that is chewed must be swallowed”. This oral tradition con-
firms the duality and complementarity of reality in life.
In the context of quality education in Universities John Paul II makes
it clear that the Catholic Universities and Higher Institutes in Africa
have a prominent role to play in perfecting and transforming schools and
institutes of learning through proclamation of the Word of God.366 These
Institutes are a sign of the growth of the Church insofar as their study
and research integrate the truths and experiences of the faith and helps to
internalize them.367 The Higher Institutes serve the Church by providing
trained personnel, by studying important theological and social ques-
tions (eg. education, health, social services) for the benefit of the
Church, by developing an African theology, by promoting the work of
inculturation, by publishing books and publicizing Divine Truth and by
contributing to a scientific study of cultures.368 This teaching resonates
with the argument which was discussed at the 2015 Enugu (Nigeria)
International Theological Conference under the theme: ‘Transformation
of Catholic Schools and Colleges in Africa’. The Pan-African confer-
ence saw the urgent need to the mission of on-going research on many
areas of evangelization like education and see how it rediscovers and
preserves education with Catholic intellectual heritage for quality life in
Africa. Zimbabwean theologian cum educationist Alexander Morrison
Ncube (2003) in his research on ‘Quality Education through Catholic
Intellectual Values in Africa’ revealed that: ‘Catholic educational insti-
tutions are always the Model, the Light and the Pearl of quality educa-
tion everywhere in the world because they are always defined by intel-
365 Orison Thumbuwela, Bernard, Creative Appropriation of Catholic Schools in
Africa and Beyond, Atlanta: John Knox Press, 2008, 96.
366 John Paul II, Ecclesia in Africa, no.103
367 Ibid.
368 Ibid.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 301
lectual philosophy, spirituality and practice of Jesus Christ the ‘Teacher
par excellence’ because He is the Way, the Truth and the Life (John
14:6). Catholic schools and colleges in Africa have never failed to deliv-
er the best results.369 At the time of independence, many founding fa-
thers (the presidents and prime ministers) of African countries and gov-
ernments were educated in Catholic schools. Rwandan Prof. Bernard
Hwamungwaza (2008) asks, “Today, we are surprised to note that many
Catholic schools and colleges are commercialized and have lost the
Catholic Identity and Catholic intellectual direction”370. Clement Maja-
wa (2007) explicates that time is ripe to search, research, teach and up-
hold the lost, distorted or forgotten values of Catholic Intellectual tradi-
tion, Catholic identity and integrity on one hand and how to inculcate
them for excellence in African academic values on the other.
This academic project for excellence of integration of Patristic Intel-
lectual Heritage into African wisdom and worldview in Catholic schools
has a two-fold thrust:
• Contributing to the building up of God’s Kingdom (Divine
Wisdom, morality and spirituality) in the students and teachers
through transformation of Catholicism and African history, cul-
ture and religion in schools.
• Multiculturalism, Cross-inculturation, intellectual inter-
sectionalism and reforming the African philosophy, milieu and
schools/universities so that they can rediscover themselves and
bring out their enriching life-giving expressions, and share these
values with the interna
tional community.
369 Morrison Ncube, Alexander, Quality Education through Catholic Intellectual
Values in Africa, New York: Dover INC. 2003, 15-17.
370 Hwamungwaza, Bernard, Morality in Catholic Higher Institute of Education,
Pretoria: African Institute of South Africa, 2008, 43.
302 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
13.5.4 Nature of Two Foci of Reality (Dual Intellectual Foci)
"The two foci of reality (of Christian education and traditional edu-
cation)” says Boyd Alexanderson (2003) “are not contradictory, but
complement and enrich each other”. The Christian education elevates
and guides the traditional education, but at the same time it listens and is
enriched by the later.371 This is similar to the reality of Inculturation
which has two foci: the Gospel Culture and the Traditional Culture. A
consequence of Inculturation is that a given culture has an opportunity to
be transformed by faith, and ideally the culture in question is introduced
into the Church. Inculturation has this effect because humanity reflects
God as they are created in His image (Genesis 1:27). God has planted
His Spirit, in every individual, and as such, every community. This is
the reason why the Gospel message (Divine Wisdom) is permanent and
unchanging despite inculturation of the Gospel into local cultures which
are prone to human limitation and changing. From this dual-heritage
perspective, inculturation becomes a process that plies the pattern of the
‘Word made-flesh or Immanuel’, which would involve the gospel taking
life and flesh in the beliefs of people who welcome Christ and the values
of the gospel. Just as Christ became man so as to win salvation for all,
the gospel must become ‘culture’ so as to win the heart of ‘local people’.
Thus the ‘Dual-intellectual heritage’ is considered as the ‘Christian
education becoming flesh’ in the traditional cultures so as to attract and
lead people to the Divine wisdom and transformation.
13.5.5 An Overview of Integration, Inculturation or Dual-intellectual
Heritage in the History
St. Justin made a notable attempt at arguing that the Christian faith is
not only compatible with whatever is good and noble in Hellenistic,
Roman and Mesopotamian cultures, he holds that the different cultures
were created and inspired by God (they reflect the values and goodness
371 Alexanderson, Boyd, Education and Two Foci Reality in Global Contexts,
New Jersey: Pearson INC, 2003, 11-14.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 303
of God) and should be appropriate for His service and common good.
These cultures are Prefigurations of Christ “a Logos Spermatikos” (seed
bearing word). The Spermatic Logos has been implanted in the heart of
every human culture since all things were created through Christ, with
him and for him. All cultures have intellectual wisdom and heritage
which is purified and transformed by the Christian intellectual heritage
which is “the Way, the Truth and the Life (John 14:6). Dual Intellectual
Traditions (Christian Education and Traditional Education) is a form of
integration for transformational Education (Two Foci of Holistic Educa-
tion).
13.6 Gap Identification in Education
An educated population remains the fundamental platform for meet-
ing most of the other Millennium Developmental Goals (MDGs), and a
well-oiled education system is important for many reasons. It is a means
to encourage a knowledge movement which reflects the traditional herit-
age of Africa (values of Africana Humana) and develops it into a living
educational force for the future. A good education system is crucial, not
only for ensuring that the citizenry are well educated; but also ethical
formation for human development and for the maintenance of socially
responsive economic and political systems. However various researches
on quality education in African reveal that the current education system
is producing ‘giant’ informed and knowledgeable graduates, but ethical
and spiritual ‘dwarfs’. There is a worrying gap between knowledge and
the life-experience; between Christian and Traditional systems of educa-
tion; between theory and spirituality; between research findings and
industry; between ideology and ethics. As a result, the following chal-
lenges are experienced:
Goal no. 4 (out of 17) United Nations Sustainable Development
Goals 2015-2030 states: “Ensure inclusive and equitable quality educa-
304 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tion and promote life-long learning opportunities for all”,372 but this
goal is not effectively understood and experienced by all educational
stake-holders. Some African countries strive to realize this goal but is
not substantially, professionally and morally achieved. Educational
standards and excellence are deteriorating because of the following
gaps:
• Education is merely informative and exam oriented.
• Lack of Moral, value and virtuous Teaching, learning and ex-
perience.
• Lack of formation in African wisdom and character in educa-
tion system.
• Lack of quality participation and conversation of the main
stake holders of education.
• Lack of Integration between ‘Africana Humana (Ubuntuism)
and Christian Wisdom in educational curriculum and system.
• Teaching of ‘Christian ethics, CRE or values rely on the “Di-
rect method” – teaching values as a subject (or as an area of
thought) focusing on accumulation of knowledge, but No For-
mation of Heart and Character.
• Need of intellectual rediscovery, convergence abridging and
re-aligning the Informative, Formative and Transformative di-
mensions of Education when teaching Values and Ethics.
Filling these gaps can be realized with the methodology of ‘Dual Intel-
lectual Heritage’ in the institutions of learning. Benedict XVI urges for
education without gaps:
372 The United Nations: The Sustainable Development Goals 2015 -2013:
https://una-gp.org/the-sustainable-development-goals-2015-2030/
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 305
Pope Benedict XVI calls for great access to quality education at all
levels as the pre-condition for international development.373 However,
he notes that every education must reflect universal intellectual values
from all traditions; and has the aim at the formation of the whole per-
son.374 The Greek poet, Pindar, noted that since ‘a smile becomes a
smile if it is shared by two people’, thus, ‘no philosophy is philosophy in
isolation’; no culture can exist alone, and so, one of the goals of educa-
tion is to help to bring different cultures together and live together in
unity, peace and progress for all.375 The Jewish philosopher of educa-
tion, Azanias Bin Haggazerubabbel (4 BCE) affirms that quality educa-
tion borrows and learns from advanced intellectual values from other
cultures, and never loses them for transformation of future genera-
tions.376 Paul Chikasweka Soko (2002) oral tradition says “grilled fish
from the river is enjoyed as food when shared by two, so any education
has to learn from and share its wisdom with other intellectual heritages.
Clement Howard (1998) argues that ‘no human education is perfect’,
and since humanity is limited and fragile, there will always exist gaps
and limitation in every trend and system of education.377 This justifies
the on-going research and calls for new intellectual discernment to find
and come up with new approaches of filling in these academic gaps for
transformation of education sector.
Prof. Stan Chu Ilo (2013) challenges Africans to be aggressive in
learning from other traditional systems of education. There are gaps in
373 Benedict XVI, Encyclical, Charity in Truth, Boston: Pauline, 2009, no. 61.
374 Ibid. no. 58.
375 Chu Ilo, Stan, The Church and Development in Africa: Aid and Development
from the Perspective of Catholic Ethics, Nairobi: Pauline Publications Africa,
2013, 241.
376 Majawa, Clement, Patristic Education, Teaching Module I, Nairobi: CUEA,
2004, 4-5.
377 Howard, Clement, In Search of Quality Education for All, Hillsdale, NJ: Erl-
baum, 1998, 76.
306 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
African trends of education which need serious research and address.
African leaders and scholars have to be concerned with the policies and
systems of education that we are giving to our children in the continent.
Is it relevant and effective to the African mentality, worldview and spir-
ituality? African education cannot exist in isolation; it needs the enrich-
ment and complementarity of other traditional intellectual wisdoms.378
What should we do in Africa to seal the gap between knowledge and
spirituality, between consciousness and conscience, between theory and
witness? For many centuries quality education was identified with reli-
gious and church’s philosophy, beliefs and praxis. What about in the
contemporary times, what is it that religions and the Churches have lost
in today’s educational system? There is need to fill in the missing link in
the educational system.
Patristic Education envisions itself to offer a missing link of ‘Dual-
intellectual-heritage’ as excellent approach of improving, renewing and
stabilizing holistic education for all in Africa. Enugu International Col-
loquium. Integrating African Value-education and Catholic Intellectual
Heritage (2015) identified eight reasons for deterioration of ethics, val-
ues and excellence in Education and institutions of higher learning in
Africa:
• Shyness, degrading and renunciation of African identity.
• Divergence and separation between Catholic identity and
African culture.
• Renouncing, loss and dying of values and virtues.
• African-Christian schizophrenia in institutions of learning.
• Uncritical separation of African standards and universal
standard of education.
378 Chu Ilo, 241.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 307
• Syncretism between Christian life and African culture.
• Crisis of ethical-deficiency leading to education moral dwarf-
ism.
• Many Catholic schools and universities: nominal in nature
and shallowness in way of life.
• Uncritical upholding of Euro-American values in African ed-
ucational curriculum at the expense of African philosophy and
spirituality379
Integrated education with various intellectual heritages and values is
rooted, routed and has goals in holistic education. Why and how is
quality and excellent education holistic? Etymologically: the word edu-
cation comes from the Latin “educare” meaning to lead out. Education is
a continuous process of leading out, nurturing, elevating , forming and
modeling a human person to grow , mature holistically and become in-
dependent (physically, psychologically, intellectually, emotionally, reli-
giously, socially, morally, spiritually, operatively, economically, and
politically) so that one experiences in society transformation in relation-
ship, leadership, governance, development, liberation, socialization and
self-realization for the common good.380 Christian education which is
essentially founded and guided by Divine Wisdom defines and promotes
these integrated outcomes; it appreciates and learns from all historical,
cultural and religious intellectual heritages and learning values
379 Majawa. Clement, “Integrating African Value-education and Catholic Intel-
lectual Heritage” position paper at Enugu International Colloquium on the Fu-
ture of Catholicism in Africa: 50 Years after Vatican II: Celebrating the Begin-
ning of the Year of Mercy, (December 17-20, 2015) held in Abuja and Enugu,
Nigeria. Organized by CWCIT at De Paul University in Chicago, USA.
380 Groom, T. Christian Religious Education: Sharing our Story and Vision,
New York: First Harper & Row Paper Books (1981), 5. Also: Nanni, C. “Educa-
tion” in Vecchi J. and Perellenzo J. (eds.), Project of Pastoral Education: Mod-
elled Elements, Roma; 4 LAS (1984). 27.
308 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
(paideia). This is the essence, identity and mission of Patristic Educa-
tion which is divine-centric, anthropocentric, ethic-centric and evangel-
ic-centric for transformation of individuals and sustainable development
of society.
What is Patristic education? It is a quality, holistic, ethical and value
oriented education for all in the dynamic rhythm of life defined by early
Church Fathers based on Divine Wisdom, was developed and interpret-
ed in the Catholic Intellectual Tradition and considered the Classic
Paideia (the intellectual values from all cultures) for the advancement of
informative, formative and transformative encyclopedic knowledge and
witnessing for the common good (with integral meaning, integral libera-
tion, integral dissemination, integral development and integral salvation)
and whose wisdom and experiences are relevant today and posterity.381
13.7 Evolution of Ethical Education: from Greek
to 21st Century Philosophies
Scholarly debate on Moral development and Character formation
goes back to Greece and Aristotle's (384-322 BCE) Nichomacean Eth-
ics. He taught that the aim of life is the attainment of happiness (Eudai-
monia) which can be achieved through moral intelligence and character.
A moral virtue is the mean or middle way between two excess and defi-
ance (in media veritas), - The Golden Mean. Human virtue and excel-
lence has Moral virtues and Intellectual virtues.382 This is what was re-
ferred to earlier by Plato (428-347 BCE) who defined virtue as moral
knowledge and that people will be virtuous if they know what virtue is,
and that evil (vice) is the result of ignorance. Thus, the ultimate virtue is
justice: a sublime state which sees three elements of the soul working
381 Majawa, Clement, Patristic Education, Nairobi: Kijabe Publications, 2014,
30.
382 Jenkins, Joe, Ethics and Religion, Oxford: Heinemann Educational Publish-
ers, 1999, 21.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 309
together in harmony: (i) intellect sovereign (ii) the will and (iii) the emo-
tions. A just person is virtuous because his life is balanced in these three
dimensions.383 Socrates (407-399 BCE) accentuated virtue to moral
knowledge. He believed that if people are well educated about what
constitutes virtue, they will become moral and so lead a life of excel-
lence. Thus, individual life has a purpose (teleos) which is the “Real Self
or Truly I” in everybody. Morality (treating others well as ourselves) is
essentially enshrined in us. This has to be discovered by an individual in
one’s daily life experience.384
Patristic Education as a way of reasonable and transformative
knowledge of Divine Wisdom (God) and moral or virtuous life with
people in society for the high, higher and highest good was defined and
streamlined by the earliest Church Fathers who gave the origin, identity,
nature and goal of Moral Education. Later, ethical or character education
has been seen as a primary function of educational institutions. For ex-
ample, John Locke, 17th century English philosopher, advocated educa-
tion as education for character development.
This theme of moral education and integrity continued in the 19th
century by English philosophers John Stuart Mill: character develop-
ment as response to social problems (Miller & Kim, 1988) and by Her-
bert Spencer (Purpel & Ryan, 1976). American education has had a fo-
cus on character development and moral integrity from its inception.
The leading American philosopher and educationist of the early 20th
century, John Dewey, saw moral education as central to the school's
mission. Without ethical discipline and moral integrity there will be no
quality education. Every school, college and university has to pursue
righteousness, discipline and moral integrity all the time for attainment
of institutional excellence and transformation (Dewey, 1934).
383 Ibid. 20-21.
384 Ibid. 20.
310 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
The Church which has firm historical foundations in the Patristic
times teaches, promotes and is a champion of Moral education and ethi-
cal integrity in research, teaching and learning continues to teach and
uphold moral virtues, intellectual values and academic peace, justice and
righteous development at all levels of academic habits. These are culti-
vated and instilled in both learners and teachers through quality instruc-
tion, teaching and witness. The Church has written extensively on virtu-
ous education and training. There are many Church Documents which
interpret and contextualize Christian moral education in the global
context for quality, and excellence (Pius XI, Encyclical Divini Illius
Magistri -1929; John Paul II, Ex Corde Ecclesia – 1990, Vatican II –
Gravissimum Educationis; and recently Pope Francis: Veritatis Gaudi-
um 27/12/2017).
13.8 Theory, Practice and Spirituality of Patristic
Intellectual Heritage
It is a socio-historical, philosophical, biblical and theological theory
founded on Divine Wisdom as taught by Jesus Christ (the Way, the
Truth and the Life – John 14:6) and enriched by good values from all
cultures (Paideia) developed by the early Christian Church Fathers as a
means of evangelization, transformation and education for the high,
higher and highest common good (Majawa, 2014)385. From its historical,
philosophical, cultural, and religious considerations as defined and ar-
ticulated in Patristic educational theory and practice, quality education
for transformation is willed by God, guided and standardized by Divine
Wisdom and engages the supernatural (divinity), humanity and nature.
Thus quality and holistic education is Cosmo-thea-andrian (Cosmos =
nature; thea = godly or divine; and ander = man or humanity)
385 Clement Majawa, Patristic Education, Nairobi: Kijabe Publications, 1984.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 311
St Thomas Aquinas (1225-1274 AD) cited that the greatest gift of
God to humanity is reason, knowledge and education. These three sa-
cred gifts lead to Revelation of God, Humanity and Nature (Cosmo-
thea-andrian grace). The three revelatory concepts are complementary
because one leads to another. They have a Three-fold Identity: (a) Per-
sonal identity, (b) Communitarian Identity and (c) Supernatural or Di-
vine Identity. Thus, True Education embraces and upholds a Tripartite
nature of Three-Cs: (i) Consciousness (ii) Conscientiousness and (iii)
Common sense in Community. True Education defines that reality is
governed by Revelatory Three Laws: (i) Natural law (philosophy), (ii)
Divine law (Spirituality) and (iii) Humanistic / Positive Law (Societal
Constitution). Reality needs holistic natural knowledge and understand-
ing based on: its Personal Truth, Societal Truth and Divine Truth. In
every person, culture, religion and history, there is natural knowledge
which is a value and good, and ought to be taught, learned and preserved
for posterity. Every form of education should lead individuals to Three –
Fs Value-experiences (i) InFormation (ii) Formation and (iii) TransFor-
mation.
Patristic education calls for every value and goodness from all cul-
tures to be taught, known and shared with all people for unity, justice,
and progress for the better world. From the Catholic Intellectual Herit-
age, emerged some significant theories of quality education which were
developed by religious congregations. These theories and practices were
founded on the Divine Wisdom, defined and commissioned by the Truth
of Jesus Christ as a means of evangelization, transformation and salva-
tion of humanity. The Catholic Intellectual Tradition is a way of think-
ing, teaching and learning about God, humans and the world (Cos-
motheandrian) in the light of Jesus Christ the fullness of Wisdom and
Revelation, in which love rather than methodical questioning is the pri-
mary motive force in drawing the thinker to discover the truth that
makes all things work together for common good. Because the Catholic
312 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Church is a community centered upon and constituted by the living re-
ality of Jesus Christ, the Catholic intellectual tradition seeks to know the
reality of love that vivifies and holds all peoples and things together.
The interplay between knowledge and love shapes the Content (Tradita)
and Mode of Transmission (Traditio) of the Catholic intellectual tradi-
tion. 386 The Catholic thinker or educator cannot afford to separate or
divorce reflection upon creation (cultural worldview) from attention to
the Creator (Divine Wisdom) for it is the ongoing attention of the Crea-
tor that draws all people and things together into right relationship.
Thus, Catholic Intellectual Tradition which acknowledges, gathers and
promotes the Truth and values from all cultures and religions (Paideia)
essentially unifies and develops all people and all worldview for the
highest common good. Some of the leading Religious Congregation
Educational Philosophies, Trends and Systems based on Catholic Intel-
lectual Tradition have contributed significantly, and influenced tremen-
dously the world educational systems.
13.8 Uniqueness or Niche of Patristic Educational
Method and Trend
This Approach has the following unique characteristics of Scientific
nature and Patristic nature: (1) It is Systematic (method, plan, logical
and organization) (2) It is Controlled (normative and standard of com-
parison for verifying or checking the findings) (3) It is Empirical (sensu-
ality, objectivity, minimization of subjectivity biases) (4) It is Critical
(careful analysis, evaluation and judgment). The Patristic component
adds and is based on (5) Divine wisdom (Scriptures, Church teaching
and relevant authoritative literature.) (6) It acknowledges and is enriched
386 Launderville, Dale, Love and Knowledge: The Heart of the Catholic Intellec-
tual Tradition, https://www.csbsju.edu/about/catholic-benedictine-tradition/
catholic-identity/catholic-values/dale-launderville.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 313
by the intellectual values and heritages from all cultures and traditions
(Patristic Paideia) values (7) Ethical integrity (morality and spiritual
values) (8) Natural and supernatural discipline (9) Five Instrumentum-
Sophia of Educational Equilibrium (meaning, liberation, development,
evangelization and salvation) (10) Leads to Divine Investment and Leg-
acy: Research and Generated Knowledge is immortal (It never dies) It
immortalizes and divinizes the author for future generations.
The traditional philosophy, cultural intellectual heritage and histori-
cal universal genre of education state that the desired outcomes from
learning are (i) Knowledge and Understanding (Cognitive); (ii) Beliefs,
feelings and attitudes (Effective) (iii) Skills and habits (Psychomotor).
These are found in African educational system although they need to be
explored further, re-aligned and implemented in the third millennium.
Today with influence of globalized materialism, there is a danger of
isolating interior transformative values from these three dimensions of
education resulting into producing graduates or professionals without
upright conscience, virtuous character and civilized principles of life.
Patristic education states that (a) Acquiring knowledge of Biblical
(Christian) and Greek-Egyptian-Roman-Mesopotamian-Semitic
(GERMS) philosophical and historical facts, understanding the meaning
of revelation and salvation would be Cognitive Informative learning; (b)
Experiencing a supernatural feeling of worship before God, an attitude
of love for others in the light of Biblical and GERM formative spirituali-
ty would be Affective formation. (c) Learning in the light of Biblical and
Greek-Egyptian-Roman-Mesopotamian-Semitic-Indo-China (GERMS-
IC) praxiotic references would be a Practical Transformative skill. This
Patristic concept, theory and spirituality of Education is relevant and
effective in Africa and global contexts. When Africa and international
community is threatened by ideologies of anthropoid extremism, relativ-
ism, secularism, materialism, religious fundamentalism, cultural and
ethnic intolerance, racial discrimination and moral decay, Patristic Edu-
314 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
cation teaches the value and spirituality of Paideiac Intelligentsia (the
virtuous intellectual supremacy and ethical elements from every history,
culture and religion). It is anchored in ‘Dual-Intellectual Heritage’. It
promotes respect of all people, cultures, religions and civilizations as a
creation of one God.
13.9 Patristic Education: Essentially Religious with
Multi-intellectual Heritage
Patristic Education is essentially rooted and founded on Christian
Religion. It is Christian in essence, identity and mission; but it has bor-
rowed and is enriched by intellectual wisdom and traditional values
from world cultures (Paideia). Patristic Education like any other True
education begins from divine common denominator (God). Leo I the
great (440-461) taught that “If we remove God and spirituality, religion
and values, virtues and morals, natural law and discipline from educa-
tion, then there will be anything but not true education”387. True educa-
tion has both natural and supernatural dimensions, universal (Christi-
anity) and local (African) values. The two heritages lay the foundation
for ‘Dual-intellectual-heritage’ which perfects and idealize educational
system.
These definitions should embrace the understanding that education is
a life-long process of growth in knowledge and development to a re-
sponsible maturation through which human society passes on its cultural
tradition from one generation to another towards the highest common
good (God). Many definitions of education manifest a spiritual gap and
interior dissatisfaction. The definitions need to be discussed and inter-
preted considering the divine wisdom and spiritual opportunities so as to
feel in their gaps and limitations. A leading contemporary Educationist
387 Ellspermann, The Attitude of the Early Christian Writers Towards Pagan
Literature and Learning, Washington DC (1949), 74.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 315
John L. Elias (2002) of Fordham University in New York City makes a
transformational Christian contribution that education which has reli-
gious intellectual heritage should embrace traditional intellectual herit-
age so as to make the educational system qualitative, holistic, transform-
ative and universal.388
13.9.1 Patristic Education as the Yeast and Model of Transformative
Education
There is a Biblical precedent and Catholic Intellectual Tradition for
using traditional values from other cultures in the service of communi-
cating the Gospel. Inculturation is a classical methodology of both edu-
cation and evangelization processes which inserts the Gospel values into
local cultures which are defined by Natural Law. Natural Law is the
obvious way in which God manifests Himself to humanity. This Law
regards the realities of the earth as having their own proper natures so
that it makes sense to speak of the “Logical Nature” of a thing .These
natures which reflect the Eternal Law (Divine Law) in the mind of God,
are to be respected in our use of earthly things. Education helps us to
understand the nature of each thing we use in life, and so direct that
thing to the purposes that are proper to it. Education aims at getting the
best value from each natural (cultural) thing created by God and use it
for both personal transformation and experience of the highest common
good. Evolution of education commenced at the beginning of reality, at
creation. It developed in history and embraced the educational values
from other cultural integrity; and these values are used for recreating and
developing the face of the earth (Genesis 1:28).
388 Elias, John L. A History of Christian Education: Protestant, Catholic and
Orthodox Perspectives, Melbourne, FL: Krieger Publishing Company, 2002, 2-
25.
316 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
13.10 Implementation of Dual-intellectual Heritage
13.10.1 John Lawrence Elias (1933); Bridging Theory and Practice
Divide for Quality Education
A leading American educationist, John Elias has made a significant
intellectual and scholarly contribution to the field of quality education
and adult holistic-religious education over a 40-years period. He is dis-
tinguished by his successful efforts to bridge the fields of Adult and Re-
ligious education, Theoretical and Practical Education by ably bringing
the literature of religious and philosophical education to bear on the
largely secular field of adult education, and vice versa.389
389 Elias, John, Philosophy of Education: Classical and Contemporary. Mala-
bar, FL: Krieger (2002) 14-18. Elias, John (1974), A critical evaluation of the
social and educational thought of Paulo Freire and Ivan Illich, with a particular
emphasis on the religious dimension of their thought. Doctoral dissertation,
Temple University; Also Elias, J. (1976). Conscientization and Deschooling:
Freire's and Illich's Proposals for Reshaping Society. Philadelphia, PA: West-
minster. Elias, J. (1979). “Andragogy revisited: Elias challenges Knowles and
McKenzie”. Adult Education (US), 29(4), 252-256. Elias, J. (1982/1993). Foun-
dations and practice of adult religious education. Malabar, FL: Krieger, 1982.
(Rev. ed., 1993). Elias, J. (1985). Religion and adult education in Britain [Mon-
ograph]. Department of Adult Education, University of Surrey, England; Elias,
J. (1986); Studies in theology and education. Malabar, FL: Krieger. Elias, J.
(1991). Psychology and religious education (3rd ed.). Malabar, FL: Krieger.
Elias, J. (1989). Moral education: Secular and religious. Malabar, FL: Krieger.
Elias, J. (1995). A history of Christian education: Protestant, Catholic and Or-
thodox perspectives. Malabar, FL: Krieger. Elias, J., & Merriam, S.
(1980/1995/2005). Philosophical foundations of adult education; Malabar, FL:
Krieger. (2nd ed., 1995; 3rd ed., 2005). Principal Author Fallaw, W. (1977).
[Review of the book Conscientization and deschooling: Freire's and Illich's
Proposals for Reshaping Society, Philadelphia: Westminster, 1976]. Christian
Century, 94(37), 1072-1073. Ferro, T. (1984), Review of the book Foundations
and practice of adult religious education. Malabar, FL: Krieger, 1982, Rev. ed.
Adult Education Quarterly: A Journal of Research and Theory, 34(3), 179-182;
Freire, P. (1970. Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Continuum. Gallagher,
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 317
Like many educators before him, Elias advocated the healing of the
division between theory and practice, between culture and education, his
efforts are distinguished by the concrete and theoretical ways that he
linked them in order to experience transformative education. Not sur-
prisingly, closing the gap between theory and practice in adult religious
education continues to be an issue that goes to the heart of what it means
to be an adult religious educator. Elias was committed as he says in
Studies in Theology and Education (1986) to “constantly work for the
integration of these at both theoretical and practical levels”390 and to
maintain "the dialectical tension between theory and practice" and to
transform the relationship between culture and religion in education for
holistic development in society. This discussion on ‘Bridging the Theory
and Practice Divide’ for holistic education is done by many scholars of
education. See the handbook: Conscientization and Deschooling:
Freire's and Illich's Proposals for Reshaping Society (Philadelphia, PA:
Westminster, 1976); Wesley Fallaw (1977), writing in Christian Centu-
ry about this text, hailed John Elias as “an impressive interpreter of edu-
cational reformers” and needs to be emulated by educationists through-
out the world.
13.10.2 Ali Mazrui (1933-2014) Kenyan Scholar: Education for His-
torical, Cultural and Religious Institutional Memory (Preservation)
Professor Ali Mazrui (1933-2014) is one of the world’s most prolific
writers on Africa. His classic book: ‘The Africans: A Triple Heritage
(1987) explicates importance of the foundations, mission and destiny for
transformation of Triple-intellectual heritage in Africa and beyond. He
makes it clear that contemporary Africa is the product of three major
historical influences: (i) Indigenous heritage (ii) Western culture and
(iii) Islamic culture. The Africans look at these three heritage-legacies
M. (1983). Review of the book Foundations and practice of adult religious edu-
cation, Malabar, FL: Krieger, 1982. New Catholic World, 226(1351), 226.
390 Ibid.
318 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
with cultural-value and appreciation, intellectual acumen and globalized
critique with lessons learned. Africans see how they co-exist, enrich
each other and their impact on the continent and the people who have
African ancestry.391 Mazrui is also famous for his unique book: ‘To-
wards a Pax Africana: A Study of Ideology and Ambition’ 1967. He ar-
gues that African history should be credibly re-written by unbiased peo-
ple who know and understand African mind, wisdom, heritage and spir-
it. African history and its rightful place in the world should be taught in
schools with value as a greatest resource to the world.392 In his inspira-
tional and critical writings on ‘Educational Standards in Africa’ in the
book: Political Values and the Educated Class in Africa (1978) he men-
tions six historical paradoxes that are central to understanding the Con-
tinent of Africa.
• Why Africa – the earliest home of humanity, yet is not fit for
human habitation?
• Why Africa – with the earliest cradle of civilization, had the
worst ‘cross of humiliation: slavery, colonialism and apartheid?
• Why Africa – its valuable cultures regarded as the worst, so
different and distanced from Western culture?
• Why Africa – the richest in resources, yet regarded as the
poorest and underdeveloped.
• Why Africa – the largest continent (Brobdingnagians) but
with extreme divisions, fragmentation and tensions (Lilliputans)?
• Why Africa – highest hospitality, yet in crisis of habitability,
mass migration and ‘brain drain’?
391 Mazrui, Ali A. The Africans: A Triple Heritage, New York: Little Brown and
Company, 1987.
392 Mazrui, Ali A. Towards a Pax Africana: A Study of Ideology and Ambition,
Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1967, 12-20.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 319
These six paradoxes should never be lost or forgotten. It is impera-
tive for the young and future generation to know for their authentic iden-
tity in life. These paradoxes need to be inculcated in the school curricula
in Africa. “We are what we are if we understand well our true history.
Our education in Africa will be holistic, transformative with innovation
if it embraces these historical paradoxical experiences”.393 Ali Mazrui is
famous for his historical, philosophical cultural, religious and educa-
tional axiom which summaries the identity of African peoples: “Afri-
cans are the people of the day before yesterday, and the people of the
day after tomorrow.” (1986) This unique axiom rooted in his book, ‘The
Africans: A Triple Heritage’ gives more intellectual heritage and in-
sights to the theory, practice and ethics of “Patristic Education with Du-
al-intellectual Heritage by Clement Majawa, 2018”.
13.10.3 Raphael Thomson Phazilanyalungwe (1997) Education
for Virtuous Heritage and Unity of Peoples
Raphael Phadzilanyalugwe (1997) research on ‘Education having a
strong and positive effect on religious and ethical participation’ found
out that "Education with strong religious and virtuous heritage incul-
cates human values in both learners and teachers, influences strategies of
transformative action, and these strategies of action are relevant and
bring transformation and common good to society. In the process of
education to engage with African intellectual wisdom and virtuous herit-
age, there must be a genuine listening, process of conversation and in-
teraction among all the stake holders of education394. Furthermore, it
should be known that any education devoid of values and virtues, de-
stroys the self, harms the community and fails to impact on life in
schools and society. In this regard: (i) Education distancing itself from
393 Mazrui, Ali L. Political Values and the Educated Class in Africa, Heine-
mann, University of California Press, 1978.
394 Thomson Phadzilanyalugwe, Raphael, Education for Virtuous Heritage in
Sub-Saharan Africa; New York: McGraw-Hill Books, 1997, 58.
320 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
religion and ethics, values and virtues, conscience and character be-
comes a catalyst for ignorance, tension, corruption, under-development,
exploitation, shallow faith and culture of death in society. (ii) Education
distancing itself from traditional wisdom and cultural norms and values
distorts and disorients the essence of education making it become skele-
tonic, superficial, temporary and ineffective in many areas.
13.10.4 Merdado Cardinal Mazombwe of Zambia (1931-2013):
Factors Delineating African Values from Education
Merdado Cardinal Mazombwe, former Archbishop of Lusaka in
Zambia and former Chancellor of the Catholic University of the Catho-
lic University of Eastern Africa in Kenya, identified three issues which
is detrimental to the realization of quality and ethical education in Cath-
olic schools and universities in AMECEA395 region and African in gen-
eral: Some of our Catholic and faith based educational institutions in
Africa are experiencing moral degradation, loss of academic excellence
and societal values because the following:
• Education is blind to African intellectual values and virtues
emerging from relativism and secular ideologies.
• Deafness to the cry of the marginalized, the voiceless, the
poor and the ignorant in school and society because of the com-
promise, and omni-commercialization, doctrine of hyper-
sensualism, neo-atheism and glorification of ICT-ism and social
media.
395 AMECEA stands for Association of Member Episcopal Conferences of East
and Central Africa. It is an ecclesiastical regional body comprising of the fol-
lowing countries: Malawi, Zambia, Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda, Sudan, South
Sudan, Ethiopia, Eretria and designated – Somalia. Cardinal Mazombwe was
Chairman of AMECEA in 1979-1986.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 321
• Slavery to some irrelevant curriculum, oppressive academic
systems and intellectual colonialism in schools and universities
because of Global North’s imperialistic tendencies.
Catholic schools, colleges and universities in Africa should live the
Catholic identity if they are to reclaim their original moral integrity,
become true centers of intellectual excellence and societal transfor-
mation.
13.10.5 Pope Francis (2014): Catholic Schools, Colleges and Universi-
ties not to Be Isolated from World Intellectual Heritages, but to Con-
verse and Engage in Contemporary Cultures and Religions
Addressing the plenary session of the congregation for Catholic Ed-
ucation on 13th February 2014 in Clementine Hall Vatican, Pope Francis
says: “Quality education should be at the center of human life. Educa-
tion determines the culture of people, is at the heart of human commun-
ion and relationship with God. This view is articulated by other Pontiffs.
“The importance of implementation of the Apostolic Constitution “Sapi-
entia Christiana” (John Paul II) and the 50th Anniversary of Vatican II’s
Councilor Recleration: Gravissimum Educationis (Paul VI) and 25th
Anniversary of Apostolic Constitution Ex Corde Ecclesia (John Paul II).
These three documents give the teaching and spirituality of the origin
nature, mission and Identity of Catholic intellectual heritages in the
Catholic Schools and Universities.
Pope Francis acknowledges the challenges facing Catholic education
today. Catholic education provides opportunity of quality life, quality
education for all and quality communion for all people. Deterioration of
education is one of the most important challenges for the Church today
as she is engaged in the implementing the new evangelization in a his-
torical and cultural (dual) context which is in a constant flux. Quality
education will be realized in Catholic schools and colleges if they toler-
ate and engage in multiculturalism, ecumenism and inter-religious dia-
logue; if they return to the original aim of education based on Divine
322 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Wisdom and Catholic Intellectual Heritage and positive human and em-
pirical experience; if they witness their call to be moral authority and
instruments of evangelization and transformation in society.
Thus, Education is great open building site for all in which the
Church is present through the institutions and projects. There is need for
commitment to quality education on all levels and renew the commit-
ment of all people engaged in the new evangelization. Furthermore,
there is quest for on-going reformation and renewal in pedagogy through
new educational paradigm in Catholic schools and universities. In the
light of this, Pope Francis challenges Catholic institutions of learning
worldwide to read the signs of the time and make education become
relevant to the changing time.
13.11 Dual-intellectual Heritage: Patristic Education and
African Education
Dual-intellectual heritage in Catholic schools and colleges has a mis-
sion to transform personal and societal lives. Christian (Patristic) Educa-
tion responds to the call of quality Education of Hybridization of Afri-
can and Christian intellectual heritages for the high, higher and highest
common good. This mission of quality education, health and social ser-
vices as a powerful means of evangelization has been there since the
embryotic introduction of Christianity in Africa.
The aftermath of Vatican II has seen a most significant reformation
and renewal of Catholic education and Catholic religious education,
both in the actual concept of religious education and in its methodology,
hence in its content and material. The document ‘Gravissimum Educa-
tionis’ has been a driving force in transformation of Catholic education.
Without entering into detail, we may say that the main efforts of this
renewal bear on a new research vision and on a new anthropological
foundation, with a point of departure in the contemporary human being
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 323
and a presentation of the Christian message from this reality.396 The
renewal of Catholic education in Africa shows that Christian education
does not contradict or reject the values and virtues of the African herit-
age. The Catholic and African intellectual heritages are from the same
source; God and have a complementary mission of making the world a
better place to live.
A leading African pastoral theologian, biblical scholar and educa-
tionist, Bishop Patrick Kalilombe who taught for many years at Bir-
mingham Sally Oakes ecumenical institute and University of Malawi,
and who championed the establishment of the Catholic Higher Institute
of Eastern Africa (now Catholic University of Eastern Africa, 1984)
argued passionately about the importance of having holistic Catholic
education grounded in both Christian intellectual tradition and African
transformational values in all Catholic schools, colleges, technical
schools and universities on the African continent. Catholic students in
Africa are called to be “Truly Catholic, Truly African and Truly Hu-
man” for a credible identity in African and world context.397 The Prefect
for the Congregation of Catholic Education, Zenon Cardinal Grocholes-
wki challenged institutions of learning in Africa to go beyond mere edu-
cation and instead offer holistic formation also which focuses on faith-
witnessing, African culture and values, relevant professionalism and
ethical integrity. “True scientific education requires sound grounding in
discipline, ethics and human values. Mere education without proper
moral grounding results in horrendous consequences of dire relativism,
396 Preiswerk, Matias, Educating in the Living Word: A Theoretical Framework
for Christian Education, Maryknoll, New York: Orbis Books, 1984, 7.
397 Bishop Kalilombe, Patrick, “The Church in African called to be Self-reliant,
Self-propagating and Self-ministering for Deeper Evangelization: A Theological
critique in AMECEA Region as CUEA celebrates Silver Jubilee, 1984-2009”,
Position paper presented at the Faculty of Theology’s Interdisciplinary Session,
Nairobi: CUEA Langata Campus, 2009.
324 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
secularism, materialism, neo-atheism, injustices, and glorification of
ICT-ism among others.398
It is empirically evident that the many challenges facing educational
curriculum, pedagogy, teaching, environment, policy, system, etc. in
institutions of learning in general and in Catholic schools in particular
are a result of lack of integration between Christian teaching and the
African worldview. Any system of education which denounces and re-
nounces the local culture and traditions cannot realize its formative and
transformative mission; and is destined to fail.
Thus, Christian education which is a very powerful tool for evange-
lization and social transformation should dialogue with, and promote
African intellectual heritage and social communality. Quality Catholic
education becomes a mediating force between Christian intellectual her-
itage and values of ‘Africana Humana’ in catholic schools on the Afri-
can continent. This resonates with Patristic Educational wisdom
(paideia) which teaches that every good value from all cultures in histo-
ry should be never be destroyed or lost, but purified, preserved and inte-
grated in an emerging educational system for relevance and transfor-
mation of life.
13.12 Dual-intellectual Heritage: Future Paradigm of
Educational Reform, Renewal and Transformation in
Africa
African and Christian cultures have co-existed and engaged each
other in Africa since missionary settlements. The two heritages do not
conflict each other. What should be the vision of the Church and African
398 Cardinal Grocholeswki gave a key note address during the celebration of 25
years of CUEA in 2009, during which the University honoured him with a hon-
orary degree ‘honoris causa’ along with five other eminent personalities for
their contributions to the course of evangelization and human development.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 325
worldviews for the educational and cultural development in African
institutions of higher learning and for societal progress?
The re-emerging of ‘Patristic Education’ which is fundamentally
Christian and Paideian (with intellectual values from other heritages)
has a mission of critiquing and renewing various educational systems to
become world-class human and divinized institutions of learning; Patris-
tic education which envisions to be a true agent of evangelization and
stimulation of African values for the common good functionality, gives
people a way to understand themselves and their world, to develop their
logical-imagination and self-identity, to establish instruments of justice,
peace and liberation, to provide quality skills for working productively
for transformation for all.
Dual educational heritage will be brought into harmony with the
specific challenges of ignorance, poverty, disease, negative ethnicity,
bad governance, abuse of human rights, relativism, consumerism, radi-
calization and under-development in Africa; and hence provide quality
solution to these vices. Thus, Patristic education cultivated in African
intellectual heritage will ensure deeper evangelization and sustainable
development in Africa.
13.13 Way Forward: Recommendations
• Institutions of higher learning in Africa to adopt some values
of the Methodology of ‘Dual-Intellectual Heritage’ in the Teach-
ing of Moral Education ( Hybridization of African and Christian
Intellectual Heritages for academic excellence and ethical integ-
rity)
• Inculcate with intellectual ethics and discernment the wisdom
of ‘Africana Humana’ in the Curriculum, policy and system of
education in Africa.
326 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
• Reading the signs of times correctly and righteously calls for
introduction of the Course: Patristic Education with Dual-
Intellectual Heritage as a Common Course to instill morals, val-
ues and virtues to teachers and lecturers in the Undergraduate
and Masters’ programs.
• The Entry and Orientation policy, procedure and standards for
new teachers and lectures to share the historical, philosophical,
religious and ethical heritages of Christian (Patristic) educational
Wisdom and the traditional intellectual heritage.
13.14 Conclusion
The Dual-intellectual heritages with Christian and African dimen-
sions have the common source, identity, mission and goal in the Divine
Wisdom. These heritages have evolved in history of humanity; they
converse and collaborate in identifying and appraising the hidden, the
distorted, the compromised, the forgotten and the lost values of quality
education. Today the intellectual heritages complement each other in the
process of re-discovering, rooting, re-routing, reconstructing, re-
aligning, renewing and transforming quality education for all.
Secondly, there is need for institutions of learning in Africa to put in
place structures which will promote true ethical education which un-
veils, rediscovers, reconstructs, re-align, renew and brings to light, re-
turns to and focus on its 10 original aims: God (Divine Wisdom), eternal
law, natural law, vocation, nobility, ethical, universality, information,
formation and transformation (Christ’s and Gospel Values). It will real-
ize this with the Dual-Intellectual Heritage (Patristic–Christian and Afri-
cana Humana).
Patristic Education is an essential transformational Paradigm with
Dual-intellectual heritages (Christian Wisdom and Africana Humana)
which instills ethics and excellence in education. Patristic education
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 327
envisions bringing quality education with a divine-human foundation,
integrity, relevance, professionalism and competitiveness to schools and
universities in Africa. This is a unique education with a difference which
is a Catalyst for deeper evangelization and holistic transformation it he
21st Century and posterity.
13.15 Selected References
Adhiambo, J. M. and Kang’ethe, N. S. (2016): Reorienting the Cur-
riculum for Sustainability, Nairobi: CUEA Press.
Chiuzaphoyo, M. (2001): African in Need of Transformative Educa-
tion and Civility, San Francisco: Ignatius Ltd.
Chu Ilo, S. (2013): The Church and Development in Africa, Nairobi:
Pauline Publications.
Elias J. (2002): Catholic Intellectual Tradition, New York: Manhattan
College INC.
—. (2002): A History of Christian Education: Protestant, Catholic
and Orthodox Perspectives, Melbourne FL: Krieger Publishing
Company.
Franchi, L. (2007): An Anthology of Catholic Teaching on Education,
London: Scepter.
Francis Pope (2017): Apostolic Constitution “Veritatis Gaudium’ Re-
vised Norms of Ecclesiastical Universities and Faculties, Vati-
can: Libreria.
Freire. P. (1973): Education for Critical Consciousness, New York:
Seabury.
Gilson, E. (1952): The Breakdown of Morals and Christian Education,
Toronto: St. Michael’s College.
Grace, R. G. and O’Keefe, J. (eds.) (2007): International Handbook of
Catholic Education: Challenges for School Systems in the 21st
Century, Dordrecht: Springer.
328 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Groom, T. (1981): Christian Religious Education: Sharing Our Story
and Vision, New York: Harper & Row Books.
Hill, K. H. (2012): Religious Education in the African American Tra-
dition: A Comprehensive Introduction, London: Chalice Press.
Jenkins, J. (1999): Ethics and Religion, Oxford: Heinemann Educa-
tional Publishers.
Jhingran, S. (2001): Ethical Relativism and Universalism, New Dehli:
Motilal Banarsidasa Publishers.
John Paul II (1990): Apostolic Constitution “Ex Corde Ecclesiae”, on
Catholic Universities, Vatican: Libreria.
—. (1979): Apostolic Constitution: “Sapientia Christiana” On Eccle-
siastical Universities and Faculties, Vatican: Libreria.
Majawa, C. (2014): Patristic Education, Nairobi: Kijabe Publications.
Mazrui. A. (1987): The Africans: A Triple Heritage, New York: Little
Brown & Company.
McKinney, Lora-Ellen (2003): Christian Education in the African
American Church: A Guide for Teaching Truth, New York: Jud-
son Press.
Molefi Asante (1996): African Intellectual Heritage, New York: Tem-
ple University Press.
Moore, M. E. (1983): Education for Continuity and Change: A New
Model for Christian Religious Education, Nashville, TN: Abing-
don Press.
Murphy, T. J. (2001): A Catholic University: Vision and Opportuni-
ties, Collegeville, Minnesota: The Liturgical Press.
Newman, J. H. (1982): The Idea of a University, Notre Dame, IN:
Notre Dame Press.
Omolewa. M. (2007): Traditional African Modes of Education: Their
Relevance in the Modern World, Dordrecht: Springer.
Phadzilanyalugwe, R. T. (1997): Education for Virtuous Heritage in
Sub-Saharan Africa, New York: McGraw-Hill Books.
Ethical Education for Transformation of Schools and Universities 329
Roosevelt, B. (1964): Double Learning Theory, New York.
14
ETHICAL CONCERNS
IN RESEARCH SUPERVISION
OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATION WRITING
IN SELECTED PUBLIC AND PRIVATE
UNIVERSITIES IN KENYA
Momanyi Marcella
14.1 Abstract
One of the key objectives of university education is to create
knowledge through scientific research to address the emerging issues in
the society399. However, there has been a public concern on the long-
time taken by Doctoral Students to complete their dissertation writing.
The study was guided the following research questions. What are the
supervisory guidelines availed to doctoral students during dissertation
writing? What challenges do doctoral students encounter in their disser-
tation writing? What strategies can be adopted to enhance doctoral stu-
dents’ timely completion of dissertation writing? Convergent parallel
Mixed Methods Design guided the study. The target population was all
supervisors and doctoral students in selected public and private universi-
399 Momanyi Marcella is a senior lecturer in the Graduate school, Faculty of
Education and Head of Department in Educational Administration and Planning
at the Catholic University of Eastern Africa (CUEA), Nairobi, Kenya.
332 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ties in Kenya. Questionnaire, Interview guide and document analysis
guide collected data. The research instruments subjected to both face
validity and content validity. Cronbach Alpha technique determined the
reliability of quantitative items. Reliability of qualitative items estab-
lished through member checking, credibility and peer debriefing. Key
findings showed that lack of finances, family responsibilities, job stress-
es, age, policies, and stringent supervision hindered students dissertation
completion on time. Other ethical issues exposed were supervisor turn
over, supervisors’ divergent conflicting views, laxity to give feedback,
uncooperative students and supervisors, lack of intrinsic motivation,
corruption and inadequate staff in the students’ area of specialization
lengthened time of completion. The study recommended closer student
follow-ups, holding dissertation-writing workshops, refresher courses,
creating alumni networks and rapport with individual student as ways of
enhancing their academic writing. Key words: Dissertation, Doctoral,
Ethics, Research, supervision,
14.2 Introduction
The government in committed to ensuring that in vision 2030 Kenya
becomes an industrialized nation, knowledge based economy. The latter
is created particularly in universities that aim at equipping students with
knowledge, skills and attitudes needed in the society. The universities
are termed as centres of excellence where students create knowledge
through research and discussions. This is the reason why the Kenya
Commission for University Education has considered research as a criti-
cal element of Higher Education and Training. The commission has put
in place policy guidelines that have identified key thematic areas which
universities must address. These are institutional policies and regula-
tions, learning environment, institutional support systems, funding and
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 333
admission of postgraduate students.400 The available literature indicates
that although there is an increment of students’ enrolment undertaking
doctoral studies in Kenya, the professors and doctoral lecturers are few-
er. This implies that there is mismatch between students’ research topics
in areas of specialization and the supervisor’s expertise. These have
raised concern among stakeholders on the progression and completion
rates as well as the quality of graduates produced. This is the reason why
The Kenya Commission for University Education (CUE) has put in
place measures intended to maintain quality and standards in postgradu-
ate particularly doctoral studies. The new policies require doctoral stu-
dents to publish401 two articles from their researched work in peer re-
viewed and refereed journals before they are conferred their degrees.
This means that the students work has to be exposed to other academic
experts or peer reviewers to determine the originality of the research402.
The students also have to complete their studies within years admitted
for study to minimize backlogs.
Of paramount importance is that, students must adhere to the best
practices that lead to academic integrity. For instance, the research must
be conducted following well-established criteria and proper supervision.
The collected data should be analyzed using appropriate statistical tech-
niques and knowledge obtained is disseminated for public consumption
either through print media or through internet. For the information from
researched work to be authentic, the studies must be conducted follow-
ing ethical guidelines. Ethics is defined as philosophy that is concerned
400 Commission for University Education “Universities Standard and Guide-
lines”, 2014.
401 Wachira, Kigotho, New Guidelines Set for High Publishing Bar for Academ-
ics, 2017.
402 Odebero, S.O. “Crisis in Financing and Management of Higher Education in
Kenya: Implications for Planning Reform Agenda”, A Paper presented at Educa-
tional Management Society of Kenya Conference, held at Migori Teachers Col-
lege, 12-14 April 2010.
334 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
with morality and its problems and judgements, or with moral problems
and judgements403. Ethics can also be used synonymously for morality
or moral code or normative theory either of an individual or group
which is referred to as to work ethics. Ethics (Moral theory), grows out
of real life situations where people are confronted with some sort of per-
plexity or doubt about what is the right thing to do or the best course to
follow, situations in which different desires strive for opposed good or
in which incompatible courses of action seem to be justifiable404. When
a person encounters a conflicting situation, particularly academic writing
standards, one has to personally inquire into the reasons for deciding on
the right action to take. This article deals with the work ethics and aca-
demic writing standards that educational supervisors use to guide doc-
toral students in dissertation writing. It examines what the supervisors
and students ought to do or not to do in order to write best academic
dissertations and complete them on time.
14.3 Statement of the Problem
The Government of Kenya is working hard to ensure that the in-
creased enrolment of post graduate students have adequate qualified
mentors or lecturers. The mentors should not only possess quality de-
grees of integrity but also good character. However, there has been a
public concern from stakeholders that majority of doctoral students
complete their course work on time but delay in completing their disser-
tation writing. Available literature shows that doctoral students take
more years in their academic writing than their course work. The aver-
age course work and dissertation writing in most Kenyan Universities is
403 Frankena, William Albert. Ethics, 2nd ed., New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India,
2007, 3.
404 Gonsalves, Milton Albert, ‘Fagothy’s Right and Reason. Ethics in Theory
and Practice. 9th ed., New Jersey: Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 1989, 3.
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 335
3 to 4 years. But in reality only a few students complete their studies
within the given time. From life experiences, some students take be-
tween 5 to 10 years to complete their studies which are an ethical con-
cern. Studies done in Kenya focused on students’ awareness of research
methodology, supervision but limited study focused on integration of
ethical concerns in dissertation writing that deter completion rate. It is
against this background that the researcher decided to conduct the study.
14.4 Review of Related Literature
Available literature indicates that studies related to doctoral students’
academic writing have been conducted worldwide. For instance, in
Sweden, a study was conducted on challenges in postgraduate studies
assessments by doctoral students in a Swedish University405. The find-
ings indicated that most students encountered challenges in data collec-
tion, methods data analysis, writing publishable research papers and oral
presentation skills. Other concerns raised included inaccessibility of
both main and associate supervisors.
From African Continent, studies explored experiences of supervisors
in the supervision of postgraduate students’ research in Zimbabwe Open
University406. The study revealed that students had limitations in the
development of proposals. The problems ranged from not knowing what
to include in the proposals to the ethical considerations. Other studies
have investigated the challenges of writing theses and dissertations
405 Ezelibo, Eugene, K. ‘Challenges in Post graduate studies: Assessment by
doctoral students in Swedish University’ in Higher Education Studies 2(4),
2012, 47-57.
406 Mafa and Maliposa, “Supervisors experiences in supervising Post graduate
Education students dissertation and thesis at the Zimbabwean Open University”
in: International Journal of Asian Social science 2(10), 2012, 1685-1697.
336 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
among postgraduate students in Tanzanian higher institutions407. The
researcher reviewed 39 theses and 64 dissertations from three universi-
ties in Tanzania. Key findings showed that most students lacked aca-
demic writing skills in all chapters that were inappropriately presented.
In the first chapter, for instance, candidates did not present the theoreti-
cal background that justified the problems that prompted their studies.
The specific objectives were not aligned to titles of their studies. In the
second chapter, the majority of students were unable to analyze litera-
ture reviews to bring out controversial issues that needed further re-
search. Instead they presented reviews in a descriptive form of a ‘shop-
ping list’ thus unable to derive knowledge gaps from reviewed literature.
In the chapter of research design and methodology, the candidates stated
designs correctly but failed to justify the choosing of the design. Simi-
larly, the locale of the study, data collection tools was not justified; this
made it difficult for the reader to understand how the study was carried
out to justify the findings and conclusions drawn from the study. Anal-
yses of these findings pose ethical concern or morality in supervision.
How did the supervisors sign those faulty documents? Did they really
check the students work and ensured it is up to the required standard
before signing and allowing them for binding?
In Kenya, available literature indicates that studies have been con-
ducted on challenges faced by students’ research supervision in Kenyan
universities. Particularly, the study investigated students’ awareness in
research methodology, perceptions of supervisors and preparation for
defence of their projects. Key findings showed that most students lacked
basic research methods and skills, their supervisors lacked experience in
407 Komba, Claudius Sostico, “Challenges of writing theses and dissertation
among postgraduate students in Tanzanian higher Institutions” in: International
journal of Research studies in Education 5(3), 2016, 71-80.
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 337
research408. Those made students develop a negative attitude towards
research writing. It implies that lecturers who taught research methods
lacked expertise, which is unethical and harmful to students. For they
neither added value nor equipped the students with right knowledge and
skills of writing high quality research projects. Limited reviewed litera-
ture has looked at ethical concerns and the rationale for delay in comple-
tion rate of dissertation that the current study addresses.
14.5 Research Design and Methodology
The study adopted Convergent Parallel Mixed Methods design
whereby in qualitative phenomenology was used where supervisors and
their students narrated experiences in dissertation writing. In quantita-
tive, cross sectional survey was used to gather information from students
across educational disciplines in research, administration and curriculum
studies. Convergent Parallel Mixed Methods Design was considered
appropriate for the study because of its suitability and strengths in col-
lecting, analysing and integrating quantitative and qualitative research
simultaneously in a single study409. The target population was PhD stu-
dents from the Faculty of Education and their supervisors. The sample
size was 120 doctoral students and 20 supervisors selected through strat-
ified random sampling. The research also used non-probability sampling
particularly snow balling technique to access doctoral students who had
taken many years in dissertation writing and their supervisors. Data col-
lection instruments were questionnaires and interview guides. Document
analysis guide was utilized to obtain information from dissertation writ-
ing progress reports, topics, proposal, and final defences’ reports. Re-
408 Enos, Ezine Musatsili “Challenges faced by students research supervisors in
Kenyan Universities” in: Journal of Advanced Research in Education and Sci-
ences 2(4), 2018, 32-38.
409Creswell, John W. Research Design, Quantitative, Qualitative and Mixed
Methods Approaches, 4th ed., Lincoln: Sage Publication, 2014, 219.
338 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
search instruments were subjected to both content and face validity.
Cronbach alpha technique determined reliability for quantitative items at
0.05 level of confidence and yielded a coefficient of 0.8. Peer debrief-
ings, member checking, credibility, triangulation-checked reliability of
qualitative items. Quantitative items were coded, keyed in a computer
and analyzed using Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) ver-
sion 20 to generate frequencies and percentages that summarized data.
This was presented in tabular form. Qualitative data from interviews and
analysis of documents were categorized into themes and presented in
narrative form, excerpts and verbatim.
14.6 Presentation and Discussion of the Findings of the
Study: Provision of Guidelines for Writing Dissertation
The first research question asked the participants on whether they
were provided with guidelines for dissertation writing. Their responses
were categorized into themes and are presented in the following section.
The first part consists the time of commencement of writing. That
depended whether doctor of Philosophy degree was on dissertation only
or course work, examinations and dissertation. From the findings, those
taking dissertation only commenced immediately after registration as a
PhD candidate. Those with course work stated at different times. In
some universities candidates started after completing their course work
while others allowed students to select research titles/ topics when re-
maining their last two units. That enabled students’ time to read exten-
sively to identify knowledge gaps on which to base their study.
Another guideline given to students was on criteria of selecting top-
ics and their approval before commencing writing. The study established
that in some universities, over researched topics was listed and commu-
nicated to students either through their emails or placed on notice
boards. This aspect of ethics was valuable for students to avoid such
topics and venture into new areas.
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 339
The specification of what is right or wrong can also is expressed in
terms of commands, rules, regulations and moral law410. Study findings
indicate that universities have established clear post graduate guidelines
and specified expectations on dissertation writing. Analysis of the doc-
uments showed that both content and procedures are value loaded that
need adherence by both students and supervisors to produce quality
work. However, guidelines per se cannot produce quality writing; hence
universities need to inculcate ethical values in their guidelines and poli-
cies of dissertation writing. This is likely to lay a good foundation and
criteria for moral judgement and actions supervisors to genuinely own
the students assigned to them, guiding and empowering them as well as
the provision of constructive feedback.
Academic writing is a process and is structured in a particular way.
Perusing through dissertation writing guidelines, the researcher noted
that most doctoral students had knowledge on the formats of the con-
cept/proposals and final dissertation. It was clear on what students
should include in the title of the theses/dissertation, background to the
problem, research questions/objectives/hypotheses and the theoreti-
cal/conceptual framework. The chapter of review of related literature
consisted of introductory part, critical review of related theories and
empirical/conceptual review related to either objectives or research
questions. Students are encouraged to critique reviews to identify
knowledge gaps to which their research can add knowledge. The guide-
lines were clear on what to include in each chapter and yet the findings
showed that some of the students hardly adhered to those standards.
There is therefore, need for universities to integrate ethical values or
promote moral values to enable students to write their dissertation in an
orderly manner.
410 Cronin, Brian, “Value Ethics. A Lonergan Perspective”. Guide to Philosophy
series. 1st Ed. 13 reprint. Nairobi: Consolata Institute of Philosophy Press, 2006,
487.
340 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Students also mentioned that they were given guidelines on their
roles in dissertation writing. The researcher triangulated students views
with those of university’s post graduate guidelines on theses/dissertation
writing and identified the roles of the student as follows: Select appro-
priate topic to base their research and present it to the departments for
approval. Once assigned supervisors, each candidate shall constantly
consult his/her supervisors at least once month to receive feedback.
Students are responsible for securing, organizing and presenting content
professionally and accurately411. They are required to familiarize them-
selves with the dissertation guidelines and adhere strictly to that stand-
ard of writing. This is the reason why concepts papers, proposals and
final dissertation can only presented for defence with the approval of
and signed by the supervisors. In case a student wanted to change a su-
pervisor, guidelines were clear. For instance he/she shall make a formal
application to the Dean of Faculty who will forward it to Post Graduate
Studies Committee for consideration. It should be noted, however, some
universities were silent in the change of supervisors especially in the
public sector, and many students were devastated to the point of giving
up dissertation writing.
The study established that supervisors were also provided with su-
pervision guidelines. They were to guide the students’ dissertation writ-
ing in line with Postgraduate guidelines. Maintain effective contact with
students assigned to them; submit reports to the departments on the pro-
gress of students at least once a month to confirm that the student is re-
ceiving supervision. Supervisors should ensure that the dissertation
meets the standards of academic writing before it is duly signed and
submitted for defence. The study findings indicate that some of the su-
pervisors were not supportive or committed to their work; a situation
that created animosity among students. Integration of value ethics in
411 Kenyatta University, A Handbook for Postgraduate Students, 2nd Edition,
Nairobi: Graduate school, Kenyatta university press, 2012, 11.
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 341
supervision guidelines can help supervisors develop a sense of integrity
and ownership of students, supporting, guiding and encouraging them on
tasks they are supposed to undertake in the entire process of dissertation
writing.
14.7 Challenges Encountered by Doctoral Students when
Writing their Dissertation
The second research question sought to establish challenges doctoral
students experienced in writing their dissertation. Their responses were
grouped into broad categories of academic, personal and work environ-
ment shown in Table 1
Statement
frequency
percentage
Academic writing
Family responsibilities
Engagement in employment
Lack of mentors motivation
Conflicts between mentors
and mentees
Inadequate mentors area of
specialization
Stringent policies
Corruption
110
105
96
82
75
60
53
41
91.7
87.5
80
68.3
62.5
50
44.2
34.2
Table 1. Student’s responses on challenges they encounter n=120
The findings in Table 1 show the different challenges participants
mentioned that prolonged their dissertation writing. A majority of
91.7% mention academic writing as a major challenge. Participants’
views on academic writing were compiled and categorized into three
sections; initial stages, proposal writing and final dissertation writing.
342 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Initially many students lacked knowledge on appropriate topics to con-
duct research. Others felt discouraged that every time they suggested
one, the post graduate committee that approve topics too long to give
feedback and finally rejected it. Perusing through minutes of approval of
topics for research, the researcher noted comments such as the topic
rejected, it’s vague, and the candidate need to rework on the topic to
capture clearly the independent and dependent variables as well as the
scope of study. In some cases final dissertation was rejected by the panel
of examiners on grounds of major flaws in the research problem, lack of
originality and contribution to knowledge, hence lengthened their time
of writing.
14.8 Actual Dissertation Writing
In Kenya academic writing is done in British English which is a se-
cond language to most students. The study found out that dissertation
writing was an overwhelming or tormenting experience to most stu-
dents. All universities had prepared supervision guidelines and availed it
to students to be strictly adhered to in academic writing standards in
order to be acceptable including the content, grammar, sentence struc-
ture among others. A review of defence reports revealed that students
had serious editorial and language concerns that needed repeated correc-
tion. Excerpts such as shorten the long paragraphs and sentence struc-
ture, improve on connectivity and coherence of information was men-
tioned in the reports. Other comments included checking spelling and
correct use of punctuation marks. The findings in general indicated that
students had challenges in writing all chapters in the dissertation. In re-
porting the findings, most students dreaded testing the hypotheses using
appropriate statistical techniques. Only a few students did it correctly
meaning that their supervisors guided them correctly. Analysis of their
findings in relation to literature was either minimal or omitted altogeth-
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 343
er. That showed that student encountered challenges in interpretive
skills.
The study exposed unethical practices that warrant attention if doc-
toral students have write quality work. It was noted that some students
paid commercial researchers to write the dissertation for them. This is
not acceptable; from a reliable source, rarely do those students pass dur-
ing defence due to their unfamiliarity with content. Furthermore, they
are not able to clarify statements due to lack of intellectual independ-
ence. This is why the researcher emphasises that supervision should be
guided along ethical values. The supervisors should instil in students
values of hard work, perseverance, self-discipline, encouragement and
embracing academic guidelines and best practices that produce high
quality work. This will eradicate vices of exploitation, bribery and cor-
ruption pointed out 34.2% of the students.
Other factors pointed out include lack of access to adequate and rel-
evant literature in the research areas. Participants particularly from rural
areas cited that they lack internet facilities to access e-resources; some
of the libraries are ill equipped with updated books or journals. Some of
them were not conversant with academic writing skills hence had to
repeat the work several times.
The Commission for University Education in Kenya has issued
guidelines that all post graduate students in Kenya must publish from
their researched work two articles in peer reviewed refereed journals.
That posed a challenge as pointed out by 42.2 % of the participating
students as stringent policies. Publications of researched work form a
key component in research and training.412 Universities, therefore,
should put in place induction programs for students on publication
guidelines and assist them to write quality publishable papers. This is
one way in which they can disseminate their valuable research findings
412 Mukhwana, Eusabius, Jackson, K. Too, Some, David K. Policies to Support
Quality University Postgraduate Research Training in Kenya, 2017, 52.
344 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
to the public through print media, Websites of scholarly journals for
consumption.
14.9 Personal Challenges
Views related to personal challenges gathered from participants were
analyzed and grouped into family, remuneration and strained relation-
ships. About 87.5% expressed family responsibilities which means most
doctoral students are married with children in schools and colleges.
Competition for scarce resources to finance their education made some
students opt to concentrate on their children at expense of their studies.
They asked for study leave for some years before resuming studies. En-
gagement in full time employment was another challenge mentioned by
80% of the participants. All jobs demand commitment in performing
administrative duties all day leaving limited time for meaningful aca-
demic writing as one of the participants said:
“On my part, availability of adequate time to go to the library, re-
search for information and write has been a problem. While do-
ing course work, I was teaching in a school. Then, I could have
time in between weeks and during holidays to sit for quality work
on my concept paper. This ceased when I joined the civil service
where assignments include travelling outside duty stations and
writing reports on assignments. The department I was deployed
in lacked adequate human capacity, hence rendering me as the
only assistant to the Head of Department to handle most paper-
work that needed technical input413.”
It is important to note that the other remaining 20% of participating
students were honest that they did not have a good reason for not com-
pleting their dissertation writing. It was just mediocrity on their part.
413 Interview findings from one of the PhD participants August 22, 2018.
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 345
Ethical values demands that supervisors take keen interest to make fol-
low ups to identify what is delaying students and put up remedial
measures. Other concerns put forward included unforeseen circumstanc-
es like deaths, retrenchment, sickness that diverted the candidates’ atten-
tion from academic writing.
The study found out that mentors were not remunerated for su-
pervising students’ dissertation writing. Supervision was taken as part of
the workload which triggered de-motivation as pointed out by 68.3% of
participants. This was confirmed during an interview when one mentor
said:
“I dislike supervising students due to lack of motivation. It is a
tedious exercise where I take extra time to read the students work
to understand, make corrections and provide appropriate feed-
back. Yet the educational administrators do not compensate us
which in unethical. I am aware that students pay for supervision
fee each semester and final dissertation submission fee for exam-
ination. We spend a lot of our time reading and examining the
students but administrators never appreciate us.414”
It seems lack of remuneration created animosity among lecturers
who developed laxity in giving students feedback. From interviews stu-
dents complained of not being in contact with their supervisors for long
who neither receive their phones nor emails. The findings is similar to
other scholars who found out that very few students are satisfied with
the research supervisors because they are not supportive in giving feed-
back on their researched work415. Although students complained about
their supervisors, the latter described guiding such students as a difficult
task because some are uncooperative; that they want a PhD certificate
414 Interview findings from one of the supervisor participants 25th August 2018.
415 Wadesango and Machingo ‘Post graduate students experiences in research
supervisors in; Journal of Sociology and Anthropology 2(1), 2011, 31-37.
346 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
without working hard. Such an attitude is unrealistic; a psychological
illusion that prevents the student from acquiring the true knowledge and
skills. According to the supervisors, such students are not able to discuss
and interpret their findings; not willing to learn or present papers in sem-
inars/conferences. They are absenteeism students who after being given
corrections disappear for six months or even the whole year. On return-
ing with corrected work, they want the supervisors to read it within two
days and give them feedback. This unethical practice that needs correc-
tion by inculcating social values where supervisors and students find the
best way of relating to each other; be cooperative, develop respect and
love for normative ethics of academic writing and adhere to them. Both
the supervisor and the supervisee should practice professional ethics in
order to bear fruits of self-control and kindness.
The supervisors deliberate refusal to give feedback to students on ba-
sis of not being remunerated is an immoral act and unprofessional. The
student has paid fees and nothing to do with remuneration. This is a
grievous mistake that endangers the students’ academic writing of not
knowing what to do. Working with the supervisor with whom one is in
conflict puts the student in a vulnerable situation that triggers confusion,
bitterness, helplessness and resentment. Money should not be the deter-
minant of our actions. Work has an intrinsic value. Supervisors need to
respond differently to students needs by integrating moral values in their
actions or work ethics. They can willingly choose to do good by reading
students work, providing constructive feedback and guiding them to
successful completion dissertation writing. This is what Aristotle
Nichomachean Ethics is all about ‘That good is that which all things
aim’416. Supervisors’ guidance should benefit the students by equipping
them with the authentic knowledge to be useful members in the society.
They should role model ethical values to stimulate students to make
sound judgements based on well-informed conscience.
416 Aristotle, Nichomachean Ethics, 1094 a3.
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 347
Conflict between the mentors and mentees prolonged dissertation
writing. This was opined by 62.5% of doctoral student participants. The
study established that although universities issued common guidelines
for research, concept paper, proposal and dissertation writing, some su-
pervisors did not assist students to adhere to the standards. Instead, they
insisted that students follow guidelines borrowed from their diverse aca-
demic backgrounds and; that created confusion and frustration among
students. That was lengthened by disagreements and conflicting views
from the two supervisors that took time to reconcile to enable a student
to proceed. This is unethical practice on the part of supervisors for not
adhering to the set standards of academic writing. It leads to time wast-
age, as examiners will disapprove the dissertation; the student has to
rework the document which is disheartening.
On examining a few marked dissertations, the researcher confirmed
that some supervisors were not helpful to the students. Their comments
were vague, for instance, do “corrections” without making any com-
ments in the student written work. Others just signed for a student a sub-
standard dissertation for final defence which they knew very well could
not pass. Asked why they did that one supervisor said, “I give correc-
tions to the student but he does not follow them. He is very difficult and
thinks I am preventing him from graduating. I just assigned his work to
face the examiners and get roasted.” This is unprofessional attitude; su-
pervisors should teach students the virtue of perseverance to persist in
academic writing, not to give up in challenging situations. Infusion of
ethical values in mentoring students requires supervisors to develop a
compassionate heart, to make the right choices and decisions to guide
the student correctly. Adoption of the good moral values gives us the
vital energy to want to serve and build; in our case the guide students
with love to succeed. The society needs people not only with high de-
grees but also integrated with good moral character or transformed to
bring up positive changes.
348 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Frequent supervisors turn over disrupted students writing process;
finding a replacement takes time. The study found out that some of qual-
ified professors are always on the move to either give workshops or con-
ferences. The new Kenya Commission for University Education guide-
lines for promotion to either full lecturer or professorship one must pub-
lish or perish. This has pushed lecturers seeking for promotion to engage
themselves in research and publication at the expense of guiding the
students. Others go on sabbatical leave or are appointed as external ex-
aminers to universities in other countries. Although this is a good way of
sharing knowledge, it does affect the quality of supervision as some de-
clined to supervise student at an advanced stage. It means student has to
get a replacement; once appointed, the newly assigned supervisor takes
time to read document to acquaint oneself to what the student is writing
about in order to give proper guidance. Absent supervisors cause anxie-
ties in students as they do not provide timely feedback which delays
completion of post graduate students417. This is one of the most frustrat-
ing incidents encountered by students as one participant exclaimed:
I have waited for my first supervisor for one whole year. He nei-
ther picks my phones nor responds to my email. I am not able to
move on in my academic writing. My second supervisor is avail-
able for me, but he says we cannot proceed without comments of
the main supervisor. I am frustrated and feel discouraged.418
Such experiences wound the mind and heart of the students; they feel
rejected and not cared for. It makes academic writing life difficult for
the student. Furthermore, supervisors’ unethical practice hikes the cost
of dissertation writing as the student pays supervision fee and other ad-
ministrative charges each semester. The supervisors need to instil integ-
417 Elishiba, Kimani Njambi, “Challenges in Quality Control for Postgraduate
supervision” in: International Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences and
Education 1(9), 2014, 63-70.
418 Interviewee response from a doctoral student participant, 2nd October 2018.
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 349
rity in their work ethics to be available for students; their actions should
be guided by moral values to overcome the deeply embedded vices and
cultivate better habits that are life giving. The universities should be
alert to note the supervisors’ unethical actions that trigger students’ re-
sentment. Organize induction programs for supervisors on feedback and
stress on accountability in giving reports monthly to minimize delays.
The Commission for University Education supervision policy is that
the first supervisor of a doctoral student should be from the candidate’s
area of specialization. The study established that some departments were
understaffed as mentioned by 50% of the participants. The departments
filled the gaps by assigning students supervisors who are neither
grounded in contemporary research methods nor equipped with adequate
knowledge in the area of study. This is unethical as it undermines the
quality of supervision as well as academic writing standards. The uni-
versities should institute policies on who should be the main and second
supervisor taking into consideration the expertise in the study area of
specialization. In addition, hold regular workshops for faculty on super-
vision training to keep them abreast to new changes. Other supervision
flaws pointed out by participants was that in some instances, one super-
visor does a lot of work with the student while the other remains silent
or plays a minimal role. That raised a moral concern as in case of publi-
cation both supervisors earn points for promotion. It means some super-
visor’s names just appear in published article for which they had mini-
mal input, which is not prudent. The worst vice mentioned is where oth-
er names have been added in the published article who were not supervi-
sors of the student. It means some people have a lax conscience and that
discouraged some lecturers from supervising students.
350 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
14.10 Strategies Proposed to Enhance Doctoral Students’
Timely Completion of Dissertation Writing
Participants proposed various measures if implemented correctly will
enhance their academic writing. For instance, the universities should
integrate ethical values in all academic programs to instil responsibility
and personal commitment to work. Ethics is key to a successful life.
The universities should come up with a schedule for the students to be
reporting to college to present their work to the departments to ascertain
whether they are on the right track. Departments should train students on
keeping time lines of dissertation writing. Universities should encourage
students to think about their research topics early and identify target
groups who will to provide correct information to minimize frequent
changes in topics selection.
They should organize seminars and workshops for doctoral students
on academic writing and make attendance mandatory. Such forums will
clarify students’ misconceptions and misunderstandings hence speedy
dissertation completion on time. Students should be inducted on guide-
lines for paper publications, be encouraged to read high quality pub-
lished articles to familiarize themselves. The universities should design
policies for students to get a certificate from a professional editor indi-
cating that the dissertation has been checked and ready for examination.
Originality should be encouraged by subjecting the final dissertation to
Turnitin to minimize plagiarism. They should sensitize students on pla-
giarism policies, forms of plagiarism, disciplinary actions taken once
detected to instil moral values in dissertation writing.
Other suggestions included that schools should enforce the already
existing policies on course duration, dissertation-writing guidelines; for
instance, either students or supervisors do not adhere to fill in students’
progress tracking reports. Heads of departments should be more proac-
tive in following Postgraduate students to get feedback on their writing;
any challenges are identified earlier and remedial measures put in place
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 351
to minimize delays. To reduce work overload for supervisors, universi-
ties should adhere to the Commission for University Education in Kenya
of allocating 3 PhD students and 5 Masters for one supervisor to do
quality supervision work.
Universities should put up computerized internet infrastructural fa-
cilities for postgraduate students to carry out intense research work.
Long distances travels can be minimized by establishing modern digital
libraries equipped with e-resources, latest e-books, e- journal and make
them accessible to students. In this way students candidates can be as-
sisted to do online research, send and receive feedback from their super-
visors before face-to-face meetings. Organizing capacity-building work-
shops for supervisors can improve their mentorship competence. Post-
graduate supervision training in all aspects of dissertation is significant
in producing quality work. Universities should design policies to clarify
who are to be first/main supervisor and second supervisor of the candi-
date to minimize conflicts.
Supervisors conflicting views can be sorted out well by holding dis-
cussions to clear their differences and give a student a way forward. The
universities should establish a follow up mechanism to enhance ac-
countability from both the supervisor and the student. For instance, put-
ting measures in place to track supervisor performance; if the guidance
is poor, the supervisor should be replaced. The supervisors should sub-
mit regular reports to the concerned departments to show students writ-
ing progress. To manage payment of supervision fee, the universities
should come up with flexible and realistic mode of payment that self-
sponsored students can afford to enhance their progression rate.
14.11 Conclusion
In order to improve the quality of academic writing, universities
need to integrate and enforce ethical values in Postgraduate guidelines
on dissertation writing. Students and supervisors should internalize these
352 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
values and base the choices of supervision on to those guidelines and
moral values in order to produce quality dissertations. Challenges stu-
dent encounter in their dissertation writing are most academic, family
related as well as personal challenges. Reduction of supervisors’ work-
load, enforcement of existing policies, capacity building of supervisors
and organizing workshops on academic writing can enhance students’
completion on time.
14.12 Bibliography
Commission for University Education “University Standards and
Guidelines. Retrieved on January 11th 2019, from
https://www.jooust.ac.ke/downloads/insefood/CUE_UNIVERSI
TIES_STANDARDS_AND_GUIDELINES_June_2014.pdf
Creswell, John W. (2014): Research Design, Quantitative, Qualitative
and Mixed Methods approaches. Fourth ed. Lincoln: Sage Publi-
cation.
Cronin, Brian (2006): Value Ethics A Lonergan Perspective. Guide to
Philosophy series. First Ed. Nairobi: Consolata Institute of Phi-
losophy Press, 2006.
Ezelibo, Eugene K. (2012): “Challenges in Post Graduate studies: As-
sessment by Doctoral Students in Swedish University” in: Higher
Education Studies 2(4), 49-57.
Frankena, William K. (2007): Ethics. Second Edition. New Delhi:
Prentice–Hall of India.
Gonsalves, Milton Albert (1989): Fagothey’s Right and Reason.
Ethics in Theory and Practice. 9th Ed. New Jersey: Englewood
Cliffs, Prentice Hall.
Kimani, Elishiba Njambi (2014): “Challenges in Quality Control for
Postgraduate Supervision”, in: International Journal of Humani-
ties Social Sciences and Education (IJHSSE) 1(9), 63-70.
Ethical Concerns in Research Supervision 353
Komba, Sostico Claudius (2016): “Challenges of writing theses and
dissertations among postgraduate students in Tanzanian higher
Institutions” in: International Journal of Research Studies in Ed-
ucation 5(3), 71-80.
Mafa and Maliposa (2012): “Supervisors experiences in supervising
Post graduate Education students dissertation and thesis at the
Zimbabwean Open University”, in: International Journal of
Asian Social science 2(10), 1685-1697.
Mukhwana, Eusabius J. Too Jackson, K and Some, David J. (2017):
Policies to Support Quality University Post graduate Research
Training in Kenya. Nairobi, 2017, retrieved on 10th January 2019
from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320701080
_Policies_to_support_Quality_University_Postgraduate_Researc
h_training_in_Kenya
Musatsili, Enos Ezine (2018): “Challenges faced by students research
supervisors in Kenyan Universities”, in: Journal of Advanced Re-
search in Education and Sciences 2(4), 32-38.
Wadesango and Machingo (2011): “Postgraduate students’ experienc-
es with research supervisors” in: Journal of Sociology and An-
thropology 2(1), 31-37.
15
SUSTAINABLE BEHAVIOUR
STUDY ENGAGEMENT AND HAPPINESS
AMONG THE 21ST CENTURY UNIVERSITY STUDENTS
Cecily Njoki
15.1 Abstract
Happiness is a positive emotion that can transform a person and en-
hance positive behaviour419. To attain sustainable behaviours, the com-
bination of sustainability, happiness and well-being is inevitable. Sus-
tainable happiness has the potential to transform attitudes, behaviours,
policies and practices. People understand that no success comes in isola-
tion because all creation is interconnected thus interdependent. Exami-
nations of sustainable happiness have proved that individuals are opting
to be accountable in how they pursue happiness. Therefore, it is critical
that teachers, lecturers, tutors and educators in general, should pay much
attention to students’ happiness. Only education and training for a bright
419 Cecily Njoki Muiga is a Ph.D. candidate at the Catholic University of Eastern
Africa (CUEA). She is also a part-time lecturer at the University. She has a
B.Ed. in English and Religious studies from Marist International University
College, and M.Ed. in Research and Evaluation of Educational Projects and
Programmes from The Catholic University of Eastern Africa (CUEA), Kenya.
356 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
future can produce happiness. It would be advisable therefore, to facili-
tate students’ understanding of environmental problems and their in-
volvement in solutions through an education that leads to sustainable
development, increased happiness and well-being.
15.2 Introduction
The scarcity of peace, harmony and justifiable personal and commu-
nal happiness in our contemporary global society manifest itself through
differing unstoppable crises for instance, the messes in the economy, the
healthcare, the environment, politics, including our daily life. As global
citizens, we definitely feel the pinch of the dreadful threat of our life
dreams. The encountered predicaments appear to be too complex and
fish-webbed to believe the Wise Saying: In crisis lies opportunity.420 As
such, humanity’s psychological intrinsic emotional need is interfered
with. Subsequently, people are drastically losing their power of human-
ness, utu, or Ubuntu. Is it therefore, a wonder today, to see a student
murdering his teacher, witnessing sons and daughters committing incest
with their parents, terrorism, increased suicidal cases mostly by the po-
lice, the defender of life, and worse still by religious leaders. What went
wrong?
Happiness is the life-spring of joy and satisfaction to the soul.421
among other scholars, found out that approximately 50% of the factors
that influence a person’s happiness are inherited, while 10% are on envi-
ronment, and 40% emanates from inner activity of the person, for exam-
ple all that one think and do daily in life. It is undeniably true that the
strongest human desire is to be sustainably happy. The argument here is
420 Loizzo, J. (2012) Sustainable Happiness the Mind Science of Well-Being,
Altruism, and Inspiration. Retrieved March 11, 2013 from http://sustainable
happinessbook.com/wpcontent
421 Lykken & Tellegen, A. Happiness is a stochastic phenomenon. Psychological
Science, 7, 1996, 186-189.
Sustainable Behaviour 357
that authentic happiness has power to sustain positive values of sustain-
ability within and among individuals and members of the globalized
society.
Unfortunately, human individuality has often lured people to com-
promising the human moral and ethical values that determine human
survival and that of the earthly environment that we inhabit. Don’t we
remember that human happiness depends on the quality of human be-
haviour towards sustainability? Some scholars recommend that care and
protection should be provided to both human beings and natural envi-
ronment.422 On the contrary, who should protect who? Human beings
today are self-destructive! A good example is Africa, where corruption
was identified by the Commission for Africa, to be a major problem that
is destroying the governance and development on our continent.423 To
date, the continent has the highest records of abject poverty, insecurity,
unemployment, and general social and moral decay and list can contin-
ue.424 This has caused countless complex challenges to the 21st Century
society, and seemingly, uncontrollable conflicts between cultural and
social values,425 thus, persistently threatening the peace, joy and harmo-
ny between humanity and nature.
422 De Young, R. Some psychological Aspects of Reduced Consumption Behav-
iour the Role of Intrinsic Satisfaction and Competence Motivation. Environ.
Behav. 28, 1996, 358-409.
423 Commission for Africa, In: Lumumba, P. (28 June, 2005). Corruption the
Bane of Africa: Common Interest: Report of the Commission for Africa,
London, 28, 2005, 33rd Annual conference and Exhibition, 26-28 June 2011, Sun
City, South Africa, 2005. The 33rd Annual Conference and Exhibition, 26-28
June, 2011, Sun City, South Africa, 4, 2005.
424 Lumumba, P. (28 June, 2005). Corruption the Bane of Africa: Common In-
terest: Report of the Commission for Africa, London, 28, 2005, 33rd Annual
conference and Exhibition, 26-28 June 2011, Sun City, South Africa, 2005.
425 United Nations (2015). ‘Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sus-
tainable Development,’ 25 September, viewed 1 October 2015 at
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingOurWorld.
358 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Elliot, the Author of Normative Ethics, and the editor of A Compan-
ion to Environmental Philosophy, testifies that most people are horrified
by such harmful behaviour because of its implication for their lives,
their children, their friends, other creatures, and the planet that we live
in. He thus regards such terrible incidences as immoral, bad, wrong or
even evil.426 This scatters the human dreams of sustainable social jus-
tice, a sustainably corruption free planet, sustainable universities and
equitable education systems, sustainable security systems, and so on.
However, the call by sustainable societies for every society to en-
gage in sustainable behaviours for sustainable development in attempt to
creating sustainable lifestyles and happier lives,427 has prompted most
people in this era including most of the 193 national governments in the
United Nations, to desire for the establishment of global peace, toler-
ance, and happiness. Regrettably, its materialization is messed around
by the greedy individuals, leaders of varying capacities, and the most
powerful Global Corporations, for accumulating wealth at the expense
of the poor or environment. 428
However, the World Business Council on Sustainable Development
(WBCSD), a 29 Member Organization of the largest and most important
companies on earth, blames the failure to sustainability on the 21st Cen-
tury education’s refusal to incorporate the Education for Sustainable
Development, but instead, adhering to service provision and develop-
426 Elliot, Robert (2001), Normative Ethics, In: A Companion to Environmental
Philosophy, D. Jamieson (Ed.), 2001. Dawe, G. et al. (November, 2005). Sus-
tainable in Higher Education: Current Practice and Future Developments. A
Report for the Higher Education Academy.
427 Corral-Verdugo, V. et al. Happiness as Happiness as correlate of sustainable
behaviour: A study of pro-ecological, frugal, equitable and altruistic actions
that promote subjective wellbeing. Hum. Ecol. Rev. 18, 2011, 95-104.
428 Sachs, J.D. (2018).World Happiness Report, 2018, New York: Sustainable
Development Solutions Network. https://www.google.com/search?q
=Global+happiness+Report+2018
Sustainable Behaviour 359
ment of skills for employability in the contemporary global economy.429
Thus, the need to integrate both curriculum and co-curriculum cannot be
overlooked. A study conducted to establish the extent to which both
curriculum and co-curriculum factors contribute to students’ engage-
ment with ecological behaviour showed that, hearing about environmen-
talism and sustainability in class, together with being a member of a
University environmental group, impacted positively and had significant
effects on students’ improvement in caring for environment, and in-
creased private and public pro-environment behaviour.430
The WBCSD therefore, warns the world that if the current trend of
unsustainability and its predicaments is not urgently addressed, it may in
the future cost the world about 2.3 planets earth, to effectively manage
the rising levels of resources, energy consumption and waste product,
depending on the projected global population of 9 billion by 2050. 431
To overcome the sustainability crises facing the global community in
the 21st Century, we should all as members of the same planet change
our values, attitudes and behaviours and instead, adopt a more sustaina-
bly oriented ways styles of living and being.432 The most popular psy-
429 Choi, J. (2016). Sustainable Behaviuor: Study Engagement and Happiness
among University Students in South Korea. Received: 18 April, 2016; Ac-
cepted: 21 June 2016; Published: 27 June 2016.
430 Pizmony-Levy, O. & Ostrow, J.M. (2018). Pro- Environmental Attitudes and
behaviours in Higher Education: Investigating the Role of Formal and Informal
Factors.https://academiccommons.columbia.edu/doi/10.7916D81z5GWB/
download
431 David V.J. Twenty-First Century Education: Transformative Education for
Sustainability and Responsible Citizenship. Vol. 18, Issue 1, 2016, 48-56.
Doi:https://doi.org/10.1515/jtes-2016-0004
432 Agbor, F.B. (25 July, 2017). Infusing Sustainability in Higher Education in
Ireland: The Green Curriculum Model (GCM) and the Dispositions, Abilities
and Behaviours (DAB) Competency Framework Dublin City University
https://hubmedia.aashe.org/uploads/FridaBesong_Thesis_July25th_2017_FINA
L.pdf
360 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
chological and intangible positive consequence of sustainable behav-
iours is happiness. Happiness is a positive emotion that can transform a
person and enhance positive behaviours.433 To achieve this, therefore,
the combination of sustainability, happiness and well-being is inexora-
ble. Sustainable happiness has the potential to transform attitudes, be-
haviours, policies and practices. Therefore, it is critical that teachers,
lecturers, tutors and educators in general, should pay much attention to
students’ happiness. Only education and training for a bright future can
produce happiness. It would be advisable therefore, to facilitate stu-
dents’ understanding of environmental problems and their involvement
in solutions through an education that leads to sustainable development,
increased happiness and well-being.434 Cultivating and practicing of
sustainable behaviours, lead to personal, collective and social happiness
and life satisfaction.435 This paper is the reviewed literature examining
the interrelationships among the Sustainable Behaviours, Study En-
gagement, and Happiness among the University students in the 21st Cen-
tury. Happiness an intrinsic power to sustainably oriented behaviour.
The paper stresses on the positive impact of incorporating the concept of
sustainability with happiness. The behaviours reviewed in this paper are:
pro-ecological behaviours, frugal behaviours, altruistic behaviours and
equitable behaviours.
433Kasser, T. Psychological need satisfaction, personal wellbeing, and ecological
sustainability.Ecopsychology,1, 2009, 175-180.
434 Abdallah, S. et al. The happy planet index 2012: A global index of sustaina-
ble well-being. London: nef, 2012.
435 Gardner, G. & Prugh, T. Seeding the sustainable economy. In Starke, L.
(Ed.), State of the World. New York, W.W. Norton & Company, 2008.
Sustainable Behaviour 361
15.3 Sustainability and the Twenty-First Century
University Education
According to 2030 agenda for sustainable development, education
is a paramount strategy to help people especially our University students
understand that our personal behaviour and actions have an impact on
other people’s lives all over the world. Education for Sustainable Devel-
opment (ESD) is a holistic and transformational education, and concerns
learning content and outcomes, pedagogy and the learning environment.
Therefore, sustainable development must be integrated into education
and education integrated into sustainable development.436 This inclusion
is crucial to the present age for mere fact that through the teaching and
learning process, all people can work towards sustainability in creating a
sustainable happier future. Thus, institutions of education should prepare
students for job security in a sustainable economy, but more so, for
skills and values that will enable them to make wise decisions for sus-
tainable behaviours for protection and preservation of the planet. ESD in
Universities therefore, should prepare students through implementation
of programmes which will enable them to build both skills and compe-
tencies, as well as positive attitudes and values they will require for re-
solving future sustainability problems,437 in ensuring their commitment
to fulfilling their responsibility in generating sustainable societies.438
Though there has been constant efforts since 1992 of implementing sus-
436 UNESCO, 2014, In: Leicht, A. et al. Issues and trends in Education for Sus-
tainable Development: Education on the Move. UNESDCO, Paris: France,
2018.
437 Lambrechts, W. Possibilities and practices of competences for sustainable
development in higher education. In Research and Innovation in Education for
Sustainable Development; Environment and School Initiatives-ENSI, ZVR-Zahl:
Vienna, Austria, 2016.
438 Lozano, R. Declarations for sustainability in higher education: Becoming
better leaders, through addressing the university system. J. Clean. Prod. 48,
2013, 10-19.
362 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tainable behaviour in education settings, however, there has been scarce-
ly any outstanding outcome due to lack of clear understanding by educa-
tors, of what sustainable behaviour is. We all ought to understand that
social sustainability do affect students’ well-being. Therefore, this paper
is a wake-up call for educators across the world, to take a new approach
in teaching sustainable behaviours and changing attitudes to enable bet-
ter alignment with these behaviours.439 Thus, the incorporation of the
21st Century education with the concept of sustainable happiness is the
core of this paper.
15.3.1 Sustainability and Sustainable Happiness
Sustainable happiness is critical to individuals and others because the
21st Century has brought with it both challenge and the dawn of a new
age where our whole life seems threatened. The notion of sustainable
happiness was developed by.440 Sustainable happiness contributes to
individual, communal or global well-being without ill-using other peo-
ple, the environment or generations to come. The purpose for combining
the two terms was to enable focusing on positive and negative conse-
quences of how individuals, communities, and countries pursue happi-
ness, since in a globalized society everyone’s actions are a combination
of both immediate and long term consequences, though others have long
lasting impact. The other intentions for combining the two terms are: to
connect happiness to sustainability for the present generation and gener-
ations to come; to stress on the reality of our mutual interdependence;
and to create debates on the potential for making substantial contribu-
439 Barth, M. & Michelsen, G. Learning for change: An educational contribution
to sustainability science. Sustain. Sci. 8, 2013, 103-119.
440 O’Brien, C. (2005, June). Planning for sustainable for sustainable happiness:
Harmonizing our Internal and External Landscapes. Paper prepared for the 2nd
International Conference on Gross national Happiness, Antigonish. Canada.
Retrieved from www.gpiatlantic.org/conference/paper/obien
Sustainable Behaviour 363
tions to sustainability efforts through research from happiness studies.441
However, the concept of sustainable happiness can be used on three lev-
els:
• Individual Level: This is where individuals can use sustaina-
ble happiness to guide their actions and decisions making every
day in their lives.
• Community level: At this level, sustainable happiness is used
in strengthening the need for genuine social, environment and
economic indicators of well-being, to ensure the sustainability of
community happiness and well-being.
• National and International levels: At this level, sustainable
happiness highlights the importance of both the individual and
community actions for the well-being of all today, and into the
future.
Sustainable happiness supports the fact that we are interconnected
and interdependent with all on the planet earth and also with the genera-
tions to come. Besides, sustainable happiness is used in nurturing sus-
tainable behaviour. Our natural desire for happiness can be an entry
point for discovering that our well-being is inseparably connected to the
well-being of others and natural environment. Moreover, sustainable
happiness can argue against the misconception that our option to live
sustainably decreases our quality of life442 443.
441 O’Brien, C. (2010a). Sustainability, happiness and education. Journal of
Sustainability Education, 1. www.jsedimensions.org/wordpress/content/
2010/04/
442 Brown, K. & Kasser, T. Are psychological and ecological well-being com-
patible? The role of values, mindfulness and lifestyle. Social Indicators Re-
search, 74, 2005, 349-368.
443 Kabat-Zinn, J. Coming to our Senses: Healing Ourselves and the World
through Mindfulness. New York: Hyperion, 2005.
364 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
According to various sources,444 sustainable happiness is a new ap-
proach that calls for reflection on sustainability problems together with
chances to improve our quality of life to contribute to individual, com-
munity, and global well-being. Again, it inspires behaviour change
through compassion for others including environment. However, we
must be cautious that, not every activity that brings pleasure contributes
to our well-being or others or the environment. Hence, we can discon-
nect happiness from consumption by examining sustainable happiness,
in order to discern the current opportunities of developing well-being
and sustainability. Therefore, Sustainable happiness is an excellent ap-
proach to sustainability for the following reasons:
• One, it can be used in introducing sustainability to teachers.
• Two, it can be used in motivating student teachers in order to
become models of sustainability.
• Three, it can be used in exciting both teachers and students to
integrate sustainable happiness into their teaching practice.
Therefore, educating students to instil attitudes and values of sus-
tainability, surpasses any acquisition of knowledge on environment,
economy and society. Thus to foster the values of sustainability, peda-
gogical practices should reflect systems thinking, inquiry, discovery and
active learning in a supportive environment. It is necessary that students
should be engaged in decisions which concerns their learning and their
learning institutions. Here, the role of the teacher is very key, which
implies that, the teacher is the main element which educates the students
about sustainable happiness through the curriculum and subject aspect.
There are myriads of arguments based on how to transform education to
meet the need of 21st century. There has been a constant criticism on
traditional education for being stuck to out-dated strategies and methods
444 Brown K. & Kasser, T. loc.cit. 420.
Sustainable Behaviour 365
which suited industrial age445 446among others. Thus, as educators reflect
on the future of education alongside the promotion of different visions
like the 21st Century learning, Health promoting Schools programs, so-
cial and emotional learning, and entrepreneurship education, the integra-
tion of the concept of sustainable Happiness can contribute to the devel-
opment of an integrated vision that promotes a long life well-being for
all on the planet earth.447
Sustainable happiness denotes the happiness required if the world
were to be re-directed to a more sustainable path, thus making sustaina-
ble happiness obligatory for the new visions of 21st Century educa-
tion.448 In addition, the way to happiness can depend on sustainable life-
styles that we all choose.449 Thus, different studies have demonstrated:
• The relationship between happiness and positive health bene-
fits450 451
• That the happier you are, the lesser your inclination towards
materialistic values.452
445 Hargreaves, A. & Shirley, D. The global Fourth Way. Thousand Oaks, CA:
Corwin, 2005.
446 C21 Canada, (2012). Shifting Minds: A 21st-century vision of public educa-
tion for Canada. Retrieved from www.c21canada.org/wp-content/uploads/
2012/11/Shifting-Minds-Revised.pdf
447 Hopkins, C. Educating for sustainability: An emerging purpose of education.
Kappa Delta Pi Record, 49, 2013, 122–125.
448 O’Brien, C. Happiness and sustainability together at last. Canadian Journal
of Education 36; 4, 2013. hhtp://www.cje-rce-ca.
449 O’Brien, C. Op. cit., 6
450 Davidson, K. W. et al. Don’t worry, be happy: Positive affect and reduced
10-year incident coronary heart disease: The Canadian Nova Scotia Health Sur-
vey. European Heart Journal, 9, 2010, 1065-1070.
451 Steptoe, A. et al. Positive affect and health-related neuroendocrine, cardio-
vascular, and inflammatory process. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 102, 2005, 6508–6512.
366 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
• The connection between happiness and active transport to
work.453
• The association between happiness and nature-relatedness.454
• The relationship between happiness and green practices.455
• That happiness is associated with children’s experiences on
their journey to school.456
We can therefore conclude that if the 21st Century education were to
make a difference to the existing unsustainability level, the world gov-
ernments and higher education should embrace the positive psychology
and happiness approach that is capable of mobilizing everyone every-
where and for all seasons, for both personal, communal and environ-
mental benefits. University students have all the potential and so, they
should be introduced to the integrated curriculum that encourages both
theory and practices in and out of class initiates. This will enhance and
reclaim the lost skill, values and attitudes towards sustainability for sus-
tainable happiness. This will lead to more sustainably happy universi-
ties, homes and society.
452 Brown, K. & Kasser, T. op. cit. 6.
453 Turcotte, M. Like commuting? Workers’ perceptions of their daily commute.
Canadian Social Trends,28, 2006, 35-41. Retrieved from www2.canada.com/
vancouversun/news/extras/commuting.pdf.
454 Nisbet, E. / Zelenski, J., / Murphy, S. Happiness is in our nature: Exploring
nature relatedness as a contributor to subjective well-being. Journal of Happi-
ness Studies, 12, 2011, 303-322.
455 Barton, J. & Pretty, J. What is the best dose of nature and green exercise for
improving mental health? A multi-study analysis. Environmental Science &
Technology, 44, (2010), 3947–3955.
456 O’Brien, C. & Gilbert, R. (2010). Child and youth friendly land use and
transport planning guidelines for Nova Scotia. Centre for Sustainable Trans-
portation. Retrieved from www.kidsonthemove.ca/uploads/Guidelines
%20NS%20Apr30.pdf
Sustainable Behaviour 367
15.3.2 Student Involvement in Sustainable Higher Education
Education for Sustainable Development is viewed as a genera-
tional problem and therefore, students of the 21st Century must actively
participate in the transformation towards a sustainable society. Across
the globe, teachers are known to be key players in bringing about the
extensive social changes needed for sustainable development.457 There-
fore, it is the duty of Institutions of higher education to prepare all grad-
uates for a decent 21st Century living. The graduates of the current Cen-
tury needs to be endowed with particular knowledge and skills, values
and attitudes, since they will be required in the future when they will
assume influential roles in the society in effort to create a sustainable
and a desirable happy future458 Universities’ societal mandate of provid-
ing advanced knowledge and educated leaders, equips them with a moral
responsibility to contribute to the societal need for sustainable develop-
ment.459
Students are a strong beneficially and stakeholder of education,
hence, they should be given a chance to participate in its reform. Ac-
cording to,460 there are five major reasons as to why students should be
involved:
• Effective implementation of change needs participation of all
those involved, students as well as teachers.
457 Kerry S. Higher Education’s Role in ‘Education for Sustainability’, Universi-
ty of Otago, New Zealand, 2010.
458 Sterling, S. Separate tracks or real synergy? Achieving a closer relationship
between education and SD, post-2015. Journal of Education for Sustainable
Development 8(2), 2014, 89–112.
459 Waals, A. Shaping the Education of Tomorrow. Report on the UN Decade of
Education for Sustainable Development; UNESCO: Paris, France, 2012.
460 Levin, B. Putting students at the centre in education reform. Journal of Edu-
cational Change, 1, 2000, 155–172.
368 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
• Students have unique knowledge and perspectives that can
make reform efforts more successful and improve their imple-
mentation.
• Students’ views can help mobilize staff and parent opinions in
favour of meaningful reform.
• A more active student role in schooling is needed because
constructivist learning is increasingly gaining its importance in
high standards reforms.
• Student involvement is crucial to all improvement since stu-
dents themselves are the producers of knowledge.
Students are part of the transformation and so, when working for a
sustainable development at the university, they should be involved. De-
spite how educational institutions view their students, they still remain a
strong determinant to the expected outcome.461 Another study on the
value added by participation of students in sustainable development,
acknowledged that involvement of students (Weidner, 2014462) provides
new energy, new ideas and enthusiasm.463. It also reminds universities
that to educate their students for life, a lasting remembrance of
knowledge, skills and values is 80% based on how we act and approxi-
mately10 to 20% from what we hear or read. Therefore, Nicolescu (Ni-
colescu, 2006)464 warns the universities and colleges to be cautious be-
cause what they teach or fail to teach as they prepare students for future
461 Ibid., 9.
462 Weidner A. Study for the establishment of VU Green Office - Involvement of
students in the sustainability of Universities, VU University Amsterdam, 2014.
463 Cortese, AD. The critical role of higher education in creating a sustainable
future. Planning for Higher Education 31(3), 15–22, 2003.
464 Nicolescu, C. Corporate Social Responsibility in the Romanian Higher Edu-
cation, Open Society Institute. Romania, 2006.
Sustainable Behaviour 369
leadership, can either make or break the future and well-being of a coun-
try.
15.4 Association between Sustainable Behaviours and
Happiness
The overconsumption, waste, careless destruction of earth’s natu-
ral resources, pollution, corruption and other individualistic behaviours
among others, must be faced out of our society, and more sustainable
behaviours be embraced, if we and our environment should be to be
sustained. Most scholars agree on SBs to be a set of deliberately chosen
and effective actions, that when practiced, they result in conservation of
the social-physical environment in effort to safeguarding the both the
individuals, other groups particularly the most vulnerable, without tak-
ing advantage of the future generations.465 Therefore, the sustainably-
oriented individuals demonstrate their sustainable lifestyles through en-
gagement in actions that allow justice and fairness in accessibility to the
usage of our natural resources.466 Besides, they moderately consume
these resources,467 which allow more to access the resources. Likewise,
sustainably-oriented persons, are known to be cooperative, and are
committed the needy in their environment.468
465 Bonnes, M. & Bonaiuto, M. Environmental psychology: from spatial-
physical environment to sustainable development. In R.B. Bechtel & A.
Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of Environmental Psychology. New York: Wiley,
2002, 28-54.
466 Ehrlich, P. & Ehrlich, A. One with Niniveh. Politics, Consumption and the
Human Future. Washington, DC: Shearwater Books, 2004.
467 Iwata, O. Attitudinal determinants of environmentally responsible behaviour.
Social Behaviour and Personality, 29, 2001, 183-190.
468 Pol, E. The theoretical background of the City-Identity-Sustainability Net-
work. Environment & Behaviour, 34, 2002a, 8-25.
370 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Such behaviours imply that such people are altruistically motivat-
ed.469 It has also been demonstrated as the nature of sustainably-oriented
people to constantly practice actions that are more oriented to the con-
servation of natural resources.470 Therefore, the aim of a sustainably-
oriented person is to ensure the protection and conservation of natural
resources as ‘s/he’ cares for the welfare of the fellow human beings.
According to numerous studies and proposals, sustainable actions in-
clude pro-ecological, frugal, altruistic and equitable behaviours.471 Pro-
ecological behaviours, are identified effective activities in conservation
and protection of natural resources for example in, reusing, and recy-
cling of resource, water and energy conservation and so forth.472
Frugality behaviours, are voluntary actions that an individual choos-
es so as to lead a embraces lead to a low consumption lifestyle, which
evades behaviours like unnecessary buying and wasteful consumption of
resources.473 However, both the pro-ecological and frugal behaviours are
related in that both results in conservation of natural resources.
469 Schultz, P.W. The structure of environmental concern. Concern for self, other
people, and the biosphere. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 21, 2001,
327-339.
470 Kaiser, F. A. general measure of ecological behaviour. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 28, 1998, 395-442.
471 De Young, R. Some psychological aspects of living lightly: Desired lifestyle
patterns and conservation behaviour. Journal of Environmental Systems, 20,
1991, 215-227. Iwata, O. Attitudinal determinants of Environmentally Respon-
sible Behaviuor. Social Behaviour and Personality, 29, 2001, 183-190. Kaiser,
F. A. OP. ct. 10. Schultz, P.W. Op. cit. 10.
472 Kaiser, F. A. loc. cit., 11. Corral-Verdugo, V. et al. Equity and sustainable
lifestyles. In Psychological Approaches to Sustainability; Corral-Verdugo, V.
et al. Eds. / Nova Science Publishers: New York, NY, USA, 2010.
473 De Young, R. Op. cit., 11.
Sustainable Behaviour 371
Altruistic behaviours, are self-sacrificing activities meant purposely
to promote the human well-being and other people’s interests rather than
you your own personal interest. 474
Equitable behaviour, is the fairness in accessing resources in consid-
eration of the needs of the present generation and those yet to be born.
Thus, equitable behaviour implies treating others justly, regardless of
their demographic, biological or personal characteristics. Equity, there-
fore, appeals for fair distribution of resources among people regardless
of their race, national origin, gender or age.475 Besides, it seeks to bal-
ance between the human and socio-physical environments. Such a be-
haviour is associated to individuals’ psychological factors, with happi-
ness as a principal example.476 Happiness is the consequence of enjoy-
ment, satisfaction and a positive sense of well-being. Happiness ex-
presses the feeling of meaningful and worthy life is.477
A study conducted by Tapia-Fonllem (Tapia-Fonllem, 2013)478 to in-
vestigate the relationships among the sustainable behaviour, study en-
gagement, and happiness among undergraduate students in Korea, indi-
cated that sustainable behaviour has a direct effect on happiness, and
that happiness is affected development.
A number of studies demonstrate that people who involved them-
selves in pro-ecological behaviour, perceived indirectly if mediated
through study engagement479 believe that people’s subjective judgement
of how they feel is more important than objective norm. Thus, satisfac-
474 Tapia-Fonllem, C. et al. Assessing sustainable behaviour and its correlates: A
measure of pro-ecological, frugal, altruistic and equitable actions. Sustainabil-
ity 5, 2013, 711–723.
475 Corral-Verdugo, V. et al. Op. cit. 11.
476 Choi, J. Op. cit., 3.
477 Seligman, M. Authentic Happiness: Using the New Positive Psychology to
Realize Your Potential for Lasting Fulfilment, New York, Free Press, 2002.
478 Choi, J. Loc.cit., 11.
479 Diener, E. Subjective Well-Being. Psychol. Bull. 95, 1984, 542–575.
372 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tion with one’s life through sustainable behaviour can be a means to
determining one’s happiness. Hence, Happiness is the anticipated out-
come that emanates from participating in sustainable themselves happier
than those who did not, while individuals concerned with equity experi-
ence a high level of subjective wellbeing. 480
Furthermore, people who are cooperative, compassionate, unselfish
and welcoming to other people’s requests, are found to be experiencing
greater happiness. 481 Additionally, participation in sustainable behav-
iour tend to be more intimate and happier in relationships with signifi-
cant others. Subsequently, sustainable behaviour leads to positive psy-
chological behaviour, which is happiness. 482Other studies established
that altruistic and equitable behaviours seek for the well-being of others,
thus impacting on social environment.
Conclusively, although the four types of sustainable actions differ,
most previous studies agree that they are all significantly interconnect-
ed.483 Therefore, sustainably-oriented people must be both pro-
ecological and pro-social at the same time.
480 Amato, P. / Booth, A. / Johnson, D. / Rogers, S. Alone together: How Mar-
riage in America is changing. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press,
2007.
481 Kasser, T. & Ryan, R.M. Further examining the American dream: Differen-
tial correlates of intrinsic and extrinsic goals. Person. Soc. Psychol. Bull. 22,
1996, 280–287.
482 Buunk, B.P. & Schaufeli, W.B. Reciprocity in Interpersonal Relationships:
An Evolutionary Perspective on its Importance for Health and Well-being.
Eur. Rev. Soc. Psychol. 10, 1995, 259–291.
483 Corral-Verdugo, V. et al., Op.cit. 11. Schultz, P.W. Op.cit. 11. The structure
of environmental concern. Concern for self, other people, and the biosphere.
Journal of Environmental Psychology, 21, 2001, 327-339. De Young, R. Op.
cit. 2.
Sustainable Behaviour 373
15.5 Association between Sustainable Behaviour and
Study Engagement
Basically, all human beings possess psychological needs like: desire
to be competent, autonomous, and to be connected to others. The satis-
faction of these needs leads to engagement. On the contrary, failure to
satisfy the psychological needs, the level of engagement diminishes due
to lack of motivation.
A psychology study484 found out that autonomy and self-control con-
tribute to students becoming more engaged in their studying, while oth-
ers,485 affirmed that committed and involved students have mastery
achievement goals and high level of self-control. This is a confirmation
by some studies that proved that, for individuals to be fully engaged,
inner control is needed, and can only be increased when individual gain
autonomy in their work.486
According to work ethicists,487 students with positive attitudes to-
wards studying are believed to be more engaged because they are highly
motivated. Hence, a study from an Australian College of student report-
ed that students who tended to be more engaged in study, demonstrated
great improvement in their academic and achieved higher satisfaction
484 Salanova, M. et al. The gain spiral of resources and work engagement: Sus-
taining a positive work life. In Work Engagement: A Handbook of Essential The-
ory and Research; Psychology Press: New York, NY, USA, 2010, 118–131.
485 Howell, A.J. Flourishing: Achievement-related correlates of students’ well-
being. J. Posit. Psychol. 4, 2009, 1-13.
486 Bakker, A.B. et al. Multi-group analysis of the Job Demands-Resources
Model in four home care organizations. Int. J. Stress Manag. 10, 2003, 16–38.
Halbesleben, J.R.B. A meta-analysis of Work Engagement: Relationships with
Burnout, Demands, Resources and Consequences. In Work Engagement: A
Handbook of Essential Theory and Research; Bakker, A.B. & Leiter, M.P. / Eds.
/ Psychology Press: New York, NY, USA, 2010, 102–117.
487 Cotton, S. et al. Stress and student Job design: Satisfaction, well-being, and
performance in University Students. Int. J. Stress Manag. 9, 2002, 147–162.
374 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
level. Therefore, there is a correlation between high academic perfor-
mance and positive emotions.488
As argued by Corral-Verdugo,489 sustainable behaviour should be
controlled from external motivations and inner environment, because
people preserve resources for the environment and future generations,
and also putting others’ interests before their own. This also applies to
students too. For instance an additional study490 found out that, when
students have autonomy and self-control, they become more engaged in
their studying. According to Howell et al,491 committed and engaged
students have mastery goals and high level of self-control, which means
that engagement needs inner control and that it is increased when indi-
viduals gains autonomy in their work. A study by Judge et al492
acknowledged that the self-efficacy that learners experience during the
learning process, provide students with a sense of well-being.
A study conducted to find out what facilitates a positive learning sta-
tus,493 established that some behaviours such as thanking others, self-
488 Harter, J.K. et al. Business-unit-level relationship between employee satisfac-
tion, employee Engagement, and business outcomes: A meta-analysis. J. Appl.
Psychol. 87, 2002, 268–279.
489 Corral-Verdugo, V. Comportamiento Proambiental: Una Introducción al
Estudio de las Conductas Protectoras del Ambiente; Resma: Santa Cruz de
Tenerife, Spain, 2001.
490 Salanova, M. et al. The gain spiral of resources and work Engagement: Sus-
taining a positive work life. In Work Engagement: A Handbook of Essential
Theory and Research; Psychology Press: New York, NY, USA, 2010, 118–131.
491 Howell, A.J. & Flourishing: Achievement-related correlates of students’
well-being. J. Posit. Psychol. 4, 2009, 1-13.
492 Judge, T.A.; Bono, J.E. Relationship of core self-evaluations traits-Self-
esteem, generalized self-efficacy, locus of control, and emotional stability-with
job satisfaction and job performance: A meta-analysis. Appl. Psychol. 86, 2001,
80-92.
493 Ouweneel, A.P. et al. How task characteristics and social support relate to
managerial learning: Empirical evidence from Dutch home care. J. Psychol.
2009, 143, 28-44.
Sustainable Behaviour 375
lessness and kindness resulted to positive learning related emotions.
Conclusively, therefore, students’ involvement in kind behaviour, lead
them to experience positive feelings which enhance their engagement in
learning, resulting to good performance494.
15.6 Association between Study Engagement and Happi-
ness
In the 21st Century, higher education is experiencing severe condi-
tions such that, it has become almost impossible to attract and retain
students, satisfy and develop them into successful and productive gradu-
ates. 495For this reason, student engagement is today considered critical
to the improvement of these practices, both in- and out of classroom.
Study engagement can be looked at as the quality of effort that students
put in their commitment to educational activities that contribute directly
to desired outcomes.496 As argued by Harper,497 engagement is more
than involvement or participation, because it needs feelings, sense-
making and the activity, else, acting in absence of feeling, is just but
compliance, consequently, it leaves no impact on the student.
Happiness is a positive emotion that can transform a person and en-
hance positive behaviour. Hence, it is critical that teachers, lecturers,
494 Pekrun, R. et al. Academic emotions in students’ self-regulated learning and
achievement: A program of qualitative and quantitative research. Educ. Psy-
chol. 37, 2002, 91-105.
495 Trowler V. Student Engagement Literature Review. The Higher Education
Academy, Lancaster University, Heslington, 2010.
496 Hu, S. and Kuh, G .D. Being (Dis) Engaged in Educationally Purposeful
Activities: The Influences of Student and Institutional Characteristics. Paper
presented at the American Educational Research Association Annual Confer-
ence. Seattle, WA, 10-14 April, 2001.
497 Harper, S .R. & Quaye, S .J. Beyond Sameness, with Engagement and Out-
comes for All. In: Student Engagement in Higher Education. New York and
London: Routledge, 2009a, 1-15.
376 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tutors and educators in general, should pay much attention to students’
happiness.
Only education498 and training for a bright future can produce happi-
ness. It would be advisable therefore, to facilitate students’ understand-
ing of environmental problems and their involvement in solutions
through an education that leads to sustainable development.
Study engagement is a diligent intellectual activity and purposeful
participation in learning. That is, study engagement is connected with
the level of energy a learner spends in studying, both physically, and
psychologically.499 It is a positive study that is associated with state on
one’s mind and involves passion, dedication and commitment.500 As
argued by scholars, study engagement is the investment of one’s efforts
in learning, that is, the act, the behaviour of being strongly involved in
learning which generates enjoyment or positive attitude501 towards
study502.
Engagement is also associated to good health503 and a positive emo-
tions.504 Ryan noted a high level of academic performance and positive
498 Veenhoven, R. Healthy happiness: Effects of happiness on physical health
and the consequences for preventive health care. Journal of Happiness Studies,
9, 2008. 449-469.
499 Astin, A .W. Student Involvement: A Developmental Theory for Higher Ed-
ucation. Journal of College Student Development. 25, 1984, 297-308.
500 Schaufeli, W.B. & Salanova, M. Work engagement: An emerging psycholog-
ical concept and its implications for organizations. In Research in Social
Issues in Management: Managing Social and Ethical Issues in Organiza-
tions; Gilliland, S.W. et al. Eds; Information Age Publishers: Greenwich, CT,
USA, Volume 5, 2007, 135-177.
501 Finn, J.D. Withdrawing from school. Rev. Educ. Res. 59, 1989, 117-142.
502 Willms, J.D. Student Engagement at School: A Sense of Belonging and Par-
ticipation; Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development: Paris,
France, 2003.
503 Demerouti, E. et al. Burnout and Engagement at Work as a Function of de-
mands and control. Scand. J. Work Environ. Health 27, 2001, 279–286.
Sustainable Behaviour 377
well-being among the students who are totally involved in learning.
Studies confirm that individuals who are engaged in learning do experi-
ence greater levels of well-being.505 506 This implies that engagement in
a learning behaviour helps students to experience happiness.
Gavin and Mason507 also found out that there is association between
happiness and individual’s levels of engagement, and that engagement
and happiness were factors contributing to success of different groups.
Students with positive attitudes toward studying are known to be
more engaged in studying because they are more motivated. A study
conducted in an Australian College students, revealed that students who
were more intensely engaged in study, revealed improved performance
and higher satisfaction with respect to their academics.508 It is evident
therefore, that, there is an association between high academic perfor-
mance and positive emotions509 510.
15.7 Conclusion and Recommendation
Education and advocacy for Sustainability has had its value since
time immemorial. It is an ancient practice and need. Hung Hsu, a Chi-
504 Chambel, M.J.; Curral, L. Stress in academic life: Work characteristics as
Predictors of Student well-being and Performance. Appl. Psychol. 54, 2005,
135-147.
505 Ryan, R.M. & Deci, E.L. Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: Classic defini-
tions and new directions. Contemp. Educ. Psychol. 25, 2000, 54-67.
506 Meyer, J.P. & Gagne, M. Employee engagement from a self-determination.
Theory perspective. Ind. Organ. Psychol. 1, 2008, 60-62.
507 Gavin, J.H. / Mason, R.O. The Virtuous Organization: The Value of Happi-
ness in the Workplace. Organ. Dyn. 33, 2004, 379-392.
508 Cotton, S. et al. Op. cit. 13.
509 Harter, J.K. et al. Op.cit. 13.
510 Schaufeli, W.B. et al. Workaholism, burnout, and work Engagement: Three
of a kind or three different kinds of employee well-being? Appl. Psychol. 57,
2008, 173-203.
378 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
nese poet back in 500 BC, confirms this claim, when he advises that, if
someone is planning ahead one year, ‘s/he’ should plant a seed; if plan-
ning ahead ten years, ‘s/he’ should plant a tree; and, if planning ahead a
hundred years, ‘s/he’ should educate the person.511 This is a call to a
sustainable lifestyle for all generations on earth. This paper proposes the
need to embrace the original human psychological mechanism for sus-
tainability, that is, happiness. It argues that unless the 21st Century uni-
versities integrate the 2030 Education for Sustainable Development,
with happiness as indicator for effective sustainable behaviours, the
planet earth, together with all her dependants, and particularly the hu-
man race, are on the verge of extinction. Hence, the sustainable behav-
iours that students are engaged in, should be tested by their level of hap-
piness, through their process of leaning, in and out of classroom. This, in
return, motivates them to be more responsibly engaged in ensuring sus-
tainability in their universities, and later on in society as workers, lead-
ers and decision makers. It also supports the recommendation of Cathe-
rine O’Brien that sustainable happiness model should be integrated into
University teacher education since ‘s/he’ is core to the formation and
implementation of students sustainable behaviour, in both their institu-
tions of learning and society at large.
15.8 Bibliography
Abdallah, S. / Michaelson, J. / Shah, S. / Stoll, L., & Marks, N. (2012):
The Happy Planet Index 2012: A Global Index of Sustainable
Well-being. London: nef.
511 Hung, (500B.C) In: David, V.J.B. ESD: Cure or Placebo? in Glen Toner and
James Meadowcroft (eds) Innovation, Science and Environment: Special Edit-
tion-Charting Sustainable Development in Canada, (McGill Queens Press,
2009), 2016, 1987-2027.
Sustainable Behaviour 379
Agbor, F.B. (25 July, 2017). Infusing Sustainability in Higher Educa-
tion in Ireland: The Green Curriculum Model (GCM) and the
Dispositions, Abilities and Behaviours (DAB) Competency
Framework Dublin City University https://hubmedia.aashe.org/
uploads/FridaBesong_Thesis_July25th_2017_FINAL.pdf
Amato, P. / Booth, A. / Johnson, D. / Rogers, S. (2007): Alone Togeth-
er: How Marriage in America is Changing. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press, 2007.
Astin, A .W. (1984): Student Involvement: A Developmental Theory
for Higher Education. Journal of College Student Development.
25, 297-308.
Barth, M. / Michelsen, G. (2013): Learning for change: An educational
contribution to sustainability science. Sustain. Sci. 8, 103-119.
Bakker, A.B. / Demerouti, E. / Taris, T.W. / Schaufeli, W.B. /
Schreurs, P.J. A. Multigroup analysis of the Job Demands-
Resources Model in four home care organizations. Int. J. Stress
Manag. 10, 2003, 16–38.
Barton, J. / Pretty, J. (2010): What is the best dose of nature and green
exercise for improving mental health? A multi-study analysis.
Environmental Science & Technology, 44, 3947–3955.
Brown, K., & Kasser, T. (2005): Are psychological and ecological
well-being compatible? The role of values, mindfulness and life-
style. Social Indicators Research, 74, 2005, 349-368.
Buunk, B.P.; Schaufeli, W.B. (1995): Reciprocity in Interpersonal Re-
lationships: An Evolutionary Perspective on its Importance for
Health and Well-being. Eur. Rev. Soc. Psychol. 10, 259–291.
C21 Canada, (2012): Shifting Minds: A 21st-century vision of public
education for Canada. Retrieved from www.c21canada.org/wp-
content/uploads/2012/11/Shifting-Minds- Revised.pdf
380 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Chambel, M.J. & Curral, L. (2005): Stress in academic life: Work
characteristics as Predictors of Student well-being and Perfor-
mance. Appl. Psychol. 54, 135-147.
Choi, J. (2016): Sustainable Behaviour: Study Engagement and Hap-
piness among University Students in South Korea. Received: 18
April, 2016; Accepted: 21 June 2016; Published: 27, June, 2016.
Commission for Africa, In: Lumumba, P. (28 June, 2005): Corruption
the Bane of Africa: Common Interest: Report of the Commis-
sion for Africa, London, 28, 2005, 33rd Annual conference and
Exhibition, 26-28 June 2011, Sun City, South Africa, 4, 2005.
Corral-Verdugo, V. (2001): Comportamiento Proambiental: Una In-
troducción al Estudio de las Conductas Protectoras del Am-
biente; Resma: Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Spain.
Corral-Verdugo, V. / García, C. / Castro, L. /Viramontes, I. / Limones,
R. (2010): Equity and sustainable lifestyles. In Psychological
Approaches to Sustainability; Corral-Verdugo, V. / García, C. /
Frías, M., Eds. / Nova Science Publishers: New York, NY, USA.
Corral-Verdugo, V. / Mireles-Acosta, J. / Tapia-Fonllem, C. / Fraijo-
Sing, B. (2011): Happiness as Happiness as correlate of sustain-
able behaviour: A study of pro-ecological, frugal, equitable and
altruistic actions that promote subjective wellbeing. Hum. Ecol.
Rev. 18, 95–104.
Cortese, AD. (2003): The critical role of higher education in creating a
sustainable future. Planning for Higher Education 31(3), 15–22.
Cotton, S. / Dollard, M. / DE Jonge, J. (2002): Stress and student job
design: Satisfaction, well-being, and performance in university
students. Int. J. Stress Manag. 9, 147–162.
David V.J. (28 June 2016): Twenty-First Century Education: Trans-
formative Education for sustainability and Responsible Citizen-
ship. Vol. 18, Issue 1, 48-56. Doi:https://doi.org/10.1515/jtes-
2016-0004.
Sustainable Behaviour 381
Davidson, K. W. / Mostofsky, E. / & Whang, W. (2010): Don’t worry,
be happy: Positive affect and reduced 10-year incident coro-
nary heart disease: The Canadian Nova Scotia Health Survey.
European Heart Journal, 9, 1065-1070.
De Young, (1991): De Young, R. Some psychological aspects of liv-
ing lightly: Desired lifestyle patterns and conservation behaviour.
Journal of Environmental Systems, 20, 1991, 215-227.
— (1996): Some psychological Aspects of Reduced Consumption
Behaviour the Role of Intrinsic Satisfaction and Competence Mo-
tivation. Environ. Behav. 28, 358-409.
Demerouti, E. / Bakker, A.B. / de Jonge, J. / Janssen, P.P. / Schaufeli,
W.B. (2001): Burnout and Engagement at Work as a Function of
demands and control. Scand. J. Work Environ. Health 27, 279–
286.
Diener, E. (1984): Subjective Well-Being. Psychol. Bull. 95, 542-575.
Ehrlich, P. / Ehrlich, A. (2004): One with Niniveh. Politics, Consump-
tion and the Human Future. Washington, DC: Shearwater Books,
2004.
Finn, J.D. (1989): Withdrawing from school. Rev. Educ. Res. 59, 117-
142.
Gavin, J.H. / Mason, R.O. (2004): The Virtuous Organization: The
Value of Happiness in the Workplace. Organ. Dyn. 33, 379-392.
Gardner, G. / Prugh, T. (2008): Seeding the sustainable economy. In
Starke, L. (Ed.), State of the World. New York, W.W. Norton &
Company.
Halbesleben, J.R.B. (2010): A meta-analysis of Work Engagement:
Relationships with Burnout, Demands, Resources and Conse-
quences. In Work Engagement: A Handbook of Essential Theory
and Research; Bakker, A.B. / Leiter, M.P. / Eds. / Psychology
Press: New York, NY, USA, 102-117.
382 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Hargreaves, A. & Shirley, D. (2005): The Global Fourth Way. Thou-
sand Oaks, CA: Corwin.
Harper, S .R. & Quaye, S .J. (2009): Beyond Sameness, with Engage-
ment and Outcomes for All. In: Student Engagement in Higher
Education. New York and London: Routledge, 2009a,1-15.
Harter, J.K. / Schmidt, F.L. / Hayes, T.L. (2002): Business-unit-level
relationship between employee satisfaction, employee engage-
ment, and business outcomes: A meta-analysis. J. Appl. Psychol.
87, 268-279.
Hopkins, C. (2013): Educating for Sustainability: An Emerging pur-
pose of Education. Kappa Delta Pi Record, 49, 122–125.
Howell, A.J. (2009): Flourishing: Achievement-related correlates of
students’ well-being. J. Posit. Psychol. 4, 1-13.
Hu, S. and Kuh, G .D. (April, 2001): Being (Dis) Engaged in Educa-
tionally Purposeful Activities: The Influences of Student and In-
stitutional Characteristics. Paper presented at the American Edu-
cational Research Association Annual Conference. Seattle, WA,
10-14.
Hung, S. (500B.C) In: David, V.J.B. ESD: Cure or Placebo? in Glen
Toner and James Meadowcroft (eds) Innovation, Science and
Environment: Special Edition-Charting Sustainable Development
in Canada, (McGill Queens Press, 2009), 2016, 1987-2027.
Iwata, O. (2001): Attitudinal determinants of environmentally respon-
sible behaviour. Social Behaviour and Personality, 29, 183-190.
Jamieson, D. (ed.) A Companion to Environmental Philosophy in:
Dawe, G., Jucker, R., & Martin, S. (November, 2005). Sustaina-
ble in Higher Education: Current Practice and Future Develop-
ments. A Report for the Higher Education Academy.
Judge, T.A.; Bono, J.E. (2001): Relationship of core self-evaluations
traits-Self-esteem, generalized self-efficacy, locus of control, and
Sustainable Behaviour 383
emotional stability-with job satisfaction and job performance: A
meta-analysis. Appl. Psychol. 86, 80-92.
Kabat-Zinn, J. (2005): Coming to Our Senses: Healing Ourselves and
the World through Mindfulness. New York: Hyperion.
Kaiser, F. (1998): A general measure of ecological behaviour. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 395-442.
Kerry S. (2010): Higher education’s role in ‘education for sustainabil-
ity’, University of Otago, New Zealand.
Levin, B. (2000): Putting students at the centre in education reform.
Journal of Educational Change, 1, 155–172.
Loizzo, J. (2012): Sustainable Happiness the Mind Science of Well-
Being, Altruism, and Inspiration. Retrieved March 11, 2013
from http://sustainablehappinessbook.com/wpcontent
Lykken & Tellegen A. (1996): Happiness is a stochastic phenomenon.
Psychological Science, 7, 186-189.
Meyer, J.P. / Gagne, M. (2008): Employee engagement from a self-
determination. Theory perspective. Ind. Organ. Psychol. 1, 60-
62.
Nicolescu, C. (2006): Corporate Social Responsibility in the Romani-
an Higher Education, Open Society Institute. Romania.
Nisbet, E. / Zelenski, J., / Murphy, S. (2011): Happiness is in our na-
ture: Exploring nature relatedness as a contributor to subjective
well-being, Journal of Happiness Studies, 12, 303- 322.
O’Brien, C. (2005, June): Planning for sustainable for sustainable hap-
piness: Harmonizing our Internal and External Landscapes.
Paper prepared for the 2nd International Conference on Gross
national Happiness, Antigonish. Camada. Retrieved from
www.gpiatlantic.org/conference/paper/obien
O’Brien, C. / Gilbert, R. (2010). Child and youth friendly land use and
transport planning guidelines for Nova Scotia. Centre for Sus-
384 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
tainable Transportation. Retrieved from www.kidsonthemove.ca/
uploads/Guidelines%20NS%20Apr30.pdf
O’Brien, C. (2010a). Sustainability, happiness and education. Journal
of Sustainability Education, 1. www.jsedimensions.org/
wordpress/content/2010/04/
O’Brien, C. (2013). Happiness and sustainability together at last! Ca-
nadian Journal of Education 36; 4 (2013). hhtp://www.cje-rce-
ca.
Ouweneel, A.P. / Taris, T.W. / Van Zolingen, S.J. / Schreurs, P.J.
(2009): How task characteristics and social support relate to
managerial learning: Empirical evidence from Dutch home care.
J. Psychol. 143, 28-44.
Pekrun, R. / Goetz, T. / Titz, W. / Perry, R.P. (2002): Academic emo-
tions in students’ self-regulated learning and achievement:
A program of qualitative and quantitative research. Educ. Psy-
chol. 37, 91-105.
Pizmony-Levy, O. / Ostrow, J.M. (2018): Pro-Environmental Attitudes
and behaviours in Higher Education: Investigating the Role of
Formal and Informal Factors, https://academic
commons.columbia.edu/doi/10.7916D81z5GWB/download
Pol, E. (2002): The theoretical background of the City-Identity-
Sustainability Network. Environment & Behaviour, 34, 2002a,
8-25.
Ryan, R.M.; Deci, E.L. (2000): Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations:
Classic definitions and new directions. Contemp. Educ. Psychol.
25, 2000, 54-67.
Sachs, J.D. (2018).World Happiness Report, 2018, New York: Sus-
tainable Development Solutions Network,
https://www.google.com/search?q=Global+happiness+Report+20
18
Sustainable Behaviour 385
Salanova, M. / Schaufeli, W.B. / Xanthopoulou, D. / Bakker, A.B.
(2010): The gain spiral of resources and work engagement: Sus-
taining a positive work life. In Work Engagement: A Handbook
of Essential Theory and Research; Psychology Press: New York,
NY, USA, 118–131.
Schaufeli, W.B. / Taris, T.W. / Van Rhenen, W. (2008): Workaholism,
burnout, and work Engagement: Three of a kind or three different
kinds of employee well-being? Appl. Psychol. 57, 173-203.
Schultz, P.W. (2001): The structure of environmental concern.
Concern for self, other people, and the biosphere. Journal of
Environmental Psychology, 21, 327-339.
Seligman, M. (2002): Authentic Happiness: Using the New Positive
Psychology to Realize Your Potential for Lasting Fulfilment,
New York, Free Press.
Sterling, S. (2014): Separate tracks or real synergy? Achieving a closer
relationship between education and SD, post-2015. Journal of
Education for Sustainable Development 8(2), 89–112.
Steptoe, A. / Wardle, J. / Marmot, M. (2005): Positive affect and
health-related neuroendocrine, cardiovascular, and inflammatory
process. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 102,
6508–6512.
Tapia-Fonllem, C. / Corral-Verdugo, V. / Fraijo-Sing, B. / Durón-
Ramos, M.F. (2013): Assessing sustainable behaviour and its
correlates: A measure of pro-ecological, frugal, altruistic and eq-
uitable actions. Sustainability 5, 711–723.
Trowler, V. (2010): Student Engagement Literature Review. The
Higher Education Academy, Lancaster University, Heslington.
Turcotte, M. (2006): Like commuting? Workers’ perceptions of their
daily commute. Canadian Social Trends, 28, 2006, 35-41.
Retrieved fromwww2.canada.com/vancouversun/news/extras/
commuting.pdf.
386 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
UNESCO, 2014, In: Leicht, A., Hess, J., & Byun, W.J. (2018). Issues
and trends in Education for Sustainable Development: Education
on the Move. UNESDCO, Paris: France, (2018).
Veenhoven, R. (2008): Healthy happiness: Effects of happiness on
physical health and the consequences for preventive health care.
Journal of Happiness Studies, 9, 449-469.
Waals, A. (2012): Shaping the Education of Tomorrow. Report on the
UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development;
UNESCO: Paris, France.
Weidner A. (2014): Study for the establishment of VU Green Office -
Involvement of students in the sustainability of Universities VU
University Amsterdam.
Willms, J.D. (2003): Student Engagement at School: A Sense of
Belonging and Participation; Organisation for Economic Co-
Operation and Development: Paris, France, 2003.
16
ETHICAL ISSUES FACING TEACHERS
IN THE MANAGEMENT OF INCLUSIVE
CLASSROOM IN SUB SAHARAN AFRICA
Elizabeth Nduku
16.1 Abstract
All persons have a right to basic education as enshrined in art 26 of
the universal declaration of human rights of 1948 and efforts must be
made by governments to ensure that every child has access to education
without discrimination512. For this to happen, inclusive education which
is based on the respect for the inherent dignity of the human person must
be enhanced by all states. To achieve inclusion it is imperative that
teachers are given skills that enable them to understand and cater for the
varied needs of all types of learners irrespective of any physical, social,
intellectual or emotional challenges. Unfortunately not all states and
nations have managed to train teachers in these different skills thus rais-
ing ethical challenges in the implementation of the policy on inclusive
education. The paper which in conceptual in nature will explore some of
512 Sr. Dr. Elizabeth Nduku is currently the Director, Globethics.net East Africa
Programme. She is also a Senior Lecturer in the Faculty of Education at The
Catholic University of Eastern Africa. She holds a PhD in Educational Admin-
istration and Planning.
388 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the ethical challenges facing teachers in the management of inclusive
classrooms by focussing on the foundations of inclusive education,
teachers management of inclusive classrooms, ethical challenges facing
teachers and finally propose some practical ways of addressing these
issues.
16.2 Introduction
Sub Saharan Africa is a region that suffers a myriad of challenges
ranging from social, political, economic, environmental and educational
which affect not only the individuals but the entire community. To some
extent these have affected the region making it lag behind in keeping
abreast with the implementation of inclusive education. Cherema, in his
writing felt that the major factors that retard progress in implementing
Inclusive Education (IE) in these countries are ‘lack of funding for in-
formative research, lack of adequate resources to equip, facilitate and
expand the provision for children with special needs, misdirection of
funds towards political security, corruption, limited personnel training
programs, inadequate qualified personnel, the absence of enabling legis-
lation and limited support services’513. Despite the presence of these
challenges, it is important to emphasise the fact that every person is enti-
tled to certain basic rights such as education irrespective of one’s social,
cultural, religious, race or economic status. It is in recognition of this
that governments have put a lot of efforts to ensure equitable and quality
provision of education to all her children as they strive to achieve sus-
tainable development goal number 4 which focuses on Ensuring inclu-
sive and equitable quality education and promotion of lifelong learning
513 Cherema (2010). Inclusive education in developing countries in the Sub Sa-
haran Africa: From theory to practice in the International journal of special
education Vol 25, no 1
Sustainable Behaviour 389
opportunities for all . To meet this goal, inclusive education is central
and for this reason, Mittler (2000b) calls for “a radical reform of the
school in terms of curriculum, assessment, pedagogy and grouping of
pupils based on a value system that welcomes and celebrates diversity
arising from gender, nationality, race, language of origin, social back-
ground, and level of educational achievement or disability”514. Teachers
must therefore be willing to take the lead as they are the key stakehold-
ers in the implementation through teaching learning process if this vi-
sion has to be attained. In support of this claim, Rose says that “teachers
must be able to cater for the needs of the most diverse student popula-
tions academically, socially and culturally”515. It calls for a change of
mind-set and overcoming all the barriers that hinder every child from
accessing education in the same schools without discrimination of any
form. Although inclusive education is a desire for many, its attainment
remains a challenge and no wonder is seen as “a vision, a road to be
travelled, but a road without ending since it is a process rather than a
destination and a road with all kinds of barriers and obstacles, some of
them invisible and some of them are in our own heads and hearts. Such a
process needs change of attitudes, new ways of thinking, manner of
teaching and assessment of students”516 so that no learner feels left out
or discriminated against. All stakeholders must understand their roles in
such a system so that they can support its attainment.
514 Mittler, P. (2000b). Working towards Inclusive Education. London: Fulton
Publishers.
515 Rose, R (2010). Understanding Inclusion interpretation perspectives and
cultures. In: Confronting Obstacles to Inclusive Schools, Abingdon, Routledge.
1-6.
516 Miller, 2000, Mittler, P. (2000a). Time to stop being special, in Miller, C.
Effective Change for People with Special Educational Needs: A Celebration of
the Contribution of Professor Ronald Guilford. Tamworth, NASEN.
390 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
It is worth mentioning that the foundation of inclusive education is
the classroom, in which “students regardless of ability are educated to-
gether in common educational contests”517, and teachers must see them-
selves as the prima stakeholders in its implantation. As such, a change of
attitude among the teachers is urgent since inclusive classrooms com-
prise learners with different abilities and capabilities and teachers must
be empowered to manage and cater for the needs of all the learners.
Teachers must take care of the individual differences of learners and be
open to embrace changes that come with inclusion. Unfortunately teach-
ers who are at the centre of the attainment of inclusive education are not
trained to cater for the individual differences thus face a lot of challeng-
es especially in the management of inclusive classrooms and particularly
in the teaching learning process. “All teachers in regular schools must be
prepared to teach all children irrespective of the children's individual
differences” 518 for in most of the Sub Saharan countries many children
attend regular schools. Preparation of the teachers has to be a consorted
effort between the governments and all those involved in education.
16.3 Inclusive Education
Though education is a basic human right, we still realize that not all
children have access to education. For a long time, children with special
needs and especially disabilities have been taught in separate schools.
This led to social exclusion and to some extend made the children with
special needs feel discriminated and deprived of some rights and yet
every child is valued equally and deserves the same opportunities. This
attitude of educational exclusion was addressed during the Salamanca
517 Loreman, T. Deppeller, J.M. & Harvey, D, H.P (2010). Inclusive Education
Supporting Diversity in the Classroom, 2nd ed. Sydney: Allen and Unwin.
518 Cherema (2010). Inclusive education in developing countries in the Sub
Saharan Africa: From theory to practice in the International Journal of Special
Education, Vol 25, no 1.
Sustainable Behaviour 391
Conference in 1994 where the issue of inclusive education was dis-
cussed. The conference expounded on the fact that “every child has
unique characteristics, interests, abilities, and learning needs and that
regular schools must accommodate children with special needs. They
felt that a child-centered pedagogy be adopted in order to meet the needs
of all the children”519. This approach focusses on the needs of the indi-
vidual learner and makes sure that the curriculum is developed to re-
spond to these needs. The conference resolved that all children should
learn together, wherever possible, regardless of any difficulties or differ-
ences they may have hence inclusive education. For UNESCO, inclusive
education is “a dynamic approach of responding positively to pupil di-
versity and seeing individual differences not as problems but as oppor-
tunities for enriching learning. It is a process of addressing and respond-
ing to the diverse needs of all learners through increasing participation
in learning, cultures and communities, and reducing exclusion from edu-
cation and from within education.”520 All these point to the fact that
children have different needs, backgrounds, religions, culture, capaci-
ties, talents and capabilities and in any school and classroom all these
must be considered by teachers especially in the preparation of teaching
content, methodology and assessment processes. To cater for this diver-
sity, the whole education system must facilitate learning environments
where teachers and learners embrace and welcome the challenge and
benefits of diversity.
In support of the above argument, Forlin stressed that “inclusive ed-
ucation is based on the principle that local schools should provide for all
children, regardless of any perceived difference, disability, or other so-
cial, emotional, cultural or linguistic difference”521. These change pro-
519 Salamanca Conference in 1994.
520 UNESCO (2005).
521 Forlin (2008).
392 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
cesses towards inclusion often begin on a small scale and involve over-
coming some obstacles such as:
• Existing attitudes and values. It is common to find out that the
people have negative attitudes towards the persons with disabili-
ties and therefore discriminate them. For inclusion to be realised,
these attitudes must be changed and see each person as unique,
created in the image and likeness of God, capable of contributing
to the development of the society and therefore deserving equal
treatment.
• Lack of understanding. It is critical for all stakeholders to ac-
quire the basic knowledge that will enable them to appreciate the
differences among the learners and treat them with dignity.
• Lack of necessary skill. Owing to the fact that inclusion en-
tails diversity, skills of addressing the diverse needs of the learn-
ers must be acquired. This is a process which requires training on
the part of the teachers and the care takers and all those who sup-
port the learners. In-service training can be adopted for those al-
ready in the field but for those yet to be trained, the curriculum
offered to the teachers must include these skills.
• Limited resources. The governments must ensure that ade-
quate resources are availed so that learners can be engaged in
teaching and learning process without difficulty. The infrastruc-
ture should also be friendly and creation of conducive environ-
ment.
The importance of inclusion is well articulated in art, 26 of the Uni-
versal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR) of 1948 which stresses
that all children have a right to education. According to this declaration,
inclusive schools must recognize and respond to the diverse needs of
their students, accommodating both different styles and rates of learning
Sustainable Behaviour 393
and ensuring quality education to all through appropriate curricula, ar-
rangements, teaching strategies, resource use and partnerships with their
communities. There should never be any discrimination against children
as stated in art 2 and 23 of the convention on the rights of a child of
1989 hence need for full inclusion. Inclusion as a process therefore must
respond to the diverse needs of students and reduce exclusion. If this is
to be achieved, changes and modifications in content, approaches, struc-
tures and strategies must be given priority by all nations. The approach
should focus on how to transform education system and other learning
environment in order to respond to the diversity of learners. 522
Inclusion must be embedded deeply in the very foundation of the
school, in its missions, its belief system, and its daily activities. This
already points to the fact in any school motto, vision or mission, the
aspect of inclusiveness must be reflected so that every child begins to
assimilate and embrace inclusiveness523. A good example of a mission
statement that embraces inclusiveness could be stated like this “The
school will offer all students a safe and nurturing environment, with a
core curriculum that is rich and rigorous and which respects diversity”
or “Our mission is to inspire, challenge and support every student to
achieve academic excellence by embracing the full richness and diversi-
ty of our community”. Such statements speak to the entire school system
and all the stakeholders. In such a school, the teachers for instance are
expected to prepare content and plan for activities that cater for the
needs of all learners. It also focusses on the methodology to be applied
in the teaching learning process. The students too learn to work together
and support each other in order to acquire the necessary knowledge and
do away with any form of discrimination. The environment too is pre-
pared in a manner that takes care of all the children’s physical, social,
522 UNESCO Guidelines (2005).
394 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
intellectual and spiritual needs. For proper implementation of an inclu-
sive education, ministries of education in various countries must ensure
that full inclusion forms part of the policy documents. It must begin
from curriculum development process to its implementation and prepa-
ration of the human resource (teachers).
The following four key elements must be considered by nations as
they look into inclusion namely.
• Inclusion as a process, a never-ending search to find better
ways of responding to diversity. It is about learning how to live
with difference and learning how to learn from difference.
• Inclusion as the identification and removal of barriers which
involves collecting, collating and evaluating information from a
wide variety of sources in order to plan for improvements in poli-
cy and practice. It is about using evidence of various kinds to
stimulate creativity and problem-solving.
• Inclusion is about the presence, participation and achievement
of all students. All students must be considered in all activities of
teaching and learning indiscriminately.
• Inclusion involves a particular emphasis on those groups of
learners who may be at risk of marginalization, exclusion or un-
derachievement. Groups that are statistically most “at risk” are
carefully monitored, and that, where necessary, steps are taken to
ensure their presence, participation and achievement in the edu-
cation system524.
To stress on the importance of inclusion, the Dakar conference of
2000 on Education for all clearly identified Inclusive Education (IE) as a
key strategy for the development of EFA. It has also been stressed in the
different international conventions and treaties and further reinforced by
524 UNESCO (2006).
Sustainable Behaviour 395
The Education 2030 Framework for Action which has been adopted by
the global education community to advance progress towards SDG4 and
its targets. The Framework stresses the need to address all forms of ex-
clusion and marginalization. It specifically calls for addressing inequali-
ties related to access, participation, and learning processes and out-
comes, paying particular attention to gender equality. SDG 4 supports
this notion when it emphasizes on the need for building and upgrading
education facilities that are child friendly catering for the needs of all.
All States therefore have an obligation to respect, protect and fulfil the
right of all learners to education (UNESCO, 2014). This should start
with inclusive education systems.
Forlin in his research on issues in inclusive education in the 21st
century points out that the development of effective inclusive schools
requires a school to have the capacity for implementing systemic policy.
To be effective in doing this there are a range of approaches that could
be taken including:
• Developing a positive school ethos that values diversity
• Developing a positive and collegial attitude towards inclu-
sion
• Providing appropriate and relevant training for teachers
• Employing continuous problem-solving or Response To In-
tervention;
• Applying universal design for curricula;
• Employing effective child focused pedagogies;
• Providing alternative assessments to cater for different learn-
ing styles;
• Use diverse outcomes to demonstrate learning;
• Develop good support structures;
396 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
• Ensuring the use of learner-centred approaches which recog-
nize that each individual learns differently525
If the above issues are embraced, inclusive education will become a
reality.
16.3.1 Rational for Inclusive Education
Education is a basic right for all people irrespective of their physical,
mental, emotional or social economic status. This right is enshrined in
the Art 26 of UDHR, 1948. Following this declaration, different nations
and states have endeavoured to ensure that all children access education
indiscriminately. A number of conventions and treaties have been
signed to allow all the children access education. This is also reaffirmed
in different international laws and treaties such as African Charter on
the rights and welfare of the child Art 11 (ACRWC), Article 1 Conven-
tion against Discrimination in Education 1960, convention on the rights
of persons with disabilities and optional protocol Art 1 and 3, and Unit-
ed Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities - Arti-
cles 24, 31 and 33, which requires countries to develop an inclusive ed-
ucation system for all children ,Chidren’s Act 2001 of Kenya, section 4
and 5,, section 7- every child shall be entitled to education, and Kenya’s
2010 constitution Art,53). All these conventions and parliamentary stat-
utes emphasize that every child is entitled to education and to equal op-
portunities without discrimination on the basis of sex, race, color, reli-
gion, physical or mental challenges etc. A good example of the stress
given to inclusive education can be found in the United Nations Conven-
tion on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. This convention espe-
cially Articles 24, 31 and 33, requires countries to develop an inclusive
education system for all children as well obliging them to implement
525Forlin, C. (2013). Issues in inclusive education in the 21st century in Journal
of Learning Science, Issue no 6, 67-81. Available on http://ir.lib.hiroshima-
u.ac.jp/en/00035243
Sustainable Behaviour 397
and monitor the process, for it presents both a challenge and an oppor-
tunity to the countries of the world.
Further, the Dakar conference of 2000 on Education for all reaf-
firmed the importance of education and identified Inclusive Education
(IE) as a key strategy for the development of Education For All (EFA).
It was reinforced further by the Education 2030 Framework for Action.
The Framework emphasizes the need to address all forms of exclusion
and marginalization. SDG 4 supports this position through its emphasis
on the need for building and upgrading education facilities that are child
friendly catering for the needs of all. To advance IE, inclusive class-
rooms are inevitable. They must be well managed so that all children
benefit from it.
All these documents form the basis of IE but despite all these efforts,
some Sub-Saharan African countries like Lesotho, Malawi, Botswana,
Namibia, Mozambique and Zimbabwe, the educational opportunities for
all, including Learners with Special Educational Needs (LSEN) re-
mained at a policy statement level within general education policies526,
challenges of its implementation have continued to be experienced. All
these challenges should not discourage the different nations but they
must work hard to embrace and strive to achieve and maintain IE in the
best interest of all its children. Teachers must be well trained to adopt
the different teaching methodologies and be able to appreciate diversity.
Schools should foster environments where teachers learn from experi-
ence in the same way that they expect their pupils should learn from the
tasks and activities in which they are engaged. Teachers who regard
themselves as learners in the classroom are more likely to successfully
facilitate the learning of their pupils. The sensitivity they acquire as a
result of reflecting on their own attempts to learn new ideas or new ways
526 Cf. Booth & Pather, (2010) quoted by Awoniyi, S.A. & Karen N. E (2015) in
European Scientific Journal, May 2015 edition, Vol.11, No.13.
398 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
of working is influential in terms of the way children are dealt with in
their classes. It is paramount for nations to rethink and evaluate teacher
preparation since teachers are the key drivers of inclusive education.
16.4 Management of Inclusive Classroom
An Inclusive classroom is defined as “one in which continuing em-
phasis on valuing individual differences lead all pupils irrespective of
social or cultural background, disability or difficulty in learning to suc-
ceed in terms of the fulfilment of academic and social goals, and in the
development of positive attitudes to self and others.”527 It is a place
where diversity is at the centre and where curriculum should be planned
in such a way that all needs of the students are met the curriculum must
not only be content or subject based but must be learner centred where
all the varied needs of learners are considered. In such a classroom di-
versity is valued throughout all environments, activities and events that
take place therein. Inclusive classroom puts more demands on the teach-
er in relation to the teaching methodologies, content coverage, class
room organization, and environmental factors if all the needs of the
learners have to be met. It is incumbent that the teachers learn different
skills of teaching and learning in order to manage inclusive classrooms.
Since management entails planning, coordinating, organizing and con-
trolling events to achieve the intended goals through the use of the
available resources, teachers of inclusive classrooms must have these
skills. To manage inclusive classroom, the teacher must plan the content,
activities and the time to be taken to ensure that the students learn. They
must develop skills that help them to organize, coordinate and control all
the classroom activities. If the teacher has the capacity to carry out these
activities then he/she will ensure that classroom lessons run smoothly
despite disruptive behaviour by students. For this to happen, the teacher
527 Alban-Metcalfe (2001:20)
Sustainable Behaviour 399
must be prepared to understand what an inclusive classroom is. Class-
room management can therefore be seen as the actions and activities of
planning, coordination and directing what teachers use to create a suc-
cessful learning environment.
16.4.1 Components of an Inclusive Classroom
In any inclusive classroom, the following elements must be consid-
ered as important.
16.4.2 Teachers
Teachers are at the heart of the teaching and learning process and are
responsible for quality of education at all levels and as such they are
most probably the most critical, expensive and valuable resource in the
school. They are the ones who are responsible for the daily learning of
the students and they should be trained to manage themselves first in
order to manage inclusive classrooms. In inclusive classrooms, teachers
have a key role in creating a classroom atmosphere conducive to learn-
ing which may be related to student outcomes. Mackenzie argued that
effective teaching is also adapted instruction528 often referred as differ-
entiated instruction529 which aims to support all learners through a varie-
ty of approaches and strategies. To do this, teachers require proper
teaching and learning skills that can be able to take care of the needs of
all the learners. They must possess analytical and decision making skills
as they are dealing with persons with diverse characteristics. It is im-
portant to note that collaborative and support skills are essential for the
success of an inclusive classroom. In an inclusive classroom, the teach-
ers play a number of roles to ensure that all learners’ needs are taken
528 Cf Mackenzie DE (1983) Research for school improvement: An appraisal of
some recent trends. Educational Researcher 12: 5-17.
529 Tomlinson CA (2001) The Differentiated Classroom: Responding to the
needs of all learners. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development,
Virginia.
400 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
care of which include the following: “Identification of the children with
disabilities in the classroom and referring the identified children to the
experts for further examination and treatment. They have a responsibil-
ity of accepting the children with disabilities and developing positive
attitude between normal and disabled children. They are also engaged in
placing the children in the classroom in proper places so that they feel
comfortable and can benefit from the classroom interaction. Further they
see to it that architectural barriers are removed wherever possible so that
children with disabilities move independently consequently involving
the children with disabilities in almost all the activities of the classroom
and making suitable adaptation in the curriculum transaction so that the
children with disabilities learn according to their ability”530.
Children are unique and when they exhibit a particular learning,
emotional or behavioural problem, and teachers should gather infor-
mation from different sources to understand every possible factor that
may be attributed to the children’s behaviour. When teachers identify
the needs of the students, it is easy for them to plan and coordinate the
activities that will involve the children with disabilities. It also helps the
teachers to identify the stakeholders in the school who could help and
support them as they ensure all the needs are met without any form of
discrimination.
It is important to identify these children and offer specialised sup-
port since many times children with disabilities are often forgotten. Ow-
ing to the fact that not all learners have the same challenges, when
teachers discover that there are some students who need special atten-
tion, they usually refer them to experts for further diagnosis. It is the
experts who are able to give the right advice and help the teachers know
how to deal with them and place them in the right classroom.
530 Cf Gunjan Tyagi (2016). Role of Teacher in Inclusive Education Susana
Methodist Girls B.Ed. College Roorkee, Uttarakhand, India. IJEAR Vol. 6, Issue
1, Jan-June 2016.
Sustainable Behaviour 401
16.4.3 Collaboration and Co-teaching
Since an inclusive classroom is diverse and no teacher can have all
the knowledge and skills, collaboration with the different stakeholders is
of paramount importance. As such the formation of partnerships be-
tween the different stakeholders in the classroom is critical if quality
learning has to take place. These stakeholders include teachers, students,
parents, students themselves and support staff. All of them must work
together to support the learners which is possible through collaboration.
Collaboration is a “system of planned cooperative activities where gen-
eral educators and special educators share roles and responsibilities for
student learning”531. Each stakeholder is expected to play their roles
diligently and with dedication. As they do this it is important to note that
the virtue of respect is essential as it will enable each party to appreciate
the roles played by the other for the good of the learner. These stake-
holders mentioned above have varied responsibilities. Teachers for in-
stance play the co-teaching role and are therefore expected to “share the
roles of planning, implementing, classroom management, and assessing
to ensure that the learners have met the goals of their objectives”532.
Planning is not an individual effort but must be an inclusive activity
where all members take part. They must discuss the achievements of
their learners as well as their strengths and weaknesses, the methodology
appropriate for the good of all the learners and the areas that they need
to correct to enable them meet the needs of all the learners and must be
done on daily basis for “when teachers work collaboratively with one
531 Cf Wiggins, K.C. & Damore, S.J. (2006). “Survivors” or “friends”? A
framework for assessing effective collaboration. Teaching Exceptional Children.
38(5).49-56
532 Holliday, Lindsay (2011). Effective Co-Teaching within the Inclusive Class-
room (M.S. Special Education). School of Education St. John Fisher College.
402 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
another, both teachers and learners can benefit from the opportunities to
learn and work together”533.
Parents on the other hand must make sure that the basic needs of the
students are met, make them feel appreciated and loved and collaborate
with the teachers and other stakeholders to support the education of their
children. The parents must ensure that their children have appropriate
clothing, pay their school fees, take care of the medical issues and pro-
vide good shelter as these contribute a great deal to their learning. The
support staff who generally take care of the wellbeing of the learners
while in school play a very important role of ensuring that the class-
rooms are well kept, that the arrangement of the class does not hurt the
learners who are challenged, the toilets are cleaned regularly and the
meals well done for without proper hygiene, the children get contract
many diseases. The school nurses also see to it that the children are in
good health which support teaching and learning. The learners in an
inclusive class must accept and appreciate each other. They support each
other to learn and create a homely environment. Those that are not phys-
ically or mentally challenged ensure that they understand and attend to
the needs of their colleagues in the class.
16.4.4 Conducive Class Environment
The type of a class that a teacher creates either supports learners or
destroys it. It is the role of the teacher to create an atmosphere that is
warm which enables the learners to want to learn. The learning class-
room environment must be organized to allow proper learning space for
all. Considerations must be made to allow free movement of the learners
and be well decorated. The wall pictures must capture the diverse imag-
es that speak to all learners. The room must be barrier free taking into
533 Cf. Brownell, M.T., & Adams, A., S. Indelar, P., Waldron, N., & Vanhover,
S. (2006). Learning from collaboration: The role of teacher qualities. Exception-
al Children. 72 (2).169-185.
Sustainable Behaviour 403
account special needs or pupils with disabilities. “Teachers should apply
the strategy of universal design for learning to make sure that activities,
materials, and equipment are physically accessible and usable by all
students. Teachers should also expand safety procedures to all students,
including those that are identified with a disability and when teaching,
repeat printed directions orally”534.
Some of the questions that a teacher must ask according to Scott,
Leach, & Bucholz, as quoted by Jessica L. Bucholz and Julie L. Shef-
fler, include the following: Is the classroom warm and inviting? Are all
areas of the classroom accessible to all children? Are the walls bleak and
lacking in color or do the decorations help to make the students feel
comfortable? Are areas well defined as to their design and purpose?535
All these and others if well taken care of help the learner to be keen and
interested in learning.
16.4.5 Individualized Curriculum
At the centre of an inclusive classroom diversity is at the centre and
therefore it is imperative for educationists to think about individualised
curriculum. This is important because the learners have diverse needs
and as such the curriculum must be individualized to cater for the learn-
ers needs. The curriculum that can respond to the needs of an autistic
child will not be relevant to a gifted child hence each need a tailor made
curriculum. The teachers must therefore plan well to ensure that all
learners are attended to. Inclusive education requires letting go of classi-
534 Jessica L. Bucholz and Julie L. Sheffler (2009). Creating a Warm and Inclu-
sive Classroom Environment: Planning for All Children to Feel Welcome. Elec-
tronic Journal for Inclusive Education Volume 2 Number 4.
535 Scott, J., Leach, D., & Bucholz, J. L. (2008). Organizing the inclusive class-
room for grades K-3. In M.LaRocque & S. M. Darling (Eds.), Blended curricu-
lum in the inclusive K-3 classroom: Teaching all young children (pp. 91-127).
Boston: Pearson Education, Inc.
404 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
cal teaching methods and embracing possibilities of differentiation. To
do this, teachers’ must develop individual learning routes for children.
The process of individualizing instruction consists of four primary steps
: namely getting to know each child’s interests, needs, and abilities, cre-
ating opportunities for learning that build on children’s interest, scaf-
folding children’s learning through supportive interactions and monitor-
ing children’s progress toward achieving important goals536. These fac-
tors enable the teachers to make decision on how they plan and develop
the curriculum implementations and the strategies to be put in place to
ensure that all the needs of the learners are met. The teacher’s role must
become that of guiding and facilitating engagements and learning rather
than instructing. “They must create individual goals that relate to student
academic, behavioural and social achievement, engagement, wellbeing
and other relevant areas. Goals should be specific, realistic and achieva-
ble that should include observable actions, a reasonable time frame for
accomplishing these and criteria that make it possible to measure the
student’s progress. It is critical to collaborate with colleagues as well as
parents, carers, families and students to moderate and finalise the
goals”537. The interest of the teacher is on how he/she can support a
learner to be successful Teachers must learn new ways of developing
lessons, material and the teaching that help the learners understand
hence the need for training teachers on inclusive education.
536 Pretti-Frontczak & Bricker (2004). An activity based approach to early inter-
vention (3rd Ed). Baltmore, MD. Brookes.
537 State of Victoria, Department of Education and Training (2018). Personalised
learning and support inclusive classrooms for students with additional needs.
Available on https://researchmgt.monash.edu/ws/portalfiles/portal/245337890/
245337834_oa.pdf, 21/12/2018
Sustainable Behaviour 405
16.4.6 Diversity
Diversity is central in everything the school does: in its admission
policy, in how classes are managed, in the way of looking at what level
learners can achieve, how teachers work together and teaching methods.
In an inclusive classroom diversity is respected. There are differences
exhibited by the nature of the learners.There is an acknowledgement that
all humans are different and that difference in itself is valuable. Support,
development and growth are fundamental for the entire school and all
people involved. It is the teacher who ensures that all learners have been
taught. However there are some difficulties that teachers face and bring
about ethical issues which must be dealt with if IE is to be achieved.
16.5 Ethical Concerns Facing Teachers in the Manage-
ment of Inclusive Classrooms
Though many governments have stressed on the importance of em-
bracing inclusive education and inclusive classroom, teachers are not
prepared for such tasks. In an inclusive classroom there are children
with different needs and the teacher is expected to understand them and
respond appropriately to each. The child is expected to be at the centre
of any teaching and yet they are diverse in their capacities and capabili-
ties. There are those who are fast and slow learners, others who may be
physically or mentally challenged.
From the aforementioned, some valid ethical concerns are derived
such as: Are teachers able to adapt materials and lesson plans for diverse
learning styles and abilities? Are the teachers well prepared to handle
inclusive classes considering learners with different needs in the same
setting? The resources available in the hands of the teacher are not cater-
ing for the needs of all, the classroom setting is also a challenge, and the
language used may affect some of the learners. Are the teachers able to
use multiple methods to deliver course content and provide students
with a variety of opportunities to share what they know?
406 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
16.5.1 Curriculum Implementation and Coverage
Curriculum implementation requires that the teachers are trained to
cater for the needs of all the students in the class. Unfortunately in most
cases the curriculum is not inclusive. The implementation is time bound
and requires that the teachers follow a specific time frame and factor in
the needs of all. Is the teacher able to understand that each student
brings unique experiences, strengths, and ideas to our classroom and that
these must be factored in curriculum development and implementation?
Are they able to embrace diversity in the exploration and incorporation
of these differences to enrich learning and in our classrooms? Because
of such situations, ethical issues arise from the way the curriculum is set,
the time frame provided for coverage and the training of the teacher in
inclusive curriculum.
16.5.2 Teaching Methodologies
According to UNESCO (2009), inclusive education involves chang-
es and modifications in content, approaches, structures, and strategies,
with a common vision that covers all children and a conviction that it is
the responsibility of the regular educational system to educate them all.
Unfortunately this is not the case in most inclusive schools and particu-
larly in inclusive classrooms. As a result, some ethical issues may arise
and some of the learners may feel discriminated. If for instance the
teacher does not have knowledge in the use of braille, how does he help
the blind learner in? The class? Will they not feel discriminated at some
point? How will he deal with the fast and slow learners without some
feeling that their needs are not taken care of? Will the teacher be able to
complete the syllabus? How about the time allocated for a specific les-
son or unit to be covered. How will the assessment be conducted? Will
all the students be treated equitably? All these and more raise ethical
issues.
Sustainable Behaviour 407
16.5.3 Equity and Equality
Equity is about providing students with a fair learning environment
that promotes excellence for all people while equality is about treating
all learners in the same way. The fact is not all children are treated
equally in a school system. The treatment is based on the ability of the
students. Learners may see other learners receiving differentiated sup-
port which may create misuderstandings amongst the students therefore
raising ethical concerns. Educators must develop curriculum that teaches
learners about diversity and applying fair standards to their peers.
16.5.4 Management of Diversity
In classroom setting diversity means that each student brings unique
experiences, strengths, and ideas to our classroom. Diversity can be con-
ceptualized in different ways depending on the context. When it comes
to our classrooms, we conceptualize diversity as understanding each
learner brings unique experiences, strengths, and ideas to our classroom.
These differences can be along dimensions of race, ethnicity, gender,
socio-economic status, age, ability, religious or political beliefs, or other
different ideologies. Diversity is the exploration and incorporation of
these differences to enrich learning and in our classrooms.
These differences can enrich the learners or bring about conflicts in
the class setting for each one needs to be understood from their perspec-
tive. As educators, teachers have a responsibility to ensure our students
are prepared to work in a diverse environment and collaborate with oth-
ers who bring new perspectives. The teacher is expected to factor the
diverse perspectives into the course content since they come from dif-
ferent cultures, backgrounds, religions, races, age, political groups
among others. Ethical issues may arise as one tries to respond to these
questions: How does a teacher cater and manage these diversities? How
do they ensure that no one is discriminated? How patient are the teach-
ers?
408 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
16.6 Ethical Recommendations
To be able to manage inclusive classrooms, the author proposes the
following ethical recommendations
16.6.1 From a Virtue Ethics Perspective
Teachers must practice virtue ethics by ensuring that they develop in
the learner’s virtues and values that will help them to become better citi-
zens. Some of the virtues that can be imparted on the learners include
love, care, tolerance and patience among others. This is possible when:
Teachers help the learners to acquire values such as to be caring, loving,
patient and tolerant with each. The teachers must set the standards
through being role models of the virtues. They have the responsibility of
ensuring that they provide broad activities that help the learners to de-
velop and practice these virtues. Opportunities of arranging classroom
conversations that encourage learners to discuss the different virtues,
what they entail and how they can help them become better citizens
should be planned for in the school programme. The school's rules, cul-
ture and organization should be in such a way that it builds a community
that fosters good morals and virtues.
16.6.2 From a Deontological Perspective
The teacher must take it as his or her duty to take care of the needs of
the learners in his or her class for the society has given them that re-
sponsibility. They should employ methods that respond to diversity and
prepare content that is inclusive. There is need to collaborate with others
to ensure that learners understand what they are expected to learn at var-
ious levels. To cater for all learners, it is imperative for teachers to use
assessment methods that are appropriate to all learners. Learners must be
helped to develop a series of rules that govern actions that they do. They
should learn to do the right things because they are right and be helped
Sustainable Behaviour 409
to understand that the morality of the action must be based on the right-
ness of the action not on the circumstances or intention.
16.6.3 From a Consequentialist Perspective
The content of the curriculum developed and taught to the learners
must be geared towards making them useful in the society. The virtues
imparted on the learners must help them create a sense of belonging for
instance love, tolerance. These should help them unlock the potentials in
the learners to make them more creative and innovative. The curriculum
too should help the learners change their way of thinking, acting, affect
their attitudes to be able to appreciate the diversity
The teachers must help the learners to make ethical decisions when
faced with challenges and be able to solve ethical dilemmas. To do this,
the teachers must acquire knowledge and skills of decision making.
There is need to respect diversity in the class and learn to appreciate
each other and use the giftedness of the class to create a better society.
The teacher must ensure the learning environment is conducive for all
the learners
16.7 Conclusion
Education is a basic right for every person though each person may
be unique and different with varying talents values, behaviours, culture
and characters among others. No one should be deprived of the oppor-
tunity to learn and therefore these differences must not be seen by edu-
cationists as challenges and threats but opportunities for growth and
innovation.
The differences should be used for developing programs that can
benefit the societies in different ways and that is why inclusion in educa-
tional system is key.
410 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
16.8 References
Awoniyi, S.A. & Karen N. E (2015) In European Scientific Journal
May 2015 edition vol.11, No.13.
Brownell, M.T., & Adams, A. S. Indelar, P., Waldron, N.,
& Vanhover, S. (2006). Learning from collaboration: The role of
teacher qualities. Exceptional Children. 72 (2).1 69-185.
Cherema (2010). Inclusive education in developing countries in the
Sub Saharan Africa: From theory to practice in the International
journal of special education, Vol 25, no 1.
Forlin, C. 2008. Education reform for inclusion in Asia: What about
teacher education? In: Reform, Inclusion and Teacher Education:
Towards a New Era of Special Education in the Asia-Pacific Re-
gion, ed. C. Forlin and M-G.J. Lian, 61–73. Abingdon:
Routledge.
Forlin, C. (2010). Teacher education reform for enhancing teachers'
preparedness for inclusion. In International Journal of Inclusive
Education Vol. 14, No. 7, November 2010, 649–653.
Forlin, C. (2013). Issues in inclusive education in the 21st century in
Journal of Learning Science, Issue no 6 (pp67-81). Available on
http://ir.lib.hiroshima-u.ac.jp/en/00035243
Gunjan Tyagi (2016). Role of Teacher in Inclusive Education Susana
Methodist Girls B.Ed. College Roorkee, Uttarakhand, India.
IJEAR Vo l. 6, issue 1, Jan-June 2016.
Holliday, Lindsay (2011). Effective Co-Teaching within the Inclusive
Classroom (M.S. Special Education). School of Education St.
John Fisher College
Jessica L. Bucholz and Julie L. Sheffler (2009). Creating a Warm and
Inclusive Classroom Environment: Planning for All Children to
Feel Welcome. Electronic Journal for Inclusive Education
Vol. 2, Number 4.
Sustainable Behaviour 411
Loreman, T. Deppeller, J.M. & Harvey, D.H.P (2010). Inclusive Edu-
cation Supporting Diversity in the Classroom (2nd Ed). Sydney.
Allen and Unwin.
Mackenzie DE (1983) Research for school improvement: An appraisal
of some recent trends. Educational Researcher 12: 5-17.
Miller, 2000, Mittler, P. (2000a). Time to stop being special, in: Mil-
ler, C. Effective Change for People with Special Educational
Needs: A Celebration of the Contribution of Professor Ronald
Guilford. Tamworth, NASEN.
Mittler, P. (2000b). Working towards Inclusive Education. London:
Fulton Publishers.
Retti-Frontczak & Bricker (2004). An activity based approach to early
intervention (3rd Ed). Baltmore, MD. Brookes.
Rose, R (2010). Understanding Inclusion Interpretation Perspectives
and Cultures in Confronting Obstacles to Inclusive Schools, Ab-
ingdon, Routledge
State of Victoria, Department of Education and Training (2018). Per-
sonalised learning and support inclusive classrooms for students
with additional needs. Available on
https://researchmgt.monash.edu/ws/portalfiles/portal/245337890/
245337834_oa.pdf, 21/12/2018
Scott, J., Leach, D., & Bucholz, J. L. (2008). Organizing the inclusive
classroom for grades K-3. In M. LaRocque & S. M. Darling
(Eds.), Blended Curriculum in the Inclusive K-3 Classroom:
Teaching All Young Children (Boston: Pearson Education), 91-
127.
Tomlinson, C.A. (2001) The Differentiated Classroom: Responding to
the Needs of All Learners. Association for Supervision and Cur-
riculum Development, Virginia.
UNESCO (1994). Salamanca Conference on the Framework for Ac-
tion on Special Needs education. UNESCO, Spain
412 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
UNESCO (2005). Guidelines or Inclusion: Ensuring Access to educa-
tion for All. UNESCO, France.
Wiggins, K.C., & Damore, S.J. (2006).“Survivors” or “friends”? A
framework for assessing effective collaboration. Teaching Excep-
tional Children. 38(5).49-56
17
ETHICAL CONCERNS IN GHOST-WRITING
Herbert Makinda
17.1 Abstract
Ghost-writing, which is the act of presenting of another individual’s
work or assignment as the one’s own, is gaining popularity in institu-
tions of higher learning not only in Kenya but in the world at large 538.
This truly implies that in ghost-writing the real author of a work is not
acknowledged. As a matter of fact, the authorship of such works can
rightly be referred to as pseudo-authorship. In ghost-writing the princi-
pal writer may be given little or no credit for his or her work. There is
agreement between the parties to do so. The services rendered are large-
ly for a fee. Many who engage in this practice are motivated by the de-
sire to complete their assignments without pain or stress. For others, it is
the lack of adequate skills to do the work, limited time or inadequate
support from their mentors. Ghost-writing can be distinguished from
plagiarism which is presenting another’s work as one’s own is done by
the actual author. As a fact, it also violates copyright as well. This paper
endeavours to bring forth the ethical concerns in relation to ghost-
538 Herbert Makinda is currently the Programme Executive, Globethics.net East
Africa Programme. He holds a Master of Education degree in Educational Re-
search and Evaluation and is also a PhD candidate in the same field.
414 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
writing with reference to the Kenyan context and suggests a way for-
ward for Ethics in Research and Publication in Higher Education.
17.2 Introduction
Knapp and Hulbert describe ghost-writing as the writing of material
by one person (the writer) for use by another (the client) who will be
credited with its authorship, and where both parties agree that the writ-
er’s role will be invisible to readers or hearers of the words - hence the
term ghost539. According to the Edith Cowan University540, “Ghost-
writing is the presenting of another individual’s work or assignment, as
the student’s own. Ghost-writing exists when someone has made sub-
stantial contributions to writing and this role is not mentioned.” This
truly implies that in ghost-writing the real author of a work is not
acknowledged. As a matter of fact, the authorship of such works can
rightly be referred to as pseudo-authorship. Similarly, ghost-writing ex-
plained by Jankowska is a phenomenon defined as an act of creating
a work for a client that is then publicly distributed not under the name of
the actual author, but that of the client. 541
Fusch (Fusch et alii.) goes on to argue that ghost-writing is more
commonly known and used by speech writers for presidents and politi-
cal leaders, particularly when major governmental policies are presented
to the general public such as when major legislation has passed or a sig-
539 Knapp, John C. and Azalea M. Hulbert. Ghost-writing and the Ethics of Au-
thenticity. New York: Springer Nature, 2017, v para 2.
540 Edith Cowan University, Ghost-writing. Australia: Centre for Learning and
Teaching, 2018. Retrieved from https://intranet.ecu.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf
_file/0006/498633/ghostwriting-.pdf
541 Jankowska, Marlena. On the implications of the inalienability of the right of
authorship for ghost-writing contracts. Review of Comparative Law. Vol. XVIII,
2013, 77.
Sustainable Behaviour 415
nificant congressional bill has been signed.542 In the field of academics
ghost-writing should be considered unacceptable since one takes credit
for an award of academic qualification that leads to one being commis-
sioned to do all that appertains to the qualification obtained. The ques-
tion is, ‘whose competence is such a graduate going to use in executing
their duties?’ Zheng and Cheng equating ghost-writing with plagiarism
and fabricated data wrote that medical ghost-writing reduces the credi-
bility of paper before the public. This problem may even be a threat to
public health, Lacasse and Leo argue.543
The purpose of this paper is not to give answers to the problem but
to challenge the reader to critically relook at the issue of ghost-writing
and the ethical concerns it raises thereto. This paper is anchored on
Kantian deontological perspective. This is an approach to ethics that
focuses on duties and rules. In Kant’s definition a person is a rational,
autonomous (self-directed) being with the ability to know universal,
objective moral laws and the freedom to decide to act morally.544 For
Kant, each rational being must ethically act only from a sense of duty. In
this regard, one is compelled to do good because he/she ought to. This
means therefore that the end never justifies the means. Hence, it is by
‘doing good because it is good’ that people can be moral.
According to Kant there are two types of duties or obligations name-
ly the hypothetical imperative and the categorical imperative. The dis-
tinction is that in the hypothetical imperatives one does a good deed
because he/she is fulfilling the requirements of the law and not because
it is good. In other words, one is simply following the law. However, in
542 Fusch, P. I., Ness, L. R., Booker, J. M. and Fusch, G. E. The Ethical Implica-
tions of Plagiarism and Ghost-writing in an Open Society. Journal of Social
Change. Volume 9, Issue 1, 2017, p. 57. DOI: 10.5590/JOSC.2017.09.1.04
543 Zheng, Shulun, and Jie Cheng, “Academic Ghost-writing and International
Students”, Young Scholars in Writing 12, 2015, 124-133.
544 Paton, Herbert James. The Categorical Imperative: A Study in Kant's Moral
Philosophy. Vol. 1023. University of Pennsylvania Press, 1971.
416 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the categorical imperative one ‘does good because it is good’ meaning
doing good as an obligation. This is so because Kant held that duties and
laws are absolute and unconditional. Hence, he recommended that peo-
ple ought to follow a universal, unconditional framework of guidelines
to know the correctness of actions and their moral duties.
The paper begins by presenting a cameo to illustrate the situation on
the ground. It goes on to present ethical concerns regarding ghost-
writing and then finally suggests a way forward on the issues raised.
17.3 Ghost-writing in Highers Education – A Cameo
Higher education is the apex level of formal education. Universities
are higher education institutions. In the current Kenyan education struc-
ture, higher education follows eight years of primary and four years of
secondary education. Soon this will be replaced with a structure which
covers two years of pre-primary, six years of primary, three years of
junior secondary and three years of senior secondary education in the
competency based curriculum.
It suffices to say that universities are tasked with the responsibility of
achieving three-fold functions namely teaching, research and communi-
ty service. Ogula and Onsongo545 refer to them as scientific establish-
ments and centres of learning where students experience theoretical or
applied research teaching. They go on to say that these institutions offer
courses that lead to the development of new knowledge through research
and publication done by students and lecturers. The new knowledge may
necessitate formulation of new policies and decisions geared towards the
development of society. As a matter of fact, the teaching function is by
all measures being done. However, the research function is rarely being
pursued by faculty members who complain that they have no enough
545 Ogula, Paul A. and Jane K. Onsongo. Handbook on Teaching and Learning
in Higher Education. Nairobi: CUEA Press, 2009.
Sustainable Behaviour 417
time to engage in research due to the heavy workload in the teaching
function.
The Commission for University Education in Kenya whose mandate
is to promote the objectives of university education, by regulating and
accrediting universities and programmes, among other functions has a
set criteria seen as a way of improving standards of university education.
The criteria requires masters students to publish at least one article and
PhD candidates at least two articles before graduating with a relevant
degree. Similarly, the new regulation requires that all lecturers have
earned a PhD in the relevant field, with a minimum of 24 publication
points, with 16 from refereed journal papers.
In the recent times, there is mounting pressure on both the students
especially postgraduate and the faculty members to meet the set criteria
before graduating and being appointed or promoted respectively. The
pressure to ‘Publish or Perish’ is leading towards many unethical prac-
tices in the academic arena. Many jobless people are capitalising on the
gap to earn a living. Some have opened offices where they receive or-
ders to unfortunately write term papers, projects, thesis and disserta-
tions. In the recent past it was common seeing notices on the streets and
even in university compounds adverting where one can get these ser-
vices. There are, equally, sites online where one can get the services of
these ghost-writers. The ghost-writer is engaged for an agreed fee. The
availability of these services entices those who do not want to suffer the
rigor associated with authorship and publication.
Interacting with many students who seek services of third party to
write their work, there is a sense that some of them are largely ill pre-
pared to handle the task ahead of them. Apart from lack of skill, some
suggest they lack adequate support from those charged with the respon-
sibility of supervising their works. Such candidates try to avoid the pres-
sure that mounts as a result of realising that their efforts are not meeting
418 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the required standards or that their work is not moving in the pace that
they wish that it to move.
17.4 Ethical Issues of Concern in Ghost-written Works
17.4.1 Keeping the Ethical Standards
Ethical standards are critical in research and need to be adhered to at
all times. The main purposes of scientific research are to generate new
knowledge and solve existing problems in the society. In this regard, the
knowledge produced must aim at the truth and free from error. This
means that at no time should there be a sense of fabricating and falsify-
ing data. This includes misrepresenting research data in any way to
achieve certain results. The ethical standards also take into consideration
how researchers handle and deal with their informants. It is a require-
ment that researchers protect the privacy and confidentiality of the hu-
man subjects in their studies. It is mandatory that they seek informed
consent from those they include in the studies and plan how to protect
them from both physical and psychological harm. In a like manner, it is
incumbent upon them to care for animals and the environment.
The ethical standards maintained in research also assist in the build-
ing trust that is necessary from potential donors and beneficiaries of the
research endeavours. Donors for instance are more likely to fund re-
searches that they can trust in terms of quality and integrity of results. It
is equally important to note that research is a collaborative exercise. In
this respect, different people are involved accomplishing the endeavour.
The collaboration may be both interdisciplinary and interinstitutional.
Ethical standards go a long way to facilitate the values that are vital in
such cooperation. Such values include trust, accountability, mutual re-
spect, and fairness. These includes respect for authorship guidelines,
copyright and patenting policies and data sharing policies whereby an
embargo is place on raw data for a certain agreed period of time. Such
an embargo normally affects researchers or people who were not part of
Sustainable Behaviour 419
the research team. Part of the ethical standards here covers confidentiali-
ty rules in peer review and protection of the intellectual property rights.
With this background in mind, ghost-writing abdicates all of these
standards.
17.4.2 Authorship
Authorship is defined as the state or fact of being the person who
wrote a particular book, article, play, etc.546 Picking from this definition
the words, ‘fact of being the person who wrote a particular book, arti-
cle’, etc. suggests that the author is the person who drafts the words and
content in a given piece of writing. In this regard, pseudo-authorship or
ghost-writing is not covered. Hence, the author is one who contributes
and writes to produce a work. The ICMJE recommends that authorship
be based on four criteria namely, substantial contributions to the concep-
tion or design of the work, or the acquisition, analysis, or interpretation
of data for the work; drafting the work or revising it critically for im-
portant intellectual content; final approval of the version to be published
and agreement to be accountable for all aspects of the work in ensuring
that questions related to the accuracy or integrity of any part of the work
are appropriately investigated and resolved.547 Zairil, Muhamad and
Mustapha argue that generating ideas is an important step in academic
essay writing. It suffices to say that the author whose name appears in a
ghost-written work does not participate in the generation of ideas that
546 Online Cambridge English Dictionary. Retrieved from https://dictionary.
cambridge.org/dictionary/english/authorship on 09/06/2019.
547 International Committee of Medical Journal Editors. Defining the Role of
Authors and Contributors. http://www.icmje.org/recommendations/
browse/roles-and-responsibilities/defining-the-role-of-authors-and-contributors
on 02/06/2019
420 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
form the content of the text548. The pseudo-author takes undue credit for
a work that is not theirs. The question is, ‘Who takes credit for the au-
thorship?’
17.4.3 Copyright Issues
Related to authorship is the concept of copyright. Copyright is the
exclusive legal right to reproduce, publish, and sell the matter and form
of a literary or artistic work. According to the copyright act charter 130,
Laws of Kenya article 23 ownership of the copyright of literary work
one write has a validity period of the length of the person’s life plus
50 years, as long as it was not done for an employer or commissioned as
work for hire.
Jankowska adds that:
In the theory of law, it has been commonly stated that a legal
norm can only be held binding when it complies with commonly
approved moral and social norms. Ghost-writing appears to have
escaped this rule and, because of its practical significance, effec-
tively casts a shadow over the principle of the inalienability of
the right to authorship, introduced not only to the Berne Conven-
tion in article 6bis, but also to numerous national copyright acts.549
Authorship in this regards ends up in the hands of one who never had
any contribution to the work in question. This is regarded as dishonesty
and cheating in academic arena. The motive for authorship of this nature
is equally in question. Similarly, one wonders, ‘Is there any innovation
from the one who takes credit for the work?’
548 Zaiyadi, Z. A., Abdullah, E., Muhamad, S. H., and Mustapha, G. (2016).
Creative thinking in academic essay writing. GLIT E-Journal on Information
Technology and Language Practice. 2. 11 - 16.
549 op. cit. p. 83.
Sustainable Behaviour 421
17.4.4 Intellectual Property Rights
According to the World International Property Organisation550, Intel-
lectual property rights allow creators, or owners, of patents, trademarks
or copyrighted works to benefit from their own work or investment in a
creation. It goes on to state that these rights are outlined in article 27 of
the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, which provides for the right
to benefit from the protection of moral and material interests resulting
from authorship of scientific, literary or artistic productions. In ghost-
writing the actual author is either not acknowledged or minimally rec-
ognised in the work. Does the true author benefit from their own work?
For argument sake one would say that the ghost-writer is doing their
work for a fee and therefore receive the monetary benefit. Nevertheless,
the question that one asks is, ‘Who owns the intellectual property
rights?’
17.4.5 Knowledge of the Content (Pseudo-Writer)
Authorship is an inalienable right as mentioned earlier. Through it
the authors draft the content of their ideas and take responsibility for the
knowledge they disseminate. The academician or student who employs
the services of a third party to author a work violates this right. The
question is, ‘Does the author have knowledge of the content?’ Despite
the fact that they take credit for the published work, they lack the
knowledge of the content therein. At times they may revise the work and
internalise it but even then they are not the original thinkers and source
of the knowledge. Their readers quote or cite them in deception. Aca-
demic honesty requires giving credit where it is due.
550 World International Property Organisation. What is Intellectual Property
Right? Retrieved from https://www.wipo.int/edocs/pubdocs/en/
intproperty/450/wipo_pub_450.pdf on 02/06/2019
422 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
17.4.6 Integrity Issues
Integrity is the quality of being honest and having solid ethical prin-
ciples. It means following one’s ethical principles and doing the right
thing at all times. One who has integrity is true to oneself and can never
do anything that would degrade or dishonour them. Ghost-writing vio-
lates that dignity. This is so because in ghost-writing one gains credit for
what they have not achieved. The question is, ‘What is the integrity of
the author? Is it an issue of reaping from where one did not sow?’
17.5 Way Forward for Ethics in Research and Publica-
tion in Higher Education
It is clearly evident that ghost-writing is academic dishonesty and
therefore cannot be permissible. The fact that this practice has gained
popularity among those who desire quick and stress free completion of
assignments, measures to counter it need to be put in place. This would
also include ensuring that all who the concerned are sufficiently made
aware of the consequences of academic dishonesty of any kind. At the
moment, to counter the practice institutions of higher learning have
come up or put up strict measures such as suspension or expulsion for
offenders. However, this only applies to those who are discovered. The
big question is, ‘Is it possible to discover that one has not done the work
themselves?’ We argue that the answer to this question is, ‘Yes.’ This is
achievable if the works presented by students especially their theses and
dissertations are thoroughly scrutinised by other scholars in a rigorous
way. The supervisors of such works can also make an attempt to corre-
late or compare the language used and determine whether it sounds like
the expressions of the said author.
To mitigate against the temptation to engage the services of a third
party to write for one an academic paper or assignment, we suggest that
the potential authors need to start their work early. Procrastination is a
thief of time. This leads to pressure of meeting the deadlines pile which
Sustainable Behaviour 423
may weigh down the author hence making then to seek short cuts. Start-
ing the work early will enable one avoid the pressure towards meeting
the deadline. It also equally reduces the temptation to copy and paste
other authors’ works for those who do it themselves.
Apart from pressure to finish and submit their work on time, students
are forced to engage the services of ghost-writers because they feel that
they lack the skill to do a good job and achieve good results in the as-
signment. It is therefore imperative on the administration of the various
schools and faculties to ensure that the students are properly taught and
guided in academic writing. In this regard, those charged with the re-
sponsibility of guiding the candidates should perhaps take the role of
mentors rather than supervisors in discharging their duties. For these to
happen effectively, it should be mandatory for all teachers and faculty
members to continuously be trained so that they can channel the same to
the students. It is well said in Latin language, “Nemo dat quod non
habet” (translated as follow: “You cannot give what you do not have”).
Consequently, the teachers should guide the candidates towards doing a
good job and encourage them to publish in collaboration with them sec-
tions of the accomplished work.
More importantly there is need to educate students and all potential
writers/authors about the ethical obligations when conducting research
and publishing. However, it would still depend on one following their
conscience to do the right thing because it is the right thing to do. That
conscience must therefore be well informed and formed.
424 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
17.6 Bibliography
Cohen, L., Manion, L., and Morrison, K. Research methods in educa-
tion (6th ed.). New York:Taylor & Francis Group, 2007
Cohen, L., Manion, L., and Morrison, K. Research methods in educa-
tion (8th ed.). New York: Taylor & Francis Group, 2018
Edith Cowan University, Ghost-writing. Australia: Centre for Learning
and Teaching, 2018. Retrieved from https://intranet.ecu.edu.au/
__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/498633/ghostwriting-.pdf
Fusch, P. I., Ness, Lawrence R., Booker, Janet M. and Fusch, Gene E.
The Ethical Implications of Plagiarism and Ghost-writing in an
Open Society. Journal of Social Change. Volume 9, Issue 1,
2017, p. 57. DOI: 10.5590/JOSC.2017.09.1.04
International Committee of Medical Journal Editors. Defining the Role
of Authors and Contributors. http://www.icmje.org/
recommendations/browse/roles-and-responsibilities/defining-the-
role-of-authors-and-contributors on 02/06/2019
Jankowska, Marlena. On the implications of the inalienability of the
right of authorship for ghost-writing contracts. Review of Com-
parative Law. Vol. XVIII, 2013, p. 77.
Knapp, John C. and Azalea M. Hulbert. Ghost-writing and the ethics
of authenticity. New York: Springer Nature, 2017, v para 2.
Kemp, J. Kant's Examples of the Categorical Imperative. The Philo-
sophical Quarterly, 1950, Vol. 8, No. 30 (Jan., 1958), pp. 63-71.
Retrieved from https://www.jstor.org/stable/2216857 on
04/06/2019
Ogula, Paul A. and Jane K. Onsongo. Handbook on Teaching and
Learning in Higher Education. Nairobi: CUEA Press, 2009.
Online Cambridge English Dictionary. Retrieved from
https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/authorship on
09/06/2019.
Sustainable Behaviour 425
Paton, Herbert James. The Categorical Imperative: A Study in Kant's
Moral Philosophy. Vol. 1023, University of Pennsylvania Press,
1971.
Rich, Karen L. Introduction to Ethics. http://samples.jbpub.com/
9781449649005/22183_CH01_Pass3.pdf
World International Property Organisation. What is Intellectual Prop-
erty Right? Retrieved from https://www.wipo.int/edocs/
pubdocs/en/intproperty/450/wipo_pub_450.pdf on 02/06/2019
Zayadi, A. Z., Abdullah, E., Muhamad, S. H., and Mustapha, G.
(2016). Creative thinking in academic essay writing. GLIT E-
Journal on Information Technology and Language Practice,
2. 11 - 16.
Zheng, Shulun, and Jie Cheng. Academic Ghost-writing and Interna-
tional Students. Young Scholars in Writing 12, 2015, 124-133.
D
RESEARCH ETHICS AND ENVIRONMENT
18
ETHICS AND ENVIRONMENT
AN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVE
Wandera Conrad
18.1 Abstract
In this article the author presents from African background one of
current issues that have been debated upon both locally and internation-
ally in conferences551. A factor to consider when streamlining ethics in
higher education is the question of ethics and environment. Ethics and
environment are areas of study which have left many scholars, govern-
ments and professionals divided in their different points of view and
approaches. This is the case in particular when it comes to the discourse
about unethical human activities and its impacts on environment like
global warming and its many causes and diverse consequences. This
chapter is intended to make a contribution to the debate on these two
vital areas of human life: destruction of ethics and environment pose a
big threat to peaceful coexistence in the universe as a whole and vice
versa. Keywords: Ethics and environment.
551 Wandera Conrad AJ (Fr.) is currently a second year Doctoral student at
Catholic University Eastern African, in department of Moral Theology Faculty
of Theology.
430 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
18.2 Introduction
The contribution we make in this article has been inspired by the on-
going discussions on the subject matter of ethics and environment better
still environmental ethics and the realities on the ground in Africa. Our
aim is to draw awareness to scholars, students and all stakeholders in
streamlining ethics in higher education. The world is now a global
village therfor irresponsible human activity in a single part of the world
could eventually impact negatively on the global scale. This leads us to
the view of rational animals. So far human beings regard themselves as
the only rational beings who can be held accountable for the various
actions they undertake in their endeavor to lead a happy life, with excep-
tions of few cases like the insane. In Africa human conducts were ori-
ented according to the wisdom of the sages in daily living in society and
in relationship to the environment. Our article consists of: - an introduc-
tion, - the definition of terms. The body is further divided into five parts:
- traditional African view of environment, - ethical preservation of envi-
ronment, - current environmental challenges, - consequences in Africa,
- the ways towards an African environmental ethics.
18.3 Definition of Terms
We need to clarify the terms ethics and environment, starting
with ethics. Philosophical ethics is the study of the existence of as well
as the content of any such norm of a universal character. We can define
it as the systematic study of human actions from the point of view of
their rightness or wrongness as means for the achievement of man’s
ultimate happiness.552 However etymologically the word ethics is de-
rived from the Greek word ethos (character), and from the Latin word
552 Gichure, Christine W. Basic Concepts in Ethics: With an Outline of Different
Methods in Contemporary Moral Philosophy, Nairobi: Focus Books, 1997, 16.
Ethics and Environment 431
mores (customs). Together, they combine to define how individuals
choose to interact with one another.553 Fagothey argues that; we judge
that such conduct is not only customary but right, that to deviate from it
would be wrong, that it results not from arbitrary whim but from some
fixed principles in human nature. These are morals, and it is with these
alone that ethics deals. Hence ethics is the study of right and wrong in
human conduct.554 We can consider Fagothey’s definition that: Ethics is
the practical normative science of the rightness and wrongness of human
conduct as known by natural reason.555 We may consider yet another
view, when narrowly defined according to its original use, ethics is a
branch of philosophy that used to study ideal human behavior and ideal
ways of being. The approaches to ethics and the meanings of related
concepts have varied over time among philosophers and ethicists. For
example, Aristotle believed that “ideal behaviours were practices that
lead to the end goal of eudaimonia, which is synonymous with a high
level of happiness or well-being.”556 So we grant that ethics deals human
conducts, in which a person is held accountable according to societal
norms.
From African understanding we contend that Traditional African
heritage has communal understanding of ethics as cultural norms, cus-
toms or ideals which are clan based or of ethnic group. It is passed orally
through the local languages, signs and symbols that are well defined by
elders for peaceful existence of individuals within themselves, with oth-
er people in the society, elders, ancestors, Supreme Being, animals,
plants and everything else. Along the same line Wangari Maathai noted
that; “the African people's heritage is their historical record which has
553 https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/ethics (accessed 25 September 2018).
554 Fagothey, Austin. Right and Reason Ethics in Theory Practice 2nd ed., North
Carolina: TAN Books, 1959, 20.
555 Ibid.
556 Rich, Karen L. http://samples.jbpub.com/9781449649005/22183_
CH01_Pass3.pdf (accessed 25 September 2018).
432 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
been passed from one generation to another and which directs communi-
ties in times of peace, insecurity and in times of birth, life and death.
This heritage gives them self-identity, self-confidence and self-respect.
It allows them to be in harmony with their physical and spiritual envi-
ronment. It is the basis for their personal peace, or lack of it.”557 The
human conducts of community members have to measure up with cul-
tural norms or else their action or omissions will result in negative con-
sequences that affect the individuals themselves and sometimes their
families, clans and the whole geographical areas depending on gravity of
the human behaviour. Due to such dare consequences the individual
would die rather than be the cause of the community suffering due to
their human acts.
While environment is defined as the surroundings or conditions in
which a person, animal, or plant lives or operates; in some cases there is
a single simplistic view referring to the environment to mean green veg-
etation, commonly found among NGOs and some government agencies.
Whereby environmental campaigners put focus only on planting trees,
which is just a part of the wider complex. Our understanding of envi-
ronment here is broader to encompass the whole ecosystem, human be-
ings in relationship to animals, plants, land, minerals, and atmosphere.
So applying ethics and environment we are taking into consideration
good use and protection of our natural surroundings for harmonious co-
existence. Let us take another view of environmental ethics in the west-
ern approach for the sake of clarity of the terms.
Environmental ethics examines the moral basis of environmental re-
sponsibility. Most people today recognize that we need to be environ-
mentally responsible. Toxic waste contaminates ground water, oil spills
destroy shorelines, fossil fuels produce carbon dioxide gas that adds to
557 Maathai, Wangari https://www.greenbeltmovement.org/wangari-maathai/
key-speeches-and-articles/bottleknecks-to-development-in-africa (accessed 29
September 2018).
Ethics and Environment 433
global warming, and use of fluorocarbon gasses depletes the earth’s pro-
tecting ozone layer. The goal of environmental ethics is not merely to
convince us that we should be concerned about the environment, but
explain the moral foundation of environmental responsibility and how
far this responsibility extends.558As Fieser contends that there are three
distinct theories of moral responsibility to the environment:
The first being anthropocentric, or human centered, it sees responsi-
bility as derived from human interests alone, the assumption being that
only human beings are morally significant person with a direct moral
standing. Because the environment is crucial to human well-being and to
human survival, then we have an indirect duty toward the environment –
that is a duty derived from human interests. A second general approach
to environmental responsibility is an extension of the animal rights view,
which maintains that higher animals are moral persons. If at least some
animals qualify as morally significant persons, then our responsibility
toward the environment also hinges on the environmental interests of
these animals. The third and most radical approach to environmental
responsibility called eco-centrism, maintains that the environment de-
serves direct moral consideration, not one that is merely derived from
human (and animals) interests.559
It is interesting to discover that the responsibility to the environment
is contained in African traditional heritage wisdom in different cultures
separately with some similarities in attempts to justify the necessity to
care for the environment. However human centered view seems to be
outstanding. The next section we are going to consider African thought
on the environment.
558 Fieser, James, Metaethics, Normative ethics, and Applied Ethics: Historical
and Contemporary Reading, Wadsworth: Cengage Learning, 2000, 480.
559 Metaethics, Normative ethics, and Applied Ethics, ibid. 480.
434 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
18.4 Traditional African Heritage View of Environment
“Africa” should be used to refer to sub Saharan lands and their in-
habitants. S. K. Gitau correctly acknowledged that in traditional African
societies, people lived in a religious universe where human beings and
nature were partners. This perhaps explains why environment as a term,
has no single direct translation in most African languages and dialects.
To Africans, environment implies totality of life. In other words, neither
the sacred nor the secular existed as a separate entity.560 For Kinoti, gen-
eral African world-view recognizes the fundamental unity of the differ-
ent realms which constitute the African cosmos. It is a universe made up
of the supernatural and spiritual realities, the human society, animals,
plants and all other realities.561 From African traditional heritage we
come to interact with African world view which was transmitted orally
within the family (clan) from generation to generation. “The basis of
kinship, in Africa as elsewhere, is descent from an ancestor. The most
widespread descent group is known as the clan, which can be either pat-
rilineal or matrilineal.”562 The author of everyculture.com/Africa-
Middle-East continued to explain that: the members of the former type
of clan (patrilineal) comprise all those who are born from a single
founding ancestor through the male line only; those of the latter (matri-
lineal) comprise all those born from a single founding ancestor or ances-
tress through the female line only. A patrilineal structure is far more
560 Gitau, Samson K. The Environmental Crisis. A Challenge for African Chris-
tianity, Nairobi: Acton Publishers, 2000, 33.
561 Hannah W. Kinoti, “African Morality: Past and Present” in: Jesse Mugambi
N .K./ Anne Nasimiyu-Wasike, (eds.) Moral and Ethical issues in African: Ex-
ploratory Essays in Moral Theology, 2nd ed.. Nairobi: ACTON Publishers, 1999,
73-82, 76.
562 https://www.everyculture.com/Africa-Middle-East/Introduction-to-Africa-
Family-Kinship-and-Domestic-Groupings.html#ixzz5SIFOFavL (accessed 27
September 2018).
Ethics and Environment 435
common in Africa than a matrilineal, which is limited mainly to parts of
Zambia and Malawi, in central Africa, and to Ghana and Ivory Coast, in
western Africa. Regardless of the means of descent, authority in the
family and elsewhere is always formally held by men; therefore, men
have domestic authority in both patrilineal and matrilineal families
(formal matriarchy is unknown in Africa).563 To get a good grasp of an
African perspective of ethics and environment we have to appreciate
African past, the present and future. Much as many changes take place,
there is still continuity of land and the world view from our ancestors.
As S. K. Gitau further explains that; “moreover the African sense of
community, based on clan system ensured security, justice and social
welfare to all members of the society. It is true there were murderers,
adulterous, thieves, witches, liar, sorcerers and disrespective people.
However, several mechanisms were deployed to ensure that evil deeds
were met with justice and minimized.”564 In addition to that Gitau con-
tinued to argue that, traditional education was particularly important in
that it inserted in the lives of individuals as to the relevant duties, re-
sponsibilities and taboos. Morality of the society was taught and also the
consequences of doing evil. The popular belief therefore was that what-
ever an individual did was bound to affect the community either for
good or for worse.565 A similar view is shared Silvana Bottignole who
acknowledges that in fact, the sense of the sacredness permeates every
act of the traditional life. From childhood the Kikuyu grew up in an en-
vironment that helped them to learn the basic beliefs and values of their
tribe. This happened especially through the teaching of legends and
563 Ibid.
564 Gitau, Samson K. The Environmental Crisis. A Challenge for African Chris-
tianity, 34.
565 Ibid. 34.
436 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
proverbs, and sometimes through participation in sacred rituals.566 The
African world view is of communitarian spirit or interrelationship in the
universe whereby we have mankind who seek close relationship with the
Supreme Being, ancestral spirits, elders, human society, animals, plants,
minerals and everything else.
Each ethnic groups and clans had more or less similar ways express-
ing this interrelationship with universe for harmonious existence. For
example Bottignole expounds that the weight of communal factor in the
Kikuyu religion is particularly emphasized by the fundamental ethic
which governs everyday life. The communal sense on which the life
hinges is not only limited to communion with parents and relatives, but
it encourages communion with all living beings and with creation and
such a communion extends to the souls of the deceased. The duties of
hospitality, solidarity, sharing and respect for the leaders and authority
are sacred. Every form of individualism and, even, of introspection is
banished. Therefore the man, within his family, clan and age-group, is
the center of everything. All creation is at his service: the earth and its
fruits, animals, the sun and the rain, the rocks and the rivers. But the
creator of all this is Ngai and to Him alone one must give the supreme
worship.567
A similar narratives run across most African ethnic cultures. The Su-
preme Being was and is still in some places worshiped in sacred places
in big mountains, forests, hills, lakes and rivers. Thus those areas are of
great concern for every member of the clan and ethnic group. That
meant that the areas should be maintained in their natural settings as
much as possible and only visited in times of necessities like worship,
offering of sacrifices and big community ceremonies like thanking giv-
566 Bottignole, Silvana, Kikuyu Traditional culture and Christianity: Self Exami-
nation of an African Church, Nairobi: Heinemann Educational Books, 1984, 31-
32.
567 Ibid. 37.
Ethics and Environment 437
ing after a good harvest. All the limitations are in the view of strong
relationship Supreme Being and the dwelling places in relation to human
beings and other natures in their awesome appearance. However, in a
book edited by M. Kirwen, African Cultural Knowledge, he argues that
God is approached through worship and prayer. This can be done at any
time and place, by going to God’s sacred dwelling places found in
mountains, trees and lakes, sacrifices, offerings and rituals as means of
appeasing God when God is discontented with us, through intermediar-
ies such as ancestors.568 It is important to note that African cultures have
similarities and differences according to different ethnic groups; to some
ethnic groups Supreme Being is not approached at any time in any place,
by any person. There are also restricted areas for the mediators only,
which has a positive impact on environmental protection.
The family unites are identified with the extended family and a par-
ticular clan in an ethnic group. In most cases each clan is named after a
certain animal or totem which is sacred to clan and they protect one an-
other, in other words have special relationship, of trust and doing no
harm. The example of a clan, whose totem is a big snake can be men-
tioned. Under no circumstances should any one kill any snake, when he
or she comes across, but understand the message and allow the snake to
proceed peaceful with the journey or if need be feed it. This is still a
common practice in Eastern Uganda who has a clan whose totem is a big
snake and among the Baganda of Buganda Kingdom the different clans
are named after animals or plants which they take pride to introduce
themselve with. As Charles Mukasa rightly observed:
“Each clan has a totem (omuziro) and a minor totem (akabbiro).
Most totems are animals or plants but there are few exceptions.
Baganda started with 6 original (Nnansangwa) clans: (Lugave–
Pangolin, Mmamba–Lungfish, Ngeye-Colobus monkey, Njaza–
568 Michael Kirwen, (ed.), African Cultural Knowledge: Themes and Embedded
Beliefs, Nairobi: MIAS Books, 2005, 5.
438 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Reedbuck, Nyonyi Nnyange-Cattle egret and Fumbe-Civet
cat.)”569
In these totems we are interested in the family relationship with oth-
ers animals or plant lives and the level of respect involved to conserve
nature in such a diverse community spirit or family inclusivity. To the
benefit of human persons, animals, plants and the Supreme Being, a
world of harmony with nurture. It is more than just respect to environ-
ment but establishing intrinsic relationship hitherto correlation. It is not
just by accident that tourists still find wild life attractive in many corners
in Africa. Community ethics has played a role in conserving nature in
Africa the mother land of humanity and animals.
In an ethnic group there are many clans who identify with different
totems to ensure peaceful relationship with such animal, or birds mean-
ing no killing or eating them and also in turn peaceful relationship with
other clans who can be called to take care of their clan totem when iden-
tified in other clan areas. Traditional African heritage was also very rich
in preserving vegetation as an important aspect of the environment.
Throughout Africa, one comes across some sacred tree. Such trees are
mythical and had to be preserved under all circumstances. There were
also sacred groves among the different African societies. Among the
Kikuyu, for instance, there was the Mugumo and Mukuyu (fig) trees.
Usually, sacrifices to the creator were conducted under fig trees. It was a
taboo for one to cut down these sacred trees or take shelter under them.
This wisdom of viewing particular plant species as sacred assisted great-
ly in ensuring their survival and subsequent propagation.570 In fact with
arrivals of missionaries most churches started under big trees and as well
569 Mukasa, Charles, http://ttabamiruka.com/bagandaclans/Baganda_Clans_
Primer-Edition2.0.pdf (accessed 25 September 2018).
570 The Environmental Crisis, ibid. 34-35.
Ethics and Environment 439
as meetings were also carried out under trees hence conserving the plant
life.
Sources of water, forests, big trees, mountains, hills can be sacred
places that should be related to with care. If not, any misconduct spoils
the relationship which impacts negatively on the human society and the
wider environment. It developed a sense of common good for common
course to be protected and preserved by each and every one in the socie-
ty.
The traditional African heritage developed the world view of univer-
sal brotherhood with nature, and of oneness, communion, interrelation-
ship and peaceful interaction for promotion of life (not death and de-
structions). This is still the case in many rural areas in Africa. In urban
centers on the contrary, African heritage value can be considered as a
limiting factor, where people coming from different cultural back-
grounds, are exerting pressure on land and environment. Holders of true
African values would be in fear of transgressing them because of the
consequences, a kind of cultural boomerang, which could be explained
in cause and effect relationships. Like one buys a piece of land which is
a wetland and uses it to construct rental houses due to high demand of
accommodation then certain misfortunes follows or occupants experi-
ence no peace living in such an environment.
18.5 Ethical Preservation of Environment
In African traditional heritage view it is a moral responsibility and
unwritten law in each and every individual member of the community to
put into good use the natural resources and preserve the environment.
One’s own conscience, elders and natural forces would convict and nat-
urally punish the transgressor and the community at large. So it is not
only individual who will suffer the consequences of the wrong doing but
even the large community will be affected by the natural justice when
nature fights back. That is why there was a lot of ritual practices to
440 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
cleanse persons who have been unethical in their conduct through sacri-
fices in an effort to save the community from the consequences that
would result from such behavior. Unethical behaviour of the individuals
towards the environment in some cases would result into pests and dis-
eases, drought or excessive rains like a case in point burning of grazing
lands before the due season.
The call to preserve and protect the environment lay heavily on the
community’s shoulders. It calls for the right things to be done immedi-
ately or remotely. But it is just a question of time and of the building up
of similar cases, because of interconnectedness perceived by African
traditional heritage world view. Example commonly given is to not
throw stones in a lake because it may well provoke aquatic animals to
attack the stone thrower and others. The moral of the story is to preserve
the environment for peaceful coexistence.
In most African communities you will find men and women who
have been trained, either through apprenticeship or by deep mystical
experiences, to diagnose, treat, cure and ward off anything that might
harm one’s life. Their instruments of healing are various types of medi-
cine made with roots, leaves, minerals and dried parts of animals togeth-
er with special rituals for healing and warding off evils.571 Harming the
environment would make herbal medicine to disappear for good within a
given geographical area or people to migrate to the next village due to
bad relationship of the people with environment. As consequence, espe-
cially in case of sickness, entire communities question their relation to
nature, as someone would be considered as losing life simply because of
the bad relationship with environment. Michael Kirwen noted that; the
herbalist in the minds of the people are seen as doctors of African medi-
cine in contrast to the doctors who were trained in Western medicine.
Presently, both kinds of doctors have their roles to play; if one type of
doctor does not bring relief, then the other is consulted. For example, at
571 Michael Kirwen, ed. African Cultural Knowledge, Ibid., 170.
Ethics and Environment 441
Bugando hospital in Mwanza, Tanzania, major district referral hospital,
a survey a number of years ago showed that 90% of the three hundred
out-patients seen on a daily basis had already used local African medi-
cines, or were going to use them if the hospital medicine were not effec-
tive.572 The availability of herbal medicine presupposes for the members
of a community to have good relationship with plants, animal and nature
in general.
18.6 Current African Environmental Challenges
18.6.1 Global Warming
From the African tradition heritage wisdom experience tells us that
there are many changes witnessed in the recent past in connection with
weather patterns, going to extremes of prolonged dry season or wet sea-
son. This leads us to current wave of climatic changes. Climate
change refers to significant, long-term changes in the global climate.
The global climate is the connected system of sun, earth and oceans,
wind, rain and snow, forests, deserts and savannas, and everything peo-
ple do, too. The climate of a place, say New York, can be described as
its rainfall, changing temperatures during the year and so on. 573 The re-
ality of climate change brings to surface global warming. According to
warmheartworldwide.org:
“Global warming is the slow increase in the average temperature
of the earth’s atmosphere because an increased amount of the en-
ergy (heat) striking the earth from the sun is being trapped in the
atmosphere and not radiated out into space. The earth’s atmos-
phere has always acted like a greenhouse to capture the sun’s
572 Ibid., 170.
573https://warmheartworldwide.org/climatechange/?gclid=EAIaIQobChMIlfa3n
qXd3QIVlPdRCh1nBAjBEAAYASAAEgLKSPD_BwE (accessed 28 September
2018).
442 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
heat, ensuring that the earth has enjoyed temperatures that per-
mitted the emergence of life forms as we know them, including
humans574.”
Heat is energy and when you add energy to any system changes oc-
cur. Because all systems in the global climate system are connected,
adding heat energy causes the global climate as a whole to change.
However for some reasons there is no general consensus to the reali-
ty of global warming which is already being felt in Africa in the unex-
plainable changes of seasons from the original pattern of planting season
with onset of rains from a specific time, and harvest time marking the
beginning of dry season. In one of my journeys to the rural parts of
Eastern Uganda the local people have developed a slogan of warning
each about the climatic changes by reminding the community members
that: “These days when you just wait for traditional seasons you will not
harvest anything.” The farmers adjust to global warming by preparing
the farming lands in bits and planting in small scales so as to avoid
heavy losses from the extremes weather condition. The important thing
that matters for them now is to plant something with each appearance of
any little rains hence their crops are growing at times out of season with
great difficulty of the harsh weather conditions. The recent losses of
herds of animals among pastoralist communities in Kenya are due to
prolonged drought which can be attributed to effects of global warming.
18.6.2 Influence of Globalization
Globalization is a process of interaction and integration among the
people, companies, and governments of different nations, a process
driven by international trade and investment and aided by information
technology. This process has effects on the environment, on culture, on
political systems, on economic development and prosperity, and on hu-
574 Ibid.
Ethics and Environment 443
man physical well-being in societies around the world.575 For Ana Marta
González acknowledged that; indeed, while it is clear that economic
processes of a global import, media-culture promotion of certain sort of
values, family policies designed by international institutions, are influ-
encing people’s life-styles and family law in African countries, it is less
clear what relative weight we should ascribe to each of these factors, to
characterize both the real life and the cultural ideals which inspire Afri-
can families.576 Through globalization western culture has either influ-
enced African way of life, which treat Western life style as superior and
worthy of copying, or as a way of life related to the destruction of Afri-
can traditional heritage cultural valves and the environment at large.
Many consider that discarding African cultural values which are envi-
ronmental friendly means no care for environment thus self-destruction.
Human being exists within space and time and so do ideals and anthro-
pological contexts.
As Julie Hanlon Rubio noted; key contemporary changes to the
companionate marriage model include declining birth and marriage
rates, rising cohabitation and divorce rates, increasing gender equity and
support for the rights for same sex couple. In view of these changes,
many identify a worldwide movement away from institutional marriage
(supported and controlled by family, community, and the state) to com-
panionate marriage in which the relationship to the spouse is more im-
portant than the concerns of extended family and extends beyond the
raising of children.577 All these contemporary changes mount pressure
on the African cultural values and the environment which is defenseless
575 www.globalization101.org/what-is-globalization/ (accessed 25 June 2018).
576 González, Ana Marta, www.socialtrendsinstitute.org/experts.../family-
structures-and-globalization-in-africa (accessed 25 June 2018).
577 Hanlon Rubio, Julie “Identity, Reciprocity, and Familial Relations A Vision
of Marriage for Twenty-Century Christians: Intimacy, Reciprocity, and Identi-
ty.” In: Keenan, James F. (ed.), Catholic Theological Ethics, Past, Present, and
Future the Trento Conference, NY: Orbis Book, 2011, 210-223, 211.
444 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
before these ideologies insensitive to the polite of African people and
their environment. Therefore Bansikiza rightly warns that; “the family
should not sacrifice its good socio-ethical and spiritual values in the
name of modern civilization and development and thus lose the best of
its patrimony.”578 Globalization is a big threat to the continuity of Afri-
can family values and environmental ethics for the future generations. It
demands consulted effort to promote African Christian family in the
face such danger. Bansikiza further acknowledged that “Globalization
undoubtedly poses frightening challenges the Christian family in Africa.
Its formidable nature should nevertheless diminish its significance.”579
In African traditional heritage family settings is the school where cultur-
al value and care for environment are transmitted from generation to
generation. Possible errosion of African family values may backfires to
the culture of the people and their relationship with the environment.
The current changes in African family system affect the clan system and
ethnics groups rather negatively and by extension ethics and environ-
ment at large.
18.6.3 Urbanization
Sociologically, urbanization is the process of human settlement in
towns and cities. Some scholars have suggested that patterns of human
settlement tend to evolve progressively from villages through towns to
cities and city clusters.580 Africa can be groups in areas of; rural areas,
578 Bansikiza, Constance, “A Christian Family: An Educational Peace Building
Institution in Africa” in: African Christian Studies vol. 28, no. 4, CUEA Publi-
cations June 2012, 7-19, 13.
579 Bansikiza, Constance, “Challenges facing the Christian Family in Africa
Today” in: Lukwata, John (ed.), Search for New Paradigms for Evangelisation
in the 21st Century, Nairobi: CUEA Press, 2013, 133-162, 146.
580 Mugambi, Jesse N. K. From Liberation to Reconstruction African Christian
Theology after the Cold War, Nairobi: East African Education Publishers Ltd,
1995, 58.
Ethics and Environment 445
semi-rural and urban areas. Urbanization is the social process by which
people acquire material and non-material elements of culture, behavior
and ideas that originate in, or are distinctive of the city or town. Urbani-
zation can therefore affect rural areas. In Africa it does this through the
‘rural- urban continuum’ or interdependence of rural and urban areas.581
Urbanization is also associated with industrialization and pollution of
the environment from industrial waste products. Benezeri Kisembo et al
argued that the migration labour system is frequently blamed for the
high rate of marital breakdowns in South Africa, particularly in urban
areas.582 Urbanization is the reason why clan members leave their kins-
men in the rural areas to base themselves in towns and cities hence there
are generations who are born in urban centers who do not know their
mother tongues, cultural valves or which clan they belong to. This has
greatly weakened African traditional heritage and moral fabric and fur-
ther affected environmental protection mechanism. To those who do not
valve richness contained in the wisdom of African traditional heritage
reject wholesale as outdated and primitive in preference to western cul-
ture regarded as modern. As a community a saying goes, a person with-
out a culture is like a tree without roots. Push and pull factors attracting
the young generations to urban centers has created a lot of human popu-
lation pressure on the environments in African urban centers leading
informal settlements and destruction of wetland areas surrounding urban
centers.
18.6.4 Individualism
Individualism extolls the value of the individual, his individual liber-
ty against authority, his individual activity against social activity; it may
attribute to the human person qualities which it does not have. Individu-
581 Shorter, Aylward, African Culture, An Overview Socio-cultural Anthropolo-
gy, Nairobi: Paulines Publications Africa, 1998, 35.
582 Kisembo, Benezeri / Laurenti, Magesa / Shorter, Aylward, African Christian
Marriage, Nairobi: Paulines Publication Africa, 1998, 64.
446 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
alism is based on the principle that man is sufficient unto himself (autar-
chy) and responsible to himself (autonomy). One’s own conscience is
the only criterion of good and evil.583 This is contrary traditional African
communitarian spirit, where the individual persons would only find their
happiness in the community good. Due to the increasing high levels of
individualism, it has generated a lot of greed, corruption and distraction
of environment, so long as the individual apparently benefits at the ex-
pense/ cost of the community. Because the individual persons do not
consider first the environmental impact of their actions to the communi-
ty but put first their individual benefit and in most cases it is costly to
the communities now in relationship to environmental conservation.
On the other hand, ‘equal consideration needs to be given to the
growing danger represented by an extreme individualism which weak-
ens family bonds and ends up considering each member of the family as
an isolated unit, leading in some cases to idea that one’s personality is
shaped by his or her desires, which are considered absolute.’ The tension
created by an overly individualistic culture, caught up with possessions
and pleasure, leads to intolerance and hostility in families.584 Along the
same line “growing individualism has led the family to find some chal-
lenges in parenting”585; whereby in African cultural value system par-
ents lead by example as they transmit the African cultural values to their
young ones who will take care of them, elders and environment in old
age. Bansikiza rightly puts it that; an increasing loss of fundamental
socio-ethical, the weakening of family bonds and solidarity all contrib-
ute to a general destabilization.586 Individualism in African setting needs
583 Palazzini, Pietro, “Individualism” in: Roberti, Francesco (ed.), The Diction-
ary of Moral Theology, Westminister: The Newman Press, 1963, 619-621, 619.
584 Francis, Apostolic Exhortation the Joy of love Amoris laetitia, (19 March
2016), no. 33.
585 Jeketule, Jacob Soko, “The Balancing Act of work and Bringing-Up Chil-
dren” in: Hekima Review, no. 55 December 2016, 140-150, 141.
586 “A Christian Family: An Education Peace Building Institution”, ibid., 13.
Ethics and Environment 447
to dialogue with traditional African heritage value of communitarian
spirit. Otherwise it risks turning into the rule of the jungle survival for
the fittest. And it is destructive to the environment and with time even to
the fittest in the long run.
18.6.5 Investors
The ever rising number of both local and international investors in
African lands who are motivated by profit maximization begs a question
on how business ethics would correlate with environmental ethics. Take
case studies of the multi-national business companies operating in all the
corners of Africa, subject them to international standards of environ-
mental ethics and their current relationship with the hosting African
communities leaves a lot to be desired. Whether it is mining in war torn
areas in Democratic Republic of Congo, or Petroleum oil wells in Nige-
ria, the presence of many mineral deposits in different parts of Africa
and the manner in which their extraction and disposal of waste manage-
ment are concerned, call for ethics and integrity to rescue human beings
and ecological system. Taking into consideration cost vis-à-vis benefit,
whether the said investment is beneficial to the local population or it is
costly to them, African ethics would take into account first the commu-
nity wellbeing. Not so long there was a big debate in Uganda that caught
that attention of the media both locally and internationally. An investor
had showed serious interest to turn Mabira national forest into sugar
cane plantation and local population could not support such a business
idea and it left many people lost for words. Call it African mentality or
African ethics for many years helped to preserve the mother earth in
peaceful state in relation to the ecosystem.
18.6 Technological Advancement
African is still crawling when it comes to development of advanced
technologies and yet is not speared from the global warming resulting
448 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the side effects of the highly industrialized nations. Bénézet Bujo rele-
vantly argues that:
“In view of the technological civilization of Western origin … It
has become a trivial observation that people indulge in self-
destruction by pursuing solely the total domination of world and
the reckless exploitation of nature. Therefore, people should be
prepared to account for the technical achievement attained so far
and ask themselves the question whether nature is really regarded
as a co-creature in this process. Considering the Euro-American
and Japanese superiority in technology, it would be necessary to
examine the various rationalities which all have a definite cultur-
al background.587”
In most cases African countries, just imports the technology with-
out taking into consideration the cultural background. Put in other words
Tenamwenye rightly acknowledged that:
“The environmental crisis has created a planetary agenda that en-
gages all people. It is now becoming clear to many that environ-
mental crisis puts at stake the survival of humanity on planet
earth. It is not something that any discipline can solve, but it is
about how all human beings and non-human creatures can live
justly and sustainably on planet earth. Therefore, it is more than
what science and technology can offer, it is about the human
management of the only planet earth, and it includes attitudes in
the first, behaviours, technologies and science.588”
587 Bénézet, Bujo, The Ethical Dimension of the Community: The African Model
and Dialogue Between North and South, Nairobi: Pauline Publications African
1998, 215-216.
588 Tenamwenye, John, “Environmental Ethics and Sustainable Development:
Rethinking the Idea of Development for an Integral Human Progress” in: Afri-
can Christian Studies vol. 29, no. 1 March 2013, 7-18, 9-10.
Ethics and Environment 449
Thus technological advancement should consider environmental im-
pact and being ethical in their approaches. For example environmental
pollution created by polythene bags and plastics could have been avoid-
ed a long time age. Rwanda as a country took an initiative and created a
positive environmental impact in Africa as whole in eradicating poly-
thene bags and environmental conversation. There are many ethical di-
lemmas in regard to environment and technology, like technology tells
us that now it is possible to construct Standard gauge railway in Nairobi
National park but what is its impact on the environment, – granting Nai-
robi national park is the only national park within the precincts of a capi-
tal city in the whole world?
18.7 Consequences in Africa
18.7.1 Disappearing of Wetlands
In the recent past African has experienced drastic reduction of the
size wetlands which are important water catchment areas for Eco biodi-
versity, its disappearance impacts negatively on the environmental con-
servation. For example drastic action is being taken in Kenya’s capital,
Nairobi, with 4000 buildings set to be demolished. The reason: they
were constructed on riparian land – land adjacent to the watercourses
that traverse the city. In an interview with The Conversation Africa,
Sean Avery discusses what is happening and why riparian areas are so
vital.589
This news article catches our attention to rethink and ask ourselves
what is happening in our African cities as far as environmental ethics is
concerned. We can take the meaning riparian area to aid our understand-
ing of the discussion. The riparian area is the land next to rivers, inland
lakes and ocean shores. It’s the zone within which water bodies natural-
589https://www.the-star.co.ke/news/2018/08/20/explainer-whats-driving-the-
demolition-of-4000-buildings-in-nairobi_c1805463 (accessed 2 October 2018).
450 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ly fluctuate. Near the coast it is the tidal zone and along inland water
bodies it’s where seasonal water level fluctuations, including floods, are
accommodated. Riparian land is a vital part of a water body’s habitat
and its functions. It is the buffer between water and the land. It can store
water and reduce the force of floods. Its vegetation stabilises soils and
slows down fast flowing water, controlling the transport of sediment and
the destructive energy of the water.590 African countries have National
Environment Management Authority (NEMA), the body to ensure envi-
ronmental ethics is observed in the different activities undertaken by
human beings. How far NEMA succeeds as the guardian of the envi-
ronment is only a question of time. The-star.co.ke went ahead to explain
that: The important functions of riparian areas are already fully recog-
nised by Kenya’s laws. Unlicensed development, cultivation and the
removal of vegetation within these areas is outlawed. Unfortunately, the
laws haven’t been effectively enforced. Every year heavy rains over-
whelm the city of Nairobi’s drainage system and roads are inundated in
water. Factors that contribute towards this include urbanisation, inade-
quate drainage design and maintenance.591 During the rainy seasons a
number of African urban centers face a big challenge of floods that puts
to test environmental ethics implemented in the course of urban plan-
ning.
18.7.2 Reduction in National Forest Cover
Africa as a whole inherited a wide area of beautiful natural forest
cover which as a consequence of uncontrolled human activities and
breakdown of traditional African cultural heritage, the natural forest
cover is now the shadow of its former glory. When we take a critical
look comparatively from the time of independence in some African
590 Ibid.
591 Ibid.
Ethics and Environment 451
countries to now, in span of 50 years deforestation rate is something to
worry about. As Wangari Maathai rightly observed:
“Deforestation and habitat degradation are continuing and popu-
lation pressure is increasing. Both are affecting the integrity of
the watersheds that provide critical water supplies. It is now well
understood that this destructive trend, further impacts economic
development and undermines food security. Protecting these crit-
ical watersheds is an environmental, social and economic is-
sue.”592
If expression water is life is worthy considering then protection of
watersheds is vital for sustainable developmental and environmental
conservation.
18.7.3 National Game Parks Encroachment
Human population encroachment to natural wildlife remains a con-
tinuous conflict to the loss of a number and spiecies of wild animals, and
yet the wildlife earns a lot of income from tourism and holiday making
in African countries. There are some attempts to cage these endangered
species in orphanages but it has not been so successful. The wisdom of
old traditional African heritage of totems, which worked for centuries, is
now faced with Western culture. African ethical values have been tested
for long time in their protection of the environment.
18.8 The Ways towards an African Environmental
Ethics
18.8.1 The African Communitarian Spirit
Communitarian spirit in Africa is a perspective of individuals finding
full meaning of life by belonging to the group kinship or the larger soci-
592 Maathai, Wangari, https://www.greenbeltmovement.org/node/853 (accessed
29 September 2018).
452 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ety. In his book Hope for Africa and What the Christian Can Do,
G. Kinoti explicitly stated that:
“There are many fine elements in traditional African culture.
These include strong family ties, generosity, and a strong com-
munity spirit. But many of them are breaking down due to urban-
ization and other modern forces. Christians need to find ways of
helping their people preserve and strengthen them because they
provide invaluable support to individuals and give society essen-
tial cohesion.”593
We are focusing here on strengthening a strong community spirit.
As John S. Mbiti underscores “I am because we are and since we are,
therefore I am.”594 A similar view is shared by Nkafu Nkemnkia when
he stated that: “Due to the multiplicity of the others, of the individuals,
the meaning of life is hidden within the dialectic of the collective or the
community.”595 Communitarian spirit has helped in protecting the envi-
ronmental and promotion of African common good. Bujo asserts that;
On the other hand, African communitarianism contains a dimension of
procedural ethics. With regard to substantial ethics, the African model
refers to communal experience, which is essentially based on the forefa-
thers’ wisdom and that of the clan elders. The norms, which are defined
on the basis of experience and wisdom in the community, cannot be
lived out it in an individualistic manner.596 Along the same line Martin
Ntkafu Kemnkia highlighted that: “Man is the most social being ever
known on earth. This is because he is able to relate to others, with his
593 George Kinoti, Hope for Africa and What the Christian Can Do, Nairobi:
AISRED, 1994, 46.
594 John S. Mbiti, African Religions and Philosophy, London: Heinemann, 1969,
104.
595 Martin Nkafu Nkemnkia, African Vitalogy A Step forward in African Think-
ing, Nairobi: Paulines Publications Africa, 1999, 111.
596 Bénézet Bujo, The Ethical Dimension of Community the African Model, 54.
Ethics and Environment 453
own kind, with the surrounding world and with God, his creator. For this
very reason he is always a member of a society, without which he loses
his valve.”597 The communitarian spirit will improve interrelationship
within the human society, with animals, plants, ancestors and the Su-
preme Being and result into environmental consciousness and conserva-
tion.
18.8.2 Afforestation and Re-afforestation
Plant life or green vegetation plays a big role in sustaining sufficient
supply of oxygen and reduction of carbon dioxide in the environment
and acts as food and herbal medicine to animals including human be-
ings. It can be argued that when green vegetation is destroyed complete-
ly no life can be sustainable. This calls for the care of the green vegeta-
tion, by planting more and more trees where they have not been (affor-
estation) and replanting where they have been cut (reforestation), pro-
tecting national forests and forest reserves. This will reduce air pollution
and adequate rainfall making the mother earth green with life a better
place to live in.
18.8.3 Conservation of Wildlife
From the wisdom of traditional African heritage some clans already
have totems as a way of being one large family with animal and plant
kingdom. The conservation of the wildlife is more urgent call than ever,
because human settlements and activities have been not so mindful of
the fundamental right of the animal kingdom in the natural world, in fact
it is a matter of integrity. Whether we philosophize that animals have
rights or not, this earth is only interesting when everything else is at its
right place in ecobalance, which resembles the African togetherness
when every kind of living creature has a home.
597 Martin Nkafu Nkemnkia, African Vitalogy, Ibid., 111.
454 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
18.9 Conclusion
Ethics and environment from an African perspective is highlighting
the understanding of ethics and the African environmental world view as
handed over from African traditional heritage. Africa is a unique part of
the whole universe which now faces a number of environmental chal-
lenges including global warming whether the skeptics agree or not. Cli-
matic change is taking its course seriously unless acted upon. Uncon-
trolled human activities carry a fair portion of the blame for the envi-
ronmental degradation. Change is a reality and any environmental ethi-
cal remedy to respond adequately to African environmental challenges
should consider African world views, the history and the participation of
African people. It is responsible human activities that help minimize
negative environmental effects. In Africa for any lasting solution to be
realized the communitarian spirit among others may help in sustaining a
harmonious coexistence in the healthy environment.
18.10 Bibliography
Books
Bottignole, Silvana. Kikuyu Traditional culture and Christianity: Self
Examination of an African Church, Nairobi: Heinemann Educa-
tional Books, 1984.
Bujo, Bénézet. The Ethical Dimension of the Community: The African
Model and Dialogue Between North and South, Nairobi: Pauline
Publications African 1998.
Fagothey, Austin. Right and Reason Ethics in Theory Practice 2nd Ed.,
North Carolina: TAN Books, 1959.
Ethics and Environment 455
Fieser James. Metaethics, Normative ethics, and Applied Ethics: His-
torical and Contemporary Reading, Wadsworth: Cengage Learn-
ing, 2000.
Francis, Apostolic Exhortation the Joy of love Amoris laetitia, (19
March 2016).
Gichure, Christine W. Basic Concepts in Ethics: With an Outline of
Different Methods in Contemporary Moral Philosophy, Nairobi:
Focus Books, 1997.
Gitau, Samson K. The Environmental Crisis. A Challenge for African
Christianity, Nairobi: Acton Publishers, 2000.
Kinoti, George. Hope for Africa and What the Christian Can Do, Nai-
robi: AISRED, 1994.
Kirwen, Michael. (ed.), African Cultural Knowledge: Themes and
Embedded Beliefs, Nairobi: MIAS Books, 2005.
Kisembo, Benezeri/ Magesa, Laurenti / Shorter, Aylward. African
Christian Marriage, Nairobi: Paulines Publication Africa, 1998,
64.
Mbiti, John S. African Religions and Philosophy, London: Heine-
mann, 1969.
Mugambi, Jesse N. K. From Liberation to Reconstruction African
Christian Theology after the Cold War, Nairobi: East African
Education Publishers Ltd, 1995.
Nkafu, Nkemnkia Martin. African Vitalogy: A Step forward in African
Thinking, Nairobi: Paulines Publications Africa, 1999.
Shorter, Aylward. African Culture, An Overview Socio-cultural An-
thropology, Nairobi: Paulines Publications Africa, 1998.
456 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Book Chapters
Bansikiza, Constance. “Challenges facing the Christian Family in Af-
rica Today” in: John Lukwata. (ed.), Search for New Paradigms
for Evangelisation in the 21st Century, Nairobi: CUEA Press,
2013, 133-162.
Hanlon, Rubio Julie. “Identity, Reciprocity, and Familial Relations A
Vision of Marriage for Twenty-Century Christians: Intimacy,
Reciprocity, and Identity.” in: James F. Keenan, (ed.), Catholic
Theological Ethics, Past, Present, and Future the Trento Confer-
ence, N Y: Orbis Book, 2011, 210-223.
Kinoti, Hannah W. “African Morality: Past and Present” in: Mugam-
bi, Jesse N.K. / Nasimiyu-Wasike, Anne (eds.), Moral and Ethi-
cal issues in African: Exploratory Essays in Moral Theology, 2nd
ed. Nairobi: ACTON Publishers, 1999, 73-82.
Palazzini, Pietro. “Individualism” in: Francesco, Roberti, (ed.), The
Dictionary of Moral Theology, Westminister: The Newman
Press, 1963, 619-621.
Journal Articles
Bansikiza, Constance. “A Christian Family: An Educational Peace
Building Institution in Africa” In: African Christian Studies vol.
28, no. 4, CUEA Publications June 2012, 7-19.
Soko, Jeketule Jacob. “The Balancing Act of work and Bringing- Up
Children” in: Hekima Review, no. 55 December 2016, 140-150.
Tenamwenye, John. “Environmental Ethics and Sustainable Develop-
ment: Rethinking the Idea of Development for an Integral Human
Progress” in: African Christian Studies vol. 29, no. 1 March
2013, 7-18.
Ethics and Environment 457
Internet Sources
González, Ana Marta. www.socialtrendsinstitute.org/experts.../family-
structures-and-globalization-in-africa (accessed 25 April 2018).
Maathai, Wangari. https://www.greenbeltmovement.org/wangari-
maathai/key-speeches-and-articles/bottleknecks-to-development-
in-africa (accessed 29 September 2018),
https://www.greenbeltmovement.org/node/853 (accessed 29 Sep-
tember 2018).
Mukasa, Charles. http://ttabamiruka.com/bagandaclans/Baganda
_Clans_Primer-Edition2.0.pdf (accessed 25 September 2018).
19
FROM CLIMATE CHANGE
TO HOLISTIC CHANGE
Aidan Msafiri
19.1 Introduction
19.1.1 Holistic Change
Holistic Change refers to a profound inter- and multidisciplinary ap-
proach in responding effectively and efficiently to different socio-
human, environmental, economic changes and/or dilemmas598. Holistic
change is of paramount relevance and urgency in tackling the short, me-
dium and long term imminent and potential challenges posed particular-
ly by the 21st climate change dilemmas, facts, crises, frustrations and
uncertainties as a whole.
Among others, this needs human deep change, stewardship, cultural
ethic, efficiency revolution, green revolution, responsible governance of
resources, global sustainability, resilience economies, and trusteeship
598 Rev. Dr. Aidan G. Msafiri is a Senior Lecturer and Head of the Department
of Philosophy and Ethics at Stella Maris Mtwara University College, Mtwara (a
Constituent College of St. Augustine University of Tanzania) and serves on the
Advisory Board of Globethics.net East Africa. He is the author of Towards a
Credible Environmental Ethics for Africa (2007) and Globalization of Concern I
(2008), to which this volume is a sequel. He publishes regularly in national and
international journals. His latest book is Rediscovering Christian and Tradition-
al Values for Moral Form.
460 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
and sustainable consumption and motorization. Thomas L. Friedman
(2009:184) strongly affirms and maintains that in “a world that is hot,
flat and crowded where all kinds of things are going to be moving and
shifting much faster than in the ages past, the last thing we want to lose
is the tools we need to adapt to change.”599 Briefly, stated, this type of
change has to be multidimensional and all embracing.
19.1.2 Justification
Climate change has become the magnifying glass of global challeng-
es to day. Humanity stands at a brink of great peril and risk caused by
climate and global warming. This can neither be exaggerated nor ig-
nored. We are almost at the point of “No Return”. The future of humani-
ty, biodiversity and resources are at the critical moment towards both
total collapse systemic depletion and devastation. According to the
Earth’s Charter, the “resilience of the community of and the well-being
of humanity depend upon preserving a healthy biosphere with its eco-
logical systems, a rich variety of plants and animals, fertile soils, pure
waters and clean air. The global environment with its finite resources is
a common concern of all peoples600” Consequently, sustainable, smart,
alternative and holistic change remains the best and immediate option.
Indeed, these go beyond the hitherto climate change politics, discus-
sions, policies, adaptation and mitigation strategies, treaties, negotia-
tions, models, paradigms COP’s.
19.1.3 Thought Provoking Questions
What are the key weaknesses of the current climate change adapta-
tion and mitigation strategies locally and globally? Do we agree that
climate change must first and foremost be addressed effectively through
599 Friedman, Thomas L. Hot, Flat & Crowded, London Penguin Books, 2009,
184.
600 Cf. The Earth Charter, Vision, Ethics And Action For A Just, Sustainable
And Peaceful World (www.EarthCharter.org).
From Climate Change to Holistic Change 461
a value-based multidisciplinary approach? Do we see the strengths of a
holistic change and efficiency revolution particularly in responding to
the ever worsening and alarming climate change dilemmas locally and
globally?
Could we rediscover the culture and values of relative anthropocen-
trism instead of a radical anthropocentric ideology in our collaborative
endeavor and quest for sustainable living today? Are we aware of the
invisible (qualitative) aspects and impacts of climate change or do pon-
der mostly on the visible and tangible ones? Are our political and reli-
gious institutions devoid of the “courage” and “tools” of promoting and
enhancing true behavioral and lifestyles change today? What are the
short, medium and long-term consequences of the hyper-consumerist
and “throw away” life-style and living? What is the role of the virtue
and values of moderation, (The Middle Path by Mahatma Gandhi), co-
cooperation, mindfulness of nature, sufficiency, gratitude, humility,
foresight, long-termism instead of short-termism, true happiness, com-
passion, care, empathy, solidarity, holistic justice, equity, equality and
fairness, co-existence, peace, inclusivity, plurality, multiculturalism,
dialogue in our lives today? Do we agree with the dictum “you are what
you do, not what you say” How viable, credible and efficient are our
survival strategies amidst massive climate change dilemmas and risks?
19.1.4 Method/ Methodology Used
This paper has adopted the “ACTION” model developed by Aidan G.
Msafiri 2013. It is highly inter- and multidisciplinary:
A = Analysis: (Qualitatively and Quantitatively)
C = Convince
T = Transform
I = Initiate/Innovate
O = Observe
N = Network
462 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
19.1.5 Structure of the Paper
This paper entails two main parts. In part one, an attempt is made to
identify multiple discrepancies, fears and frustrations particularly in
responding to current climate local and global approaches. The second
part underpins a true and radical paradigm shift. It challenges the current
approaches, strategies and responses calling for a new radical change
and shift. In short, it stresses on a new value-based multidisciplinary
value-base mechanism and approach.
19.2 Discrepancies, Tears and Frustrations
19.2.1 The Earth under the Destructive Anthropocene (Anthropocen-
tric) Culture and Activities
First, the human-induced effects and life styles are alarmingly in-
creasing particularly in the postmodern 21st Century society. The human
person has radically changed from being “Homo Conservator” to “Ho-
mo consumerismus” and “Homo idoticus.” Second, the human popula-
tion has exponentially “grown from just under 1 billion then to almost 7
billion today”. Energy use, around 600W per person in the agricultural
societies, rose to 4,750W per person in the highly industrialized nations
of the world. One important driving of this expansion has been the use
of fossil energy carriers601”. Third, today humans, “already use almost a
quarter of the biomass produced globally each year on all land (IPCs,
2007 a) and over 40% of the renewable accessible water resource (MA,
2005 b).Collectively various anthropogenic global material and energy
fluxes by now far exceed any natural flow602” “What are the short- me-
dium and long term implications to humans and the mother earth? An
ever increasing stress and reduction in water resources, biodiversity
(Soil Flora and soil fauna: plants and animals), resources, soils, forest
601 Germany Advisory Council on Global Change, World in Transition: A Social
Contract for Sustainability, Berlin, WBGU, 2011, 31.
602 Ibid. 31.
From Climate Change to Holistic Change 463
ecosystems, healthy and /or quality air etc. All these have local and
global characteristics and proportions.
19.2.2 Politicization of the Climate Change Disaster and Agenda
First, despite being objectively good and plausible, the concept and
practice of “sustainable development” (“Sustainable Growth, “ “Green
Growth” “Sustainability”) etc has largely since the 1992 Rio de Janeiro
Earth Summit been “hijacked” by greedy and short sighted politicians
and policy makers locally and globally. Besides some few strengths of
this model, there have been multiple weaknesses towards true global
efficiency and transformation.
Second, there has been a new wave of commodification and com-
mercialization of both governmental and non-governmental institutions
and organizations dealing with the challenges and impacts of climate
change locally and globally. These have now become new “fora” for
getting rich quickly.
Third, the lack of consensus, common vision, synergy and action at
the Conference of Parties (COPs) has reduced such global fora and plat-
forms to be considered as mere “Conference of Polluters” “Conference
of Politicians” etc. There is still a long way to go. Indeed, more should
have been achieved. This is strongly reiterated by Bjorn Lomburg
(2013:48) who claims that “efforts to Strike an international climate deal
have come to naught, more newspaper space and celebrity attention603”.
Quite often there is
“a superficial” and “cosmetic” commitment to the issue, policies,
strategies of climate change mitigation, adaptation etc and sus-
tainable development as a whole not only from politicians but
worse still professionals and academicians. As Thomas L. Fried-
man puts it, a “different image comes to my mind when I visit
603 Lomburg, Bjorn, How to Spend $75 Billion to Make the World a Better
Place, Washington: Copenhagen Consensus Center, 2013, 48.
464 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
places like MIT. It is the image of a space Shuttle taking off.
That’s what America look like to me. We still have all these tre-
mendous thrust coming from below, from a society that is eco-
nomically idealistic, experimental and full of energy. But the
booster rocket of our space Shuttle (the political system…) is
leaking fuel, and the Cockpit (Washington D.C.) the pilots are
fighting over the flight plan. As a result, we cannot generate the
escape velocity-the direction and focuses we need to reach the
next frontier, fully seize the opportunities there, and fully meet
the challenges of the Energy-Climate Era604”
19.2.3 The Unsustainable Effects and Implications of the Ever-
Growing Consumerist Culture World Wide
First, the current hyper-consumerist society is predominantly charac-
terized with wanton resource depletion, air, water pollution and defor-
estation. Rajendra Pachauri (2008) claims that more than 1 billion ani-
mals are slaughtered every week to supply meat; about 900 million
chicken, 24 million pigs, 17 million goats and sheep and 6 million cows
and oxen605.
Second, the present day speed “maniac biotechnological breeding
processes are causing remarkable stress and damage particularly to non-
renewable resources. It is claimed that between 13, 000 to 100,000 liters
of water (H2O) are needed just to produce I kg of beef meat! And about
2 to 4, 000 liters of water is required to produce only one liter of milk.
The same amount of water is needed to produce 1 Hamburger (150
gms). Finally, about 1,000 liters of water are required to produce only 1
kg of wheat flour606.” Due to this insatiable consumerist culture locally
and globally, today both individuals and families falsely believe that
604 Ibid. Friedmann, 436.
605 Pachauri, Rajendra, President of IPCC-Peace, Nobel Prize 2007 (with Al
Gore) in Farm Animal Voice, N.171, Autumn 2008.
606 Ibid. Pachauri.
From Climate Change to Holistic Change 465
they need bigger, and more expensive and multiple cars, houses, refrig-
erators, radios, HD TVs, Suitcases etc. Undoubtedly, consumption is
highly untenable and destructive on a finite planet with limited re-
sources. It is clear that such practices continue indefinitely607” Briefly,
hyper consumption is a result of massive propaganda and brainwashing.
Everyone today is “compelled” to consume more and more. That is
“Homo Consumerismus.” Who is characterized with endless consump-
tion life styles, behaviors and irresistible resource depletion and destruc-
tion.
19.2.4 The Effects and Implications of the Hyper Commuting (Speed
Maniac Culture) on Climate and Environment
First, the post modern speed oriented private commuting and mobili-
ty practices worldwide are highly energy intensive. As Heisserer
(2014:62) observes, the “growing availability of mass produced, afford-
able cars during the twentieth century facilitated the rise in individual-
ized motorized travel, a trend that was accompanied by a rapid increase
in resource use by the automobile industry and the need to fuel the
growing fleet of vehicles608.
Second, from a health perspective, it is claimed that “car dependence
and excessive car use are also responsible for the rise in serious health
problems related to pollution, stress and lack of physical activity. For
example obesity levels among children are on the rise which can be part-
ly attributed to their car dependence at an early age609. This life view
and culture has given rise to the so-called “consumption of distance with
its far reaching negative implications to societies, peoples, resources and
environment as a whole.
607 Davies, A. R., Fahy, F. (Eds) Challenging Consumption (New York:
Routledge, 2014) 4.
608 Ibid. Davies, Fahy, 62.
609 Ibid. Quoting Cahill, 2011, Harrington et alii, 2008, 62.
466 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Third, today’s society considers high speed as a modern “virtue”
while slowness is dubbed as a “vice”. Massive emission of CO2, GHGs
etc. from vehicles, industrial plants and other fossil energy based human
activities are cause and effects of continued climate change and resource
depletion.
19.2.5 The Discrepancies and Gaps Inherent in the Current Climate
Policy Models
Among others, Aidan G. Msafiri (2013:672) identified three models
which contribute to climate injustice and resource misuse locally and
globally: The “Greedy Jackal” Climate and Sustainability Policy Model.
This is per se characterized with exploitation and self interest. Then the
“Ignorant Ostrich” Climate Policy Model. It is marked with a blind and
indifferent view particularly towards the rights of animals, plants, hu-
mans, resources for thousands and thousands of years to come. Last, but
not least, the “Busy Bee” Climate and Sustainability Policy Model. This
policy lacks common vision, focus and true commitment towards cli-
mate and resource injustices both human and non-human610.
19.2.6 The Effects of the Mathematical, Legalistic, Quantitative and
Financial Models (Solutions) to Climate Change Today
First, the current alternative to mitigation and adaptation are largely
money and profit oriented, hence, characterized with great weaknesses
and threats particularly to poor nations who pollute less. Among others,
such models or alternatives include the Carbon Development Mecha-
nism (CDM), the prototype Carbon Fume, (PCF), The Polluter Pays
Principle (PPP) and Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest
Degradation (REDD). Today there is even REDD plus! (REDD+)611.
610 Msafiri A. G. in: Ruppel, Oliver C., Roschmann Christian et al. (Eds.), Cli-
mate Change: International Law and Global Governance, Vol 2, Baden Baden:
Nomos Verl., 2013, 672.
611 Ibid. Msafiri, 675.
From Climate Change to Holistic Change 467
Second, such a “price tag” on carbon is basically and necessarily a
quantitative mathematical-oriented alternative to a very qualitative ethi-
cally central crises. At this juncture, it must again well be understood
that ethical problems and challenges need ethical solutions and alterna-
tives.
Admittedly, after several years from the earth summit in Rio de
Janeiro 1992 to this year’s UNFCCC Lima (Dec 2014) Paris, France, it
can justifiably be argued and concluded that time is out. We need more
action and commitment. We need a more value-based and ethical orient-
ed solution. We need more praxis that mere political propaganda, rheto-
ric and technological euphoric and utopic. Let us now identify the key
practical aspects for more efficiency and positive impacts especially in
responding to the challenges of climate change today.
19.3 From Climate Change to Holistic and Practical
Change: a Way Forward
19.3.1 From Lethal Climate Change Propaganda to Leadership
Change
First, this needs a new model of responsible stewardship and aware-
ness particularly on the part of politicians and governments. It calls for
promptness and a pro-active stance among all leaders locally and global-
ly, to be true stewardships and care taker of the Mother earth and cli-
mate justice.
Second, the powerful and passionate words of Suzuku, a twelve year
old girl who spoke for the Environmental Children’s Organization
(ECO) addressing 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro are worth para-
phrasing:
“At school, even in Kindergarten, you teach us how to behave in
the world. You teach us not o fight with others, to work things
out, to share not to be greedy. Then why do you go out and do
things you tell us not to do? Do not forget why you attending the-
468 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
se conferences, who you are doing things for - we are your own
children. You are deciding what kind of world we are growing up
in…. Well what you do makes me cry at night. You grown- ups
say you love us, but I challenge you. Please make your actions
reflect your words612.”
What soul searching and passionate world from a twelve years’
old girl!
19.3.2 From Fossil-Intensive, Destructive Car Technologies to Hybrid
Systems and Efficiency Revolution Models
First, Friedmann (2009:225) asserts that if today car manufacturers
“put together a new system and do it rightly and efficiently then every-
thing would start to get better613.15 He goes on giving a “best practice”
and model today maintaining this: “The Toyota Prius Hybrid car is a
perfect example of a new system replacing an old one and creating a
whole new function that is greater than the sum of its parts. The Prius is
not a better car.” It is a better system. The Prius has brakes. The Prius
has a battery. All cars have batteries, The Prius has an engine. All cars
have engines. What is new about the Prius is that its designers looked at
it as a system that could perform more than one function- not as just a
collection of car parts whose primary function was to turn the wheels.
Why not use the energy from braking to generate electrons that we could
then store in the battery and then use that for driving as many miles as
possible, instead of using the gasoline in the tank? And when the Prius
is going downhill, let’s use that kinetic energy created by the spinning of
the wheels and store that in the battery too, to power the car when it
wants to go uphill614”
612 Ibid. Friedmann, 457-458.
613 Cf. ibid. p. 225.
614 Ibid. p. 225.
From Climate Change to Holistic Change 469
The key point here is a transformation through a systems approach.
This has enabled that car to generate some of its own energy without
depleting fossil fuel and destroying the environment.
19.3.3 From “The Business as Usual Syndrome” Eating Lifestyle to
a Smart Eating Culture and Model
First, there is need for sustainable “smart” eating. This is opposed to
the throw away and wasteful practices. Smart eating must be based on
highest levels of technological change.
It demands a deep individual behavioral change as well as organiza-
tional and socio cultural changes.
Second, it calls humans to adopt “smart” technologies that are more
energy efficient as well as environmentally friendly technologies. Last,
it challenges compulsive shopping practices to more intelligent ap-
proaches which could be done online and thus prevent both unnecessary
motorization and from waste.
19.3.4 From Short-Termism to Efficiency Revolution in All Life
First, the concept and practice of a global efficiency revolution needs
to be implemented now. Indeed, it has to challenge the mere theoretical
policies, decisions, strategies and sugar-corned action plans which are
never concretized. Second, there is need to rethink on a least cost plan-
ning model.
Third, efficient use, reuse and management of resources are keys in
responding effectively to climate change today. Among others, this
could include video conferencing, instead of travelling, vegetarian life
style, instead of meat eating, electronic letter and literature instead of
hard copy publications, the use of trains instead of cars, buses and
trucks, planting trees instead of cutting downs trees, riding a bicycle
instead of a private car, pay “LUKU” and electrical bills online, instead
of commuters, discourage artificial flowers during religious ceremonies
(e.g. Christmas, Easter, etc.). Install energy efficient bulbs; install so-
470 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
lar/wind/geothermal energy sources instead of fuel, communal-based
driving and advocate the culture of being more than having more.
19.3.5 From Climate Change to Climate Justice Culture
First, according to Christoph Stueckelberger, (2010:30) Climate Jus-
tice simply means “just and fair instruments, decisions, action, burden
sharing, and accountability for the prevention, mitigation and adaptation
related change615”
Second, Climate justice must entail the 14 key aspects of holistic jus-
tice. These are:
- Capacity - related Justice
- Performance - related Justice
- Distributive Justice
- Needs - Related Justice
- Punitive Justice
- Intergenerational Justice
- Participatory Justice
- Procedural Justice
- Restorative Justice
- Functional Justice
- Transitional Justice
- Transformative Justice
- On Time Justice
- Justice as equal treatment616
19.3.6 From a Hyper Selfish and Greed Culture to Mindful Communi-
ties
First, according to Jeffrey D. Sachs (2011:164) the value and virtue
of mindfulness should “start with each of us making the effort to regain
615 Stückelbeger, Christoph, We are Guests on Earth: a Global Christian
Vision for Climate Justice (Bangalore: Dharmaran Publications, 2010), 30.
616 Cf. Ibid. Stückelberger, 30-35
From Climate Change to Holistic Change 471
control of our personal judgment as individuals who must balance con-
sumption and saving, work and leisure, individualism and membership
in society617” In concrete human life mindfulness should therefore be
extended to mindfulness of self, others, nature, biodiversity, work,
economy, knowledge, the future Mother earth, resources, politics, tech-
nology, religious etc.
Second, it must well be understood that, a “mindful society is not a
specific plan but rather an approach to life and the economy. It calls on
each of us to strive to be virtuous, both in our personal behavior and in
our social behavior as citizens and members of powerful organizations,
whether universities or businesses. Our current hyperconsumerism on a
personal level corporatocracy on a social level have carried us into a
danger zone618.”
19.3.7 From Hyper Indifferentism to Active Gratitude and Sufficiency
First, consumerism has brought about a profound spiritual void or
emptiness. Today many people especially in the developed and even
developing world lack a deeper meaning of life. They suffer from the
“meaninglessness syndrome” of life. This spiritual vacuum has brought
about a vicious cycle for turbo consumption of material goods and emo-
tional pleasures.
Second, Psalm 67 reminds us of being thankful to God, and the en-
tire creation:
“Let the peoples praise you, O God let all peoples praise you. Let
the nations be glad and sing for joy… The earth has yielded its
increase; God our God has blessed us…”
617 Sachs, Jeffrey D. The Price of Civilization (London: The Bodley Head,
2011), 164.
618 Ibid. Sachs, 182-183.
472 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
As the famous African adage goes “Kushukuru ni kuomba tena” (He
who thanks, asks once more) humans need to do away with the lamenta-
tion cancer.
Besides the virtue of gratitude, there is also need to foster the virtue
of humility, fairness, equity, justice, care, empathy, Agape, peace, faith
and hope with and for creation as a whole.
19.4 Concluding Remarks
It is quite evident that humanity must seek a new beginning particu-
larly through the ethical value and principles, which true transformation
and change of human induced factors to climate change locally and
globally. Among others, this necessarily needs a new and radical change
of mind, heart, and actions. It demands a new sense and commitment of
global accountability and solidarity at all levels.
Last, everyone shares responsibility not only for the welfare (wellbe-
ing) of the current human and non-human family, but for many thou-
sands of years to come. Indeed, we are all guests on the mother earth.
We are therefore obliged to promote the traditions of care, stewardship,
sustainability, efficiency, interdependence, gratitude and peace. Again,
this is not an event but a process which needs to start now.
19.5 References
Davies, Anna R., Fahy, Frances (Eds.), Challenging Consumption
(New York: Routledge, 2014).
Friedman, Thomas L. Hot, Flat & Crowded, London Penguin Books,
2009.
Germany Advisory Council on Global Change, World in Transition:
A Social Contract for Sustainability, Berlin, WBGU, 2011.
Lomborg, Bjorn, How to Spend $75 Billion to Make the World A Bet-
ter Place, Washington: Copenhagen Consensus Center, 2013
From Climate Change to Holistic Change 473
Msafiri, Aidan G. in: Oliver C. Ruppel, Christian Roschmann et al
(Eds), Climate Change: International Law and Global Govern-
ance, Vol. 2 (Baden Baden: Nomos Verl. 2013).
—. Globalization of Concern II, Globethics.net Focus Series No.8,
Geneva: Globethics.net Publications.
Pachauri, Rajendra President of IPCC-Peace, Nobel Prize 2007 (with
Al Gore) in Farm Animal Voice, N.171, autumn 2008
Sachs, Jeffrey D. The Price of Civilization (London: The Bodley Head,
2011).
Stückelbeger, Christoph, We are all Guests on Earth: A Global Chris-
tian Vision for Climate Justice, Bangalore: Dharmaran Publica-
tions, 2010.
The Earth Charter, Vision, Ethics and Action for a Just, Sustainable
and Peaceful World (www.EarthCharter.org).
20
ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION
QUESTING FOR ECOLOGICAL JUSTICE AND ETHICS
FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT IN AFRICA
Clement Majawa
20.1 Abstract
In Africa as elsewhere climate change and environmental pollution is
one aspect of ecological crisis that has resulted from human over-
population, deforestation and climatic degradation, underdevelopment
and other related human injustices which are depriving the earth of in-
tegrity of creation619. The main challenges of this crisis include: climate
change, stratospheric ozone, degraded air quality, land and water con-
tamination, challenges of refugees, human trafficking, soil erosion, bio-
diversity, etc. leading to what Pope Francis calls Ecological crisis as ‘Sin
of our times’. The Church refers to this as ethical injustice against cos-
mic nature which needs urgent action to address. The study will employ
Cyprian of Carthage’s Method of Spirituality of Ecological Integrity
(255AD) and Pope Francis’s Method of Bio-evolutionary and Eco-
anthropological Liberation (2015). There is urgent need for ecological
619 For a presentation of the author see Chapt. 13.
476 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
conversion and cosmic equilibrium as a means of environmental justice
and ethical praxis to realize the Kingdom of God and world transfor-
mation. This is what I call ‘environmental care for eternity’. Key Words:
Ecology, Environment, Climate-change, Conversion, Liberation, Trans-
formation.
20.2 Preamble
The theme of Leonardo Boff’s book Cry of the Earth, Cry of the
Poor (1997) 620 is also discussed in the Francis’ Encyclical ‘Laudation
Si’. Boff was influenced by Thomas Berry’s “Dream of the Earth and
Cry of the Earth” (Berry, 1988). He realized, as did other liberation
theologians after reading Berry, there is no liberation for humans with-
out liberation of the Earth from exploitation. Boff thus has woven into
his writings a profound appreciation for the cosmological perspective of
Brian Swimme and Thomas Berry in their book, The Universe Story
(1992). As well Boff has brought this evolutionary framework into the
Earth Charter movement where he has been active as a commissioner
from Latin America. Boffs human liberation and eco-justice transforma-
tional analysis has become a point of departure for many discussions on
the issues of ecology, ecosystem, environment, human rights, socio-
economic political platforms, sustainable development, world politics,
theological discourses and Christian witness in global contexts.621
620 For Leonardo Boff, the ‘Cry of the Earth and the Cry of the Poor’ emanate
from the threatened Amazon in his native Brazil. The liberation theologian ex-
tends some of his thinking previously expressed in Ecology and Liberation: A
New Paradigm. According to Boff, we are called to be guardian angels of the
earth and “sons and daughters of the rainbow.” The challenge is to see ourselves
“as alongside things, as members of a larger planetary and cosmic community.”
Boff, Leonardo, Cry of the Earth and the Cry of the Poor, Maryknoll, New
York: Orbis Books, 1997.
621 http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/doi/full/10.1086/688095.
Environmental Degradation 477
20.3 Aim
The paper envisions to contribute a distinctive and constructive voice
to the ecological debate and hermeneutical dialogue of the timely theme:
‘Ecological crisis: The Sin of our Times – A Quest for Global Theologi-
cal – Ecological Response’, for human social economic-political trans-
formation and common good in Africa and global contexts. This will be
realized in a three-fold objective (a) To highlight the ethical dimensions
of the ecological degradation and environmental crisis as a departure
from the Genesis original intention of creation; (b) To link questions of
ecology and poverty, human rights and cosmology, environment and
development; church/religious and governmental institutions for plane-
tary common good (John XXII’s Paces in Terris) and (c) To promote a
vision, spirituality and praxis of a just, peaceful and sustainable Africa
and world community through ecological integrity and relevant para-
digms of environmental restorative justice.
20.4 Ecological Integrity
Earth and all its inhabitants are manifestations of God's creativity
(Genesis 1). The human community now has a deeper appreciation for
the interconnectedness of all of life. At the same time, we also realize
Earth's fragility and the need to restore and protect Earth's ecological
integrity. As Elizabeth Johnson writes: “the present moment is marked
by a strange paradox: the more we gaze in wonder at Earth, the more
we realize that human actions are ravaging and deleting the natural
world.”622
The capacity of our planet to sustain life is being exhausted by the
pressures of humankind and the market economy. Species are disappear-
ing at an alarming rate. The air is polluted, becoming a contributing
622 http://www.cscsisters.org/justice/issues/Pages/issues_ecological.aspx.
478 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
agent to some forms of cancer. The water and soil are being fouled by
industrial waste and the overuse of chemicals. To restore and sustain
Earth, we must immediately reduce the impact of humankind on the life
systems of our planet. This requires that we “adopt patterns of care, pro-
duction, consumption and reproduction that safeguard Earth's regenera-
tive capacities, human rights and community well-being” (Earth Charter
no.7).
20.5 Signs of the Times and Ecological Crisis
There are many signs of the times around us which show that that
nature and the world is being attached by many man-made vices.623
The effects of environmental degradation surround us: the smoke in our
cities; chemicals in our water and on our food; eroded topsoil blowing in
the wind; the loss of valuable wetlands; irresponsible excavation of min-
erals, radioactive and toxic waste lacking adequate disposal sites; im-
prisoning the soil with plastic products, threats to the health of industrial
and farm workers; the list goes on. The problems, however, reach far
beyond our own neighborhoods, communities and work-places. Our
problems are the world's problems and burdens for generations to come.
Poisoned water crosses borders freely, moving from one country to the
other, from one continent to the next and threatening life in the new con-
texts. Acid rain pours on countries that do not create it. Greenhouse gas-
es and chlorofluorocarbons affect the earth's atmosphere for many dec-
ades, regardless of where they are produced or used.624 These moral
vices and ethical irresponsibility towards ecology is leaving ‘mother
earth’ (Gerald Watson 2014) in perpetual cry with ‘tears of blood’. This
scenario, in turn becomes a recipe for abuse of human rights, poverty,
623 Rodney, Michael, Ecology and Development, New Delhi: Sage Publications,
2010, 78.
624 http://www.cscsisters.org/justice/issues/Pages/issues_ecological.aspx.
Environmental Degradation 479
negative ethnicity, new forms of slavery, colonialism and underdevel-
opment in Africa and a barrier to deeper evangelization.
Prof. Charlene Spretnak in her book: Resurgence of the Real
(1997)625 draws attention to a number of beliefs and practices which
cause and escalate ecological degradation. With this investigation, Char-
lene takes her place among the great visionary ecological philosophers
and pragmatic thinkers of our time. 'Ecological postmodernism' is a
pathway toward creation’s integrity, human sanity and fulfillment via
the acceptance and embrace of ecological imperatives. Whether one is a
religious or governmental leader, an activist, a public policy leader, an
academic, a worker, or is simply interested in breakthrough thinking
regarding creation, nature, ecology and environment, he or she has a
mission of advancing the cause of ecological renewal and transfor-
mation.
20.6 Contemporary Creation and Destructive Assump-
tions
As the Earth Charter 13: The Energy Balance of the Earth 626 exam-
ines and describes what is happening in the world, ecology and envi-
ronment today: global patterns of production, consumption, and repro-
duction are widening the gap between rich and poor, undermining com-
munities, threatening global security, and destroying the environment
625 Spretnak points out that modernism "situates humankind in a glass box on top
of nature, insisting on a radical discontinuity between humans and the natural
world. It frames the human story apart from the larger unfolding story of the
earth community.
626 The Earth Charter is an international declaration of fundamental values and
principles for building a just, sustainable, and peaceful global society. Cf.
Spretnak, Charlene, Resurgence of the Real: Body, Nature and Place in a Hy-
permodern Word, Los Angeles: Addison Wesley Longman, 1997, 219-220.
480 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
and life sustaining systems of the planet. The Charter 13 mentions five
goals which are essential to earth and ecological integrity:
Section 13.1: To describe the energy balance of the Earth
Section 13.2: To discuss climate and weather patterns
Section 13.3: To define the biosphere
Section 13.4: To illustrate unpredictability in the environment
Section 13.5: To discuss computer simulations and the environ-
ment.627
However, there are a number of contemporary ideological threats to
the harmony of cosmological and ecological transformation: Pope Fran-
cis has called upon the religions and nations to be united in order to ad-
dress these enemies of creation and environment. The destructive philo-
sophical views include: Dualism, Domination, Determinism, Self-
redemption (or new forms of Anthropocentrism or Immanentism or
Gnosticism / Pelagianism of ‘restoration’). These manifestations of the
new forms of materialistic and secular philosophies jeopardize Chris-
tian faith on one hand and, ecological, cultural, religious, socio-
economic, development and political life on the other.
They have been condemned by Pope Francis.628 Self-redemption de-
nies objective truth or permanent religious values. They consider Chris-
tian life according to personal interpretation and use reason to glorify
secularism and materialism as the basis for personal happiness in the
world. These values and assumptions have led to an innate bias embed-
ded in social relationships and in almost every citizen of modern society.
The Earth is seen as an endless resource with which humans have the
right to do whatever they wish. One can readily see how such beliefs
promote the exploitation in the service of human ambition. Lawrence
627 https://www.physics.ohio-state.edu/p670/Wi04/textbook/per13.pdf.
628 https://rorate-caeli.blogspot.com/2013/07/pope-francis-against-pelagianism-
of.html (downloaded on 01/06/2019)
Environmental Degradation 481
Amadeus (2011) cites that there are emerging ideologies which are pro-
mineral exploration and mining at the expense of ecological destruction.
Such attitudes need to be reversed at soonest in order to save creation
and humanity.629
20.7 Africa’s Cry for Ecological Justice and Integrity
Extreme droughts have resulted in exceptional food emergencies,
scramble for land for cultivation and pastoralism in Burkina Faso, Chad,
Ethiopia, Kenya, Niger, Rwanda, Somalia, Sudan, Tanzania and Ugan-
da. In 2001, floods and cyclone Dera submerged 79’000 ha of planted
land, severely affecting the livelihoods of nearly 120’000 farm families
and 2 000 fishing families in Mozambique. In North Africa (Egypt and
Algeria), 22 earthquakes killed 14’405 people and affected another 106
150 people between 1980 and 1998. In January 2002, lava flowing from
Mount Nyiragongo destroyed half of the city of Goma in the eastern
Democratic Republic of Congo where more than half a million people
fled to take refuge in neighbouring villages and in Rwanda. In Uganda
there are over a million refugees from South Sudan, Kenya is hosting
more than half a million from Sudan, etc.630
Another environmental tragedy which is making Africa cry for her-
self, her ecology and her children is the on-going vice of refugees and
internally displaced persons. The latest report from the United Nation's
refugee agency (UNHCR), titled Global Trends: Forced Displacement
in 2015, paints a grim picture of the global refugee crisis. More than 65
million people around the world have had to flee their homes due to war,
persecution, violence and human rights violations. These figures have
never been so high since the UNHCR was established in 1950. Most
629 Amadeus, Lawrence, Ecology in Need of Holistic Transformation (San Fran-
cisco: ICS Press, 2011) 124.
630 Ibid.
482 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
affected, however, was the African continent. In late 2015, about 16
million people in Africa were either displaced or forced to flee to other
countries. This figure increased by 1.5 million from 2014. Most of these
people, about 10.7 million of them, were internally displaced persons
(IDPs). The remaining 5.2 million were people that fled their home
countries. The vast majority of these refugees, roughly 4.4 million,
sought refuge in neighboring countries. The to-and-fro movement of
refugees in Africa is creating land-destruction and ecological inconsist-
encies in hosting countries (Africa: Worsening Refugee Situation in Af-
rica - UNHCR Report631).
20.8 Environmental Degradation: Crisis of the Mind,
Spirit, Belief and Attitude
G. Tyler Miller begins his popular textbook, Environmental Science,
quotes Lynton Caldwell: The environmental crisis is an outward mani-
festation of a crisis of mind and spirit. There could be no greater mis-
conception of its meaning than to believe it is concerned only with en-
dangered wildlife, human-made ugliness, and pollution. These are part
of it, but more importantly, the crisis is concerned with the kind of hu-
man beings we are; what we believe as essential, what we see in creation
(God’s revelation or human entertainment). Thus our mind, understand-
ing, belief and attitude play a major role in ecological justice or envi-
ronmental exploitation and degradation. The research of Clement
Maguire (2013) on Injustice to the Environment in Global Contexts
revealed that the major reason for devastating recurrence of environmen-
tal degradation with insignificance impact in many nations is because
the projects of addressing ecological crisis do not consider the spirituali-
631 Ibid.
Environmental Degradation 483
ty and morality of creation. Human mind, heart and spirit are isolated
from the activities of environment.632
“While we cannot do away with natural hazards, we can elimi-
nate those that we cause, minimize those that we exacerbate,
condemn those that are waging silent ecological war on humani-
ty, and reduce our vulnerability to most. Doing this requires
Church and government ethical ecological sensitization, healthy
and resilient communities and ecosystems; and broader strategy
of sustainable development and human transformation making
communities socially, economically and ecologically sustaina-
ble”
Where are we not doing it right?633
20.9 The Study Uses St Cyprian’s Method of Spirituality
of Ecological Integrity
This is a theological method of ‘ecological equilibrium’ as a means
bringing original justice to creation, and environment as a means of real-
izing the Kingdom of God. The method has two parts:
Part one: The method gives five ways of attaining the original justice
and equilibrium in creation and ecology for realizing the Kingdom of
God:
(1) Through vision and integrity with the Owner of Creation
(God)
632 Maguire, Clement, Injustice to the Environment in Global Contexts (Catham:
Natural Resource Institute, 2013 67.
633 Abramovitz et al. (2001). Adapting to Climate Change: Natural Resource
Management and Vulnerability Reduction, Worldwatch Institute, quoted from:
UN/ISDR Africa Educational Series, Volume 2, Issue 2, June 2004.
URL<http://www.unisdr.org/files/8548_environmentalprotectioncommunity1.pd
f>
484 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
(2) Through vision and integrity with the Message of Creation
(Genesis 1 and Psalm 8)
(3) Through vision and integrity of the Messenger of Creation
(Catholic Intellectual Tradition – Social Teaching of the Church
and Laudatio Si) and Ecologico-Spiritual Education
(4) Through vision and integrity with the Context of Creation
(Caring of the face of the earth)
(5) Through vision and integrity with Planetary Common good
(Deeper evangelization and Holistic development)
Part two is proposing a Patristic Christian apologia for the environmen-
tal integrity (St. Cyprian of Carthage)
This is a theological hermeneutical writings on humanity as the
guardian angel of environment, Cyprian’s thesis explicates that the root
of ecological problems derive from:
(1) Spiritual blindness to the needs of nature
(2) Christian misinterpretation of the Bible on creation
(3) Greed and injustice done to the earth’s resources.
(4) Relativism which denies the Objective Truth for Creation’s
guidance.
From the Patristic period to the present, the Church has affirmed that
proper care and use of the world is a blessing to all, and misuse of the
world's resources or appropriation of them by a minority of the world's
population betrays the gift of creation since “whatever belongs to God
belongs to all.”634
634 USA Bishops’ Documents (Economic Justice for All, 1997, no. 34, citing St.
Cyprian)
Environmental Degradation 485
As a result, people forgot the divine mandate given to humanity by
God in Genesis 1:28 “Subdue the earth; have dominion over the fish of
the sea, birds of the air and all things that move on earth”. Human be-
ings began to treat creation and nature as being at the service of their
needs and whims, even today by means of science and technology.
Rationalism, agnosticism and relativistic interpretation of the Book of
Genesis made humanity to divert from their original role of promoting
and defending the ecological integrity. Thus, the relationship between
human society and the environment is presented as the relationship be-
tween dominator and dominated, and in this dualism was used by
man/woman to exploit nature.
Pope Francis adopts and re-aligns St. Cyprians of Ecological Integri-
ty in the Encyclical ‘Laudato Si’- On Care for Our Common Home
(05/24/2015) so as to address the challenge of ecological crisis today.
In January 2014, the pope addressed politicians and business leaders
at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland noting that a “re-
newed, profound and broadened sense of responsibility” is critical for
serving the common good. On April 28, 2015, Francis convened scien-
tists, economists, and religious leaders from all over the world at the
Vatican to highlight the moral dimensions of our global environmental
crisis. Then on 24th June 2015, the Pope released Laudato Si’, the first
Encyclical in the history of the Catholic Church on ecology. An Encyc-
lical is the highest-level teaching document on a specific theme on is-
sues of faith, morals and praxis in Catholicism. There have been earlier
statements by popes and bishops on the environment, but never an En-
cyclical.
In this Environmental Encyclical Pope Francis gives a Method of
Bio-evolutionary and Eco-anthropological Liberation Theology and
Catechesis which teaches about the Gospel of creation, ecological crisis
and effective ways of addressing thesecrisis through ecological educa-
tion, environmental liberation and cosmological spirituality. There is
486 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
urgent need for ecological conversion for human transformation and the
cosmic common good.635 This can be achieved through the following
Influences:
20.9.1 Influence on Education
Indeed, this has enormous transformative potential within education,
both in secondary schools and universities around the globe. This is par-
ticularly true in religiously based educational institutions. Education
informs students of critical environmental issues, but also challenges
them to examine the ethical implications of these issues. This is very
much in the spirit of the Encyclical, Laudato Si.
20.9.2 Influence on the United Nations
The timing of the Encyclical and the pope’s visit to the United States
was clearly intended to influence the U.N. climate talks in December
2015. On September 24, 2015, Pope Francis spoke to a joint session of
the U.S. Congress and the following day he addressed the U.N. General
Assembly to highlight the urgent need for climate change action, sus-
tainable development, and “ecological conversion.” He challenged all
countries to take the issue of environment and ecology very seriously.
He was speaking not just to Catholics, but also to all people on the plan-
et. It was at the conclusion of his talk at the U.N. that the new Sustaina-
ble Development Goals were unanimously passed by 195 nations.
20.9.3 Influence on Global-Religions
The pope’s urgent appeal regarding climate justice and genuine sus-
tainable development will provide a critical moral compass. Indeed, it
issues a clarion call for awakening to our planetary crisis—not just
among 2 billion Christians, but among other religious groups as well.
There are more than a billion Muslims, a billion Hindus, a billion Con-
635 Pope Francis, Encyclical Letter Laudato Si – On Care for Our Common
Home (Vatican, 24/05/2015).
Environmental Degradation 487
fucians, and nearly 500 million Buddhists, many of whom are hearing
this urgent call for change. There have already been statements of sup-
port for the Encyclical from Jewish and Muslim leaders, as well as Hin-
dus and Buddhists. There is urgent need for multi-religious, multi-
cultural and multi-national approaches in addressing the challenge of
environmental and ecological crisis.
20.9.4 Influence on Global Ecologists, Environmental Scholars and
Scientists
The Encyclical is increasingly a source of encouragement to envi-
ronmentalists who are not overtly religious, but who care deeply about
the environment, often for aesthetic and spiritual reasons. They are also
concerned about the effects of climate change on the most vulnerable.
Indeed, many scientists and ecologists have been keen to draw on the
message of the Encyclical and are impressed by its solid scientific
grounding. They have realized that simply telling people the scientific
facts about climate change or showing them charts and graphs does not
alone change mindsets or effect behavior.636
20.9.5 Influence of International Advocacy and Activism
Until recently scientists have primarily focused on research, model-
ing, and publishing technical studies; but they have not fully factored
human behavior and spirituality into the equation. More recently they
are relying on social scientists for this information. Moreover, by and
large, scientists wish to remain “neutral” or “objective” and avoid mak-
ing policy statements or moral pronouncements. For many scientific
researchers this crosses the line to activism. On the other hand, many
nongovernmental organizations and religious groups have focused only
on aid, relief work, and poverty alleviation. They have been unaware or
less concerned about the growing threat of environmental degradation
636 Ibid.
488 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
and global warming. Bringing concerns for people and the planet to-
gether is one of the primary aims of the Encyclical.
20.9.6 Influence of Updated Theology and Catechesis of Creation
Nature shares in God's goodness, and contemplation of its beauty
and richness raises our hearts and minds to God. St. Paul hinted at a the-
ology of creation when he proclaimed to the Athenians, the Creator who
“made from one the whole human race to dwell on the entire sur-
face of the earth, and he fixed and ordered the seasons and the
boundaries of their regions, so that people might seek God, even
perhaps grope for him, though indeed he is not far from any of
us” (Acts 17:26-27).
Through the centuries, Catholic theologians and philosophers, like
St. Paul before them, continue to search for God in reasoning about the
created world. Our Catholic faith continues to affirm the goodness of the
natural world. The sacramental life of the Church depends on created
goods: water, oil, bread, and wine. Likewise, the Western mystical tradi-
tion has taught Christians how to find God dwelling in created things
and laboring and loving through them.637
Contextualized theology of Creation forbids choosing between peo-
ple and the planet. It urges us to work for an equitable and sustainable
future in which all peoples can share in the bounty of the earth and in
which the earth itself is protected from predatory use. The common
good invites regions of the country to share burdens equitably in such
areas as toxic and nuclear waste disposal and water distribution and to
work together to reduce and eliminate waste which threatens health and
environmental quality.638
637 Ibid.
638 Ibid.
Environmental Degradation 489
20.9.7 Encouraging the Spirituality and Witnessing to the Social
Teaching of the Church, ‘Pacem in Terris’ ‘Centesimus Annus’ and
‘Caritas in Veritate’
Pope Francis chose a more central topic of the human role in ecolog-
ical degradation and climate change. He critiques our “technocratic par-
adigm” (sec. 101) and “throwaway culture” (sec. 16). He calls for a
transformation of our market-based economic system that he feels is
destroying the planet and creating immense social inequities. Indeed, the
Encyclical is highly critical of unfettered capitalism and rampant con-
sumerism. He sees unregulated economic growth as problematic for the
long-term sustainability of the community of life both human and natu-
ral.639
Pope Benedict XVI, however, expanded Catholic thinking regarding
the environment. His 2009 Encyclical, Caritas in Veritate, is focused on
charity and our duty to the poor as well as obligations to present and
future generations. He wrote of this responsibility arising from ‘Our
Relationship to the Natural Environment. The environment is God’s gift
to everyone, and in our use of it we have a responsibility towards the
poor, towards future generations and towards humanity as a whole
(Caritas in Veritate, 48).
20.9.8 Need for Ecological Conversion (John Paul II)
In his speech about the ‘ecological conversion’ Pope John II is basi-
cally saying that humans were put on the earth to look after everything
on it. (Genesis 1:28). He says that God had a plan that we would live in
harmony with our fellow creatures, with creation and with God. We
were made in God’s image to reproduce and fill the earth as well as to
control and have domain over the earth and every creature upon it.
However John Paul II believes that this plan ‘was and is continually
upset by human sin’. We have failed to continue the mission that God
left us. This is evident where we have destroyed forests, polluted waters
639 Ibid.
490 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
and the air, upset systems of the earth and introduced uncontrolled in-
dustrialization everywhere. He says that therefore it is necessary to in-
troduce and continue with the ‘ecological conversion’ which had made
humans more aware of the problems that we are now facing. ‘Man is no
longer a “minister” of the Creator’. However, people are not trying to
concentrate on the problems they are facing but rather how they could
be improved. Now the human ecology is in danger as well as the physi-
cal ecology and humans must consider the fact that there are other crea-
tures that we have to protect. We must also protect the environment for
future generations and live closer to the plan of God.640
20.10 Christian Response to Environmental Concerns
20.10.1 Old Testament and Creational Value:
God’s creation refers to natural creation described in Genesis 1:1-25
composed of the earth, sky and natural elements found therein such as
rocks, minerals, soil, water, air, vegetation and fish and wildlife.
The Principle of Creation Value first recognizes that God created the
heavens and earth and all things found therein (Genesis 1; Psalm 146:6;
Acts 14:15; Revelation 4:11). For example, Revelation 4:11 states: “You
are worthy, our Lord and God, to receive glory and honor and power, for
you created all things, and by your will they were created and have their
being” (Rev. 4:11). The Bible also teaches that although God allows
people to utilize elements of the environment, God retains ownership of
all His creation (Ps. 24:1; 89:11; Lev. 25:23; Col. 1:15-16). For exam-
ple, Psalm 24:1 states; “The earth is the Lord’s, and everything in it, the
world, and all who live in it.”
The Bible teaches that God loves and enjoys all that He has created.
The Psalmist, for example, states: “You open your hand and satisfy the
640 https://ecologicalconversionlg.weebly.com/john-paul-ii-ecological-
conversion.html
Environmental Degradation 491
desires of every living thing. The Lord is righteous in all his ways and
loving toward all he has made” (Ps. 145:16-17). Thus, an important im-
plication of the Principle of Creation Value from an ethical standpoint is
that God places value on elements of the environment independent of
human use and human-centered values (Gen. 1:25; Ps. 104:31; Psalm
148:9-13). This God-centered inherent value of nature is termed “theis-
tic intrinsic value.”
20.10.2 New Testament and Creation Value
Jesus came proclaiming a jubilee (Lk 4:16-22) in which humanity,
and with us all creation, was to be liberated and celebrated (Rom 8:18-
25). He taught about salvation, however, with a countryman's
knowledge of the land. God's grace was like wheat growing in the night
(Mk 4:26-29); divine love like a shepherd seeking a lost sheep (Lk 15:4-
7). In the birds of the air and the lilies of the field, Jesus found reason
for his disciples to give up the ceaseless quest for material security and
advantage and to trust in God (Mt 6:25-33). Jesus himself is the Good
Shepherd, who gives his life for his flock (Jn 10). His Father is a vine-
yard worker, who trims vines so that they may bear more abundant fruit
(Jn 15:1-8). These images portray how the Creator takes care of creation
all the time.
The new covenant made in Jesus' blood overcomes all hostility and
restores the order of love. Just as in his person Christ has destroyed the
hostility that divided people from one another, so he has overcome the
opposition between humanity and nature, for he is the firstborn of a new
creation and gives his Spirit to renew the whole earth (Col 2:18; Ps
104:30). The fruits of that Spirit–joy, peace, patience, kindness, good-
ness, trustfulness, gentleness, and self-control (see Gal 5:22) – mark us
as Christ's own people. As they incline us to “serve one another through
love” (Gal 5:13), they may also dispose us to live carefully on the earth,
with respect for all God's creatures. Our Christian way of life, as saints
492 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
like Benedict, Hildegard, and Francis showed us, is a road to community
with all creation.
20.11 Man and Woman as Steward of Creation
The Bible teaches that as caretakers or managers of the environment,
people are to practice good stewardship. The word “steward” and “stew-
ardship” is used throughout the Old and New Testaments of the Bible
(Gen. 15:2; 44:1; 1 Chron. 28:1; Matt. 20:8; 1 Cor. 4:2; Luke 12:42;
16:1-2). The word used for steward in the Bible can also be interpreted
as manager or servant. The steward as one in-charge is to maintain self-
control, oversight and ecological justice (not overindulging), be envi-
ronmentally vision-oriented and a “problem-solver,” and follow the
household or estate owner’s wishes and instructions with respect to use
and management of what has been entrusted to his or her care (Luke
12:42-46; 16:1-9).
In the area of environmental stewardship, a deep, personal under-
standing of the way God loves and sustains all of his creation gives us a
new and proper perspective of the temporal and eternal value and pur-
poses of the environment. This understanding, when taken to heart,
transforms how we view and carry out our God-given role as Christian
environmental stewards or caretakers.641 Christian environmental stew-
ards may be farmers, foresters, or anglers who manage and harvest the
land and waters of the earth in a productive and sustainable manner.
They may be professional biologists, botanists, ecologists or other envi-
ronmental scientists who study the environment and develop scientific
solutions to problems and challenges related to managing specific parts
of the environment or entire environmental systems. They may be toxi-
cologists or other human health specialists who study the effects of envi-
641 Middletown, Geoffrey. A Responsive Christian Role to Environment Degra-
dation, London: Brighton Publications, 2005, 136.
Environmental Degradation 493
ronmental pollutants on people in order to develop waste management
and pollution control strategies that protect and maintain our health and
quality of life.642
In this regard, we should always have faith that God never abandons
his people or his creation. He still abides to his promise of Genesis
1:31“God looked at everything he had created, and found it very good”.
Human intelligence, talents and creativity were given to us for a reason:
to enable us to know, love and be with God and our neighbor in Chris-
tian freedom. Furthermore, God provide us with the gifts and graces
that are needed to care for both nature and ourselves. Nonetheless, we
should still not expect that any of our many pursuits in the coming
years–let alone complex activities such as environmental stewardship–
will be without new problems of their own. As the great Catholic theo-
logian Hans Urs von Balthasar (1905-1988)643 has recently reminded us,
Jesus said that the wheat and the tares grow together. Believing that we
can uproot all evil may threaten the goods on which we all depend.43
Catholic teaching about the Fall is a realistic, not a pessimistic view, in
this perspective. There is much bad and much good in our world, but the
persistence of evil should not discourage us. At the end of times, crea-
tion will be experience total perfection. In the meantime human beings
have a responsibility of caring and developing creation towards that ‘be-
atific’ experience at the end of times.
20.12 Christian Ecological Concern
The phenomenon of climate change alongside its devastating effects
has over decades, been of great concern to world leaders, international
642 Ibid.
643 Hans Urs von Balthasar was a Swiss theologian and Catholic priest who was
to be created a Cardinal of the Church but died before the ceremony. He is con-
sidered one of the most important Roman Catholic theologians of the 20th cen-
tury.
494 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
agencies, organizations, and individuals. This ecological concern has
also been taken seriously by Christians or the Christian community
world over. The Christian ecological concern could be said to have been
triggered by several accusations and indictments which have blamed
religion and Christianity in particular, for the current state of the global
climate. For instance, Nasr (1967) observed that the ecological crisis is
fundamentally a crisis of values and virtues and that religions like Chris-
tianity being the primary source of values in any culture, are thus impli-
cated in the decisions humanity makes regarding the environment. In the
same vein, White (1971) in his ‘Historical Root of Our Ecological Cri-
sis’, specifically blamed Christianity for the current ecological crisis
when he wrote that:
“Our science and technology have grown out of Christian atti-
tudes towards man’s and woman’s relation to nature. In fact, for
nearly over two millennia some Christian have been involved in
activities of environmental degradation, cutting down trees and
sell so as to make ends meet. These activities are said to be strip-
ping the face of the earth naked (or raping the earth) which are
idolatrous because they assume spirit in nature”.
Although these indictments may not be absolutely justifiable, these
works succeeded in awakening ecological consciousness in Christen-
dom. Hence, for decades, the preoccupation with ecological stewardship
among Christian theologians has been quite pronounced as several eco-
theological perspectives have been developed. The need for ecological
justice and stewardship today can hardly be overemphasized.
This ecological need should be given serious attention and coordi-
nated research especially as the continent bears the brunt of the devastat-
ing impact of climate change. Religious leaders and African theologians
and other stakeholders should in understanding that ‘creation is bound
up with salvation’ by humanity’s holistic care for creation and the
world. De Gruchy (2004) reflects on the origin, purpose and destiny of
Environmental Degradation 495
the cosmos from the point of view of faith. African cultures are replete
with values and belief systems that promote the integrity of the ecosys-
tem.644 Some of these values include the sacredness of the earth, rever-
ence for life, listening to the cry of the environment and provision for
generational continuity (CIWA 2011). African theologians and acade-
micians should do intensive research and relive some of these eco-
friendly values without distorting the main essence of the Gospel of
Christ who is the Ideal Eco-conscious Universal Savior.645
20.13 Reconstruction of Social Teaching on Environmen-
tal Ethics
The tradition of Christian social teaching offers a developing and
distinctive perspective on environmental issues. We believe that the fol-
lowing experiences drawn from this ethical tradition rooted and routed
in Cyprian wisdom of Ecological spirituality are integral dimensions of
ecological responsibility:
(1) A God-centered and sacramental view of the universe, which
grounds human accountability for the fate of the earth 646
(2) A consistent respect for human life, which extends to respect
for all creation.647
644 De Gruchy, S., 2004, ‘Handout on five reasons why African Christians
should be concerned about the environment’, Theology and Development Stud-
ies.
645 CIWA 2011, ‘A Communiqué issued at the end of the 22nd CIWA Theology
Week’, Held from 21st – 25th March, 2011 at the Catholic Institute of West
Africa (CIWA), Port.
646 USA Catholic Social Teaching and Environmental Ethics,
http://www.webofcreation.org/DenominationalStatements/catholic.htm
647 John Paul II, (The Ecological Crisis: A Common Responsibility, 1990, no.7)
496 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
(3) A worldview affirming the ethical significance of global in-
terdependence and the common good.648
(4) An ethics of solidarity promoting cooperation and a just struc-
ture of sharing in the world community.649
(5) An understanding of the universal purpose of created things,
which requires equitable use of the earth's resources.650
(6) An option for the poor, which gives passion to the quest for
an equitable and sustainable world.651
(7) A conception of authentic development, which offers a direc-
tion for progress that respects human dignity and the limits of
material growth.652
(8) The earth, ecology and environment need a contextual (incul-
turated) spirituality which integrates God’s original intention of
creation with the contemporary values and skills of caring for the
world. It is a human right.653
Although the Christian social teaching does not offer a complete en-
vironmental ethic which can address all ecological challenges because of
some socio-political differences, we are confident that this reconstruc-
tion-developing tradition can serve as the basis for spiritual engagement
and inclusive dialogue of religions, governments and people of good
will with science, ecological enterprise, the environmental movement,
etc. in the international community.
648 Ibid. no. 15
649 John Paul II, (Sollicitudo Rei Socilis,no.38)
650 John Paul II, (Centesimus Annus , no. 31)
651 John Paul II, The ecological problem is intimately connected to justice for the
poor (Address: 25/10/1991)
652 John Paul II, (Sollicitudo Rei Socilis, no. 28)
653 Paul VI, (Populatio Progressio, no. 37)
Environmental Degradation 497
20.14 Need to Returning to Original Justice and Integri-
ty in Creation
There can be no sincere and enduring resolution to the challenge of
the ecological crisis; environmental degradation and climate change
unless the response is socio-religiously anchored, concerted and collec-
tive, unless the responsibility is shared and accountable, unless we give
priority to solidarity and service.
The solution is a quadrilateral eco-approach:
(1) Re-interpretation of the Social teaching of the Church on
ecology and ecosystem
(2) Re-routing the doctrine, spirituality and ethics of environment
in society
(3) Engaging in research investigation in institutions of higher
education for objective solutions
(4) Engage all stake-holders in conversation on ecosystem as an
issue of religion, justice, peace, liberation, development and
evangelization.
Secondly, Pope Francis believes we can only understand how to
remedy this when we look beyond the symptoms to the human origins of
the ecological crisis: three-fold mission
(1) To be understanding and compassionate so as to cry with the
earth
(2) To ask the degraded mother earth for pardon and forgiveness
(3) To convert to transformative eco-catechesis and spirituality of
integrity of creation.
Therefore, humanity is urged to heed to Pope Francis ‘Laudato Si’s
passionate call to humanity for a change in direction from global warm-
498 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ing and pollution to global peacemakers with environment. There is
need to re-rooting and re-routing the ecological justice and integrity into
St. Cyprian’s Patristic Theological Method of ‘Ecological Equilibrium
for the earth’s eco-justice, integrity and transformation. These affirma-
tions imply a challenge that is also a calling: to fulfill our vocation as
moral images of God, reflections of divine love and justice charged to
“serve and preserve” the Garden of Eden (Genesis 2:15).
20.15 Environmental Degradation: Needs Inclusive-
implementation strategies of Earth Charter - 2000
The idea of the Earth Charter originated in 1987, when the United
Nations World Commission on Environment and Development called
for a new charter to guide the transition to sustainable development. The
Earth Charter is the product of a decade long, world- wide, cross-
cultural, dialogue on common goals and shared values conducted during
the 1990s. The final text of the Document was approved at a meeting of
the Earth Charter Commission at the UNESCO headquarters in Paris in
March 2000. The official launch was on 29 June 2000 in a ceremony at
The Peace Palace in The Hague, Netherlands. The Charter builds on and
extends international environmental and sustainable development law. It
recognizes the importance of the spread of participatory and deliberative
democracy (respect for human rights) for human development and envi-
ronmental protection. The Earth Charter identifies a number of widely
shared spiritual attitudes and values that can strengthen commitment to
its ethical principles, and the document culminates with a vision of
peace and the joyful celebration of life.654 The Charter has to be contin-
ually studied, reflected on, taught and it should develop its spiritual,
654 The Earth Charter: Introduction, 2000. https://www.mauricestrong.net/
index.php/earth-charter-introduction.
Environmental Degradation 499
socio-political, economic and global ecological integrity for the common
good.
All religions, governments, corporations and policy makers in global
contexts should collaborate and network in the noble endeavor of recon-
structing, renewing and implementing the wisdom and spirituality of the
earth Chapter 2000. This integrated ecology also points toward hope.
That is reflected in Pope Francis’ quote in the Encyclical from the Earth
Charter: “As never before in history, common destiny beckons us to
seek a new beginning. […] Let ours be a time remembered for the
awakening of a new reverence for life, the firm resolve to achieve sus-
tainability, the quickening of the struggle for justice and peace, and the
joyful celebration of life” (sec. 207).655
20.16 Conclusion
Global concerns about the current environmental crisis have culmi-
nated into some controversial environmental ethical theories, i.e., nor-
mative environmental ethics, sentientist-ethics, biocentric ethics, eco-
centric ethics and eco-feminist ethics. One of the fundamental underly-
ing features connecting these environmental ethical theories is their
grounding and routing in religious ethics (Christianity, Hinduism, Bud-
dhism, Islam, Taoism, African Traditional Religion, etc.) and cultural
experiences. Given that ecological and environmental concerns are
global concerns, and that the imperative of environmental ethics is chal-
lenging those life-threatening concerns, critical explorations of envi-
ronmental ethics need to go beyond the present horizon. But with re-
spect to the African perspective to environmental ethics and the people’s
cultural understanding of the ecological crisis, more has to be done in
this penultimate area. This is so because Africa has a complex history of
655 Mary Evelyn Turker, Integrating Ecology and Justice: The Papal Encyclical,
http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/doi/full/10.1086/688095.
500 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
valuable heritages as well as multifaceted challenges in her cultural-
political evolution. Since primordial times, Africa had a humane and
peaceful society and environment informed by traditional wisdom and
eco-transformative ethics. Such ethics have to be explored further for the
common high, higher and highest good (Majawa, Patristic Education,
2014).
The natural ecosystems of our planet are losing their ability to sus-
tain human community due to climate change, ecological degradation
which results from human disrespect, injustice, anti-religious attitude
and abuse towards the environment. The exploitation of the natural envi-
ronment through pollution, depletion, drought, etc., is leading to deeper
injustice and environmental collapse. As human beings we are not li-
censed to abuse the creation of which we are part. We are not the owners
of creation, but its stewards. We are called to “watch over and care for
it” (Genesis 2:15). We have been given responsibility to conserve and
renew the earth, not to deplete or destroy the earth, which God redeemed
and restored (Romans 8:18–23).
20.17 Socio-Theological Recommendations
Socio-theological work recommends SIX approaches for promoting
eco-justice ecological integrity:
(a) Providing resources for catechesis, prayer, reflection and
study on the relationship between faith, spirituality and an eco-
logically sustainable lifestyle;
(b) Educating ourselves on the specific causes of environmental
degradation and cosmological deterioration.
(c) Promoting healthy lifestyle and eco-friendly changes that re-
spect all forms of life on Earth;
Environmental Degradation 501
(d) Engaging in advocacy in support of our religions and gov-
ernments’ legislation and international treaties/protocols promot-
ing environmental protection and sustainability.
(e) Need to re-discover the link between our faith and concern for
the environment; re-root and re-rout humanity’s recreating the
face of the earth following St. Cyprian’s spirituality of transform-
ing the environment. The main goal of this project has been to es-
tablish the link between environmental engagement and our
Christian faith.
(f) Paradigm shift on ecological philosophy, theology, education,
training, catechesis and spirituality can make a huge difference.
Raising awareness about environment conservation, cosmologi-
cal ethic and introducing practical, environmentally friendly
tools, strategies and techniques, are the primary mitigation inter-
ventions at our hand in the transformation of human person and
development of the world.
20.18 Bibliography
Abbott, W. ed., The Documents of Vatican II Council, New York:
America Press, 1966.
Anderson, E.N., ‘Anthropology of religion and environment: A Skeletal
history to 1970’, in Journal for the Study of Religion, Nature and
Culture 6(1), 2012, 9–36.
Annett, Anthony, et al. (2017). The Significance of ‘Laudato Si', Mah-
wah, NJ: Paulist Press, 2017.
Archer, A.A., et al., Man’s Dependence on the Earth: The Role of Geo-
sciences in the Environment. Paris: UNESCO, 1987.
502 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Benedict XVI, Great Christian Thinkers: From the Early Church
through the Middle Ages, Minneapolis: Fortress Press, 2011.
Boff, Leonardo, Cry of the Earth, Cry of the Poor, Maryknoll, New
York: Orbis Books, 1995.
Chyrssavgis J. and Bruce Foltz, eds., Toward an Ecology of Transfig-
uration: Orthodox Christian Perspectives on Environment, Nature,
and Creation, New York: Fordham University Press, 2013.
Cunanan, Jose Pepz M. “The Prophet of Environment and Development”
in D. Hallman (ed.), Ecotheology: Voices from South and North,
Maryknoll New York: Orbis Books, 1994,
Daneel, M. African Earthkeepers: Environmental Mission and Libera-
tion in Christian Perspective, vol.2 Pretoria: UNISA Press, 2000.
Darkoh M.B.K & Rwomire (eds.) Human Impact on Environment and
Sustainable Development in Africa, Hampshire: Aldershot, 2003.
Deane-Drummond, C, The Ethics of Nature, Hoboken: Wiley-
Blackwell, 2004.
Dorr, D. Option for the Poor and the Earth: From Leo XIII to Pope
Francis, Maryknoll, New York: Orbis Books, 2016.
Fox, Matthew. The Coming of the Cosmic Christ: The Healing of the
Mother Earth and Birth of a Global Renaissance, San Francisco,
Harper and Row, 1988.
Gitau, Samson. K. The Environmental Crisis: A Challenge for African
Christianity, Nairobi: Acton Publishers, 2000.
Hart, John. Sacramental Commons: Christian Ecological Ethics, Lan-
ham: Rowmann & Little Publications, 2006.
—. What Are They Saying about Environmental Theology, New York:
Paulist Press, 2004.
Environmental Degradation 503
Gorringe, T. J. A. Theology of the Built Environment: Justice, Empow-
erment, Redemption, London: Cambridge University Press. 2002.
Kalipeni, Ezekiel. Population Growth and Environmental Degradation
in Southern Africa, Boulder: Lynne Renner Publishers, 1994.
Kaoma, Kapya. Ubuntu, Jesus and Earth: Integrating African Religions
and Christianity in Ecological Ethics, Boston: Boston University,
2010.
Magesa, L. What is Not Sacred: African Spirituality, Maryknoll, New
York: Orbis Books, 2013.
Majawa, C. Patristic Education, Nairobi: Kijabe Printing Press, 2014.
—. Integrated Approach to African Christian Theology of Incultura-
tion, Nairobi: Kijabe Printing Press, 2005.
Moyo, F. and Otto, M. Christianity and the Environment: Care for What
You Have Been Given, Blantyre: Claim Publishers, 2002.
Mugambi, J.N.K. and Mika, V. (eds). Christian Theology and Environ-
mental Responsibility, Nairobi: Acton Press. 2001.
Northcott, M. The Environment and Christian Ethics, Cambridge: Cam-
bridge University Press, 1996.
Oruka Odera, H. (ed.), Philosophy: Humanity and Ecology, Nairobi:
Action Press, 1994.
Pontifical Council for Justice and Peace, Compendium of the Social
Doctrine of the Church, Nairobi: Pauline Publications Africa,
2004.
Pope Francis, Encyclical Letter, Laudato Si: On Care for our Common
Home, Vatican, 24/05/2015.
Pope John Paul II, “The Ecological Crisis: A Common Responsibility,”
in 1990 World Day of Peace Message, December 8, 1989.
504 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
—. Encyclical Letter Centesimus Annus (May 1, 1991), 42.
Pope John XXIII, The Encyclical Letter ‘Pacem in Terris’ (Peace on
Earth) Vatican, 1963.
Scheid, D. P., The Cosmic Common Good: Religious Grounds for Eco-
logical Ethics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2016.
Southern African Catholic Bishops’ Conference (IMBISA) Pastoral
Statement on the Environmental Crisis (5 September 1999), Johan-
nesburg
Theokritoff, E. Green Patriarch, Green Patristics: Reclaiming the Deep
Ecology of Christian Tradition, Cambridge: Institute for Orthodox
Christian Studies, 2017.
Tuchman, N., Schuck, M., Healing Earth. International Jesuit Ecology
Project, Chicago (Illinois): Loyola University of Chicago. 2016.
21
PROMOTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL
ETHICS IN THEOLOGICAL EDUCATION
Richard N. Rwiza
21.1 Introduction
Ethics is understood as the science of morals656. It studies various
sets of norms guiding human conduct. Environmental ethics is the study
of the morality of human dealings with the impact upon nature. It focus-
es on what we should do and be disposed to do regarding nature. The
way human beings handles the environment tends to influence the way it
handles itself. Nature ought to be conceived as the fruit of God’s crea-
tion. This perspective calls for a sense of responsibility.
Ethics and education constitute a unique link that is hard to overlook.
Ethics must in the final analysis define the character of education. The
656 Prof. Richard N. Rwiza is an Associate Professor and Head of the Depart-
ment of CUEA Press at The Catholic University of Eastern Africa (CUEA),
Nairobi-Kenya. He holds Licentiate degrees (STL) in Moral Theology from
CUEA and Theology from Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium. He has a
PhD in theology (STD) from Leuven University. Fr. Rwiza is the author of
Formation of Christian Conscience in Modern Africa (Paulines Publications
Africa, 2001) and Ethics of Human Rights: The African Contribution (CUEA
Press, 2010). He served as Secretary-General of the Catholic Archdiocese of
Arusha, Tanzania between 2003 and 2007.
506 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
implied link is a point of reference in mainstreaming ethics in theologi-
cal education. This article is on promotion of environmental ethics in
theological education. It starts by clarifying the meaning of ethics. The
second part points out what is distinctive in ethical discourses and the
third section focuses on environmental theological ethics. The central
issue is that of mainstreaming ethics in theological education.
21.2 Meaning of Ethics
21.1. 1 Concept of Ethics
Ethics is conceived as the study of morals.657 The etymological im-
plied meaning of the Greek term (éthos) was personal disposition. Hence
it primarily meant a state of mind or will. Later on it has been taken to
mean the morals of a people (éthos). Hence, ethics has been conceived
to refer to customs, manners or morals. Ethics was originally derived
from Greek noun ethos meaning the customs and conventions of a given
community. Ethics can be conceived as a set of norms guiding human
conduct.
In higher education, claims for academic freedom and autonomy are
constitutive elements in regard to the nature, mission and proper func-
tioning higher academic institutions. Academic ethics refers to the
norms for academicians, governing behaviors acceptable in academic
institution. Mainstreaming ethics in higher education ought to be found-
ed and rooted in two basic elements: Academic freedom and instruction-
al autonomy. Academic freedom refers to “the freedom of the members
of the academic community individually, and are collectively in pursuit
development, and transmissions of knowledge.”658 The point of refer-
657 Ayto, John, Arcade Dictionary of Word Origins, New York, Arcade Publish-
ing, 1990, s. v., ‘ethical’, 208.
658 The Association of African Universities, Handbook on Academic Freedom
and University Autonomy, in J. F. Ade Ajayi & others, The African Experience
with Higher Education, London, 1996, 242.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 507
ence is on communities which the academicians as professionals require
in order to fulfill their obligations effectively. It is the freedom of in-
quiry by students and staff members. The point of reference is on free-
dom to teach and learn, to search for truth, to discover new insights
through research. Academic freedom needs a convenient environment
that promotes intellectual diversity.
The academic community ought to be free to communicate what it
regards to be scientifically valid insights. At a personal level a teacher
should be free to teach according to his/her conscience. In the Pastoral
Constitution of the Church in the Modern World Gaudium et spes, con-
science is understood as the deepest kernel of the human person as well
as the sanctuary where one is alone with God. Through conscience, per-
sons are related in their search for solutions to various issues faced in
education.
While autonomy implies the capacity to govern without outside
controls, accountability indicates the quality to express responsible ac-
tion. University autonomy means “the freedom and independence of a
university, as an institution to make its own internal decisions, whatever
its decision… Therefore, university autonomy can be taken to mean self-
government by a university.”659 Autonomy guards the corporate rights
of self-regulation of an institution of learning and research. Autonomy
and accountability ought to be exercised in an ethical way.
21.1.2 Task of an Ethicist
An ethicist (ethician) is a person who deals with ethics. One who re-
flects on morality, its nature, its presuppositions and its applications.
The term ethicist is commonly used interchangeably with - moral theo-
logian, Christian ethicist, religious ethicist, moral philosopher, philo-
sophical ethicist. According to G. Bennaars, “Ethics, according to this
659 Handbook on Academic Freedom and University Autonomy, 243.
508 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
second meaning, stands for the study of morality in all its forms; it is
primarily an academic exercise, an intellectual pursuit a process of in-
quiry and reflection.”660 It follows that an ethicist studies morality. By
so doing, deals with process of inquiring and reflection on morals issues.
The product or outcome of the task of an ethicist is a set of established
norms guiding human conduct.
The task of an ethicist is to be a resource of moral living by bringing
sensitivity, reflection and method to be able to discern the sorts of per-
sons we ought to be and the sorts of actions we ought to perform when
faced with challenging moral issues. The basic role of an ethicist is to
promote sensitivity to moral analysis.661 The vocation of a theologian
includes the task of attempting to make sense of things. In trying to
understand things Laurenti Magesa identified at least five basic and cru-
cial elements that are considered by being constitutive dimensions in the
vocation of a Christian theologian in the life of the Church.
1. A profound awareness and deep owe of the divine presence.
2. The heart desire to understand and live Christian life, which is
Christocentric.
3. A readiness to entertain unconditional intellectual and spiritual
openness to the inspiration and the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
4. Awareness of fallibility of humanity, but that has been trans-
formed through Jesus Christ redemption.
5. Appreciation and respect of beauty and sacredness of creation.
Creation constitutes the theater of divine presence. This reality
660 Bennaars, Gerald A. Ethics, Education and Development. An Introductory
Text for Students in Colleges and Universities, Nairobi, E.A.E.P., 1993, 15.
661 Gula, Richard M. Reason Informed by Faith: Foundation of Catholic Morali-
ty, New York, Paulist Press, 1989, 11.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 509
points to the relevance of caring for the environment.662 There is
the crucial role to trying to understand the connection of things.
“One of the most important but also perhaps, one of the most ne-
glected investigations in African theological reflection, concerns
humanity’s relationship with material universe.”663 Environmen-
tal ethics deal with the relations human beings and the environ-
ment.
There are three main ways of studying morality. In dealing with Me-
ta-ethics, an ethicist studies the language of morality in view of con-
cepts, statements and other justification. Meta-ethics reflects on the cog-
nitive status of our moral judgments. It is the epistemology of ethics. It
analyses ethical language. Meta-ethics analyzes ambiguous concepts
such as ‘all persons are equal’. The meaning of equality needs to be clar-
ified. “A society of equals, they say, would be a world of false appear-
ance where people who were not in fact the same would be force to look
and act as if they were the same.”664 In a negative perspective, equality
aims at eliminating not all differences but a particular category of differ-
ences and a different set in different times and spheres. The basic issue
is not the elimination of differences. As human beings we do not all
have to be the same or have the same amounts of the same things.
Descriptive ethics focuses on empirical or descriptive investigation
and inquiry into issues related to morality from the scientific perspec-
tive. For example, one can describe the moral development of a person.
In this context, descriptivism is a term used to refer to the meaning of
662 Magesa, Laurenti “Endless Quest: The Vocation of An African Christian
Theologian,” in J. N. K. Mugambi & E. M. Corneli (eds.), Endless Quest, Nai-
robi, Action, 2014, 7-34, 9-10.
663 Ibid, 26.
664 Walzer, Michael, Spheres of Justice: A Defense of Parallelism and Equity,
New Jersey, Basic Books, 1983, XII.
510 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
moral terms in the sense that such a process is exhausted by their de-
scriptive functions. For example, the expression that ‘he/she is a good
student’ serves to describe a student as having a certain properties – so
that to know the meaning of ‘good’ is simply to know what properties
one ought to have in order to be referred as ‘good’ student.
Descriptive ethics focuses on empirical or descriptive investigation
and inquiry into issues related to morality from the scientific perspec-
tive. For example, there is the issue of considering the university rank-
ings, in which the dimension of research is crucial. “It is therefore essen-
tial to monitor the quality of research staff members are involved in
(science-based) teaching and teaching programs. For the considerable
amount of time, South African universities have scored the top position
in the university rankings within the African context. Africa’s strongest
research universities tend to attract more resources, best student and
highly qualified (prominent) staff. There are institutions of higher learn-
ing that have been struggling with the means to retain their staff mem-
bers, sustaining research facilities, offer fair salaries and promote educa-
tion that is in touch with current needs. Basically the issue of quality
research is a central issue in ranking universities. Consideration of quali-
ty of education ought to be defined by ethics.
In Normative ethics, an ethicist uses a normative view and trans-
cends descriptive approach. “It attempts to justify the various norms and
principles and ideals that govern human conduct.”665 Norms are guides
to being and doing, particularly guide to types of actions that are right or
wrong, obligatory or permitted. There are norms that point to character
and traits of character such as virtues and vice. In this context of norms,
environmental theological ethics searches for a better understanding of
the connection between morality and religious faith. A (moral) norm is a
rule which influences the will as ‘what ought to be’ and morally binds it
while providing space for freedom. Moral norms deal with generalized
665 Ibid, 16.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 511
standards relating to particular values or value models drown from an
ethos. An ethicist reflects on morality by posing critical questions.
21.1.3 Types of Ethical Questions
Ethics is a critical reflection on morally significant individual behav-
ior norms within a systematic frame of reference. “Ethics has always to
answer three central questions: that of the categorical structure, that of
the origin of the notion of duty in human conduct and that of free deci-
sion about behavior, and that of the determination and legitimation of
the contents of moral norms.”666 There are three types of ethical ques-
tions:
a) In the context of normative ethics, an investigation is made on
how we ought to behave, what is right, good etc.
b) In view of descriptive ethics or comparative ethics, an ethicist
questions as to the responses (answers) provided by specific so-
cieties or people (moral anthropology or sociology). The descrip-
tive sense deals with the features in virtue of which an act is re-
ferred to as best.
c) An ethicist also investigates the nature or logical character of
moral concepts or language. There is the role of finding out what
is good. In the religious context, ‘wrong’ implies contrary to the
will of God. The main morality of command and obedience does
not fit the modern person. The real nature of ethical demands re-
mains closely linked to the structure of social and personal rela-
tions between those of whom the demands are made.
21.1.4 Object of Ethics
There is the ethical challenge of understanding and specifying the
range of application needed to clarify on what ought to be done and
what ought to be avoided. There is also the ethical task of understanding
666 Stoeckle, Bernard (ed.), Concise Dictionary of Christian Ethics, London,
Burns & Dates, 1979, 74-76, 75.
512 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the plurality and the historical transformation of morally responsible
behavior. For an ethicist, this needs the clarification of cognitive and
scientific questions in the sphere of theory that calls for clarity on socio-
culturally based anthropological issues or norms of human behavior.
When an ethicist appeals to ‘natural moral law’ (norms), this opens
the horizon of the universal dimension. There are three properties of
natural law:667
1. Universality of natural law. It binds every person at all times
and in all places. It is based in the nature of the human person.
Natural law is common to all. The most universal principle of
natural law is: “the known good must be done and evil must be
avoided.’
Vatican 11 in Gaudium et Spes refers to “the permanent binding
force of universal natural law and its all-embracing principles.
Man’s conscience itself gives even more emphatic voice to these
principles”668 The dictate of conscience indicates certain moral
norms which a person feel bound to respect independent of
his/her own will. The challenge is that of discerning in a respon-
sible way what actions are in line with human nature created by
God. Action follow being. Hence, a human person ought to act
freely according to the divine plan for which creation has been
made. This human nature is the root of common conviction as
expressed in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The
declaration provides a common standard of achievement for all
people and nations. It constitutes a moral forum requiring respect
for freedom and dignity of everyone. The emblem of the univer-
667 Peschke, Karl, H. Christian Ethics Moral Theology in the Light of Vatican II,
Dublin, C. Goodliffe Nealae, 1986, 143-140.
668 Gaudium et Spes, article 79.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 513
sal declaration appeals for the obligation of human fraternity in-
spired by that master precept. “Love thy neighbor as thyself.”
2. Immutability and dynamics of natural law. According to
Gaudium et Spes (art. 5) “The human race has passed from a ra-
ther static concept of reality to a more dynamic, evolutionary
one.’ However, Gaudium et Spes (art. 10) also notes that “be-
neath all changes there are many realities which do not change.”
Immutability means that as soon as the human person endowed
with reason had emerged, certain basic norms concerns good and
evil emerged from the human persons nature and these will exist
as long as human nature exist.
3. Dispensability from natural law is not possible. This is due to
the fact that human nature and the ultimate end, from which natu-
ral law derives, are not constituted by the human person but by a
power superior. It follows that natural law exists independent of a
person’s assent. Natural law is identical with the will of God.
“The fundamental principle of just life is accordingly nature as
the all – inclusive unchangeable cosmos personally posited by
God as the ‘eternal law’ and therefore independent of all human
subjective influence, and known in the conscience of the individ-
ual (knowledge as perception) and therefore the norm for the
conduct of the human being who is himself located within this
universal order.”669
21.3 Distinctiveness of Ethics
21.2.1 Ethics and Morality
Morality refers to set of norms or standards that define, guide and
regulate good (acceptable) behavior among human beings living togeth-
669 Stoeckle, B. Concise Dictionary of Christian Ethics, 76.
514 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
er in society.670 The word ‘morality’ is etymologically derived from
Latin noun Mos (Mores pl.) meaning the customs and conventions of
any social group or community. In this context, immoral in the etymo-
logical sense means to live or act contrary to the customs (morals) of a
specific community, ethnic or religious norms. The Latin mos “its de-
rived adjectives moralis was coined, according to some by Cicero as a
direct translation of Greek ethikos ethical to denote the typical or proper
behavior of human beings in society”671.
21.2.2 Ethics in Education
Ethics is a human phenomenon. It is interrelated with education.
Ethics contains four distinctive aspects: the cognitive, the motivational,
the behavioral and the societal. Education is a human activity that is
always socially and historically determined. It can be taken to refer to
those processes by means of which the ‘coming generation’ is enabled to
undertake the tasks maintained within the context of a pre-existing so-
cial situation. “Education normatively is the inter-subjective process of
learning to be self-reliant person in society.”672 It is a human response,
human enterprise and human creativity. Such human personhood is con-
ceived in terms of our sociality.
There are four basic dimensions of education: the cognitive dimen-
sion, the normative dimension, the creative dimension and the dialogical
dimension. “Education in the human sense is not merely a matter of ac-
quiring knowledge and skills, and of norms and values. It must also be
creative, action-oriented.”673 If education is conceived as learning to be
a self-reliant person in society the four dimensions find here a unity that
integrates them into a single pedagogy: an educational approach: An
670 Bennaars, G. A. Ethics, Education and Development, 13.
671 Dictionary of Word Origins, 354.
672 G. Bennaars, 64.
673 Ibid, 66.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 515
integrated pedagogy. Such integration is basic in mainstreaming ethics
in education.
21.4 Managing Education
Promotion of ethics in education needs sound management. Proper
management of educational institutions is essential in realizing the goals
of education and effective utilization of institutional resources. There is
the need for managerial knowledge and skills. According to A. A.
Teklemariam: “Management is viewed as the process undertaken by one
or more individuals to co-ordinate the activities of others to achieve re-
sults not achievable by one individual acting alone.”674
According to J. K. Nyerere conception of education the issue of self-
reliance is central. Education for self-reliance, it has to be reviewed in
the context of people’s needs and social objectives. “That purposed as to
transmit from one generation to the next one accumulated wisdom and
the knowledge of the society, and to prepare the young people for their
future membership of the society and their active participation in its
maintenance or development.”675 Formal education intends to reinforce
the social ethics existing in the particular society and to prepare person
to be responsible in society. It is the issue of preparing young people to
live in and to serve the society. “Wherever education falls in any of the-
se field, then the society falters in its progress or there is social unrest as
people find out their education has prepared them for a future which is
not open to them.”676
Educational change ought to be meaningful. This is part of managing
education. If reforms are to be successful, those involved in such re-
674 Tecklemariam, Ammanuel A. Managing Education: A Handbook for Stu-
dents Teachers, Trainers and School Principals, Nairobi, CUEA Press, 2009, 1.
675 Nyerere, Julius K. Freedom and Socialism: A Selection from Writing and
Speeches, Oxford University Press, 1968, 268.
676 Nyerere, Freedom and Socialism, 269.
516 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
structuring efforts must find meaning concerning what should change as
well as how to go about change. Dissatisfaction with and interest in the
respects for educational reform is a common issue. “It isn’t that people
resist change as much as they don’t know how to cope with it.”677
Where are those who are claiming that higher institutions of learning are
being bombarded by change, there are others who remark that there is
nothing new under the sun. “One of the most fundamental problems in
education today is that people do not have a clear coherent sense of
meaning about what education change is for what it is, and how it pro-
ceeds.”678
Education administration concerns the operation of educational insti-
tutions. Administration ought to be rooted and founded on a code of
ethics as a guide. A code of ethics provides in concise fashion the behav-
ioral norms for entire institution or for particular profession or occupa-
tion. “Educational Administration can be defined as a social process
concerned with creating, maintaining, stimulating, controlling and unify-
ing formally or informally, the organized human, financial and material
energies within a system designed to accomplish predetermined educa-
tional objectives.”679
Education administration concerns the operations of educational in-
stitutions. A code of ethics provides in concise way the behavioral
norms for the entire institution or for a particular profession or occupa-
tion such as the teaching profession. One of the distinctive marks of a
profession is its dedication to compose its own code and apply it to its
members. Professional code offers summaries of ethical norms of pro-
fession. In a religious context, the ethics of code can be understood in
the covenant or contract. It is a concern for reciprocal responsibility. For
677 Fullan, Michael G. & Suzanne Stiegelbauer, The New Meaning of Educa-
tional Change, London, Continuum, 1991, XIV.
678 The New Meaning of Educational Change, 4.
679 Tecklemariam, Managing Education, 2.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 517
example, a responsible professional engineer will infuse ethical values
into his/her decision making. Such dimension of responsibility is basic
in promoting environmental ethical education.
21.5 Professional Ethics
A profession is not simply a way of making a living. It is the fulfill-
ment of an occupation to which standards of competence and responsi-
bility are (respected) attached. Professional ethics deals with the values
appropriate to certain types of occupational activity such as medicine,
law and divinity. The crucial challenge is that of mainstreaming ethical
values in training professionals. A profession in a general sense means
someone’s occupation, in a narrower meaning it refers to a certain kind
of activity, one carrying with it a certain status and associated with a
particular ethics.680 A profession tends to be distinguished by a body of
knowledge, mastery of what regulate entrance to its ranks, and by an
ideal service. Professional bodies have distinctive degree of autonomy in
regulating both access to the profession and professional ethical con-
duct.
The concept of profession focuses upon five principle criteria of pro-
fessionalism.681 First, professions offer an important public service
(community service). Second, have distinctive ethical dimension, for
example, the code of ethics. Such a code expressed the fundamental
ethics and the law of culture. Third, professionals include a theoretical
as well as practically – based expertise. Fourth, professions need organi-
zation and regulation for the purpose of recruitment and discipline.
Fifth, professional practioners require a high degree of individual auton-
680 Chadwick, Ruth “Professional Ethics” in G. De Stexhe & J. Verstraeten
(eds.) Matter of Breath: Foundations for Professional Ethics, Leaven, Peeters,
2000, 17.
681 Carr, David, “Professional Education and Professional Ethics” in Matter of
Breath, 15-56, 17.
518 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
omy - independence of judgment for effective practice. Professions con-
tain a strong ethical dimension which serves to distinguish professional
from other occupations. Professional ethics is concerned not only with
relations with clients, colleagues and members of the public, but also
with promoting the public image of the profession.
21.6 Environmental Theological Ethics
21.6.1 Environmental Ethics
Environmental ethics is the study of the ethics of human dealings
with the impacts upon nature. Environmental ethics focuses on the con-
cern of ethics on what we should do and be disposed to do regarding
nature or the material universe. It is the matter of human beings relation
to nature and their behavior towards it. According to Benedict XVI,
“The way humanity treats the environment influences the way it treats
itself and vice versa.”682
There is a crucial challenge of environmental care in Africa. While
science and technology have promoted human capacity to exploit the
environment, this has a cost on the environment. According to J. C.
Smyth, “Our environment is the totality of what we live in, natural or
constructed, spatial, social and temporal. It is an extension of ourselves,
its health requiring the same care as our own health.”683
The key environmental issues include land use change from forest to
woodland and urban spheres. The soil is the earth’s fragile skin. The
development of Africa is determined by her ability to conserve and
manage her land resources. Land management is the very cornerstone of
strategies for food security. Aldo Leopard, prominent ecologist, forester
and environmentalist lamented by noting:
682 Benedict XVI, Caritas in Veritate, art. 51.
683 Smith, John C. “Environment and Education. A View of a Changing Scene,”
Environmental Education Research, 12: 3-4, 247-264, July – Sept. 2006, 248.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 519
“Obligations have no meaning without conscience, and the problem
we face is the extension of the social conscience from people to the
land. No important change in ethics was ever accomplished without
an internal change in our intellectual emphasis loyalties, affections,
and convictions. The proof that conservation has not yet touched
these foundations of conduct lies in the fact that religion [has] not
yet heard it.”684
Pollution is among the crucial environmental problems especially in
urban areas. Pollution is any action rendering the environment impure.
It is a process of introduction of contaminants into the environment and
causes radical changes. Air pollution is a reality we are already paying
for through the nose. Air pollution takes place when abnormal elements
are added to air. It can be due to various toxins and gases from factories
and combustion of fossil fuels. Those who pollute the air are in reality
abusing what belongs to common heritage:
“In the DRC, for example, water is continuously and progressive-
ly polluted by numerous wastes related to human settlement,
which includes an increasing number of old, rust pipes leaking
pollutants into the water system. Household wastes are thrown
into water point and rivers and water-borne diseases have multi-
plied.”685
21.6.2 Environmental Theological Foundations
Environmental theological ethics is rooted in our modern obligation
to care for the environment, to respect all of God’s creation and to as-
sure that its goods are equitably shared with all. Environmental theolo-
gy acknowledges the dignity of the human person and recognized hu-
684 Leopold, Aldo, A Sand County Almanac: With Essays on Conservation from
Found River, New York, Ballantine, 1949, 1970, 246.
685 Mwambazambi, K. “A Theological View of Environmental Protection in
Africa”, in die Skiriflig 45 (4) 2011, 849-866, 857.
520 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
mans as uniquely singular but yet integral to creation. According to Jür-
gen Moltmann’s observation: “Today a theological doctrine of creation
which can responsibly be maintained must first of all come to terms crit-
ically with its own tradition and history of its own influence, before it
can face up to the dialogue with the modern naturel sciences and the
contemporary philosophy of nature.”686
Lynn White argued that the Western Christian cosmology promotes
human domination and exploitation of nature. This project has been seen
by some as promoting the spirit that humanity was made to benefit and
rule all other things in the spirit of Genesis 1:26-30, human beings are
consideration be created in the image and likeness of God, hence having
superiority to dominate all other creatures. L. White states that Christi-
anity “not only established a dualism of man and nature but also insisted
that it’s God’s will that man exploit nature for his proper ends.”687
The accusation made by L. White is wake up challenge which ought
to be taken seriously. “Being accused of not paying attention is one
thing: being held culprit i.e. for planetary devastation is another. White
charged that Christianity is the most anthropocentric religion in the
world.”688 He has a point. However, to argue that Christianity is signifi-
cantly responsible for environmental crisis is in a sense true but this ac-
cusation tends to overlook what appears to be a common human tenden-
cy towards ecological damage. The accusation made is a challenge to
reconsider the way we care for the environment in the theological con-
text.
686 Moltmann, Jürgen, God in Creation: A New Theology of Creation and the
Spirit of God, Minneapolis, Fortress Press 1993, 21.
687 Lynn White, “The Historical Roots of Our Ecological Crisis” Science 155
(1967) 1203-1204, p. 1205.
688 Cowdin, Daniel “Environmental Ethics” in: Theological Studies, 69 (2008),
164-184, p. 165.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 521
21.7 Environmental Theological Tradition
Environmental theological ethics calls for re-examination of the
world on nature in the light of Christian faith. In the spirit of Vatican II,
Gaudium et Spes the Pastoral Constitution in the Modern World calls for
the Church as it has “the duty to scrutinizing the signs of the times and
interpreting them in the light of the gospel.”689 The document laments
the split between faith and daily life. Among the problems of special
urgency considered is that of degradation of the naturel environment. In
order to promote environmental ethics in education, there is the need to
be in touch with the signs of times (Gaudium et spes (p. 9).
Through faith it is possible to discern what we should be or how we
should act and react in real situations. This is a way of scrutinizing, re-
flecting and realizing God’s continuous and active presence in the world
within and around us:
“Still further the human greed for more and better is causing
enormous damage to the prospect of human well-being survival
and continuity, which is evident in the ecological concerns, such
as pollution of land, water and air, global warming and climate
change.”690
Reading the signs of the times implies the vocation of each believer
in Christ to participate in the divine life despite the sinfulness, fragile
difficult human circumstances scrutinizing the sign of the times consist
of understanding of God’s active and loving presence in human history
to bring about the reign of peace, justice and love.
689 Vatican II, Gaudium et Spes, December 7, 1965, AAs 58 (1966), 1025-1115,
art. 4.
690 Prem Xalxo, “Reading the Signs of The Times: A Moral Theological Ap-
praisal,” in Shaji G. Kochuthara (ed.) Revisiting Vatican II: 50 Years of Renew-
al, 172-189, 173.
522 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
The 1971 Synod of Bishops focuses (Justitia in Mundo) on the issues
of justice in the world. The Church has a role in environmental care.
The synod noted that: “Action on behalf of justice and participation in
the transformation of the world fully appear to us as a constitutive di-
mension of preaching of the Gospel.”691 The Church is called to witness
to justice through its own lifestyle, educational activities and interna-
tional action. Environmental issues are social justice issues.
“Large scale looting of rare materials and natural resources from
the developing world by developed world continues. The envi-
ronmental impacts on the developing are there for everyone to
see.”692 “The challenge, thus, before the Church and the world is
to address the huge divide in the world between the haves and the
have nots, the poor and the rich in all its dimensions, not just ma-
terials poverty, which a culture of sharing and giving.”693
The care for environment has to be taken in a broader perspective of
the development of people. According to Pope Paul VI in Populorum
Progressio, integral development implies a search for a development
that is for each person and the whole person.694 It is a transition from
less human conditions to those which are more human. By extension
those human conditions include convenient environment. Populorum
Progressio is about a ‘new humanism’, a full-bodied humanism’ as op-
posed to ‘narrow humanism’. Humanism tends to focus on the natural
order. First, it makes a person more human and manifests his/her origi-
nal greatness. Second, Christian humanism promotes a new Christian
691 Synod of Bishops, Justitia in Mundo, AAS, 63 (1971) 923-942, art. 6.
692 George, M. K. “Post Vatican 11 Challenges To Social Justice” in Revisiting
Vatican11:50 Years of Renewal, Vol. 11 (ed.), Kichuthara, Shaji G., Bangalore:
Dharmaram Publications, 2015, 225-235, 231.
693 Ibid, 236.
694 Paul VI, Populorum Progressio, 26 March 1967, AAS, 59 (1967) 257-299,
art. 14.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 523
order no longer sacred but secular in its forms. Humanism is founded in
the axiom that humans are the measure of things. Jacques Maritain’s
concept of an integral humanism was based in the values of the incarna-
tion and the transcendent reality of God.
Pope Paul VI in Octogesima Adveniens made a call for action for the
environment. The appeal is made in view of the dramatic consequences
of an ill-considered exploitation of nature. Environmental crises are
mainly rooted in human beings activities to nature. Octogesima Ad-
veniens poses a question: “Having naturally endeavored to control na-
ture, are we now becoming the slave of the objects which we make?”695
By an ill-considered exploitation of nature people risk destroying and
becoming the fiction of this degradation. The material environment is
becoming a menace-pollution.
The focus is on the value of freedom and participation of believers in
searching for solutions to various problems facing individual countries
and the world. This initial step is that of making a critical analysis of
particular circumstances experienced by people. This step points to the
relevance of sociological analysis in order to have clear insights on lib-
eral ideologies, urbanization and environmental issues.
Pope Paul VI in Octogesima Adveniens made a call for action for en-
vironment. The appeal is made in view of the dramatic consequences of
an ill-considered exploitation of nature. Environmental crises are mainly
rooted in human beings activities to nature. Paul VI poses a question:
“having rationally endeavored to control nature, are we now becoming
the slaves of the objects which we make?”696 By an ill-considered ex-
ploitation of nature people risk destroying and becoming the fiction of
this degradation.
The call for action has to be evaluated in the context of industrializa-
tion. That is the process by which economies and societies in which ag-
695 O. A., 9.
696 Paul VI, Octogesima Adveniens, art. 9.
524 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
riculture and the production of handicrafts predominance became trans-
formed into economies and societies where manufacturing and related
extractive industries are control. The process of industrialization is
closely related to the overall modernization of societies. In a sense, it is
taken as a means to control nature/ exploit nature. As Paul VI noted: In
view of industrialization:
“The introduction of industry is a necessity for economic growth
and human progress, it is also sign of development and contrib-
utes to it. By persistent work and use of the intelligence people
gradually wrest nature’s secrets from her and find a better appli-
cation for her riches.”697
John Paul II issued Redemptoris Hominis on 4th March 1979 to
commemorate the 25th anniversary of Ad Gentes (on the missionary ac-
tivity of the Church).698 There is a link made between religious beliefs
and human behavior. We need to discover God in all the beings he has
created and to find his life giving spirit in all the community of creation
that they share. What is needed is the integration the historical symbol
of hope, the kingdom of God with the natural symbol of hope, the new
creation. The integration of real history with nature leads to awareness
of the social concerns.
The focus of Redemptor hominis is on the issue of redemption and
the dignity of the human race. The encyclical is devoted to the concept
of integral humanism, which views the totality of human beings as a
center of all history, human and divine. Thus points to the centrality of
human race to the world history of salvation: “for the Church all ways
lead to man.” In Christianity, anthropocentricism is not watered down:
“In Christ and through Christ, human persons have acquired full aware-
697 Paul VI, Populorum Progressio, art. 25.
698 John Paul II, Redemptoris Hominis, March 4, 1979, A.S.S. 71 (1979), 257-
324.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 525
ness of their dignity.”699 The crucial issue is that the world contains
many forces that reduce and destroy the dignity of the human person.
John Paul II is disheartened by the situation of fear (RH, 43-48) injustice
(RH, 49-59), alienation (RH, 44), and ecological devastation.700 He calls
for a structural transformation by individual and people who are free and
linked in solidarity. There is emphasizing on the role of personal respon-
sibility with call for a structural solution, which is developed in human
work.
Pope John Paul II issued Solitudi Rei sociallis on 30th Dec. 1984, to
commemorate the twentieth anniversary of Populorum progressio.701
The encyclical points at the urgency and about the need to care for the
environment in order to promote and enjoy true development. Such a
development must affect salvation of individuals and peoples. This in-
volves two related and interdependent aspects. First, salvation from want
and second from fear. The development cannot ignore the use of the
elements of nature, the renewable of resources and the consequence of
haphazard industrialization.702
John Paul II focuses on solidarity and takes into account two notable
issues of liberation theology: structural sin and the preferential option
for the poor. Encyclical calls attention to some demographic problems
and point out some ecological concerns referred to in Octogesims Ad-
veniens. The notion of integral development includes the concept of the
human flourishing of the whole person and every person. Genuine hu-
manization of life is the divinization of life, which finds its fulfillment in
through Christ. The encyclical calls for urban for the social transfor-
mation. In other words, there is no room in the social teaching of the
699 John Paul II, Redemptor Hominis, 40-42.
700 Ibid., 52.
701 John Paul II, Solicitudo Rei Socialis, 30th December 1987.
702 SBS, art. 34.
526 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
church for Fuga mundi that’s to say, resignation or withdrawal from the
world.703
There is a need to analyses the situation of the world through social
analysis. In the context of SRS, an indicator of development (true) is
also in the sphere of the theology of ecology. The moral character of
development is rooted and founded in true development. As noted in
SRS:
“a true concept of development cannot ignore the issue of the el-
ement of nature, the renewability of resources and the conse-
quences of haphazard industrialization-three considerations
which alert our consciences to the moral dimension of develop-
ment.”704
Pope John Paul II issued Laborem Exercens on 14th September 1981.
It is a theological and philosophical consideration of human work, is-
sued to commemorate 90 anniversary of Rerum Novarum work is for the
person not the person for work. The encyclical considers the subjective
dimension of work – the person who does it as being superior to the ob-
jective dimension. The approach of John Paul II in Laborem Exercen
makes a “shift of interest 1) from property to labor and 2) from a preoc-
cupation with doctrine to an analysis of historical facts.”705 There is a
call for structural transformation as a strategy to “bring a relief and hope
to the millions who today live in conditions of shameful and unworthy
703 Kariuki, Joseph, “Sollicitudo Rei Socialis” The Answer of The Church to
Economic Situations” In L. Namwera & Others in L. Namwera & others, To-
wards African Christian Liberation, Nairobi, St. Paul Publication Africa, 1990,
220-244, 227.
704 John Paul II, Sollicitudo rei socialis, art. 34.
705 Antoncich, Richard, Christians in the Face of Injustice: A Latin American
Reading of Catholic Social Teaching, New York, Maryknoll, Orbis Books,
1987, XIV.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 527
poverty.”706 This poverty is rooted on notions of direct and indirect em-
ployer, which are crucial in explaining the factors leading to the sad
light of laborers.
In pointing out the gospel of work, John Paul II state:
“the expression ‘subdue the earth’ has an immense range. It
means all the resources that the earth (and indirectly the visible
world) contained and which, and through the conscious activity
of people, can be discovered and used to their ends”707.
Each and every persons in various way is involved in the process
whereby we ‘subdue the earth’ through our work.
In view of celebrating the centenary of Rerum Novarum, John Paul II
issued Centisimus Annus on 1 May 1991. The document appeals for a
serious consideration to be offered to care for the environment. There is
a type of consumerism which is destroying the environment. Consumer-
ism prioritizes and promotes a culture of consumption the process in
which goods are utilized to satisfy economic needs. Equally troubling is
the ecological issue which accompanies the problem of consumerism. It
is the desire to have and to enjoy rather that to be and to grow. The eco-
logical crisis calls for a common responsibility. It is the issue of peace
with God, peace with all of creation.708
Centisimus Annus was issued in the hundredth anniversary Rerum
Novarum. It is a review of Pope Leo XIII Rerum Novarum. This re-
reading is categorized in a three - directional view into the past present
and future: a) a looking back at the text by pointing out the characteris-
tics of the condition of the workers: b) a looking around by pointing out
the orientation towards the new things in the first decade in the century,
706 Laborem Exercens, art. 4.
707 Laborem Exercens, art. 4.
708 John Paul II, “The Ecological Crisis; A Common Responsibility” on the
World Day of Peace, 1990.
528 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
and c) looking into the future in the third millennium too, the church
will be faithful in making people’s way her own, through Christ.
John Paul II notes and acknowledges the poor’s capacity for work. It
is recognition of the self-affirmation in the social question of work. The
poor has the right to share in gaining and profiting from material goods
and to make use of their ability and capacity for work. Hence they have
a positive role in creating and promoting justice in true world for the
common good. This approach of recognizing the role of the poor and
their participation is not paternalistic. That is the claim or attempt to
provide the needs or to regulate the life of a nation or community in the
same way a father does those of his children. Paternalism is the practice
principle of paternal and ministration government as by a father. There
is a need to provide due significance to the liberating power of the poor
themselves.
Pope Benedict XVI issued the encyclical Caritas in Veritate on 29
June 2009.709 The cross-cutting issue is integral human development.
There is a tendency to conceive nature as mere consequence evolution
determinism, eradication of our sense of responsibility. It may lead to
abuse of nature. Nature ought to be conceived as the fruit of God’s crea-
tion. It is a grave contradiction, one that despises the poor and disrupts
the environment.
Benedict XVI appeals from the reality of human solidarity which al-
so imposes a duty. “An overemphasis on rights leads to a disregard for
duties.” This sharing of reciprocal duties is a more powerful incentive to
action than the mere assertion of rights710 The issue of development is
closely linked to the duties based on our relationship to the national en-
vironment. As Benedict XVI notes: “The environment is God’s gift to
everyone and in our use of it we have a responsibility towards the poor,
709 Benedict XVI, Caritas in Veritate, 29 June, 2009.
710 Ibid., 43.
Promotion of Environmental Ethics in Theological Education 529
towards future generations and towards humanity as a whole.”711 Nature
is an expression of a design of love and truth. It is spreading to us of the
creator (Romans 1: 20). The universe and life in all its form are a testi-
mony of God’s creative power, His love and enduring presence. “Reduc-
ing nature merely to a collection of contingent data ends up doing vio-
lence to the environment and even encouraging activity that fail to re-
spect human nature itself.”712
Pope Francis issued an encyclical letter Laudato Si. It initiates revo-
lution on environment (24 May 2015).713 Our common name is like a
sister who is crying due to the harm that has been inflicted on by our
code of responsibility. Pope Francis invites people of good work to take
into account their responsibility for current and coming generations. The
instrumentalization of nature leads to its abuse. According to Pope Fran-
cis, “care for ecosystem demands farsightedness, since no one looking
for quick and easy profit is truly interested in their preservation.”714 The
natural environment: the forest, the water, the land belong not just to the
modern generation but also to future generations. Laudato Si ignites
revolutions on environment that is rooted on the interpretation of the
scripture from below that is from the experience of people.
21.8 Conclusion
This study is a humble contribution in mainstreaming ethics in theo-
logical education. It is a reflection on an environmental ethics, its nature,
its theological presuppositions and its application. Our focus has been on
the ethics of human dealings with the impacts upon nature. Environmen-
tal theological ethics is founded on the obligation to care for the envi-
711 Ibid., 48.
712 Ibid., 48.
713 Francis, Encyclical letter, Laudato Si, 24 May 2015.
714 Ibid., 36.
530 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ronment, to respect all the God’s creation and to ensure that its goods
are equitably shared with all, such a theology acknowledges the dignity
of human person and recognizes humans as uniquely singular but yet
integral to creation. Such acknowledgement is basic in promoting envi-
ronmental awareness. It is an issue of human survival as well as survival
of all creatures. Environmental theological education seeks to consider
the theological foundation for sound relationship between God, human
and the cosmos. The implied integration is crucial in mainstreaming
ethics in theological education.
22
EDUCATION FOR PEACE
RE-IMAGINING THE SELF, THE OTHER AND CREATION
Tobias Dindi Ong’aria
22.1 Abstract
Kenya is a country fragmented ethnically. Public calls for peace have
yielded little, just as in the past715. Peace has however been wrongly
understood, in a reductionist way, as absence of war, rather than in a
more holistic way that encompasses the tranquillity of the whole indi-
vidual, the other, and collectively the human community and creation.
Such an ideal is illusory if sought in public rallies; as such, the best con-
ceptual space for the search of such an ideal is in the classroom. This
article will be an attempt at theorizing this possibility of higher educa-
tion that encompasses a whole person, in relation to the other and collec-
tively, in relation to creation. It is an attempt at a structure that can take
various forms of actualization, depending on contexts. The desired result
is an education system that inculcates the value of unity within the indi-
vidual person at a first level, between individual persons and communi-
715 A Kenyan Jesuit, undergraduate student of Philosophy and Humanities at
Arrupe College, Jesuit School of Philosophy and Humanities, Harare Zimbabwe.
532 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
ties at a second level, and between humanity and the earth as his home at
a third level. A break in any of these levels is a necessary recipe for a
collapse of the entire structure. To theorize such a structure, I venture
into existential self-discovery as basis for the first level, inter-
subjectivity at the second level, and ecological inter-subjectivity at the
third. I will stress the need to reimagine education that fosters liberative
approaches, forming individuals into critical beings, transcending their
facticity, to their existential and relational reality. Such is core for a sys-
tem of Peace Education.
22.2 Introduction
In recent days, events have crammed the Kenyan social media that
inspire my reflection on ethics in higher education in Kenya, and by
extension, in Africa. First, in October of 2016, in Nakuru Kenya, the
social media wakes up to trending pictures of a 25 year old young wom-
an whose humility surprises Kenya. As a customer care staff of one of
Kenya’s biggest mobile networks, Safaricom, Pauline Muganda walks a
few yards from her place of work, kneels next to a physically challenged
old man, and offers a service that ordinarily this man would have had to
queue for at the customer service centre. The second incident happens in
Nairobi, Kenya’s capital. March 2017, a homeless, unkempt young uni-
versity graduate is walking idly on the street and stumbles upon two
bundles of cash amounting to Kshs. 200,000 (about $2000) dropped by
someone walking just ahead of him. He picks the cash and runs after the
owner of the cash, who is unaware that she dropped her money, and
perhaps thinks the young man intends to rob her. She seeks shelter at a
bank’s entrance because the security personnel could perhaps ‘help’. To
her dismay, the young man says “umeangusha pesa” (you dropped
money). The media is awash with these two stories with conspicuous
titles: The first story, one online daily titles; “I love helping people, says
customer care attendant who melted hearts” (Mureithi, 2016) and the
Education for Peace 533
second, “Kenyans hunt for homeless saint who returned Sh 200’000 to
owner” (Musambi, 2017).
These two events are important for a conversation on ethics in higher
education for two reasons. First, in a society where corruption scandals
are almost ordinary, yet such heroic acts are interpreted as so rare to
‘melt hearts’ and for a homeless man to be referred to as a ‘homeless
saint’ is an indictment on what the school does to members of the socie-
ty. Why are ethically reflective individuals so rare? Is it evidence that
the school does not educate an ethical individual anymore? Does our
education system educate the person into a material conception of edu-
cation bereft of any moral grounding? With the current state of affairs in
Kenya and Africa, there is no reason whatsoever to answer any of these
questions in the negative. We could even rightly claim that moral rea-
soning is a rare trait because it is not educated into the mind of the per-
son going through the education system. Secondly, does the Kenyan
education system educate the human person to be open to the reality of
the other, foreign to him/her thanks to differences of race, tribe, religion
and gender among other categories? Unless the Kenyan young person is
educated to accept the reality that the society we live in is a shared
world, moral reasoning becomes fundamentally impeded. Thirdly, is the
educated mind aware that the responsibility to take care of the shared
world is primarily the individual’s? Unless this is appreciated, coexist-
ing in the society becomes an illusion. Education ought to liberate the
mind to appreciate these three dimensions, the individual, the other, and
creation. This is an attempt at showing why this kind of education is a
necessity for the future of our societies.
22.3 Scope of the Work
To achieve such a project, I venture into three main areas that will be
building blocks for the structure that holds together the idea of educating
the mind for societal living. First, to educate a purpose driven, ethical
534 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
mind, the individual has to be guided necessarily into imagining the
purpose of existence. Although in existential thinking, whether human
life is purposed or is an absurd coincidental existence is a topic of inter-
est. The first section will show why the purpose of life is an important
area of reflection for the mind that is being prepared for ethical thought
and living. I will offer a review of a motion picture, The Sunset Limited,
to show why existential mystery is important for the reflection of a
young person going through an education system preparing them for
societal living.
Secondly I will stay with existential thought to show why thinking
with the good of the other person and hence the common good is so elu-
sive in the contemporary society. Partly, this stems from a failure to ap-
preciate human life as an existential mystery. Unless human life is thus
approached as existentially a mystery, the treatment that the individual
accords to the other will lack a critical component that appreciates the
humanity of the other person. Humans will be approached as instru-
ments for an individual’s good, and not as ends in themselves.
Thirdly, unless humanity is approached as ends in themselves, as fel-
low travellers in the pilgrimage of current corporeal existence, there will
be no reason whatsoever to make the world a better place for future gen-
erations. Flora and fauna remain just sources of immediate gratification,
and not an equilibrium that must be maintained for a balanced existence
and good of future generations.
Finally how does this relate to a society’s system of education, and
importantly, what does this have to do with ethics in higher education.
Primarily, this is reflection that ought to be entrenched in the education
system, the ethical question of what is the right thing to do must escape
the normative to go into circumstantial reflectivion. To form a young
person who immerses himself/herself in such reflection for his/her fac-
tual good; the good of the other, and the good of future generations
would be a desirable formative component of education. How this can
Education for Peace 535
be achieved while balancing the transmission of skills valuable for life
and the job market is key to educating the mind. In defining education,
Ike (2017) talks of integral education as that which
“makes possible the emergence of all round persons, equipped
upon completion of studies to transform society and positively.
This is the business of a university in the current times. In defin-
ing education in the context of society in the twenty first century,
‘true education’ must be an ‘education in criticism’. It is the ex-
ercise to question things from their origin, allowing doubt and
examination of the problem to come to a balanced conclusion and
position (22).”
The last section will concentrate on why this critical balance is a ne-
cessity with urgency if education is to make sense at all.
22.4 Existential Mystery: The Sunset Limited
“[…] the problem the existentialists were concerned with was the
problem of meaning. Human beings crave meaning; they crave
an orderly universe that they can make sense of. When you find
that the universe isn’t going to cooperate, when you discover that
the stories you’ve told yourself in an attempt to force it to have
meaning have ceased to work, you feel like you’re a stranger in
the world” (Panza and Gale, 2008, 9).
With the enlightenment, the question of meaning of life is inevitable.
The religious believer, with a staunch explanation of the reality based on
belief of a transcendent being, on one hand, and the extreme pessimist
on the other hand, give room for the existentialist enterprise in the mid-
dle of them, battling with the question of who is right, whose view tells
the reality about human life? The importance of this question spills off
to other questions at the centre of the human person’s quest to under-
536 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
stand who he truly is. Who exactly are we? What is our origin? What is
our purpose in this life? What is our destiny? And ultimately, with these
questions, the ethical question of what is the right thing to do is neces-
sarily with us. The education process cannot escape this quest. The film,
The Sunset Limited, exposes several existential questions without an-
swers, leaving them to the existentialist mind to battle with.
The Sunset Limited is set in a small room, owned by a man named
Black, one of the only two characters in the movie. The other character
of the movie named White, has attempted to commit suicide by jumping
into an eighty mile per hour train, “the Sunset Limited.” Black engages
in a long argumentative attempt to make White reconsider his project of
the Sunset Limited, which henceforth refers to suicide. As it is revealed,
Black is a former inmate in a jail house, from Louisiana, who, claims
that he experienced God speak to him, and therefore lives his life with a
firm belief in God and his son Jesus Christ, a faith he appeals to in order
to try and convince White to abandon The Sunset limited project.
White is a professor, a pessimist who believes neither in God nor an
afterlife. To him, there is nothing to hope for after death except a peace-
ful darkness. Belief in God is a false quest for consolation in despair
(McCarthy, The Sunset Limited, script, 2006, 59). All of Black’s at-
tempts at convincing White to abandon the Sunset Limited project fail.
White eventually storms out of the house apparently headed for suicide
after Black cannot do anything else to stop him. A despaired Black re-
mains in his room calling upon God, who apparently seems absent.
Several issues arise here, the first, suicide. White reason for thinking
of suicide is is seen in his words:
“Letting it all go is the place I finally got to. It took a lot of work
to get there and if there is one thing I would be unwilling to give
up, it is exactly that. […] The one thing I won’t give up is giving
up. I expect that to carry me through, am depending on it. […]
you give up the world line by line. Everything you do closes a
Education for Peace 537
door in front of you. And finally there is only one door left”
(McCarthy, The Sunset Limited, 2006).
The other question raised is the belief in God. Black is a Christian,
while White is an atheist. White asks Black who it is that appointed him
(Black) to be his guardian Angel? Black responds that White knows who
appointed him. He says, he did not ask White to leap into his arms in the
subway station where he was attempting suicide. In his response is im-
plicit belief that God or Jesus sent him to save White, hence provoking
White’s question, “do you really think Jesus is in this room?” to this he
responds, “[…] I know he is in this room” (McCarthy, 2006, 8). Where-
as the Bible for instance is true for Black, for White, it is made up, just
like Leo Tolstoy’s War and Peace. The true book for him would be like
Decline and fall of the Roman Empire, for would be about actual events.
Suffering is to him an intrinsic part of humanity, and not even liquor
could possibly address his problems. Only the Sunset Limited can ad-
dress his problems, only suicide. God is not the solution either, the peo-
ple that are on the quest for God, in his view, are seen by atheists like
him as having something really wrong with them.
Is there an afterlife? Not for White. Every person according to White
dies marking the end of everything. In his worldview, life is a labour
camp from which the workers are led forth by lottery –pure chance, a
few each day to be executed. All attempts to improve the world just
make it worse (McCarthy, 2006, 52). He is more preoccupied with min-
imalizing pain, and a jump into the Sunset Limited will serve this pur-
pose, because a train moving at a high speed will not cause pain but in-
stant death.
Back to the motivation for suicide: Black suggests that all people
seeking suicide are blind. For him, the ordinary folk go through each
day in pain and grief, but they are not intent on suicide. If they were, it
would be a fulltime job burying people each day. Those contemplating
suicide either can’t bear something they lost or maybe it is what they
538 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
have that they cannot bear to lose, they would rather die than give up
(McCarthy, 2006, 54). This led to White’s response, mentioned earlier,
that giving up is the only thing he cannot give up.
These two towards the end of the film summarize their worldviews.
Black believes that all we need to do is to live with hope, and join others
in the human community in travelling the journey of life, interacting as a
human community and learning from others’ mistakes, listen to those
who have gone the way of losing hope and hence be thankful that we did
not tread that route. White on the other hand believes that we should die
and go forever. For him, even an afterlife would be a nightmare. He
would not wish to even meet the people he knew in this life if an after-
life exists; not even his mother, which would be horror. The ideal after-
life for him is darkness, silence, blackness and peace (McCarthy, 2006,
57). He claims to be a professor of darkness. He wishes for a religion
that prepares people for death, nothingness, for dreams are illusions; we
would all rather be suicidal.
The complexity of the questions surrounding who exactly we are,
what our purpose is, what our destiny is, and what the right thing to do
is, among other fundamental questions of existence are raised. The im-
portance for every learner to reflect on these questions cannot be over-
emphasized. In many cases, these questions are explored in a religious
context and an appropriation of religious beliefs helps offer individuals a
sense of purpose. In Higher education, there is no harm of exploring
these questions in a guided, critical academic environment that helps
individuals crystalize values that eventually become important in the
formation of worldviews. Some African countries have introduced such
philosophical reflection in their education systems as early as high
school levels (UNESCO, 2009). The criticality appropriated in this pro-
cess is priceless, yet others have not seen this need even at tertiary and
higher education, the effect runs deep in the quality of resultant socie-
ties.
Education for Peace 539
Hinged on the reflection arising from these questions is the quest for
the best possible way to live as a human person. That quest leads deeper;
given that we are social and political animals as humans, we must figure
out how best to live in a human community. Exploration of existential
questions is therefore trickling down to socio-ethical questions. The next
section is an attempt at exploring questions that facilitate reflection bor-
dering on the relationship with the other, necessary for a communal co-
existence.
22.5 Who is My Neighbour? The Alterity of the Other
The question of who the other person is to us and how best we ought
to relate with the other has gotten a lot of treatment on Philosophical
reflection. Many thinkers have taken an interest in this area because the
impact of dehumanization of the other in human history from the slave
trade, colonization, the holocaust, genocides, civil wars, and several
other forms of violence that plague the human world. A lack of funda-
mental critical reflection on our common human experience surrounding
who we really are as humans is a conspicuous cause of such failures in
humanity. An education system that does not prepare its young people
for a future that reflects on who the individual is, who the other is, and
how these two relate in a human society is an education system that fails
fundamentally. The brokenness of the world experienced in a myriad of
ways is a manifestation of a crisis that runs deeper than we notice ordi-
narily.
Marcel (1951) dramatically characterizes the world as broken using
the image of a watch that has stopped ticking. Look at the watch, and
everything looks perfectly in place, but put it close to your ear, the tick
sound that is familiar from a normal working watch is missing. “The
world of human creatures, it seems to me it must have had a heart at one
time, but today you would say the heart had stopped beating” (22). It is
540 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
this same brokenness that Pope Francis has talked of in a more thought
provoking manner. For Pope Francis:
“The social dimensions of global change […] social exclusion,
[…] social breakdown, increased violence and a rise in new
forms of social aggression, drug trafficking, growing drug use by
young people, and the loss of identity. These are signs that the
growth of the past two centuries has not always led to an integral
development and an improvement in the quality of life. Some of
these signs are also symptomatic of real social decline, the silent
rupture of the bonds of integration and social cohesion” (Francis,
2015, #46)
For Pope Francis, the social problems that are experienced in today’s
world, even ecological, are growing because “the internal deserts have
become so vast necessitating […] profound interior conversion” (# 217).
This brokenness, if it is to be found inwards, cannot be conceived of
without going to one of the fundamental traits of the human person, the
fact that man is social by nature. The human crisis of our time cannot
find redress unless relationships between man and his neighbour are re-
examined and brought to the level of communal reflection. In this case,
the way individuals predispose themselves to relate with one another is
key to any possibilities of reflection about these social crises.
Appiah (1992) has argued convincingly about the danger of catego-
rization and how categories can be wrongly employed in history. One
area he emphasizes upon is the idea of race and how it has been pushed
to do what it cannot do. Whereas race cannot be accounted for as a fun-
damental human category, it has been used in the past to justify the slave
trade and colonialism. In our time something similar would be the tribe,
or even social classes, and how they categorize members of a society
into subtle groups that are not in any way beneficial to the growth of a
cosmopolitan society.
Education for Peace 541
These are various examples in which the other person has gone
through various processes of dehumanization and hence severing fun-
damental links that ought to bind humanity together, instead breaking
them apart. In the thought of Levinas (1979), himself a survivor of the
holocaust, the relational problem between individuals arises when we
fail to acknowledge that the face of the person that appears before us is a
mystery that we cannot fully grasp. Our attempts at explaining the other
person, the way we ordinarily do following stereotypes that we have
learned over time, does not tell us much about the other person.
As stated earlier, existential questions ought to help us appreciate the
fact that we are mysteries, and so grasping fully who we are remains just
a quest. How then can we claim to be able to fully explain the other per-
son just by employing a category assigned to them like their colour, or
their tribe? Unfortunately, in our own time, we have witnessed serial
dehumanization of people following stereotypes that are not backed by
factual knowledge. On social media in Kenya, tags like ‘your name be-
trays you’ have been employed stereotypically and have left the young
population greatly fragmented on ethnic lines716. Levinas (1979) argues
that we must always approach the other as a mystery, for whom we
ought to take responsibility. For this responsibility to be adequately as-
sumed, we must recognize that we are different, yet each person is
uniquely endowed with humanity, and that humanity must be respected
and accorded the due dignity it deserves.
The otherness of the other person cannot be overlooked. Yet our
classrooms have not put an effort to do this in realizable measure. The
education system of our time, if it has to attune itself for the future, must
teach young people to ask important questions about who is the other,
and how ought we relate with them. The flip side of the scenario is that
716 Tags like this have been employed widely on Kenyan social media, especial-
ly Facebook, to tell users on opposing sides of an argument that they hold a giv-
en position simply because they are of a given ethnicity.
542 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the ego is exalted over the relationship that ought to lead to the discov-
ery of the inter-subjective reality. Marcel (1965) in Homo Viator criti-
cises a world where the other is engaged to augment the satisfaction of
the self. When this is done, he says, we end up forming our own image
of the other, and this process being a worship of the self he calls
“egolatry,” that is, the worship of the ego (20).
The phrase Homo Viator loosely translates to itinerant man, or man
on a journey. This is the ideal attitude that ought to be adopted in relat-
ing with the other. That as human persons we are on a pilgrimage of
discovering ourselves as related to others with whom we continually
interact. We therefore ought to strike a relational balance with fellow
travellers on our worldly encounter, and this way we are better disposed
to make the world a better place for fellow wayfarers who will inhabit
the same spaces we inhabit in decades and centuries to come. The per-
fect scenario can only build onto this relational equilibrium, to a society
that takes care of the earth as the home of man. Ecological balance is a
critical area that demands reflection in every educational system because
nature, when not taken care of, can have drastic repercussions. I now
take a look at why the care of ecological balance is critical in this rela-
tionship of self, the other and creation and is an important consideration
for education.
22.6 Laudato si’: Alterity Meets a Higher Inter-
subjectivity
In his encyclical, Laudato si’, on the care of our common home,
Pope Francis advances that the brokenness of the world is rooted in hu-
man action, and this action follows so much on the dignity accorded to
the Other. In this section, I suggest that there is a similarity in the view
of the human person with the thinkers earlier mentioned. Both adopt an
ethics that respects inter-subjectivity.
Education for Peace 543
Let us revisit Levinas; he paints a picture of Western Philosophy as
emphasizing freedom and autonomy, based on his view that in its search
for truth, Western Philosophy places the subject at a central position
over everything else. Accordingly, this philosophy ends up “reducing to
the same all that is opposed to it as Other” (Peperzak, 1993, 91).
Pepazak (1993) in his commentary points out that:
“Although it recognizes to a certain extent that philosophy is a
journey […] “vers l’étranger” [towards the stranger] on which
one is surprised by strange and unsuspected events, the interpre-
tation of philosophy as the conquest of autonomous knowledge
sees it as an odyssey: by integration of all his adventures, the
traveler comes back to his point of departure. He has enriched
himself but has not changed radically. […] by the interpretation
of freedom as self-possession and […] mastership over all be-
ings, Levinas prepares his identification of ‘autonomy’ […]
(91).”
For Levinas, this kind of philosophy is narcissistic. The assertion
“cogito ergo sum” of Descartes is a typical example of all beginning
with me. For all sources of knowledge to begin with me as proof for
existence of anything might be a plausible argument, but how do we
begin imagining the presence of the other person. Can we likewise make
epistemological claims of the existence of the other? Following the Co-
gito, we cannot. A strict and logical following of this assertion does not
mention the other person anywhere, which is utter philosophical selfish-
ness that calls such systems of thought to question.
Hence, if Levinas were to write a philosophical exhortation that di-
rectly responds to ecological problems, like Francis does, he most likely
would have addressed relationships between individuals and specifically
an acknowledgement of alterity, the fact that the other person is part of
our reality, yet he/she is unique in his/her own right, their otherness
544 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
must be respected. For Francis, the ecological problems are fundamen-
tally social in origin.
Pope Francis, (2015) in Laudato si’, criticises notions of freedom to
respond to the needs of the other only when we want to. Responsibility
for the earth means respecting the laws of nature and the balance exist-
ing between creatures; alterity must be discernible here. “The laws
found in the Bible,” Francis says, “dwell on relationships, not only
among individuals but also with other living beings” (#68).
Laudato si’ reproaches the view of the current generation to exert in-
fluence on the earth and plunder it. These are all notions of freedom and
autonomy, where the individual thinks he can do all he wants, as long as
it fits into his conception of what benefits him, he sets the rules for him-
self and perpetuates a narcissism that ignores the reality of the Other,
who benefits from the earth too. In fact, creation itself is a mystery that
does not fit into our cognitive constructions. “Clearly, the bible has no
place for a tyrannical anthropocentrism for other creatures,” Francis says
(#68). A true anthropocentrism for Francis would be one that places the
human person in the centre, but a human person that exists in a search-
ing relationship. Francis adopts a very Levinasian conception here, that
unless the existence and uniqueness of the Other is acknowledged, we
cannot talk about our own existence. Pope Francis even goes further to
criticise “a consumerist vision of human beings” which, inspired by
technological changes, reduces cultures of others and diminishes “the
immense variety which is the heritage of all humanity” (#144).
Might all these ideas sound so abstract not to respond directly to the
practical reality of our time? Perhaps so, but only if not put through a
second level of reflection that asks how they can be brought to praxis in
the educational sphere of our context. What I reflect upon next is how
these can be actualized. However, the actualization of the structure I
propose can never adopt a one-fit-all system, because education is a pro-
cess and not an event, and as a process it ought be understood as per-
Education for Peace 545
petually value-based, and in itself transforming the person in all his/her
faculties of mind, soul, body and will (Msafiri, 2016).
22.7 From Theory to Praxis: When Structure Meets
Aims
To better theorize how a possible system would be pushed through to
practical realization, it is important to reflect on the aims of education,
and some of the factors that would impede the realization of such aims
in a given context. The easiest route towards the answer to the question
of what education ought to do is to imagine the image of an educated
person. In many developing countries, this image has generally been
reduced to a materially able individual, which skews the role of educa-
tion towards only one direction, hence limiting it significantly.
John White (1982) suggests that the educated individual “is someone
who has come to care about his own well-being in the extended sense
which includes his living a morally virtuous life, this latter containing a
civic dimension among others” (87). He goes further to suggest that pre-
sent day thought esteems knowledge as a characteristic of being educat-
ed, yet what is knowledge bereft of virtue? What is knowledge bereft of
prudence? And that includes numerous other virtues. It is important to
ask here the same question that Katundano (2014) asks; whether our
education systems prepare the individual into that which is expected by
the society. In a critical dimension, these values can only be achieved
and internalized after asking the ethical question; what is the right thing
to do? The educated individual cannot, as matter of principle, avoid the
ethical question.
The structure I suggest presumes as a task of education this liberative
aspect; that the resultant individual will question himself about who he
is, who the other person is and how they co-exist in both a material and
moral universe. Education therefore ought to lead to critical reflection
on both of these aspects. There are several aspects of such education that
546 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
are to be appropriated by simple habits that the school ought to offer,
like a reading culture, however, these are really wanting in the contem-
porary society. Although scientific data may be absent for this claim,
there are signs in popular youth culture that point towards a looming gap
in readership. Such criticality cannot be achieved simply by sitting in
class and passing examinations, there has to be something more. A fu-
sion of several worldviews is crucial. In our context, it can be appropri-
ated through the encounter of various thought systems by a wide reader-
ship.
The challenges that stalk our education systems are clear, material
realities must be faced and confronted, for although they may sound
insignificant, it is not possible to educate hungry, insecure, and sick
communities. The educator cannot do anything about this in the ordinary
sense, there has to be an infrastructure; and that is why achieving such a
structure as suggested herein might sound too idealized. But then if edu-
cation is a holistic communal process, then it ought to be approached
holistically. Every player must strum his string where they ought. Of
significance is that most societies overlook the fact that the infrastruc-
tural challenges feed into the failures in education and vice versa. Poor
individuals will strive to be educated so that they can beat their chal-
lenges, this way they emphasize only a materialistic approach to educa-
tion, and if they get material liberation, they become rich materially and
empty ethically, ant they run the institutions, feeding the same mediocri-
ty into the system, with a cyclic sustenance of the broken society. What
Nduku and Makinda (2014) talk of as effects of corruption on Education
can partly be seen enduring because of such a recurrent process. To such
a society, such a liberative approach is sheer abstraction obviously with
nothing practical. Yet we need to repeat it again, the educated individual
cannot, as matter of principle, avoid the ethical question.
Education for Peace 547
22.8 Conclusion
This paper has been guided by a question running through its whole
construction; what is the best way to achieve peace in the education sys-
tem? I therefore ventured into a critical discourse on how the individual
can search for the self, the other and collectively their place in creation,
as an educational structure. It comes out as a structure that can work
amidst several other infrastructural considerations, yet if the system is
made to work, this can be a viable contribution to a holistic approach to
education.
22.9 References
Appiah, K. A. (1992). In My Father’s House: Africa in the Philoso-
phy of Culture. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hall, B. (Producer), McCarthy, C. (Writer), & Jones, T. L. (Direc-
tor). (2006). The Sunset Limited [Motion Picture]. USA: HBO
Films.
Ike, O. (2017). Ethics in Higher Education as a Tool for Discovering
Our Ultimate Destiny. In C. Stückelberger, & D. Singh (Eds.),
Ethics in Higher Education: Values Driven Leaders for the Fu-
ture (pp. 17-30). Globethics.net Education Ethics Series, Gene-
va: Globethics.net Publications
Katundano, T. (2014). Corruption in the Education System: A Socio-
logical Perspective. In E. Nduku, & John Tenamwenye (Eds.),
Corruption in Africa: A Threat to Justice and Sustainable
Peace (pp. 269-280). Globethics.net Focus Series, Geneva:
Globethics.net Publications.
548 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Levinas, E. (1979). Totality and Infinity: An Essay on Exteriority.
(A. Lingis, Trans.) The Hague, Boston and London: Martinus
Nijhoff Publishers.
Marcel, G. (1951). Mystery of Being, Faith and Reality (Vol. I). Chi-
cago IL: Henry Regnery Company.
Marcel, G. (1965). Homo Viator: Introduction to a Metaphysic of
Hope. (E. Craufurd, Trans.) London: Harper and Row Publish-
ers.
McCarthy, C. (2006). The Sunset Limited, script. Dramatic Play Ser-
vices.
Msafiri, A. G. (2016). Ethics in Higher Education: A Rethink for A
Transformative Model in Africa.
Mureithi, R. (2016, October 27). I Love Helping People, says cus-
tomer care attendant who melted hearts. Nairobi News, Availa-
ble Online: http://nairobinews.nation.co.ke/life/love-helping-
people-says-attendant-melted-hearts/.
Musambi, E. (2017, March 7). Kenyans hunt for Homeless Saint
who returned Sh200k to owner. Nairobi News, Available
Online: http://nairobinews.nation.co.ke/life/kenyans-hunt-
homeless-saint-returned-sh200k-owner/.
Nduku, E., & Makinda, H. (2014). Combating Corruption in Society:
A Challenge to Higher Education in Africa. In E. Nduku, & J.
Tenamwenye (Eds.), Corruption in Africa: A Threat to Justice
and Sustainable Peace (pp. 281-301). Globethics.net Focus Se-
ries, Geneva: Globethics.net Publications.
Education for Peace 549
Peperzak, A. (1993). To The Other: An Introduction to the Philoso-
phy of Emmanuel Levinas. Indiana: Purdue University Press.
Pope Francis (2015). Laudato Si': On the Care of Our Common
Home. Vatican City: Vatican Press.
UNESCO. (2009). Teaching Philosophy in Africa: Anglophine
Countries. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization.
White, J. (1982). The Aims of Education Restated. London and New
York: Routledge: Taylor and Francis Group.
E
RESEARCH ETHICS, JUSTICE AND LAW
23
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
THE OTHER MESSIAH WE UNWITTINGLY CRUCIFIED
Alice Bitutu Mongare
23.1 Abstract
The paper examines the role of ethics generally on delivery of public
goods and service and enquires into the flaws apparent in consumer pro-
tection and how the same relates to ethical conduct or lack thereof717.
Professional ethics is a collective term used to refer to the rules and
standards governing the conduct of members of a given profession, as a
paid occupation involving long training and formal qualifications. The
word professionalism originally applied to vows that were taken by
three professions namely: Divinity, Law, and Medicine. These Profes-
sionals and those working in such professions were to exercise special-
ized knowledge, skill, and personal etiquette, the application of which
ought to be governed by a code of conduct when providing a service to
the public. The duty bearers whether professional or just appointed to
serve the public, are expected to be capable of making sound judgments
when applying their skills, by reaching informed decisions. The chal-
717 Master of Law (LLM) Degree, School of Law, University of Nairobi.
554 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
lenge that out rightly impedes progress in this respect is that those who
are owed this right or duty, have not attained the necessary knowledge
and skills to question the professionals they have and thus must be led.
This paper attempts to establish a base level of acceptable behavior that
is designed to make human interactions desirable. The duty bearers and
professionals’ main duty in service delivery can be summed as ‘do no
harm.’ However, in the recent past we have experienced grim maltreat-
ment done to the public and diminished moral perceptions in the profes-
sional spectrum and the delivery of service to the Kenyan public. The
paper will be interrogating the position of the law in dealings of profes-
sionals and answer the question of why the application of reactive ap-
proach by the law enforcement authorities to maters public service. No-
tably, professionalism, morality and ethics have all been on the down-
ward trend in this country. Some of the areas of concern witnessed in the
rest on void ethics include: Medical practitioners sexually assaulting
patients, misdiagnosis of patients, reckless and careless driving leading
to road carnage inter alia. The education sector has not been spared ei-
ther considering the incidences of examination leakages, the rampant
strikes among the staff and students, instances of defilement and arson
in boarding schools which have been on a rising trend. The safety and
health of Kenyans has been diminished as a secondary concern, due to
contrabands now being allowed into the country at the glare of consumer
protection agencies and laws in place. Our legislators are also in the
mess, they allegedly receive incentives to support unmerited motions.
Reporters are giving us wrong information, based on who paid them
more to develop the story. Professional Ethics suffices as a messiah who
was conceived to save mankind from itself, but mankind has yet again
turned against, and crucified its messiah. Key terms: Ethical standards,
Morality, ‘Do no harm’, Rule of law, Ethics
Professional Ethics 555
23.2 Introduction
Professional Ethics and matters pertaining ethical conduct are per-
haps the most canvassed subjects in our everyday media, mainly because
of the contentious nature of the deliberations that suffice.718 So much
has been said, and so much more has been done yet a lot remains unreal-
ized in as far as the attainment of the ethical equilibrium is concerned
among citizens on income and expenditure among other services.719
Professional Ethics is the societal fabric from which a social develop-
ment model with actual impact may be tailored notwithstanding the pre-
vailing economic circumstances.720 It is an incontestable fact that pro-
fessional ethics form the foundation upon which social welfare is built
and without which the failure of nearly all social, political and economic
functions is inevitable.721 Professional ethics therefore emerges as the
fiber that ties moral values to personal and the social spiritual being so
much so that morals and ethics are inextricably inseparable.722
The quality of our lives is not determined by the happenstance of ge-
netics but by the influence of environment in which it is nurtured. It is
not measured in material possessions or in the trappings of youth neither
718 Daily Nation newspaper, Nairobi <https://www.nation.co.ke/news/Kenyans-
sceptical-anti-graft-war/1056-4693528-8986xjz/index.html accessed on 12th
October 2018.
719 Smith, Adam, The Wealth of Nations (London and New York, Dent & Dutton
1977) Book V Chapter ll. As quoted in Atiya Waris, Delineating a Rights -based
Constitutional Fiscal Social Through African Fiscal Constitutions, p. 24.
720 Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A Relational Approach to Ethics and Moral
Education. Univ of California Press.
721 Pratt, Cornelius B. Multinational corporate social policy process for ethical
responsibility in sub-Saharan Africa (1991) Journal of Business Ethics 10
(7)527-541(532).
722 Ibid Pelizzo, C.F Ricardo and Rick Stapenhurst, ‘Legistlative Ethics and
Codes of conduct, in rick Stephen Hurst et al (eds) The Role of Parliament in
Curbing Corruption (World Bank, 2006).
556 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
is it dependent on personality or social acclaim.723 Contrary to popular
belief, the intrinsic value of the lives we lead reflects the strength of a
single trait; our personal character which is a construct of our ethical
values.724 In his book: Character Is Destiny, Russell W. Gough de-
scribes the steps to personal growth from examining our lives to taking
responsibility for our actions, from discarding selfishness to embracing
the greater good, from becoming a better role model for others to finding
the courage to do the right thing naturally and consistently. He opines
that more often than not, ethical standards unlike laws are of a persua-
sive nature and not binding. This explains why individuals are more
likely to engage in unethical conduct than they are to break the law.
Particularly in the African societal perspective, unethical conduct is
merely frowned upon and it is only in few specific instances where the
same is otherwise punished.725 This explains the pandemic prevalence of
disreputable behaviors in all social spheres including but not limited to
the work environment, politics, business et cetera. Professional ethics
resonates as the standard of behavior which an individual’s conduct
should not be below.726 Ethics is a branch of philosophy dealing with
values relating to human conduct, with respect to the rightness and
wrongness of our actions and to the decency and wickedness of the mo-
tives and the ends of such actions.727
723 Ibid.
724 Anderson, P. M. (1997). Book Review: Character is Everything: Promoting
Ethical Excellence in Sports. Marquette Sports Law Review, 7(2), 485.
725 Okeke, E. C. From Cultural Diversity to Universality for Attainment of
Peace, Justice, and Harmony in Africa.
726 ibid
727 Kenya doctors perform a wrong brain surgery. See: Martin Mutua & Andrew
Teyie, “Shame: MPs for Hire, The East Africa Standard” (Nation, 18th Novem-
ber 2004; Njeri Rugene, Bribery Rampant in Kenya’s Parliament, Sunday Na-
tion Nairobi, 16 May 2009); Editorial, ‘put the voters interest first Daily Nation
(2004).
Professional Ethics 557
In order to fully appreciate the niche occupied by ethical standards in
any given society, one must invite themselves to consider certain factors
incidental to professional ethics and ethical conduct. 728 Perhaps now is
a good time as any other to sound the alarm because the moral decay
and failures in governance that saturate the news nowadays are merely
manifestations of the derogations from the ethical standards set forth
within various professions.729 One must also be alive to the fact that
personal ethics, mostly referred to as individual moral values are slightly
different from the professional ethics though the two function in congru-
ence. For one to be deemed “ethical”, they must exhibit both personal
and professional ethics since each is a construct of the other. One cannot
have one while lacking the other. 730
Professional Ethics has become such a growing concern that it has
been enshrined in the Constitution of Kenya and several other statues
such as the Advocates Act. Additionally, various regulatory bodies gov-
erning various professions as well as institutions such as Institute of
Certified Public Accountants Kenya (ICPAK), Law Society of Kenya
(LSK), Kenya Medical Practitioners and Dentists Board (KMPD) and
commissions such as the Judicial Service Commission (JSC) and The
Ethics & Anti-Corruption Commission (EACC) pride themselves in
implementing policy that promotes a certain ethical standard. Chapter
six of the Kenyan Constitution (2010) sets standards of leadership and
integrity that public officers must meet in order to be eligible to hold
728 Nash, D., Wintrob, R., Bernard, H. R., Brunt, L., Epstein, D. G., Freilich, M.,
& McKnight, R. K. (1972). The emergence of self-consciousness in ethnogra-
phy, Current Anthropology, 13(5), 527-542.
729 Ibid.
730 Koliba, C. J., Meek, J. W., Zia, A., & Mills, R. W. (2018). Governance Net-
works in Public Administration and Public Policy, Series: Public Administration
and Public Policy, Routledge.
558 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
office. Further Article 10 espouses the national values and principles
which it reiterates binds all persons at all levels of government. 731
In retrospect, the implication of reading Article 10 along with chap-
ter 6 of the Constitution of Kenya 2010 is that all Kenyans, and not just
persons serving in a leadership capacity, are expected to maintain the
ethical standards set therein.732 This then raises the question of why we
are treated to several egregious instances of unethical comportment and
professional misconduct despite all the advancements we have made to
curtail the same.733 In Narang’s words though speaking in a different
context but related to the point here, that is on participation, one of the
principles under article 10 of the Kenya Constitution, he says:
“individuals expect to recognize themselves in public institutions
they expect some consistency between their private identities and
symbolic contents upheld by public authorities, embedded in
public events. Otherwise individuals feel like social strangers,
they feel that the society is not their society”734
731 National assembly, first report of the Committee on Appointments on the
vetting of the Cabinet Secretaries Nominees (2013). Parliament, has adopted the
tradition of consulting institutions on nominees for public office, such as Ethics
and Anti-Corruption Commission, The Kenya Revenue Authority, High Educa-
tion Loans Board.
732 Ibid.
733 Kinyungu, Cyrus, ‘MPs Are Most corrupt,’ The east African standard Nairo-
bi, 6 December (2006); Mugo Njeru, MPs most corrupt’ league’ daily Nation,
(Nation, 10 December 2005).
734 Narang. A.S. Ethnic Conflicts and Minority Rights, Economic and Political
Weekly, Vol. 37 no. 27, July 6-12, 2002, p. 2696, <http://www.jstor.org/
stable/4412319> Accessed on 20 October 2018.
Professional Ethics 559
Messiah is a biblical735 connotation used in this paper to refer to pro-
fessional ethics, ethics and morality as a liberator that we the Kenyan
society has sacrificed for our own personal selfish benefits. To say the
least, our morals are wanting, our actions are without any justifiable
reason. The messiah was among us all the time to tell us what is wrong
and what should be done, we however opted to crucify him without wit.
The main question that lingers is, why is there a lot of harm in the coun-
try yet all the professionals’ code of conduct, laws, religious and moral
standing, demands that we should: ‘do no harm’?
23.3 Characteristics of Professionalism
The word professionalism originally applied to vows that were taken
by three professions namely: Divinity, Law and Medicine. They were
governed by their own code of conduct. Subsequently, several profes-
sions have come up. For purposes of this paper professionalism will
refer to all persons that are in apposition of delivering service and goods
to the public or reception position. Talking of professionalism one
would expect us to deal with professions, however, each person is ex-
pected to display ethical behaviour in matters public service and private.
That resonates well with the fact that ethics and morality cannot be sepa-
rated. The characteristics of professionalism include: the duty bearers
should offer service to others, assessment of client needs, theoretical
body of knowledge obtained through extended pre-service education,
standards for entry, practice, and ethical conduct, professional associa-
tion to maintain standards, continuing education and lifelong learning
professionalism does not mean the clothing it is the service behind it.
For instance in legal circles, can you refuse to take on board a client,
whom in your judgement is poor or guilty of the offence charged with?
735 New King James Bible, Isaiah chapter 53. Prophesied the coming of the mes-
siah to safe mankind but when the messiah came he was crucified Cf.: 1 Peter
4:10 let everyone use their gifts to serve others.
560 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
No, the car brank rules demand you take up all cases brought to you in
order of priority, you will tell your client the implications of what he
tells you. if acceptable appear before court and plead to lesser charge of
manslaughter. Your first duty is to the court but rarely do this happen.
23.4 Research Question
This paper seeks to establish the circumstances that beget the harm
that characterize the entire social, economic and political fabric of this
nation, and which are incidental to ethical considerations or lack thereof,
while assessing the roles played by the very institutions that were con-
ceived to address these events they now encourage.
23.5 Methodology
The study is mainly a desk top review embracing a multi-
disciplinary research approach to attempt to address the problem at hand
from a theoretical point of view from a philosophical perspective not
empirical.736 It will consult legal minds, legal literature on consumer
protection, professional ethics and anthropology to understand Kenyan
society’s origin of the problem at hand and culture in service delivery.
It will interrogate the philosophy behind professional ethics. The re-
search also evaluates existing literature in social disciplines that discuss
the demographic construction of Kenya in a social sense to appraise the
cultural confines that malign professionalism.
736 Scholastica Omondi on Social Science/Empirical Research for lawyers: data
collection and analysis in multi-disciplinary research (applying different meth-
odologies in addressing the research problem from multiple points of view) legal
research meaning interrogating different disciplines to solve the problem at
hand. For instance, in this case legal mind, psychology, anthropology, medical,
education experts were engaged to attempt to address the issue at hand.
Professional Ethics 561
23.6 Challenges Faced by Consumers of Professionalism
Speaking of challenges faced by consumers of professionalism, in
this paper does not mean the professionals are on spot but refers to all
duty holders or service providers in the Kenyan community. 737 Despite
the clear and cogent legal framework, the Kenyan community has re-
ceived a raw deal on delivery of goods and services. One of the major
drawbacks that fetter the pursuit for progressive ethical conduct has to
do with the inequities that are apparent in the enforcement of such enti-
tlements.738 Nearly all statutes in Kenya have an ethical bearing but
none so far has codified the entitlement to ethical practice as a right.
Even in the Constitution which by far suffices as the most intrinsically
endowed, does not quite consider the entitlement to ethical treatment as
one that should be deemed as a right within its Chapter 4 (Bill of
Rights). The implication of this lacuna is that it becomes rather difficult
for one to bring an action against an unethical individual particularly
where the latter’s unethical conduct does not result in criminal or civil
liability. To bring this into perspective, consider the case against the
Migori County Governor Okoth Obado, it is rather obvious that had the
events not culminated into the murder (Criminal Liability) of the under-
signed, there wouldn’t be any other punitive measures against the ac-
cused because holding everything constant, matters purely ethical, and
without criminal or civil liability have no practicable fora for redress.739
Breach of ethical duty arises, where a person or a body is under a
duty (statutory or otherwise) to perform an act or, more rarely, to refrain
737 Oduor. R. M. J. Social Education and Ethics Programme: Its Main Sources
and their Justifications in Post-colonial Kenya, M.A. thesis unpublished at Ken-
ya University, 1990, 102.
738 Ibid.
739 One of the main principles of criminal law is that, no one shall be punished
for acts and omission, which said acts and omissions were not specifically stated
to be a crime and punishable by law.
562 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
from doing an act; does not perform the act they are obligated to, either
in accordance with the terms of the statute, or at all or does the act when
it should not be done; and a party suffers damage as a result of the statu-
tory breach; and that statutory breach gives rise to “a right of action”. In
matters pertaining ethics, perhaps we should do away with the require-
ment that the unethical conduct caused harm to an individual. The fact
that an unethical conduct was perpetrated should merit punishment
whether or not it occasioned suffering on another. In essence, we ought
to institutionalize punishment of unethical conduct without making the
same secondary to criminal and civil liability.740 For professional bod-
ies, this is not such a concern because there are mechanisms within the
professions regulatory framework to curb such unethical behaviour,
however the same cannot be said for all disciplines.
The failure of the current legal dispensation has led to very unprece-
dented and honestly legally unjustifiable consequences. 741 In addition to
the inept services the public receive from officers statutorily obliged to
offer standard services, laxity and incompetence is a common feature of
such services. How does one for instance explain how contaminated
sugar unfit for human consumption was sneaked into the country
through our ports undetected? Definitely it was incompetence and/or
laxity of some officials and outright corruption among others.
Luckily, corruption is a triable offence,742 as Marsh rightly points out
we have a long way to go in this fight: but how about incompetence and
laxity? Could this be the reason why the perpetrators from Kenya Bu-
reau of Standards on contaminated sugar were charged with “attempted
740 James Kuria v Attorney General & 3 others [2018] eKLR, Petition 254 of
2016.
741 Narang A.S. Ethnic Conflicts and Minority Rights, Economic & Political
Weekly, 18, Vol. 37, Issue No. 27, 06 Jul, 2002.
742 Simon Marsh,’ there is light at the end of the tunnel in corruption war’ Nai-
robi, daily Nation News Paper June, 19, 2018. Simon marsh is an advisor on
investigative Corruption and Economic Crimes.
Professional Ethics 563
murder” and not more precise citations that might have punished their
crime? The failure of our institutions has led to delivery of otherwise
inexplicable services, consequences of which have been horrendous. In
the latest incident a bus not licensed for night travel for example, went
through 12 roadblocks and caused an accident killing 55 people and
counting. All these pointing back to professional ethics and ethical con-
duct, to say the least morals were dead and buried long ago. Other areas
of concern witnessed in the rest on void ethics include: Medical practi-
tioners are sexually assaulting patients,743 misdiagnosis of patients lead-
ing to wrong surgeries,744 reckless and careless driving leading to road
carnage inter alia.
The education sector has not been spared either considering the inci-
dences of examination leakages, plagiarism, the rampant strikes among
the staff and students, instances of defilement and arson in boarding
schools which have been on a rising trend. 745 The safety and health of
Kenyans has been diminished as a secondary concern as contrabands are
now allowed into the country even with consumer protection agencies
and laws in place.746 Indeed, the shepherd has turned against the sheep,
because the very people charged with the onus of ethically safeguarding
our welfare are in the bed with the individuals perpetrating such unethi-
cal vices against us to the extent that suspects are getting murdered in
police custody. All these appear to be consequences of derogation from
ethical standards we set.
743 Corruption ranking Kenya ranked no. 28 out of 100 most corrupt countries.
There is argument of improvement from 45 out of 100
<https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/business/article/2001270749/how-kenya-
ranks-in-world-corruption-index>accessed on 20 October 2018.
744 Kenya doctors perform a wrong brain surgery <https://www.bbc.com/
news/world-africa-43255648 > accessed on 20 October 2018.
745 Ibid, the minister launches investigations to establish allegations of sexual
harassment in the same largest facility in the country by medics.
746 Consumer Protection Act, Nairobi 2016.
564 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
23.7 Religious Circles on Consumption of Professional-
ism
Religion cannot be separated from ethics the good book Holy Bible
is full of morals and ethics. From the New Testament all the way to Old
Testament, there is emphasis on doing good and not to do harm to any-
body. Deuteronomy demands love from all those that fear God, there are
sanctions coming with violation of Gods laws, ethics and morals.747 The
same applies to Islamic religion, the Quran is categorical on maintaining
ethical and moral conduct while dealing with one another.748 The same
views are held under Hinduism, under the Indian holy book Gita- the
golden rule as fronted by Krishna on administration in society is that
you should bear in mind at all times the karma that life is like a circle
that today the most despised or discriminated may be born as a ruler. We
should shun kama which means bad or unethical habits.749
Professional Ethics suffices as a messiah who was conceived to save
mankind from itself, but mankind has yet again turned against, and cru-
cified its messiah, unknown to us, from the trend of events it is safe to
conclude that this messiah may never resurrect.
23.8 Theorizing the Challenges Faced by Consumers
of Professionalism Framework
The paper proposes four theories which are examined to explain the
problem at hand from a philosophical point of view. They include, the
rights theory that attempts to show that reception of goods and services
747 Nelson, Thomas, New King James version of the Bible, Harcourt religious
publishers, Hosea, 9:9, Deuteronomy 6:5-7.
748 Quran chapter Islam-Quran Al ‘Asraa-17th Chapter (17:33).
749 The Indian Lord Krishna advises how to manage better in the Gita.
Professional Ethics 565
should be available as of right not as an appeal to charity from the duty
bearers. The social-cultural theory will show that the environment we
live in reflects the traits we carry around. Some unethical behaviour that
are displayed in society are as a result of uncouth environment we find
ourselves in. The sociological theory also brings on board synergy prin-
ciple to realize social economic rights.
23.9 Rights Theory
Rights are legal, social, or ethical principles of freedom or entitle-
ment; that is, rights are the fundamental normative rules about what is
allowed of people or owed to people, according to some legal system,
social convention, or ethical theory750. This theory is entrenched in the
fact that a government owes people certain rights. For the purpose of
this paper we focus on Hegel’s Philosophy of Rights. He believed that:
“Owing to the character of the entire body of the laws,
knowledge both of what is right and also of the course of legal
proceedings may become, together with the capacity to prosecute
an action at law, the property of a class which makes itself an ex-
clusive clique by the use of a terminology like a foreign tongue to
those whose rights are at issue. If this happens, the members of
civil society, are kept strangers to the law, not only to those parts
of it affecting their most personal and intimate affairs, but also to
its substantive and rational basis, the right itself, and the result is
that they become the wards, or even in a sense the bondsmen, of
the legal profession.”
In summary what he was saying was that, if the people are not made
a part of the systems, they are being denied an essential right. It also
750 Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich (1820): Elements of the Philosophy of Right,
German: Grundlinien der Philosophie des Rechts.
566 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
means that they remain at the mercy of those who understand the law
alone and may never know if their rights are being infringed upon. This
theory is therefore fundamental to this paper, it encourages participation
and awareness. It clearly illustrates that denial of public participation as
one of our values erodes confidence in the systems because they have
little knowledge of its inner workings. 751
23.10 Social Contract
After Hobbes, for Jean Jacque Rousseau the social contract theory
postulates that a social contract is formed between the government as the
sovereign and its subjects. According to this theory, a body polity is
formed by the people by way of formation of a social contract.752 The
body polity formed is the government. Upon formation of this body
polity, the people cede their rights to the government to enforce them on
their behalf collectively as well as individual benefit.753 The sovereign
body polity created is therefore conferred with the power, the mandate
and the machinery to enforce the rights of the people on their behalf and
to their benefit. This is the reason as to why the people by themselves
are precluded from taking personal measures to enforce their rights as
this would be an attempt to usurp the power of the sovereign which is
the body polity formed under the contract theory.
As a matter of fact, the social economic rights are some of the rights
ceded to the body polity in a free and democratic society based on hu-
751 Hegel, Elements of the Philosophy of Right, ibid.
752 Rousseau, Jean-Jacques (1762): On the Social Contract.
753 Riley, Patrick (1982): Will and Political Legitimacy A Critical Exposition of
Social Contract Theory in Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Kant and Hegel, Cam-
bridge: Harvard UP.
Professional Ethics 567
man rights.754 As indicated in the social contact theory, the people form
a body polity and bestow it upon themselves and their future generations
so that the formed polity protects them and preserves their rights includ-
ing their right to property clean environment information among oth-
ers:755 In the case of Kenya, the people of Kenya while contemplating
their plight and that of their children, as evidenced in the preamble of
the Constitution of Kenya 2010 entered into a social contract in the fol-
lowing manner by using the following words verbatim:
23.11 “We, the People of Kenya“
ACKNOWLEDGING the supremacy of the Almighty God of all
creation:
HONOURING those who heroically struggled to bring freedom
and justice to our land:
PROUD of our ethnic, cultural and religious diversity, and de-
termined to live in peace and unity as one indivisible sovereign
nation:
RESPECTFUL of the environment, which is our heritage, and
determined to sustain it for the benefit of future generations:
COMMITTED to nurturing and protecting the well-being of the
individual, the family, communities and the nation:
754 Bovens, Mark, Public Accountability in: The Oxford Handbook of Public
Management. Ewan Ferlie, Laurence E. Lynn Jr., and Christopher Pollitt. Ox-
ford Handbooks (Oxford: University Press 2007), II, 8.
755 Ojwang, J. B. ’Constitutional Development in Kenya: constitutional adapta-
tion and social change, Acts Press (1990).
568 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
RECOGNISING the aspirations of all Kenyans for a government
based on the essential values of human rights, equality, freedom,
democracy, social justice and the rule of law:
EXERCISING our sovereign and inalienable right to determine
the form of governance of our country and having participated
fully in the making of this Constitution:
ADOPT, ENACT and give this Constitution to ourselves and to
our future generations.” Thus, if the power belongs to the people
the question is why is that the people do not exercise their powers
as principals and terminate the authority of the agents”.
23.12 The Sociocultural Theory
The social cultural theory to explain the problems experienced in
schools on exam leakages, conflict that leads to butchering of teachers
and strikes among others was developed by Lev Vygotsky, the sociocul-
tural theory postulate that children learning are majorly influenced by
the social and cultural setting they are exposed to.756 When children are
born in a region and they grow in it, they are likely to acquire the traits
they find there. According to the sociocultural theory, culture and social
happenings around a child provide the elementary education to a child
and continue to form an integral part of his education life until he be-
comes an adult. It is noteworthy that the influence of culture and social
organization of child does not cease with adulthood.
Children have innate tendency to observe the values they learnt from
their cultural and social up-bringing especially when the said cultural or
social learning was very strong. For this reason, the exposure of chil-
dren to conflict and chaotic societal alignment influence the manner in
756 Lantolf, James P., ed. Sociocultural Theory and Second Language Learning.
Vol. 78, no. 4. Oxford University Press, 2000.
Professional Ethics 569
which children learn and acquire new ideas. When academic learning of
children is constantly interrupted due to conflict and chaos, the children
would begin to relate cordially with violence and get their attention
much to issues resolving around violence instead of focusing on aca-
demic concepts. When all they see is a salary of some body being a few
thousands but within a short time they are driving heavy machine! For
this reason, the social and cultural environment children are exposed to
has a serious impact on them.
Vygotsky who is the major proponent of the sociocultural theory
hold the opinion that learning is a social process especially when the
same is being done formally in an education system.757 When children
are taught, they attempt to first relate with the person teaching them and
interact with him or her socially before they get to appreciate the con-
cepts he/she is talking about. 758 This is the reason as to why learning is
faster and more efficient when children relate cordially with their teach-
er than when they have no regard for him. The social aspect of leaning
makes the process require that teachers develop a good working rela-
tionship with the students since this makes the process of acquisition of
knowledge easier and better. In other words, it takes two to tangle
whether for good or bad. It all depends on whether the teacher has ethics
in her if it is crucified the child will pick this.
For children in conflict areas, there is usually no proper time to es-
tablish a social bond between the learners and the teachers and between
the learners and themselves. This is the reason as to why learning is im-
paired in the conflict regions. It would be very difficult for learning to
be efficient when some teachers flee from the regions shortly after they
757 Kozulin, Alex, Gindis, Boris, Ageyev, Vladimir S. and Miller, Suzanne M.
Eds. Vygotsky's Educational Theory in Cultural Context. Cambridge University
Press, 2003.
758 Lupton, Deborah, Ed. Risk and Sociocultural Theory: New Directions and
Perspectives. Cambridge University Press, 1999.
570 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
have been brought on board to take the children through their basic edu-
cation curriculum. Further, learning is seriously impaired when children
cannot establish proper bonds between or among themselves since the
composition of the class is usually interrupted by the conflict that afflict
them incessantly. Children in conflict regions are therefore disadvan-
taged by the fact that they cannot form reliable social bonds with the
people teaching them and/or social bonds with the people they learn
with. In these regions, conflict prevent some students from getting to
school while in some the schools get to be closed indefinitely until a
contrary decision is made on the status of the security in the regions.
23.13 Sociological Theory-Synergy of Systems Theory
The issue being addressed in the research is not to be understood
from a privation of laws in place, however, it is a matter that calls for a
paradigm shift759. Having enacted laws which assign different stake-
holders’ divergent roles on delivery of qualitative dimensions of educa-
tion and others to ensure compliance seems not sufficient. The sociolog-
ical systems theory opines that law is itself complex and effectiveness
can only be achieved through interdependence.760 This resonates with
the theme of this study, that for the State to effectively deliver the social
economic rights for to its citizens, there is need to employ synergic en-
ergy among all the stakeholders as legislatively provided. As opposed to
each stakeholder acting independently on how they deem fit in delivery
of socio-economic rights.
759 This is the writer’s views of the social responsibility principle that if we are
to achieve the desired results on delivery of goods and services, there is a need
to synergize all the efforts by different actors to form a whole without duplicity.
760 Freeman, M. D. A. Lloyd’s Introduction to Jurisprudence (7th ed., Sweet and
Maxwell, 2008, London) 659.
Professional Ethics 571
This is drawn from the meaning of system. A system is composed of
regularly interacting or interdependent groups of activities and parts that
form a whole. The central theme of the systems theory is the idea that
when one part of system fails then the whole system is bound to fail.
Interpreted ordinarily, if one stakeholder fails in their assigned duties,
education for children in conflict situation fails. In order to realize social
economic rights, the State and other stakeholders need to pull together
roles, resources and redistribute them.761 Niklas Luhmann argues that
social systems are systems of communication, and society is the most
encompassing social system.762 Each system has a distinctive identity
that is constantly reproduced in its communication and depends on what
is considered meaningful and what is not. If a system fails to maintain
that identity, it ceases to exist as a system and dissolves back into the
environment it emerged from. The State should be able to communicate
with the other stakeholders on delivery of social economic rights. In a
nutshell, effective delivery of the social economic rights in society great-
ly depends on a working system and synergized system.763
23.14 Legal Frame Work
Ethics in Kenyan law catapulted into significance after the enactment
of the 2010 Constitution. The entire Constitution is about values and
principles of the Kenyan people. Article 10 of the Constitution 2010
761 Niklas Luhmann was a German sociologist, philosopher of social science,
and a prominent thinker in systems theory. Much of Luhmann's work directly
deals with the operations of the legal system and his autopoietic theory of law is
regarded as one of the more influential contributions to the sociology of law and
socio-legal studies.
762Niklas Luhmann (1982): The World Society as a Social System. International
Journal of General Systems, 8:3, 131-138.
763 Op. cit., section 31.
572 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
espouses the National Values and Principles, they include and not lim-
ited to:
Rule of law, Participation, accountability, equality, equity, natu-
ral justice honest non-discrimination, human rights, effectiveness,
among others. All this principles and values are almost a replica
of the characteristics of professional ethics764.
23.15 Rule of Law
The rule of law means that nobody is above the law, hence all in-
cluding government should be subject of the law765 and that nobody
should exercise powers that are beyond what is provided under the
law. 766 The most effective international legal system in the world exists
in Europe, it works much like our domestic system, where violations of
the law are brought to court, legal decisions are respected, and the au-
tonomous influence of law and legal rulings extends into the political
process itself.767 The European legal system was not always so effective
at influencing State behavior and compelling compliance.768 Indeed the
European Community's original legal system was intentionally designed
to have very limited monitoring and enforcement capabilities. The Eu-
ropean Court of Justice transformed the original system through bold
and controversial legal decisions declaring the direct effect and suprem-
acy of European law over national law.769
764 Sihanya, Ben, Devolution and Education Law and Policy in Kenya (2014),
10(1), Law Society of Kenya Journal, 59-90. See also: Bovens, Mark, Public
Accountability, ibid.
765 Scalia, A. (1989): The rule of law as a law of rules. U. Chi. l. rev., 56, 1175.
766 Amollo Otiende, on Rule of law in Kenya.
767 Ibid.
768 Scalia, The rule of law, loc. cit. 14.
769 Ibid.
Professional Ethics 573
The rule of Law in this sense implies that even the law itself is sub-
ject to the law such that law that is repugnant to the relics of justice and
canons of natural law is vitiated in as far as that repugnance prevails.770
The Constitution of Kenya has reiterated this position in its articles and
the same has been the dictum of several judgements pronounced by
Kenyan courts.771 The most important demand of the Rule of Law is that
people in positions of authority should exercise their power within a
constraining framework of well-established public norms rather than in
an arbitrary, ad hoc, or purely discretionary manner on the basis of their
own preferences or ideology.772 It insists that the government should
operate within a framework of law in everything it does, and that it
should be accountable through law when there is a suggestion of unau-
thorized action by those in power. Notably, the Rule of Law is not just
about government, it requires also that citizens should respect and com-
ply with legal norms, even when they disagree with them.773 When their
interests’ conflict with others’ they should accept legal determinations of
what their rights and duties are.
The law should be the same for everyone, so that no one is above the
law, and everyone has access to the law’s protection.774 It also implies
that the law applies to all without bias or favors so that two individuals
having broken the same law suffer the same consequences regardless of
770 Bingham, L. (2007): The rule of law. The Cambridge Law Journal, 66(1),
67-85.
771 Council of County Governors v Attorney General & another [2017] eKLR,
Constitutional Petition no. 56 of 2017
772 Sihanya, Devolution and Education Law and Policy in Kenya, op. cit., 59-
90.
773 Ibid.
774 Bosire, Conrad (2012): Will Devolution Help Kenya’s Poor? Published by
Open Society Initiative of South Africa. (OSISA), August 2, 2012,
http://www.osisa.org/economic-justice/blog/will-devolution-help-kenyas-
poor>accessed 17th June 2014.
574 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
the fact that they belong to different socio-political classes.775 The gov-
ernment is the duty bearer whereas the citizens are rights holders.776
This duty owed to the citizens conversely creates an indispensable obli-
gation upon the government to its people in that regard. The nagging
question is if this is the position, why do we experience and continue to
endure violation of rights in the country ranging from consumption con-
taminated sugar, meat, rice, lack of accountability, public being subject-
ed to wrong procedures, lives easily taken away by those supposed to be
protectors, preferential treatment for some people among others. The
law exists, what does not is the moral obligation to follow the law which
is founded in personal ethics; an area you would agree that we signifi-
cantly lack in.
The Constitution of Kenya under article 79 establishes the Ethics and
Anti-Corruption Commission (EACC) and an ethics and Anti-
commission Act, that guides on how this body plays a watch dog role.
Article 232(1) of the Constitution provides that; “The values and princi-
ples of public service include — (a) high standards of professional eth-
ics”.
High standards of professional ethics include values and principles
of public service. There is a notable function accorded to the EACC
under the Constitution in the same article; the power to oversee the im-
plementation process and compliance with the provisions of Chapter Six
of the Constitution on leadership and integrity. Public and State officers,
therefore, ought to conduct themselves in a very high moral and ethical
manner and also in accordance with provisions of the Public Officer
775 National Democratic Institutes for International Affairs, Legislative Ethic: A
Comparative Analysis, 1999, Legislative Research Series Paper 4.
776 The Constitution of Kenya, 2010, Chapter One.
Professional Ethics 575
Ethics Act, derogations from which is regarded to be inconsistent with
the constitution.777
The functions of the EACC in relation to State officers are provided
for under section 11 (1) of the Ethics & Anti-Corruption Act include but
are not limited to:
(a) Develop and promote standards and best practices in integrity
and anti-corruption;
(b) Develop a code of ethics;
(c) Receive complaints on the breach of the code of ethics by
public officers;
(d) Investigate and recommend to the Director of Public Prosecu-
tions, the prosecution of any acts of corruption or violation of the
codes of ethics, and
(e) Recommend appropriate action to be taken against state offic-
ers and public officers alleged to be engaged in any unethical
conduct
(f) Oversee the enforcement of codes of ethics prescribed for
public officers; […]
(h) Raise public awareness on ethical issues;
Devolution is another tool within the constitution meant to assist
Kenyans access services expeditiously, but the duty bears must play
within the provisions of article 10 of the Constitution 2010 as pointed
out above.
777 Standard digital, ‘Kenya ranked fourth globally as countries most hit by
fraud’ http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/business/article/2000142773/kenya-
ranked-4th-globally-in-list-of-countries-worst-hit-by-fraudaccessed> on 20 Oc-
tober 2018.
576 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
In addition to the constitution, the Public Officer Ethics Act has been
in force since 2004 and is still intact. This Act established the specific
Codes of Conduct and Ethics of public servants, such as teachers, armed
forces, National Intelligence Service, independent commission(s) per-
sonnel, co-operatives and universities. It appears that the law deals only
with ethics of public officers and State officers; professionals have to
adhere to in-house ethical restrains most of which do not have the force
of law, for instance, the Hippocratic Oath taken by doctors.778 Ethics and
morals both relate to ‘right’ and ‘wrong’ conduct. However, ethics refer
to the series of rules provided to an individual by an external source e.g.
their profession and which such individual ought to adhere to. On the
other hand, morals refer to an individual’s own principles regarding
right and wrong. It is a little surprising that the Ethics and Anti-
Corruption Commission since its inception has made no impression
whatsoever on its mandate on ethics.779
Kenyans remain totally uninformed as to what the Commission is
doing in respect of ethical matters. How does the Commission intend to
nationally deal with the issues of ethics? How will breaches of ethics,
firstly by Public Officers and then other Kenyans, be dealt with? Both
the accuser and judge? Ethical matters cannot be punitive and dealt as
criminal offences. What, therefore, are the sanctions the Commission
hopes to impose — reprimand, demotions, sacking, naming and sham-
ing? Ironically it appears that our institutions such as Courts, police,
commissions are more reactive on ethical matters. The Judiciary ad-
dresses various issues of governance, national values, patriotism, integri-
778 Bowry, P. Laws on Ethics are Inconsequential in Reality, retrieved from:
https://www.standardmedia.co.ke/article/2000083623/laws-on-ethics-are-
inconsequential-in-reality, last accessed on 08/09/2018.
779 Lack of impression by ECC despite there being laws that encourage ethical
behaviour.
Professional Ethics 577
ty, transparency and accountability as happened in the Mumo Matemu
case.780
Some recent past incidents do highlight the predicament of various
regimes which fall under matters of ethics. Is it for instance unethical for
senior public officers to commit adultery, or even allegedly sire children
and portray themselves as upright Kenyans? The Homa Bay County
Governor has found himself in this very predicament, however the puni-
tive measures taken against him relate more to the criminal offense tied
to the unethical conduct which begs the question of how exactly are eth-
ical misconduct punished in Kenya? The Deputy President for instance
allegedly engaged in adultery and sired a child. Were there any punitive
measures taken?
Is it ethical for prominent and so-called upright Kenyans to get mar-
ried in churches and then have other wives which only surface after their
deaths?781 The birth of a new vicious animal called “Vetting” has had
both interesting and uninteresting yields. Vetting by boards, parliament,
by in-house ad hoc committees all are matters touching on morality,
criminality consciousness, abuse of office, et cetera but ultimately relate
to ethical ethos. The question which remains unanswered is who the
Judge is of whether conduct is ethical or otherwise and who passes the
judgment after due process. Will there be a Tribunal to deal with matters
ethical? Will the Ethics Commission undertake investigations and bring
culprits to face the consequences? Is there a risk of the Commission be-
ing the accuser, the judge and the executioner? Is it ethical that Cabinet
Secretaries with extremely high academic qualifications are being vetted
by Members of Parliament, probably with questionable moral and aca-
demic qualifications? In light of the prosecution of the deputy president
780 Mumo Matemu v Trusted Society of Human Rights Alliance & 5 others
[2013] eKLR, Civil Appeal 290 of 2012.
781 Mongare, Alice (2018): Cohabitee: A Thorn in the Flesh, Pravni Vjesnik,
Croatia.
578 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
of Kenya’s Supreme Court, how ethical or unethical is it for the Judicial
Service Commission to become a judge in a case facing their superior?
The Consumer Protection Act 2012 that was later assented into law
on 14 March 2013, has been deemed as a turning point for customers’
country wide, considering that it is the first of its kind to formally doc-
ument the rights of consumers, and to provide guidelines on various
consumer-supplier interactions. Contained in its statutes are two main
objectives: to provide for the protection of consumers in the country,
largely referred to in common speak as customers; and to prevent unfair
trade practices in consumer transactions from suppliers. In other words,
protect consumers from unethical business transactions. The perception
that the Kenyan customer is at the mercy of the supplier is rife and is
only now slowly turning around, with the advent of the more technically
savvy and informed citizen.782 The act does not make direct reference to
ethical treatment of consumers but one can immediately deduce that any
unethical transactions calculated to be adverse to consumers is punisha-
ble under this law; particularly under section 35. Having excellent legis-
lation in place is one thing, but having an enlightened populace is anoth-
er. It should be the duty of every consumer to seek to understand what is
in place to protect their rights; whether legal, ethical or otherwise.
The Law Society of Kenya in 2005 established Ethics Committees
(also known as regional ethics panels) throughout its branch network to
promote alternative dispute resolution without necessarily resorting to
the formal disciplinary process.783 Their mandate extends to relatively
complaints which are inherently unsuitable for the formal disciplinary
process. Significant gains have been made from this innovative ap-
proach to complaints and discipline, foremost among them being expe-
782 Solomon, Michael R., and Nancy J. Rabolt (2004): Consumer Behaviour in
Fashion, Prentice Hall.
783 Law Society of Kenya in 2005 formed the Ethics Committees throughout the
country to deal with ethical issues without necessarily disciplining the member.
Professional Ethics 579
ditious and convenient resolution of disputes between advocates and
clients. International practice has recognised the value of alternative
dispute resolution, especially where there is a need for relatively quick
processes. However, to some degree alternative disputes resolution, alt-
hough widely used in the disciplinary arrangements of legal professions,
is found to be complementary to investigative functions, and is not a
substitute for disciplinary action. This is because professional miscon-
duct does not only harm the client – indeed there may be no victim as
such. It adversely affects public perceptions of the profession. Thus, like
the general criminal law the victim is in a sense a secondary considera-
tion.784
23.16 Relationship between the Law and Practice
Since the inception of Kenya’s new constitution, several actions have
been brought to court and the various tribunals empowered to adjudicate
on the same. A significant majority are still in court while among those
that have been decided, here seems to be a common trend. It has become
apparent that unless the ethical misconduct can be tied to criminal or
civil liability, the powers of our courts are clipped and the aggrieved
must then find other ways to redress. These were the findings in Benson
Riitho Mureithi v J. W. Wakhungu & 2 others [2014] eKLR.785 The facts
of this petition were that the petitioner contended that the 1st respondent
failed to consider the provisions of the Constitution contained in Chap-
ter 6 with regard to the competence, suitability and integrity of the In-
terested Party before appointing him as the Chairman of the Athi Water
Services Board.
784 Ojienda, Tom, The Enforcement of Professional Ethics and Standards in the
Kenyan Legal Profession, ibid.
785 Benson Riitho Mureithi v J. W. Wakhungu & 2 others [2014] eKLR, Petition
19 of 2014.
580 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
The respondents and the Interested Party argued that this Court has
no jurisdiction to deal with this matter as there is a procedure provided
by the Leadership and Integrity Act which should be followed before a
party can approach this Court; and that it is not the petitioner who has a
right to approach the Court but the Ethics and Anti-Corruption Commis-
sion. In addition, it was contended for the Interested Party that the peti-
tion before the Court raises issues that are the subject of proceedings
before other courts, and this petition therefore breaches his right to a fair
hearing. The duplicity of fora in this case was cured by the judge invok-
ing the Kompetenz doctrine to decide on its own jurisdiction and later
allowed the petition and made orders in that respect. However not many
courts have been able to wiggle themselves out of such conundrums.
In another petition Katiba Institute v Presidents Delivery Unit & 3
others,786 in a Petition dated 20th September 2017 and filed in Court on
21st September 2017, the petitioner avered that on diverse dates during
of 2017, the 1st respondent published advertisements in the media,
through billboards and in business messaging or tags #gok DELIVERS
and #JUBILEE DELIVERS. The petitioner stated that on 17th August 2017
in pursuit of its right of to access information, wrote to the 1st respond-
ent seeking information on how many advertisements had been pub-
lished, through what media, schedules and dates when it was done, cop-
ies of the documents advertised, total cost incurred and the relevant gov-
ernment accounting office(r) and the individual or government agency
that met the cost. The information sought was to cover the period 25th
May to 16th August 2017. The Petitioner further states that the request
was founded on Articles 1, 10, 19(1) 21(1) and 35(1) of the Constitution
as well as Access to information Act, 2016.
The petitioner also relied on the Fair Administrative Action Act,
2015 which obliges Public Officers to act expeditiously, efficiently, law-
786 Katiba Institute v Presidents Delivery Unit & 3 others [2017] eKLR, Consti-
tutional Petition 468 of 2017.
Professional Ethics 581
fully, reasonably and in a procedurally fair manner. At the first glance,
one may immediately establish that the matters elicited herein were
largely ethical in nature but luckily for the applicant, the same is provid-
ed for in law. In fact, throughout their submissions, the petitioners relied
on literature on accountability and public ethics. A declaration was is-
sued that failure by the 2nd, 3rd and 4th respondents to provide infor-
mation sought under Article 35(1) (a) and also to publish the infor-
mation in accordance with Article 35(3) was a violation of the obliga-
tions imposed on the said respondents by chapter six specifically under
Articles 73(1) and 75(1) of the Constitution and section 3 of the leader-
ship and integrity Act and sections 8, 9 and 10 of the Public Officers
Ethics Act.
23.17 Findings and Discussion
The law exists, what does not is the moral obligation to obey these
laws, the duty bearers have turned against the rights holders. The ques-
tion is, if there are laws and the problem is the moral obligation to obey
them, where did the rain start beating us? The root cause of the ineptness
in goods and service delivery is just but a maturity of sins planted by the
societal environment. The origin of unethical and unprofessionalism
can be traced back to the family values and virtues imparted by the par-
ents as a first teacher on the children. The home environment presents
absentee parents and when available, they socialize the children in un-
ethical manner. The fridges are full of brands of alcohol, home discus-
sions are unethical, everybody is painted corrupt and unethical including
the priest, pastor, teachers and the leaders.
Therefore, unethical behaviour is not a big deal: the children listen to
their parents’ act unethically including discussion of the neighbours,
having fixed grades for their children. A neighbour having bought a
house and a car after working for a year. The discussions on television
have neither spared us from advertisement of condoms possibility of
582 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
terminating pregnancies name them. It is safe to infer that as a society
we are reaping what we have sowed.
The case in point, is the expose by Nation TV by Dennis Okari on
the 5th November 2018 ‘self-acclaimed’ doctor Mugo Ndichu case alias
Mugo wa Wairimu case where he puts the lives of women on the line by
conducting an unlicensed and unregulated medical business. He con-
ducts surgeries on women and performs abortions with no ethical, hy-
gienic and human considerations which have not only jeopardized pro-
fession’s name but Kenyan’s lives. There is a case currently in court
where a pathologist stole the body organs from a body after perform-
ing a post mortem which is contrary to provisions of the law.
As rightly put by Simon Marsh, all is not lost there is light beyond
the tunnel in corruption war. The position is supported more since the
professionals and or duty bearers are now held more accountable for
their actions, the rule of law is at work.
Professional Ethics suffices as a messiah conceived to save mankind
from itself, but mankind has yet again turned against him and crucified
its messiah, unknown to us, from the trend of events it is safe to con-
clude that this messiah may never resurrect.
23.18 Conclusion
It is not disputed that the laws in Kenya have a nexus with ethical
conduct. Education is a way opener for enjoyment of all the other
rights.787 Education may be formal or informal. The first teacher is the
ethical home environment which said ethical environment is lacking and
has a negative influence. Parents have no time for their children and
even when parents and children are together, they have shown them that
787 UNESCO leads the Education for All, Movement aiming to meet the learning
needs of children, youths and adults by 2015. Article 28 and 29 CRC.
Professional Ethics 583
they can provide everything including educational grades through short
cuts. The flaws experienced today in service delivery are the conse-
quences of a seed that was planted at the first ethical school home! The
leadership and Ethics Act is one such law, meant to check the ethical
conducts of the public officers but like has been seen it is not enough to
have laws, more needs to be done to implement the same. The Govern-
ance, Justice, Law and Order Sector Reform Programme (GJLOS) has
as one of its objectives the addressing of shortcomings in the formal
justice system, and facilitating the implementation of reforms to
strengthen institutions within the sector. The Ministry of Justice has
identified a number of priorities akin to the legal profession. These pri-
orities include fighting corruption, promoting judicial reform, promoting
legal reform, improving access to justice, and improving legal educa-
tion, including continuing legal education. One aspect of this pro-
gramme is ensuring that the ethical and disciplinary procedures of the
legal profession as any other are sufficiently robust to meet international
standards of impartiality and effectiveness. After reviewing the legisla-
tive policy and administrative structures in which the disciplinary sys-
tem is based, and included consideration of broader aspects such as the
advocates’ practice rules and code of conduct, the regional ethics com-
mittees of The Law Society of Kenya, and the ethics content of the Ad-
vocates Training Programme.
As the context of the review is to benchmark Kenyan practice with
international best practice documentary analysis coupled with observa-
tion of process and discussion with stakeholders provided the necessary
empirical evidence. One thing that comes out clearly is that much more
can be done in the wake of the failing ethical standards in the various
disciplines. Without ethical considerations, Kenya will continue to wal-
low in the deplorable state it has been in for a while now. It is worth
noting that personal moral compass is just as important as professional
ethics. Finally, the law exists, what does not is the moral obligation to
584 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
follow the law which is founded in personal ethics; an area you would
agree that we significantly lack in.
23.19 Recommendations
We have seen that education is the key to access of all human rights
and a denial of certain rights is a violation the paper recommends that
the first stakeholder- parent should play his role right by imparting the
necessary ethical behaviour directly and indirectly.
To curb the many ills in society we need to view the duty bearer and
rights holder in an agent-principal relationship: the rights holders to be
presumed principal whereas the duty bearers are agents. The people
have donated their powers to popularly and competitively appointed
duty bearers. In absence of proper disposal of duties, they should be
stripped of their agency.
Reward ethical practice, that is celebrate someone who has done
right not because of closed deal for instance in medical circles celebrate
the doctor who takes time to treat patients. This will be a motivating
factor.
Establish the root cause of the unethical behaviour displayed in all
the suppliers of service delivery and deal with it. Additionally, the rele-
vant institutions should deal with the little things.
We need to come up with strategies of implementing the several
policies and laws on unethical conduct. The Advocates Act should be
amended to ensure that the Advocates Complaints Commission has ju-
risdiction over former practitioners, subject to the qualification that the
conduct complained of must relate to their practise as advocates, and not
to any judicial, prosecutorial or other role they may previous or subse-
quently have held. The same should be applicable to other professions in
that one may be prosecuted for unethical conduct they perpetrated while
they were in office even if they have since retired in the same context.
Professional Ethics 585
We must conceive tribunals or other institutions that try and resolve
matters purely ethical. The Ethics & Anti-Corruption Commission has
failed in its mandate and its officials probably need to endure ethical
proceedings too. Kenya needs a more precise framework under which to
prosecute ethical breaches without necessarily tying them to civil or
criminal liability. Persons facing ethical deliberations must forthwith be
removed from office because otherwise it foretells impunity.
On the authority of section 54(3) of the Advocates Act, the Attorney-
General should, in consultation with the Law Society of Kenya, make
comprehensive rules of procedure to guide the operations of the Advo-
cates Complaints Commission. This means that the discretion of the
Commissioners to make their own rules of procedure, as envisaged by
Rule 11 of the Advocates (Complaints Commission) (Structure and Pro-
cedure) Rules 2003, should be reduced. This is because the discretion is
more often than not abused. It is unethical to have someone be the judge
in a case facing their kin.
The same must also be replicated in other professions so that the fate
doctors are facing disciplinary proceedings is not determined by friends
but rather fair exercise of the law and regulatory procedures. As a matter
of fact, the Commissions ought to lose the ability to make determina-
tions, and confine themselves to roles bordering investigation and prose-
cution, with a supporting mediation and conciliation role.
The Secretary to The Law Society of Kenya is also Secretary to the
Disciplinary Committee. While the Disciplinary Committee remains an
organ of the law society a close linkage is appropriate. However, as rec-
ommended in the Stobbs Report, it is recommended that the Secretary
should cease to be Secretary of the Committee. The separation of pow-
ers and mandate here is not as succinct as it should. This duplicity is an
oxymoron on its own such as the one currently facing the Judicial Ser-
vice Commission with the prosecution of the deputy president of the
Supreme Court.
586 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
23.20 References
List of Regulation and Statues
1. United Nations Education Social Cultural Organization.
(UNESCO)
2. Convention on rights of a Child -Article 28 and 29.
3. Constitution of Kenya, 2010.
4. The Advocates Act, Chapter 16 Laws of Kenya
5. The Ethics & Anti-Corruption Commission Act
6. Public Officer Ethics No. 4 of 2003
7. Leadership and Integrity Act
8. Consumer Protection Act
List of Court Decisions on Professional Ethics, Leadership and Integ-
rity
1. Tom Ojienda t/a Tom Ojienda & Associates Advocates v Ethics
and Anti-Corruption Commission & 5 others [2016] eKLR
2. Republic v Advocates Disciplinary Tribunal & 2 others Ex
parte Mpuko Nahason Mwiti [2015] eKLR
3. Mumo Matemu v Trusted Society of Human Rights Alliance &
5 others [2013] eKLR, Civil Appeal 290 of 2012
4. Johnstone Ewoi Lotiir & another v Jeremiah Ekamais Lo-
morukai & 4 others [2017] eKLR
5. Kapa Oil Refineries Limited vs. The Kenya Revenue Authority,
The Commissioner of Customs Services and The Attorney Gen-
eral H.C.Petition No. 203 of 2012
6. Council of County Governors v Attorney General & another
[2017] eKLR, Constitutional Petition no. 56 of 2017
Professional Ethics 587
Journal Articles
Anderson, P. M. (1997). Book Review: Character is Everything: Pro-
moting Ethical Excellence in Sports. Marquette Sports Law Re-
view, 7(2), 485.
Bingham, L. (2007). The rule of law. The Cambridge Law Journal,
66(1), 67-85.
Bosire, Conrad (2012) ’Will Devolution help Kenya’s Poor? Published
by Open Society Initiative of South Africa (OSISA), August 2,
2012, http://www.osisa.org/economic-justice/blog/will-
devolution-help-kenyas-poor>
Bovens, Mark, Public accountability’ in Edward Ferlie et al. (eds), The
Oxford Handbook of Public Management (Oxford University
Press, 2007).
Freeman, M. D. A. Lloyd’s Introduction to Jurisprudence (7th edn,
Sweet and Maxwell, 2008, London England)
Koliba, C. J., Meek, J. W., Zia, A., & Mills, R. W. (2018). Govern-
ance Networks in Public Administration and Public Policy.
Routledge.
Kozulin, Alex, Boris Gindis, Vladimir S. Ageyev, and Suzanne M.
Miller, eds. Vygotsky's Educational Theory in Cultural Context.
Cambridge University Press, 2003.
Luhmann, Niklas. (1982). the World Society as a Social System. In-
ternational Journal of General Systems, 8:3, 131-138.
Lupton, Deborah, ed. Risk and Sociocultural Theory: New Directions
and Perspectives. Cambridge University Press, 1999.
Narang. A.S. Ethnic Conflicts and Minority Rights, Economic and Po-
litical Weekly Vol. 37 no. 27, July 6-12, 2002, 2696-2700,
<http://www.jstor.org/stable/4412319>
588 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
Nash, D., Wintrob, R., Bernard, H. R., Brunt, L., Epstein, D. G., Frei-
lich, M., et ali. (1972). The emergence of self-consciousness in
ethnography [and comments and reply]. Current Anthropology,
13(5), 527-542.
National Democratic institutes for international Affairs, Legislative
Ethic: A Comparative Analysis, 1999, Legislative Research Se-
ries, Paper 4.
Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A Relational Approach to Ethics and
Moral Education. Univ of California Press.
Ojwang J. B. Constitutional Development in Kenya: Constitutional
Adaptation and Social Change, Acts Press (1990).
Riley, Patrick. Will and Political Legitimacy: A Critical Exposition of
Social Contract Theory in Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Kant, and
Hegel. (1982). Harvard University Press.
Sihanya, Ben, Devolution and Education Law and Policy in Kenya,
(2014), 10(1), Law Society of Kenya Journal, 59- 90.
24
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CHURCH
TO PROMOTE SOCIAL JUSTICE
AND ETHICAL VALUES
In The Preferential Option For The Poor
as Stipulated in Canon 222, §2.
Caroline Nzuya
24.1 Abstract
The preferential option for the poor, closely linked to social justice is
an ethical value which streams right from the Heart of God as stipulated
in the Sacred Scriptures788. His son Jesus, endorse it in the Gospel by
his own life and actions. He always identifies himself with the poor and
the marginalized. The Church along the past centuries has always shown
a great concern for the poor as demonstrated by the Papal writings along
the Church history and effectively implemented by several saints such as
St. Francis of Assisi, St. Martin of Tours, St. Theresa of Calcutta and
many others. Never the less, the Church sometimes faces the challenges
of deviating from this noble calling of promoting the common good of
the poor and the vulnerable especially in the contemporary society. She
must as in past, fight against the social sin and structural injustice which
788 Caroline Nzuya is a lecturer in the Institute of Canon Law, Department at the
Catholic University of Eastern Africa (CUEA), Nairobi, Kenya.
590 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
has become embodied in our world, just as she tirelessly work for the
option against sin.789
After attending a global ethics convention, the researcher is motivat-
ed to write on this topic with the desire to reawaken in the hearts of the
readers of this article, the value of social justice and ethics in the society
demonstrated through the option for the poor. The researcher intends to
emphasize on the obligation of all individuals, Christian communities,
organizations, institutions and the Church to be more just and participa-
tive in bringing about changes that can uphold the human dignity, the
common good of all and value to the poor and the vulnerable. The study
will be based on Biblical foundations, Social teachings of the Church
and the Magisterium, and on the norm of the Code of Canon Law. Due
to the exploitation and ignorance that is demonstrated by the wealthy
and those in power towards the poor, the researcher will present a brief
report of the current situation in the Democratic Republic of Congo as
an example of what happens in most of the countries in the African con-
tinent. The objective if this research is firstly, to remind the Church in
Africa that she has the duty to be the louder convincing voice of the
plight of the poor to the oppressors. The Church leaders are to give au-
thentic witness before the world to the demand for love and justice as
contained in the Gospel with the mission of redeeming the suffering
human race and its liberation from every oppressive situation. Secondly,
it intends to convince the readers of this article that the option for the
poor is indeed a call from God to everyone. It’s a call to aim at a com-
plete eradication of the social injustices and a mission to bridge the huge
gaps which exist between the wealthy and the poor. Key words: Social
Justice and Ethics, Option for the Poor, Obligation, Promote Humane
World.
789 Cf. Dorr, D. Option for the Poor. A Hundred Years of Catholic Teaching,
Orbis Books Maryknoll, New York 1992, 299.
The Responsibility of the Church to Promote Social Justice 591
24.2 Introduction
According to the pastoral constitution on the Church in the modern
world, the duty to promote social justice and the duty to help the poor
are obligations which are incumbent on all people as a logical conse-
quence of the right of each person to own some of the earth’s goods for
themselves and for their families.790 The Second Vatican Council calls
upon the whole humanity to fairly share the earthly goods with the poor
and the vulnerable under the guidance of justice tempered with chari-
ty.791 These duties are incorporated in canon 222 §2 among the duties
inherent to the baptized faithful. They assume special connotations more
especially that of cherishing a feeling of deep solidarity and respectful
affection with the suffering human race. The Spirit of God and the fer-
ment of the Gospel continues to arouse in the hearts of the followers of
Christ an unquenchable thirst for human dignity and social order which
is founded on truth, built on justice and enlivened by love.792 This is
because the obligation of the Christian to assist the poor emerges in the
Christian with a greater force and urgency because of the precept of the
Lord (Jn. 13:34).
The society in which we live today is a stratified society where cer-
tain economic, political, cultural and religious structures maintain and
promote the dominance of the rich and powerful over the mass of ordi-
nary peoples. In fact, Donal Dorr points out that some people reject the
notion of an option for the poor on the grounds that it implies a rejection
of the rich and is therefore incompatible with the Christian message that
is intended for all.793 The option for the poor instead is a series of choic-
790 Cf. Flannery, A. Vatican Council II, The Conciliar and Post Conciliar Docu-
ments, Pastoral Constitution on the Church in the Modern World, Gaudium et
Spes, 7 December 1965, St Pauls Bandra, Mumbai 2004, n. 69 a, 859.
791 Cf. Flannery, ibid.
792 Cf. Flannery, Gaudium et Spes, n. 26, 815.
793 Cf. Dorr, Option for the Poor, op. cit., 2-3.
592 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
es, personal or communal, made by individuals, communities, and even
corporate entities such as religious Institutes, dioceses, or Churches. It is
a choice made to disentangle oneself from serving the interests of those
at the top of the society and to be in solidarity with the less favored
ones.794 The Catholic Church in her social teachings never tires of em-
phasizing the needs of the poor and the fight against poverty out of her
preferential love and care for the poor.795 Pope John Paul II, in his mes-
sage for the 2000 World Day of Peace said: “At the beginning of the
New Millennium, the poverty of billions of men and women is the one
issue that most challenges our human and Christian consciences.”796
Poverty in most cases is a problem of injustice and ‘is characterized by
an unequal growth that does not recognize the equal right of all people
to take their seat at the table of the common banquet.’ The poor people
cannot live in conditions that are more human.797 Given that the Chris-
tian revelation leads to a deeper understanding of social life, the entire
Church feels obliged to work hard so that the mankind becomes capable
of correctly restoring the order of temporal goods and of guiding them
towards God. She is obliged to inspire just attitudes imbued with charity
and ethical values in respect to the earthly goods and socio-economic
relationships to ensure that the administration and the distribution of
created goods are placed at the use of everyone in the society.798
Pope Francis commonly known as the “Pope of the poor” has ever
since the beginning of his Pontificate, exhorted and encouraged the
794 Cf. Option for the Poor, 4, ibid.
795 Pontifical Council for Justice and Peace, Compendium of the Social Doctrine
of the Church, Paulines Publication Africa, Makuyu (Kenya), 2005, 242.
796 John Paul II, Message for the 2000 World Day of Peace, 14, in AAS, 92
(2000), 366.
797 Compendium of the Social Doctrine of the Church, ibid. 242.
798 Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 2nd Ed., Revised in Accordance with
the Official Latin Text Promulgated by Pope John Paul II, 15 August 1997, Li-
breria Editrice Vaticana, Citta’ del Vaticano, Roma, nn. 2419-2420.
The Responsibility of the Church to Promote Social Justice 593
Church and all her members to reach out to the poor, to love and help
them. Recently, on the eve of this year’s world day for the poor, he said:
“We need to encounter the poor and learn how to share so that it be-
comes our way of life.”799 And again he says: “Poverty is not an acci-
dent. It has its causes that must be recognized and removed. The poor
should be seen not as a problem, but as people who can become the
principle builders of a new and more human future for everyone.” 800
The Christian faithful, all the people of good will and the entire hu-
manity, are all called to follow Jesus’ example by making a specific
effort to defend and promote the dignity of the poor and the vulnerable;
to meet their immediate economic, social, cultural, religious, political
and environmental needs. Everyone has the right and obligation to pro-
mote the common good of the poor and the vulnerable by giving them
what is due to them so that they too may have means to reach their per-
fection of life.801 The Church, by the use of divine treasures at her dis-
posal, cannot ignore to respond to the pursuit of a just and peaceful hu-
man society for the common good of the human person.802
Pope Francis, speaking on the World Food Day, emphasized on the
need for effective help not mere agreements in regards to the poor. He
invited all especially the FAO, its member States, the national and inter-
national organs and institutions, civil society and all persons of good
will, to redouble our commitment so that no one lacks the necessary
food, neither in quantity nor in quality.803 The Roman Pontiff, Pope
Francis said that the poor expect from us an effective help to take them
come out of their misery, not mere propositions or agreements. He ob-
799 Cf. Pope Francis, Twitter, Friday 17th November 2017.
800 Cf. Pope Francis, Twitter, Thursday 16th November 2017.
801 Cf. John XXIII, Encyclical Letter Mater et Magistra, 15 May 1961, in AAS
53 (1961), no. 65.
802 Cf. P. W. Mbaro, Class notes 2017, 2.
803 Cf. Pope Francis, Speech at FAO HQ on the World Food Day, October 16,
2018.
594 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
served that in this century, much advancement have been made in vari-
ous fields such as in technology, science, communications and infra-
structure. He continued by saying that the world ought to feel shame for
not having achieved the same advances in humanity and solidarity in
order to satisfy the primary needs of the disadvantaged. The Pope
stressed that we all can and must do better for the destitute by moving to
concrete actions, so that the scourge of hunger disappears completely.
Policies of cooperation for development; reasonable engagements in
tangible processes; vital relations; effective plans and real commitments
are necessary for this implementation.804
The research will therefore discuss briefly the concept of the Catho-
lic social teachings on justice and ethics for a better understanding fol-
lowed by the understanding of the concept of common good. It will also
look at the Biblical Foundation for the option for the poor, followed by
the reminder from the norm of the Code of Canon Law for the Latin
Church on the obligation to promote social justice and to help the poor
and the vulnerable as stipulated in canon 222 §2. The role of the conse-
crated men and women in the promotion of social justice, ethical and
moral values in the society will be highlighted followed by a brief report
on how the poor are undermined in the Democratic Republic of Congo.
Thereafter a conclusion will be drawn followed by some recommenda-
tions.
24.3 Definition of the Poor and the Vulnerable
Kira Dault writes that the poor and the vulnerable are those power-
less individuals who live on the margins of the society.805 They are those
804 Cf. Pope Francis, ibid.
805 K. Dault, “What is the Preferential Option for the Poor?” in U.S. Catholic.
Faith in Real Life, http://www.uscatholic.org/articles/201501/what-preferential-
option-poor-29649 > (September 1, 2018).
The Responsibility of the Church to Promote Social Justice 595
who are in need and live under the oppression of material and many
other forms of cultural and religious poverty (CCC. 2444).806 The poor
are also those living under the strain of human misery such as material
deprivation, unjust oppression, physical and psychological illnesses
(CCC. 2248).
Pope John Paul II in his Encyclical Letter, Centesimus Annus, wrote
that the option for the poor is not limited to material or economic pov-
erty only but on cultural and spiritual poverty as well. He in that way
referred to the poor as those living in economic, cultural and spiritual
poverty. The poor and the vulnerable can also include: the widows, chil-
dren, people with disabilities, and victims of oppression, among others.
Hence, the term ‘poor’ is meant for all those who lack their cultural,
environmental, social, religious, economic and political basic needs for
their sustenance and development. The vulnerable are those who cannot
claim their rights on their own, such as the elderly, the sick, disabled,
refugees, children and the widows.
24.3.1 Understanding the Concept of Social Justice and Ethics
Moral Theology defines Social justice as “a virtue by which men and
women as members of the human society and the Mystical Body of Je-
sus Christ, by virtue of the natural law and the evangelical solidarity,
give to their fellow men and women, especially the needy, those things
necessary for the maintenance of their life and dignity.”807 It is the atti-
tude of promoting a just society by challenging injustice which exists
when people who share a common humanity deny others their rights to
equitable treatment that is attributed to justice such as: Fairness; Equity
in the distribution of power, resources, and processes that affect the suf-
ficiency of the social determinants of health; just institutions, systems,
806 Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, n. 2444.
807 T. Pazayampallil, Pastoral Guide Vol. 1. Fundamental Moral Theology and
Virtue, IV Revised Edition, no. 517, Kristu Jyoti Publications, Bangalore 2012,
984.
596 Mainstreaming Ethics in Higher Education
structures, policies, processes; equity in human development, rights and
sufficient sustainability of well-being for proper support of human
life.808
The aim of social justice is to establish the right social order in the
society, to create economic, political, moral, and intellectual conditions
which will allow men and women to live a full human life. This social
order is nothing other than the conservation, maintenance and enforce-
ment of the normal ways of relating and behaving in a society.809 In line
with this perspective, Mbaro in his book entitled Makers of Peacemak-
ers defines social justice as “the development of the general or legal
justice that seeks to establish a system in which social, political and eco-
nomic policies based on the rule of the law promote the common good
of all people in a given society.”810
Social order is created when each person receives what is his or her
due.811 This can only be possible when all the different interpersonal
interactions namely; family, economics, politics, culture, ecology and
religious are operative, create a favorable environment, and their sum-
total condition of living enables everyone in the society to fully and
more readily achieve their own perfection.812 Pope Benedict XVI clari-
808 Buettner-Schmidt, K. & M.L. Lobo, “Social Justice: a Concept Analysis” in
Journal of Advanced Nursing, 2012 Apr, 68(4): 948-58<https://www.ncbi.
nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22032609 > (September 1, 2018).
809 Pazayampallil, T. Pastoral Guide, Vol. 1, 985.
810 Cf. Mbaro, P.W. Makers of Peacemakers. Christian Family Based Education
for Peace in the Context of the Social Doctrine of the Church, Finesse Publish-
ing Ltd, Nairobi 2010, 227.
811 Cf. Benedict XVI, Encyclical Letter Deus Caritas Est, 25 December 2005,
no. 28(a) par 4, <http://www.vatican.va/content/benedict-xvi/en/
encyclicals/documents/hf_ben-xvi_enc_20051225_deus-caritasest.html > (Sep-
tember 3, 2018).
812 Cf. John XXIII, Encyclical Mater et Magistra, 15 May 1961, no. 65,
<http://w2.vatican.va/content/johnxxiii/en/encyclicals/documents/hf_j-
xxiii_enc_15051961_mater.html > (September 3, 2018).
The Responsibility of the Church to Promote Social Justice 597
fies that “the just ordering of society and the State is a central responsi-
bility of politics.”813 This means that the State has a primary duty and
obligation to its individual and communal members to ensure that the
systems, structures and institutions which promote, maintain and enforce
a just social order are put into place and operate in justice.
According to the Pope, the State should in agreement with the prin-
ciple of subsidiarity, acknowledge and support the initiatives arising